2021 Chevrolet Silverado 2500HD/3500HD Owner's Manual

ai162101321211_21_CHEV_Silverado_2500HD3500HD_COV_en_US_84744493C_2021MAY17.pdf 1 5/14/2021 1:26:53 PM

CMY

K Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 5/14/21

Introduction not be available in your region, or changes Contents subsequent to the printing of this owner’s manual. Introduction ...... 1 If the vehicle has the Duramax diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement Keys, Doors, and Windows ...... 7 for additional and specific information on Seats and Restraints ...... 42 this engine. Storage ...... 91 Refer to the purchase documentation Instruments and Controls ...... 95 The names, logos, emblems, slogans, vehicle relating to your specific vehicle to confirm model names, and vehicle body designs the features. Lighting ...... 134 appearing in this manual including, but not Keep this manual in the vehicle for quick limited to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, Infotainment System ...... 143 reference. the CHEVROLET Emblem, SILVERADO, and Z71 Climate Controls ...... 199 are trademarks and/or service marks of Canadian Vehicle Owners Driving and Operating ...... 206 General Motors LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors. A French language manual can be obtained Vehicle Care ...... 300 from your dealer, at www.helminc.com, For vehicles first sold in Canada, substitute or from: Service and Maintenance ...... 383 the name “General Motors of Canada Technical Data ...... 397 Company” for Chevrolet Motor Division Propriétaires Canadiens wherever it appears in this manual. Customer Information ...... 401 On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ce guide Reporting Safety Defects ...... 409 This manual describes features that may or en français auprès du concessionnaire ou may not be on the vehicle because of à l'adresse suivante: OnStar ...... 412 optional equipment that was not purchased Connected Services ...... 417 on the vehicle, model variants, country specifications, features/applications that may Index...... 420

Litho in U.S.A. Part No. 84744493 C Third Printing © 2021 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

2 Introduction

Helm, Incorporated Caution Vehicle Symbol Chart Attention: Customer Service Caution indicates a hazard that could Here are some additional symbols that may 47911 Halyard Drive be found on the vehicle and what they result in property or vehicle damage. Plymouth, MI 48170 mean. See the features in this manual for USA information. Using this Manual u : Air Conditioning System To quickly locate information about the G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil vehicle, use the Index in the back of the manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is 9 : Airbag Readiness Light in the manual and the page number where ! it can be found. A circle with a slash through it is a safety : Antilock Brake System (ABS) symbol which means “Do not,”“Do not do $ : Brake System Warning Light Danger, Warning, and Caution this,” or “Do not let this happen.” 9 : Dispose of Used Components Properly Warning messages found on vehicle labels Symbols and in this manual describe hazards and P : Do Not Apply High Pressure Water what to do to avoid or reduce them. The vehicle has components and labels that use symbols instead of text. Symbols are B : Engine Coolant Temperature shown along with the text describing the { Danger _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited operation or information relating to a Danger indicates a hazard with a high specific component, control, message, gauge, H : Flammable level of risk which will result in serious or indicator. injury or death. [ : Forward Collision Alert M : Shown when the owner’s manual has additional instructions or information. R : Fuse Block Cover Lock Location { Warning * : Shown when the service manual has + : Fuses Warning indicates a hazard that could additional instructions or information. j result in injury or death. : ISOFIX/LATCH System Child Restraints 0 : Shown when there is more information on another page —“see page.” Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Introduction 3 Q : Keep Fuse Block Covers Properly d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak/Electronic Installed Stability Control (ESC) | : Lane Change Alert a : Under Pressure @ : Lane Departure Warning V : Vehicle Ahead Indicator A : Lane Keep Assist * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp : : Oil Pressure X : Park Assist ~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator O : Power 7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert I : Registered Technician / : Remote Vehicle Start h : Risk of Electrical Fire > : Seat Belt Reminders I : Side Blind Zone Alert 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

4 Introduction Instrument Panel Overview Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Introduction 5 1. Tow/Haul Mode (On Some Models). See 11. X Park Assist Switch (If Equipped). See 12. Power Outlet (Alternating Current) (If Driver Mode Control 0 244. Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing Equipped). See Power Outlets 0 98. Automatic Transfer Case Control (If 0 249. 13. Power Outlets 0 98. 0 Equipped). See Four-Wheel Drive 236. g Traction Control/Electronic Stability 14. USB Port 0 153. 0 Driver Mode Control 244 (If Equipped). Control 0 242. 15. Wireless Charging 0 99 (If Equipped). 0 2. Air Vents 204. | Hazard Warning Flashers 0 137. 16. Trailer Brake Control Panel (If Equipped). 3. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn and See “Integrated Trailer Brake Control @ Lane Departure Warning (LDW) 0 262 Lane-Change Signals 0 138. System” under Towing Equipment 0 276. (If Equipped). Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 97. 17. ENGINE START/STOP. See Ignition 5 Hill Descent Control Switch (If 0 4. Head-Up Display (HUD) 0 123 (If Positions (Keyless Access) 226 or Equipped). See Hill Descent Control (HDC) Ignition Positions (Key Access) 0 224. Equipped). 0 244. 0 5. Instrument Cluster 0 102. 18. Steering Wheel Controls 96 (If j Power Assist Steps 0 26 (If Equipped). 6. Shift Lever. See Automatic Transmission Equipped). 0 232. Driver Information Center (DIC) Controls. 5 Power Release Tailgate (If See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Range Selection Mode. See Manual Mode 0 Level) 0 119 or 0 235. Equipped). See Tailgate 23. A Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel 7. Light Sensor. See Automatic Headlamp DC/AC Switch. See Power Outlets and Uplevel) 0 120. 0 0 98. System 136. 19. Horn 0 97. L Express Window Down Button (If 8. Infotainment Controls. See Overview 20. Hood Release. See Hood 0 302. 0 144. Equipped). See Power Windows 0 38. 21. Steering Wheel Adjustment 0 96 (Out 0 Tow/Haul Mode 0 235 (On Some 9. Climate Control Systems 199 (If of View). Equipped). Models). 22. Cruise Control 0 246. Dual Automatic Climate Control System Exhaust Brake (If Equipped). See Duramax 0 201 (If Equipped). Diesel Supplement. Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 257 (If Equipped). 10. Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 49 Power Take-Off (PTO) (If Equipped). See 0 (If Equipped). Duramax Diesel Supplement. Heated Steering Wheel 96 (If Equipped). Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

6 Introduction 23. Data Link Connector (DLC) (Out of View). See Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 111. 24. Electric Parking Brake 0 240. 25. Fog Lamps 0 138 (If Equipped). Instrument Panel Illumination Control 0 140. Exterior Cargo Lamps 0 139. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 134. Task Lighting 0 139 (If Equipped). Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 7 Exterior Mirrors Keys and Locks Keys, Doors, and Convex Mirrors ...... 30 Windows Manual Mirrors ...... 30 Keys (Key Access) Trailer-Tow Mirrors ...... 30 Keys and Locks Power Mirrors ...... 32 { Warning Folding Mirrors ...... 32 Keys (Key Access) ...... 7 Leaving children in a vehicle with the Keys (Keyless Access) ...... 9 Heated Mirrors ...... 33 ignition key is dangerous and children or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . . . . 10 Automatic Dimming Mirror ...... 33 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Blind Spot Mirrors ...... 33 others could be seriously injured or killed. Operation (Key Access) ...... 10 Reverse Tilt Mirrors ...... 34 They could operate the power windows Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System or other controls or make the vehicle Interior Mirrors move. The windows will function with Operation (Keyless Access) ...... 13 Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 34 the keys in the ignition, and children or Remote Vehicle Start ...... 20 Manual Rearview Mirror ...... 34 Door Locks ...... 21 Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror . . . 34 others could be caught in the path of a Power Door Locks ...... 22 Rear Camera Mirror ...... 34 closing window. Do not leave children in Delayed Locking ...... 22 Truck Bed Camera Rearview Mirror . . . . . 37 a vehicle with the ignition key. Automatic Door Locks ...... 22 Lockout Protection ...... 22 Windows Safety Locks ...... 23 Windows ...... 37 Manual Windows ...... 38 Doors Power Windows ...... 38 Tailgate ...... 23 Rear Windows ...... 40 Power Assist Steps ...... 26 Sun Visors ...... 40 Vehicle Security Roof Vehicle Security ...... 27 Sunroof ...... 40 Vehicle Alarm System ...... 27 Steering Column Lock ...... 28 Immobilizer ...... 29 Immobilizer Operation ...... 29 Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

8 Keys, Doors, and Windows replacement ignition keys have a small hole. { Warning See your dealer if a replacement key is If the key is unintentionally rotated while required. the vehicle is running, the ignition could The combination and size of the rings that be moved out of the RUN position. This came with your keys were specifically could be caused by heavy items hanging selected for your vehicle. The rings are from the key ring, connected to the key like two links of a or by large or long items attached to the chain to reduce the risk of unintentionally key ring that could be contacted by the moving the key out of the RUN position. Do driver or steering wheel. If the ignition not add any additional items to the ring moves out of the RUN position, the attached to the ignition key. Attach engine will shut off, braking and steering additional items only to the second ring, power assist may be impacted, and and limit added items to a few essential Interference from radio-frequency airbags may not deploy. To reduce the keys or small, light items no larger than an identification (RFID) tags may prevent the risk of unintentional rotation of the RKE transmitter. key from starting the vehicle. Keep RFID ignition key, do not change the way the tags away from the key when starting the ignition key and Remote Keyless Entry vehicle. (RKE) transmitter, if equipped, are The key is used for the ignition, all door connected to the provided key rings. locks, and the glove box.

The ignition key and key rings, and RKE If equipped with memory seats, keys 1 and 2 are linked to seating positions of memory 1 transmitter, if equipped, are designed to 0 work together as a system to reduce the or 2. See Memory Seats 46. risk of unintentionally moving the key out Programming Keys of the RUN position. The ignition key has a small hole to allow attachment of the Follow these procedures to program up to provided key ring. It is important that any eight keys to the vehicle. Programming with Two Recognized Keys To program a new key: Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 9 1. Insert the original, already programmed This procedure will take approximately See your dealer if a replacement key or key in the ignition and turn the 30 minutes to complete for the first key. additional key is needed. ignition on. The vehicle must be off and all of the keys If it becomes difficult to turn a key, inspect 2. Turn the ignition off, and remove you wish to program must be with you. the key blade for debris. Periodically clean the key. 1. Insert the new vehicle key into the with a brush or pick. ignition. 3. Quickly, within five seconds, insert the If locked out of the vehicle, see Roadside second original already programmed key 2. Turn the ignition on. The security light Assistance Program 0 404. in the ignition and turn the ignition on. will come on. With an active OnStar or connected service 4. Turn the ignition off, and remove 3. Wait 10 minutes until the security light plan, an OnStar Advisor may remotely the key. turns off. unlock the vehicle. See OnStar Overview 5. Insert the key to be programmed and 4. Turn the ignition off. 0 412. turn the ignition on within five seconds. 5. Repeat Steps 2–4 two more times. After 6. After a few seconds, the security light the third time, turn the ignition on; the Keys (Keyless Access) will turn off once the key has been key is learned and all previously known programmed. keys will no longer work with the { Warning 7. Repeat Steps 1–5 if additional keys are to vehicle. Leaving children in a vehicle with an be programmed. 6. To learn a second key, turn the ignition ignition key or Remote Keyless Entry If a key is lost or damaged, see your dealer off, insert the second key to be learned, (RKE) transmitter is dangerous and to have a new key made. and turn the ignition on. children or others could be seriously injured or killed. They could operate the Programming without Recognized Keys After two keys are learned, the remaining keys can be learned by following the power window or other controls or make Program a new key to the vehicle when a procedure in “Programming with Two the vehicle move. The windows will recognized key is not available. Canadian Recognized Keys.” function with the key in the ignition or regulations require that owners see their with the RKE transmitter in the vehicle, dealer. The key has a bar-coded key tag that the dealer or qualified locksmith can use to and children or others could be caught in If two currently recognized keys are not make new keys. Store this information in a (Continued) available, follow this procedure to program safe place, not in the vehicle. the first key. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

10 Keys, Doors, and Windows If equipped with memory seats, RKE Warning (Continued) transmitters 1 and 2 are linked to seating the path of a closing window. Do not positions of memory 1 or 2. See Memory leave children in a vehicle with the Seats 0 46. ignition key or an RKE transmitter. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System See Radio Frequency Statement 0 409. If there is a decrease in the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) operating range: . Check the distance. The transmitter may be too far from the vehicle. Press the button to remove the key. Never pull the key out without pressing the . Check the location. Other vehicles or button. objects may be blocking the signal. . Check the transmitter's battery. See See your dealer if a replacement key or “Battery Replacement” later in this additional key is needed. section. If the vehicle has the Keyless Access system, If it becomes difficult to turn a key, inspect . If the transmitter is still not working the transmitter has a button on the side of the key blade for debris. Periodically clean correctly, see your dealer or a qualified the transmitter used to remove the key. with a brush or pick. technician for service. With an active OnStar or connected service This key is used for the driver door and Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) glove box. plan, an OnStar Advisor may remotely unlock the vehicle. See OnStar Overview System Operation (Key Access) 0 412. The RKE transmitter functions may work up If locked out of the vehicle, see Roadside to 60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle. Assistance Program 0 404. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 11 Other conditions can affect the performance If enabled, the horn chirps when Q is Press and hold K to remotely open the of the transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry pressed again within three seconds. See windows, if enabled. See Vehicle (RKE) System 0 10. Vehicle Personalization 0 126. Personalization 0 126. Pressing Q arms the alarm system. See x : Press twice quickly to release the Vehicle Alarm System 0 27. tailgate, if equipped. If equipped with remote mirror folding, 7 : Press and release to initiate the vehicle pressing and holding Q for one second will locator. The turn signal lamps flash and the fold the mirrors, if enabled. See Vehicle horn sounds three times. Personalization 0 126. Press and hold 7 for more than K : Press once to unlock only the driver three seconds to activate the panic alarm. door. If K is pressed again within The turn signal lamps flash and the horn three seconds, all remaining doors unlock. sounds repeatedly for 30 seconds. The alarm The interior lamps may come on and stay turns off when the ignition is turned on or on for 20 seconds or until the ignition is 7 is pressed again. The ignition must be off / : Press and release Q, then immediately turned on. for the panic alarm to work. press and hold / until the turn signal If enabled, the turn signal lamps flash twice Programming Transmitters to the Vehicle lamps flash or for at least four seconds. The to indicate unlocking has occurred. engine may be started from outside the Only RKE transmitters programmed to this If enabled, the exterior lamps may turn on. vehicle will work. If a transmitter is lost or vehicle using the RKE transmitter. See See Vehicle Personalization 0 126. Remote Vehicle Start 0 20. stolen, a replacement can be purchased and Pressing K on the RKE transmitter disarms programmed through your dealer. Each Q : Press to lock all doors. the alarm system. See Vehicle Alarm System vehicle can have up to eight transmitters 0 programmed to it. See your dealer for If enabled, the turn signal lamps may flash 27. transmitter programming. and/or the horn may sound on the second If equipped with remote mirror folding, press to indicate locking has occurred. pressing and holding K for one second will unfold the mirrors, if enabled. See Vehicle Personalization 0 126. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

12 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Battery Replacement Caution To replace the battery: { Warning When replacing the battery, do not touch any of the circuitry on the transmitter. Never allow children to play with the RKE Static from your body could damage the transmitter. The transmitter contains a transmitter. small battery, which can be a choking hazard. If swallowed, internal burns can occur, resulting in severe injury or death. Caution Seek medical attention immediately if a Always replace the battery with the battery is swallowed. correct type. Replacing the battery with an incorrect type could potentially create a risk of battery explosion. Dispose of { Warning used batteries according to instructions To avoid personal injury, do not touch and local laws. Do not attempt to burn, 1. Separate and remove the back cover of metal surfaces on the RKE transmitter crush, or cut the used battery, and avoid the transmitter with a flat, thin object, when it has been exposed to extreme exposing the battery to environments such as a coin. heat. These surfaces can be hot to the with extremely low air pressures or high touch at temperatures above 59 °C temperatures. (138 °F). Replace the battery in the transmitter soon if the REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY displays in the Driver Information Center (DIC). Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 13 2. Press and slide the battery down toward the pocket of the transmitter in the direction of the key ring. Do not use a metal object 3. Remove the battery. 4. Insert the new battery, positive side facing up. Replace with a CR2032 or equivalent battery. 5. Push together the transmitter back cover top side first, and then the bottom toward the key ring.

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Remove the key by pressing the button on / : Press and release Q, then immediately System Operation (Keyless Access) the side of the RKE transmitter near the press and hold / until the turn signal bottom and pull the key out. Never pull the lamps flash or for at least four seconds. The The Keyless Access system allows for vehicle key out without pressing the button. entry when the transmitter is within 1 m engine may be started from outside the See your dealer if a new transmitter is vehicle using the RKE transmitter. See (3 ft). See “Keyless Access Operation” later 0 in this section. needed. Remote Vehicle Start 20. The RKE transmitter functions may work up Q : Press to lock all doors and the tailgate, to 60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle. if equipped. Other conditions can affect the performance If enabled, the turn signal lamps flash and/ of the transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry or the horn may sound on the second press (RKE) System 0 10. to indicate locking has occurred. If enabled, the horn chirps when is pressed again The key that is part of the RKE transmitter Q within three seconds. See Vehicle can be used for all locks. Personalization 0 126. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

14 Keys, Doors, and Windows If the driver door is open when Q is If equipped with remote mirror folding, tailgate or door being opened. If the vehicle pressed, all doors will lock and then the pressing and holding K for one second will has this feature, there will be a button on driver door will immediately unlock, unfold the mirrors, if enabled. See Vehicle the outside door handles. if enabled. See Vehicle Personalization 0 126. Personalization 0 126. Keyless Access can be programmed to If the passenger door is open when Q is Press and hold K until the windows fully unlock all doors on the first lock/unlock pressed, all doors lock. open, if remote window operation is press from the driver door. Keyless enabled. See Vehicle Personalization 0 126. Unlocking can also be turned off. See Vehicle Pressing Q arms the alarm system. See Personalization 0 126. 0 Vehicle Alarm System 27. x : Press twice quickly to release the If equipped with memory seats, RKE tailgate, if equipped. If equipped with remote mirror folding, transmitters 1 and 2 are linked to seating pressing and holding for one second will 7 : Press and release to initiate vehicle positions of memory 1 or 2. See Memory Q 0 fold the mirrors, if enabled. See Vehicle locator. The turn signal lamps flash and the Seats 46. Personalization 0 126. horn sounds three times. Keyless Unlocking/Locking from the Driver Door K : Press once to unlock only the driver Press and hold 7 for more than door. If K is pressed again within three seconds to activate the panic alarm. When the doors are locked and the RKE three seconds, all remaining doors and the The turn signal lamps flash and the horn transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of the door tailgate unlock. The interior lamps may sounds repeatedly for 30 seconds. The alarm handle, pressing the lock/unlock button on come on and stay on for 20 seconds or until turns off when the ignition is turned on or the driver door handle will unlock the driver the ignition is turned on. 7 is pressed again. The ignition must be off door. If the lock/unlock button is pressed for the panic alarm to work. again within five seconds, all passenger If enabled, the turn signal lamps flash twice doors and the tailgate will unlock. to indicate unlocking has occurred. Keyless Access Operation If enabled, the exterior lamps may turn on. 0 The Keyless Access system allows for doors See Vehicle Personalization 126. and the tailgate to be accessed without Pressing K on the RKE transmitter disarms pressing the RKE transmitter button. The RKE the alarm system. See Vehicle Alarm System transmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft) of the 0 27. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 15 unlock all doors. Pressing the lock/unlock Enabling Keyless Unlocking: button will cause all doors to lock if any of the following occur: With the vehicle off, press and hold Q and K . The lock/unlock button was used to on the RKE transmitter at the same time unlock all doors. for approximately three seconds. The turn signal lamps will flash twice quickly to . Any vehicle door has been opened and all indicate access is enabled. doors are now closed. Passive Locking Disable/Enable Keyless Unlocking of Exterior Door Handles and Tailgate This feature will lock the vehicle several seconds after all doors are closed, if the If equipped, keyless unlocking of the exterior vehicle is off and at least one RKE door handles and tailgate can be disabled transmitter has been removed from the Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar and enabled. interior, or none remain in the interior. Disabling Keyless Unlocking: Pressing the lock/unlock button will cause If other electronic devices interfere with the all doors to lock if any of the following With the vehicle off, press and hold Q and RKE transmitter signal, the vehicle may not occur: K on the RKE transmitter at the same time detect the RKE transmitter inside the vehicle. . It has been more than five seconds since for approximately three seconds. The turn If passive locking is enabled, the doors may the first lock/unlock button press. signal lamps will flash four times quickly to lock with the RKE transmitter inside the vehicle. Do not leave the RKE transmitter in . Two lock/unlock button presses were indicate access is disabled. Using any an unattended vehicle. used to unlock all doors. exterior handle to unlock the doors or open . Any vehicle door has been opened and all the tailgate will cause the turn signal lamps To customize the doors to automatically lock doors are now closed. to flash four times quickly, indicating access when exiting the vehicle, see “Remote Lock, is disabled. If disabled, disarm the alarm Unlock, Start” under Vehicle Personalization Keyless Unlocking/Locking from the system before starting the vehicle. 0 126. Passenger Doors Temporary Disable of Passive Locking When the doors are locked and the RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of the door Temporarily disable passive locking by handle, pressing the lock/unlock button on a pressing and holding K on the interior door passenger door handle, if equipped, will switch with a door open for at least Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

16 Keys, Doors, and Windows four seconds, or until three chimes are Programming Transmitters to the Vehicle heard. Passive locking will then remain Only RKE transmitters programmed to the disabled until Q on the interior door is vehicle will work. If a transmitter is lost or pressed, or until the vehicle is turned on. stolen, a replacement can be purchased and Remote Left in Vehicle Alert programmed through your dealer. The vehicle can be reprogrammed so that lost or When the vehicle is turned off and an RKE stolen transmitters no longer work. Each transmitter is left in the vehicle, the horn vehicle can have up to eight transmitters will chirp three times after all doors are matched to it. closed. To turn on or off see Vehicle Personalization 0 126. Programming with Recognized Transmitters Remote No Longer in Vehicle Alert A new transmitter can be programmed to the vehicle when there are two recognized If the vehicle is on with a door open and Transmitter Pocket without Bucket Seats transmitters. then all doors are closed, the vehicle will (Lower Compartment) check for RKE transmitters inside. If an RKE To program, the vehicle must be off and all transmitter is not detected, the Driver transmitters, both currently recognized and Information Center (DIC) will display NO new, must be with you. REMOTE DETECTED and the horn will chirp 1. Remove the key from a recognized three times. This occurs only once each time transmitter. the vehicle is driven. To turn on or off see 2. Place the two recognized transmitters in Vehicle Personalization 0 126. the cupholder or on the passenger seat. Key Access 3. Insert the vehicle key into the key lock To access a vehicle with a dead transmitter cylinder on the driver door handle. Then battery, see Door Locks 0 21. turn the key counterclockwise, to the unlock position, five times within 10 seconds. The DIC displays READY FOR REMOTE#3, Transmitter Pocket with Bucket Seats 4, 5 ETC. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 17 4. Place the new transmitter in the 1. Remove the vehicle key from the transmitter pocket/insert. transmitter. 5. Press ENGINE START/STOP. When the 2. Insert the vehicle key into the key lock transmitter is learned, the DIC display cylinder on the driver door handle; then will show that it is ready to program the turn the key counterclockwise, to the next transmitter. unlock position, five times within 6. Remove the transmitter from the 10 seconds. transmitter pocket and press K or Q on The DIC displays REMOTE LEARN the transmitter. PENDING, PLEASE WAIT. To program additional transmitters, 3. Wait for 10 minutes until the DIC repeat Steps 4–6. displays PRESS ENGINE START BUTTON TO LEARN, then press ENGINE START/STOP. When all additional transmitters are Transmitter Pocket without Bucket Seats programmed, press and hold ENGINE The DIC will again display REMOTE LEARN (Lower Compartment) START/STOP for approximately PENDING, PLEASE WAIT. 12 seconds to exit programming mode. 4. Repeat Step 3 two additional times. After 7. Return the key back into the transmitter. the third time all previously known transmitters will no longer work with the Programming without Recognized vehicle. Remaining transmitters can be Transmitters relearned during the next steps. If two currently recognized transmitters are The DIC should now display READY FOR not available, follow this procedure to REMOTE # 1. program up to eight transmitters. This feature is not available in Canada. This procedure will take approximately 30 minutes to complete. The vehicle must be off and all transmitters to be programmed must be with you. Transmitter Pocket with Bucket Seats Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

18 Keys, Doors, and Windows 5. Place the new transmitter in the 1. Place the transmitter in the transmitter transmitter pocket/insert. pocket/insert. 6. Press ENGINE START/STOP. When the 2. With the vehicle in P (Park) or N (Neutral) transmitter is learned, the DIC display press the brake pedal and ENGINE will show that it is ready to program the START/STOP. next transmitter. Replace the transmitter battery as soon 7. Remove the transmitter from the as possible. K transmitter pocket/insert and press or Battery Replacement Q on the transmitter. To program additional transmitters, { Warning repeat Steps 5–7. Never allow children to play with the RKE When all additional transmitters are Transmitter Pocket without Bucket Seats transmitter. The transmitter contains a programmed, press and hold ENGINE (Lower Compartment) small battery, which can be a choking START/STOP for approximately hazard. If swallowed, internal burns can 12 seconds to exit programming mode. occur, resulting in severe injury or death. 8. Return the key back into the transmitter. Seek medical attention immediately if a Starting the Vehicle with a Low battery is swallowed. Transmitter Battery If the transmitter battery is weak or if there { Warning is interference with the signal, the DIC may To avoid personal injury, do not touch display NO REMOTE DETECTED or NO metal surfaces on the RKE transmitter REMOTE KEY WAS DETECTED PLACE KEY IN TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN START YOUR when it has been exposed to extreme VEHICLE when starting the vehicle. heat. These surfaces can be hot to the touch at temperatures above 59 °C (138 To start the vehicle: Transmitter Pocket with Bucket Seats °F). Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 19

Caution To replace the battery: 2. Insert a flat, thin object in the center of the transmitter to separate and remove When replacing the battery, do not touch the back cover. any of the circuitry on the transmitter. Static from your body could damage the transmitter.

Caution Always replace the battery with the correct type. Replacing the battery with an incorrect type could potentially create a risk of battery explosion. Dispose of used batteries according to instructions and local laws. Do not attempt to burn, 1. Press the button on the RKE transmitter to remove the key. Never pull the key crush, or cut the used battery, and avoid out without pressing the button. exposing the battery to environments 3. Lift the battery with a flat object. with extremely low air pressures or high 4. Remove the battery. temperatures. 5. Insert the new battery, positive side toward the back cover. Replace with a Replace the battery in the transmitter soon CR2032 or equivalent battery. if the DIC displays REPLACE BATTERY IN 6. Push together the transmitter. REMOTE KEY. 7. Insert the key back into the RKE transmitter. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

20 Keys, Doors, and Windows Remote Vehicle Start . The hazard warning flashers are on. Turn the ignition on to operate the vehicle. . Two remote starts or a remote start with Extending Engine Run Time If equipped with the remote start feature, an extension have been used. the climate control system will come on The engine run time can be extended by . The vehicle is not in P (Park). when the vehicle is started remotely, 15 minutes, for a total of 30 minutes, depending on the outside temperature. The engine will turn off during a remote if during the first 15 minutes Steps 1 and 2 The rear defog and heated and ventilated vehicle start if: are repeated while the engine is still seats, if equipped, may also come on. See . The coolant temperature gets too high. running. An extension can be requested Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 49 and . The oil pressure gets low. 30 seconds after starting. 0 Vehicle Personalization 126. The RKE transmitter range may be reduced A maximum of two remote starts, or a If equipped, the automatic heated steering while the vehicle is running. single start with an extension, is allowed wheel may also come on. See Heated between ignition cycles. 0 Other conditions can affect the performance Steering Wheel 96. of the transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry The vehicle's ignition must be turned on and Laws in some communities may restrict the (RKE) System 0 10. then back off to use remote start again. use of remote starters. Check local Starting the Engine Using Remote Start Canceling a Remote Start regulations for any requirements on remote starting of vehicles. 1. Press and release Q. To cancel a remote start, do one of the following: Do not use remote start if the vehicle is low 2. Immediately press and hold / until the . Press and hold / until the parking lamps on fuel. The vehicle may run out of fuel. turn signal lamps flash or for at least four seconds. turn off. The vehicle cannot be remote started if: . Turn on the hazard warning flashers. When the vehicle starts, the parking . The RKE transmitter is inside the vehicle . Turn the ignition on and then off. or if the key is in the ignition. lamps will turn on. The doors will be locked and the climate control system . The hood is not closed. may come on. . There is an emission control system The engine will continue to run for malfunction and the lamp is on. 15 minutes. After 30 seconds, repeat . The ignition is in any mode other Steps 1 and 2 for a 15-minute time than off. extension. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 21 Door Locks There are several ways to lock and unlock Keyless Access the vehicle. { Warning From outside: Unlocked doors can be dangerous. . Use the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. . Passengers, especially children, can easily open the doors and fall out of a . Use Keyless Access, if equipped. moving vehicle. The doors can be . Use the key in the driver door or the unlocked and opened while the vehicle passenger door, if equipped. is moving. The chance of being thrown From inside, use the power door locks or the out of the vehicle in a crash is manual door locks. To lock the door with increased if the doors are not locked. the manual door locks, push down on the So, all passengers should wear seat manual lock knob. belts properly and the doors should be locked whenever the vehicle is driven. From inside, pull the door handle once to If equipped, the remote key must be within unlock the door. Pull the handle again to 1 m (3 ft) of the tailgate or door being . Young children who get into unlocked open the door. vehicles may be unable to get out. opened or locked. Press the button on the A child can be overcome by extreme See Vehicle Alarm System 0 27. door handle to open. See “Keyless Access heat and can suffer permanent injuries Operation” in Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) 0 or even death from heat stroke. System Operation (Key Access) 10 or Always lock the vehicle whenever Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System 0 leaving it. Operation (Keyless Access) 13. . Outsiders can easily enter through an Free-Turning Locks unlocked door when you slow down The door key lock cylinder turns freely when or stop the vehicle. Locking the doors either the wrong key is used, or the correct can help prevent this from happening. key is not fully inserted. The free-turning door lock feature prevents the lock from being forced open. To reset the lock, turn it to the vertical position with the correct key Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

22 Keys, Doors, and Windows fully inserted. Remove the key and insert it Delayed locking can only be turned on when If a vehicle door is unlocked, and then again. If this does not reset the lock, turn the Open Door Anti-Lockout feature has opened and closed, the doors will lock either the key halfway around in the cylinder and been turned off. when your foot is removed from the brake repeat the reset procedure. or the vehicle speed becomes faster than When Q is pressed on the power door lock 13 km/h (8 mph). Power Door Locks switch while the door is open, a chime will sound three times indicating delayed locking To unlock the doors: is active. . Press K on the power door lock switch. The doors will lock automatically . Shift the transmission into P (Park). five seconds after all doors are closed. If a Automatic door locking cannot be disabled. door is reopened before that time, the Automatic door unlocking can be five-second timer will reset when all doors programmed. See Vehicle Personalization are closed again. 0 126. Press Q on the door lock switch again or Lockout Protection press Q on the RKE transmitter to lock the doors immediately. If equipped, the ignition is on or in ACC/ ACCESSORY and the power door lock switch This feature can be programmed. See Vehicle is pressed with the driver door open, all the Personalization 0 126. If equipped with power door locks. doors will lock and only the driver door will Automatic Door Locks unlock. Q : Press to lock the doors. If the vehicle is off and locking is requested If equipped, the doors will lock while a door is open, when all doors are K : Press to unlock the doors. automatically when all doors are closed, the closed the vehicle will check to the Keyless ignition is on, and the vehicle is shifted out Access function (if equipped). If an RKE Delayed Locking of P (Park). transmitter is detected and the number of If equipped, this feature delays the locking RKE transmitters inside has not reduced, the of the doors until five seconds after all driver door will unlock and the horn will doors are closed. chirp three times. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 23 Lockout Protection can be manually When the safety lock is enabled, adults and overridden with the driver door open by older children will not be able to open the pressing and holding Q on the power door rear door from the inside. Cancel the safety lock switch. locks to enable the doors to open from the inside. Open Door Anti-Lockout To cancel the safety lock: If equipped, the Open Door Anti-Lockout is turned on and the vehicle is off, the driver 1. Unlock the door and open it from the door is open, and locking is requested, all outside. the doors will lock and the driver door will 2. Move the lever up to unlock. Do the unlock. The Open Door Anti-Lockout feature same for the other door. can be turned on or off. See Vehicle Personalization 0 126. The safety lock is on the inside edge of the Doors Safety Locks rear doors. To use the safety lock: Tailgate The rear door safety locks prevent 1. Move the lever down to the lock passengers from opening the rear doors position. Manual Tailgate from inside the vehicle. 2. Close the door. { 3. Do the same for the other rear door. Warning It is extremely dangerous to ride on the To open a rear door when the safety lock is on: tailgate, even when the vehicle is operated at low speeds. People riding on 1. Unlock the door by activating the inside the tailgate can easily lose their balance handle, by pressing the power door and fall in response to vehicle maneuvers. unlock switch, or by using the Remote Falling from a moving vehicle may result Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. in serious injuries or death. Do not allow 2. Open the door from the outside. people to ride on the tailgate. Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

24 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Use the key to unlock the tailgate. Caution Open the tailgate by lifting up on its handle To avoid damage to the tailgate, make while pulling the tailgate down. sure the area behind the tailgate is clear To shut the tailgate, firmly push it upward before opening it. until it latches. After closing the tailgate, pull it back to be In the case of a dead battery, the tailgate sure it is latched securely. can be opened manually. Contact your dealer or Roadside Assistance. Some tailgates have an electric latch. If the battery is disconnected or has low voltage, If equipped, to lock or unlock the tailgate, the tailgate will not open. The tailgate will use the RKE transmitter or the key. See resume operation when the battery is Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Access) 0 10 or reconnected or recharged. . Press 5 on the center stack. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Power Release Tailgate Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13. The vehicle must be in P (Park). { Warning To open the tailgate: Make sure there is no one in the way of x the power tailgate as it is opening and . Press twice quickly on the RKE closing, and keep hands away from the transmitter until the tailgate moves. tailgate hinges when in use. You or others could be injured if caught in the path of the power tailgate or tailgate hinges.

. Press the touch pad on the tailgate handle after unlocking all doors. Use the top of the tailgate to pull against if Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 25 assistance is required. If equipped with . Press x twice quickly on the RKE Keyless Access, a locked tailgate can be transmitter until the tailgate moves. See opened if the RKE transmitter is within Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System 1 m (3 ft). Operation (Key Access) 0 10 or To close the tailgate, firmly push it upward Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System 0 until it latches. Pull it back to be sure it is Operation (Keyless Access) 13. latched securely. If equipped with Keyless Access, a locked tailgate can be opened if the RKE Power Tailgate transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft).

{ Warning Make sure there is no one in the way of the power tailgate as it is opening and . Press the touch pad on the tailgate closing, and keep hands away from the handle after unlocking all doors. tailgate hinges when in use. You or To close the tailgate, do one of the others could be injured if caught in the following: path of the power tailgate or tailgate . Press x on the RKE transmitter once, hinges. then quickly press and hold x until the tailgate completely closes. If x is Caution released prior to it being fully closed, the tailgate will reopen. To avoid damage to the tailgate, make . Press 5 on the center stack. sure the area behind the tailgate is clear . Press and hold 5 on the center stack before opening it. until the tailgate is fully closed. If 5 is released prior to the tailgate being If equipped with a power open/close fully closed, it will reopen. A chime will tailgate, the tailgate can be opened or sound when the tailgate is fully closed. closed in several ways. To open the tailgate, do one of the following: Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

26 Keys, Doors, and Windows . Press the touch pad on the tailgate Lift-to-Close Operation If the tailgate encounters multiple obstacles, handle. the power function will deactivate. After A chime sounds and the taillamps flash removing the obstructions, manually close during the closing operation. If the warning the tailgate to resume normal power chime is not functioning, the tailgate will operation. not power close. Power opening is still Manual Operation enabled. See your dealer for service. The tailgate can be manually closed from The power tailgate may be temporarily the full-open position when the tailgate is disabled after repeated power cycling over a lifted in a continuous motion. If the tailgate short period of time. If this occurs, the motion is stopped between the full-open tailgate can still be operated manually. and half-closed positions, the lift-to-close The vehicle must be in P (Park) to operate feature can engage and power close the the power tailgate. If the vehicle is shifted tailgate. If the touch pad is pressed during out of P (Park) while the power function is To close the tailgate using the lift-to-close power operation, the tailgate will stop and in progress, the tailgate will continue to feature, lift the tailgate from the full-open allow manual operation. The tailgate must completion. If the vehicle is accelerated position to at least 10 cm (4 in) and hold it be held after stopping, or it will continue while the tailgate is still closing, the tailgate momentarily. Then, the tailgate will start to open. may stop and reverse direction. Make sure closing automatically. If the tailgate is lifted Power Assist Steps the tailgate is closed and latched before more than halfway between open and close, driving. then it will not close automatically. { Warning Obstacle Detection To avoid personal injury or property If the tailgate encounters an obstacle during damage, before entering or exiting the a power open cycle, it will stop on the vehicle, be sure the power assist step is obstacle. After removing the obstruction, the fully extended. Do not step on the power tailgate can be allowed to open. If the assist step while it is moving. Never place tailgate encounters an obstacle during the (Continued) closing cycle, it will stop and reverse to full open. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 27 the assist steps. If the obstruction is not Vehicle Security Warning (Continued) cleared. the assist steps remain extended hands or other body parts between the while driving. This vehicle has theft-deterrent features; extended power assist step and the however, they do not make the vehicle vehicle. impossible to steal.

If equipped, the power assist steps will Vehicle Alarm System deploy when the door is opened and automatically retract three seconds after the door is closed. The power assist steps will retract immediately if the vehicle starts moving. Disable the power assist steps before jacking or placing any object under the vehicle. Too much ice buildup may prevent deployment of the power assist steps. Check the step position before exiting the vehicle. If this To extend both power assist steps happens, disable the power assist steps, for cleaning, press j while the vehicle is clear the ice, then enable the assist steps in P (Park) or N (Neutral). Press j again and confirm normal function prior to use. to retract them. The Driver Information The indicator light, on the instrument panel Keep hands, children, pets, objects, and Center (DIC) will display a message. near the windshield, indicates the status of clothing clear of the power assist steps Enable/Disable the system. when in motion. The steps will reverse j Off : Alarm system is disarmed. direction if they encounter an obstruction Press and hold for four seconds to lock when opening or closing. Remove the and disable the power assist steps. Press On Solid : Vehicle is secured during the obstruction, then open and close the door and hold j for four seconds again to delay to arm the system. enable them. The DIC will display a on the same side to complete the motion of Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured. A door or message. the hood is open. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

28 Keys, Doors, and Windows Slow Flash : Alarm system is armed. and the horn sounds for about 30 seconds. Steering Column Lock The alarm system will then re-arm to Arming the Alarm System monitor for the next unauthorized event. If equipped, the steering column lock is a 1. Turn off the vehicle. theft-deterrent device. This feature locks the Disarming the Alarm System steering column when the vehicle is turned 2. Lock the vehicle in one of two ways: off and the driver door is opened, or when . Use the RKE transmitter. To disarm the alarm system or turn off the alarm if it has been activated: the driver door is opened and then the . With a door open, press Q on the K vehicle is turned off. The steering column interior of the door. . Press on the RKE transmitter. unlocks when the vehicle is turned on. 3. After 30 seconds, the alarm system will . Start the vehicle. The Driver Information Center (DIC) may arm and the indicator light will begin to To avoid setting off the alarm by mistake: display one of these messages: slowly flash. Pressing Q on the RKE . Lock the vehicle after all occupants have . A message to service the steering column transmitter a second time will bypass exited. lock indicates that an issue has been the 30-second delay and immediately . Always unlock a door with the RKE detected with the column lock feature arm the alarm system. transmitter. and the vehicle should be serviced. The vehicle alarm system will not arm if the Unlocking the driver door with the key . A message that the steering column is doors are locked with the key. will not disarm the system or turn off the locked indicates that the engine is alarm. running, but the steering column is still If the driver door is opened without first locked. It is normal for the column to be unlocking with the RKE transmitter, the horn How to Detect a Tamper Condition locked during a remote start, but the will chirp and the lights will flash to indicate column should unlock after the brake If K is pressed on the RKE transmitter and pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not started, pedal is pressed and the vehicle is started. or the door is not unlocked by pressing K the horn chirps three times, an alarm No message will display during a remote on the RKE transmitter during the 10-second occurred previously while the alarm system start. was armed. pre-alarm, the alarm will be activated. . A message that the steering wheel must The alarm will also be activated if a If the alarm has been activated, a message be turned and the vehicle must be started passenger door or the hood is opened will appear on the DIC. again indicates that the column lock without first disarming the system. When mechanism is bound, the column locking the alarm is activated, the turn signals flash device was unable to unlock the steering Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 29 column, and the vehicle did not start. The system does not have to be manually located in the center console. See Remote If this happens, immediately turn the armed or disarmed. Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key 0 steering wheel from side to side to The vehicle is automatically immobilized Access) 10 or unbind the column lock. If this does not when the vehicle is turned off. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System unlock the steering column, turn the Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13. vehicle off and open the driver door to The system is automatically disarmed when the ignition is turned from off to on. If the ignition mode will not change with reset the system. Then turn the vehicle the other transmitter or with the on and immediately turn the steering The security light, in the instrument cluster, transmitter in the transmitter pocket, your wheel side to side for about 15 seconds. comes on if there is a problem with arming vehicle needs service. If the ignition does In some cases, it may take significant or disarming the theft-deterrent system. change modes, the first transmitter may be force to unbind the column. The system has one or more RKE faulty. See your dealer who can service the To keep the steering column from binding, transmitters matched to an immobilizer theft-deterrent system and have a new RKE straighten the front wheels before turning control unit in your vehicle. Only a correctly transmitter programmed to the vehicle. off the vehicle. matched RKE transmitter will start the It is possible for the immobilizer system to Immobilizer vehicle. If the transmitter is ever damaged, learn new or replacement RKE transmitters. you may not be able to start your vehicle. Up to eight transmitters can be 0 See Radio Frequency Statement 409. When trying to start the vehicle, the programmed for the vehicle. To program additional transmitters, see "Programming Immobilizer Operation security light may come on briefly when the ignition is turned on. If the engine does not Transmitters to the Vehicle" under Remote start and the security light stays on, there is Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key 0 a problem with the system. Turn the Access) 10 or ignition off and try again. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13 If the vehicle will not change ignition modes (ACC/ACCESSORY, on, off), and the RKE Do not leave the transmitter or device that transmitter appears to be undamaged, try disarms or deactivates the vehicle theft This vehicle has a passive theft-deterrent another transmitter. Or, you may try placing system in the vehicle. system. the transmitter in the transmitter pocket When equipped with a key, if the engine still does not start, and the key appears to be undamaged, try another ignition key. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

30 Keys, Doors, and Windows It may be necessary to check the fuse. See Using hood-mounted air deflectors and Fuses and Circuit Breakers 0 329. If the Warning (Continued) add-on convex mirror attachments could engine still does not start with the other vehicle on the right. Check the inside decrease mirror performance. key, the vehicle needs service. If the vehicle mirror or glance over your shoulder does start, the first key may be faulty. See before changing lanes. Trailer-Tow Mirrors your dealer. It is possible for the immobilizer system to learn new or Standard Mirrors replacement keys. Up to eight keys can be programmed for the vehicle. To program The passenger side mirror is convex shaped. additional keys, see Keys (Key Access) 0 7 or A convex mirror's surface is curved so more Keys (Keyless Access) 0 9. Do not leave the can be seen from the driver seat. key or device that disarms or deactivates Trailer-Tow Mirrors the vehicle theft system in the vehicle. The upper portion of both the driver and See your dealer to get a new key blank cut passenger mirrors is flat. exactly as the ignition key that operates the The lower portion of both the driver and system. passenger mirrors is convex. A convex mirror’s surface is curved so more can be Exterior Mirrors seen from the driver seat. The lower portion Extending Mirrors is adjusted manually. Convex Mirrors Trailer tow mirrors can extend out for better Manual Mirrors visibility when towing a trailer. { Warning If equipped, adjust manual mirrors by A convex mirror can make things, like moving the mirror up and down or left to other vehicles, look farther away than right to see a little of the side of the vehicle they really are. If you cut too sharply and to have a clear view behind the vehicle. into the right lane, you could hit a (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 31 To return the mirror to its original position, If a popping noise from the mirror is heard, reverse the motion. this sound is normal as the manual detents are aligning after a manual extend/retract operation has occurred. Auxiliary Cargo Mirror Lamps If equipped, cargo mirror lamps face rearward to provide more light on the sides of the vehicle, if needed. See Exterior Cargo Lamps 0 139. Advanced Trailering Vision System Side Cameras Manual Extend : If equipped, grasp the If equipped, the Advanced Trailering Vision mirror housing firmly and pull back in one System side cameras are on the bottom of motion, arching slightly toward the rear of the outside mirrors. See “Surround Vision Power Extend : If equipped, press the power the vehicle. (360 Degrees)” under Assistance Systems for extend button to fully extend the mirror. Parking or Backing 0 249. Press again to retract. Resetting the Power Extend Mirrors Reset the power extend mirrors if: . The mirrors are accidentally obstructed while extending/retracting. . The mirrors are accidentally manually extended/retracted. . The mirrors vibrate at normal driving speeds. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

32 Keys, Doors, and Windows Power Mirrors Turn Signal Indicator Folding Mirrors If equipped, the mirror has turn signal indicator lights, which flash in the direction Manual Folding Mirrors of the turn or lane change. If equipped, push the mirror toward the Task Lighting vehicle to fold. Push the mirror outward to return to its original position. If equipped, task lighting projects light from the outside mirrors to the sides of the Manually fold the mirrors inward to prevent vehicle. See Task Lighting 0 139. damage when going through an automatic car wash. Puddle Lamps Power Folding Mirrors If equipped, puddle lamps project light from the bottom of the mirror to the area of ground below the driver and passenger 0 To adjust each mirror: doors. See Entry Lighting 141 and Exit Lighting 0 141. 1. Press j or to select the driver or | Memory Mirrors passenger side mirror. The indicator light will illuminate. The vehicle may have memory mirrors. See 0 2. Press the arrows on the control pad to Memory Seats 46. move the mirror in the desired direction. Lane Change Alert (LCA) 3. Adjust each outside mirror so that a little The vehicle may have LCA. See Lane Change of the vehicle and the area behind it can Alert (LCA) 0 261. be seen. 4. Press j or | again to deselect the If equipped, press g to power fold the mirror. mirrors. Press again to unfold. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33 Resetting the Power Folding Mirrors This feature can be turned on or off. See Driving with the Blind Spot Mirror 0 Reset the power folding mirrors if: Vehicle Personalization 126. . The mirrors are accidentally obstructed Heated Mirrors while folding. 1 . The mirrors are accidentally manually REAR : If equipped, the rear window folded/unfolded. defogger also heats the outside mirrors. . The mirrors will not stay in the unfolded W : If equipped, press to turn the heated position. outside mirrors on or off. . The mirrors vibrate at normal driving See “Rear Window Defogger” under Climate speeds. Control Systems 0 199 or Fold and unfold the mirrors one time using Dual Automatic Climate Control System the mirror controls to reset them to their 0 201. normal position. A noise may be heard during the resetting of the power folding Automatic Dimming Mirror mirrors. This sound is normal after a manual If equipped, the driver outside mirror folding operation. automatically adjusts for the glare of the Remote Mirror Folding headlamps from behind. This feature comes on when the vehicle is started. If equipped, press and hold Q on the RKE transmitter for approximately one second to Blind Spot Mirrors remotely fold the exterior mirrors. Press and If equipped, there is a small convex mirror hold K on the RKE transmitter for built into the upper and outer corner of the approximately one second to unfold. See driver outside mirror. It can show objects Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System that may be in the vehicle's blind zone. Operation (Key Access) 0 10 or Actual Mirror View Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

34 Keys, Doors, and Windows 1. When the approaching vehicle is a long Reverse Tilt Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror distance away, the image in the main mirror is small and near the inboard If equipped with reverse tilt mirrors and If equipped, push the tab forward for edge of the mirror. memory seats, the passenger and/or driver daytime use and pull it rearward for mirror tilts to a preselected position when nighttime use to avoid glare from the 2. As the vehicle gets closer, the image in the vehicle is in R (Reverse). This allows the headlamps from behind. the main mirror gets larger and moves curb to be seen when parallel parking. outboard. Automatic Dimming Rearview The mirror(s) may move from their tilted 3. As the vehicle enters the blind zone, the Mirror image transitions from the main mirror position when: to the blind spot mirror. . The vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse), If equipped, the mirror will automatically or remains in R (Reverse) for about 4. When the vehicle is in the blind zone, reduce the glare of the headlamps from 30 seconds. the image only appears in the blind spot behind. The dimming feature comes on each mirror. . The vehicle is turned off. time the vehicle is started. . The vehicle is driven in R (Reverse) above Rear Camera Mirror Using the Outside Mirror with the Blind a set speed. Spot Mirror If equipped, this automatic dimming mirror To turn this feature on or off, see Vehicle provides a wide angle camera view of the 1. Set the main mirror so that the side of Personalization 0 126. the vehicle can just be seen and the area behind the vehicle. blind spot mirror has an unobstructed view. Interior Mirrors 2. When checking for traffic or before Interior Rearview Mirrors changing a lane, look at the main driver/ passenger side mirror to observe traffic Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear view in the adjacent lane, behind your vehicle. of the area behind your vehicle. Check the blind spot mirror for a vehicle Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the in the blind zone. Then, glance over your mirror. Use a soft towel dampened with shoulder to double check before moving water. slowly into the adjacent lane. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 35 The adjustment options are:

Pull the tab to turn on the display. Push the Press V to scroll through the adjustment tab to turn it off. When off the mirror is options. . Brightness automatic dimming. Adjust the mirror for a clear view of the area behind the vehicle Press t and u to adjust the settings using while the display is off. the indicators on the mirror. The indicators will remain visible for five seconds after the last button activation, and the settings will remain saved.

. Zoom Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

36 Keys, Doors, and Windows See your dealer for service if a blue screen { Warning and 3 are displayed in the mirror, and The Rear Camera Mirror (RCM) has a the display shuts off. Also, push the tab as limited view. Portions of the road, indicated to return to the automatic vehicles, and other objects may not be dimming mode. seen. Do not drive or park the vehicle The Rear Camera Mirror may not work using only this camera. Objects may properly or display a clear image if: appear closer than they are. Check the . There is glare from the sun or headlamps. outside mirrors or glance over your This may obstruct objects from view. shoulder when making lane changes or If needed, push the tab to turn off the merging. Failure to use proper care may display. result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. . Dirt, snow, or other debris blocks the . Tilt camera lens. Clean the lens with a soft Troubleshooting damp cloth. . The camera’s mounting on the vehicle has been damaged, and/or the position or the mounting angle of the camera has changed. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 37 . Push the button a second time to zoom Once the horizontal guideline is in the the camera’s view. desired location, press and hold the button . Push the button a third time to for another three seconds and repeat the deactivate the display. above step for the vertical guideline programing. To readjust the horizontal When the vehicle is in R (Reverse) and location of the guidelines after adjusting the button has been pressed, the display will vertical location, press and hold the button remain on until the driver deactivates it. for three seconds. When not in R (Reverse), the video image will time out after eight seconds. After eight seconds since the last button press, the position of the guidelines is locked into memory.

Truck Bed Camera Rearview Windows Mirror { Warning If equipped, this automatic dimming mirror Never leave a child, a helpless adult, or a provides a video image, when activated, to When in Zoomed Mode, the display features pet alone in a vehicle, especially with the allow the driver to momentarily check the guidelines to help the driver align the pickup bed area contents or to align and vehicle when attaching a trailer. Both the windows closed in warm or hot weather. attach a gooseneck or fifth-wheel trailer. horizontal and vertical guideline’s position They can be overcome by the extreme can be adjusted by the driver. heat and suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke. To adjust the position of the horizontal guideline, press and hold the button for eight seconds until it starts blinking. Each subsequent button press scrolls the position of this line through its range of possible settings. . Push the button at the bottom of the mirror once to activate the display. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

38 Keys, Doors, and Windows Power Windows The power windows work when the ignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, or when Retained { Warning Accessory Power (RAP) is active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 229. Children could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing Using the window switch, press to open or pull to close the window. window. Never leave the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter or keys in a The windows may be temporarily disabled if vehicle with children. When there are they are used repeatedly within a children in the rear seat, use the short time. window lockout button to prevent Window Lockout operation of the windows. See Keys (Key Access) 0 7 or The vehicle aerodynamics are designed to 0 improve fuel economy performance. This Keys (Keyless Access) 9. may result in a pulsing sound when either rear window is down and the front windows are up. To reduce the sound, open either a front window or the sunroof, if equipped. Manual Windows If equipped, turn the hand crank on each door to manually raise or lower the manual windows. With Power Folding Mirrors, Without Similar This feature stops the rear door passenger window switches from working except from the driver position. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 39 Press 2 to engage the rear window Window Automatic Reversal System Programming the Power Windows lockout feature. The indicator light is on The express-close feature will reverse Programming may be necessary if the when engaged. window movement if it comes in contact vehicle battery has been disconnected or Press 2 again to disengage. with an object. Extreme cold or ice could discharged. If the window is unable to cause the window to auto-reverse. The express-up, program each express-close Windows Express Movement window will operate normally after the window: All windows can be opened without holding object or condition is removed. 1. Close all doors. the window switch. Press the switch down Automatic Reversal System Override 2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ fully and quickly release to express open the ACCESSORY. window. { Warning 3. Partially open the window to be If equipped, pull the window switch up fully If automatic reversal system override is programmed. Then close it and continue and quickly release to express close the active, the window will not reverse to pull the switch briefly after the window. automatically. You or others could be window has fully closed. Briefly press or pull the window switch in injured and the window could be 4. Open the window and continue to press the same direction to stop that window’s damaged. Before using automatic reversal the switch briefly after the window has express movement. system override, make sure that all fully opened. Express Window Down people and obstructions are clear of the Remote Window Operation window path. L: If equipped, this button will be on the If equipped, this feature allows the windows to be opened remotely. If enabled in vehicle center stack. When the engine is on, override the personalization, press and hold K on the Press and hold L to open all windows. automatic reversal system by pulling and holding the window switch if conditions RKE transmitter. See Vehicle Personalization Release L to stop all movement. 0 prevent it from closing. 126. Use the power window switches to close each window. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

40 Keys, Doors, and Windows Rear Windows Sun Visors Roof Power Sliding Rear Window Sunroof

Pull the sun visor down to block glare. If equipped, detach the sun visor from the center mount to pivot to the side window or to extend along the rod. If equipped, there is a lighted mirror on the If equipped, the power sliding rear window sun visor. Lift the cover to open. works when the ignition has been turned on 1. SLIDE Switch or to ACC/ACCESSORY, or Retained Accessory 2. TILT Switch Power (RAP) must be active. See Retained If equipped, the sunroof operates when the 0 Accessory Power (RAP) 229. ignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, or when . Press the switch to open the window. Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is active. . Pull the switch to close the window. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 229. The power sliding rear window cannot be Slide Switch operated manually. Express-Open/Express-Close : To express-open the sunroof, fully press and release I (1). Press and release I (1) again to stop the movement. To express-close the Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 41 sunroof, fully press and release K (1). If an object is in the path while Press and release K (1) again to stop the express-closing, the reversal system will movement. detect an object, stop, and open the sunroof slightly. Open/Close (Manual Mode) : To open the I I If frost or other conditions prevent closing, sunroof, press and hold (1). Release (1) override the feature by closing the sunroof to stop the movement. Press and hold K in manual mode. To stop movement, release (1) to close the sunroof. Release K (1) to K (1). stop the movement. Tilt Switch Vent : From the closed position, press J (2) to vent the sunroof. Press K (2) to close the vent. When the sunroof is opened, an air deflector will automatically raise. The air deflector will retract when the sunroof is closed. The sunroof also has a sunshade, which can Dirt and debris may collect on the sunroof be pulled forward to block sun rays. The seal or in the track. This could cause an sunshade must be opened and closed issue with sunroof operation or noise. manually. It could also plug the water drainage system. Periodically open the sunroof and Automatic Reversal System remove any obstacles or loose debris. Wipe The sunroof has an automatic reversal the sunroof seal and roof sealing area using system that is only active when the sunroof a clean cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not is operated in express-close mode. remove grease from the sunroof tracks. If water is seen dripping into the water drainage system, this is normal. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

42 Seats and Restraints Where Are the Airbags? ...... 59 Head Restraints Seats and Restraints When Should an Airbag Inflate? ...... 60 What Makes an Airbag Inflate? ...... 61 Head Restraints How Does an Airbag Restrain? ...... 61 { Warning Head Restraints ...... 42 What Will You See after an Airbag With head restraints that are not Front Seats Inflates? ...... 61 installed and adjusted properly, there is a Seat Adjustment ...... 43 Passenger Sensing System ...... 62 greater chance that occupants will suffer Center Seat ...... 44 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do not Power Seat Adjustment ...... 44 Vehicle ...... 66 drive until the head restraints for all Lumbar Adjustment ...... 45 Adding Equipment to the occupants are installed and adjusted Reclining Seatbacks ...... 45 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle ...... 66 properly. Memory Seats ...... 46 Airbag System Check ...... 67 Heated and Ventilated Front Seats . . . . . 49 Replacing Airbag System Parts after a Front Seats Crash ...... 67 Rear Seats The vehicle's front seats have adjustable Rear Seats ...... 50 Child Restraints head restraints in the outboard seating Heated Rear Seats ...... 51 Older Children ...... 68 positions. Infants and Young Children ...... 69 Seat Belts Child Restraint Systems ...... 71 Seat Belts ...... 51 Where to Put the Restraint ...... 73 How to Wear Seat Belts Properly ...... 52 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 54 (LATCH System) ...... 74 Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy ...... 56 Replacing LATCH System Parts After a Seat Belt Extender ...... 56 Crash ...... 84 Safety System Check ...... 56 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Seat Belt Care ...... 57 Belt in the Rear Seat) ...... 84 Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after a Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Crash ...... 57 Belt in the Center Front Seat) ...... 87 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Airbag System Belt in the Front Passenger Seat) . . . . . 87 Airbag System ...... 57 Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Seats and Restraints 43 Adjust the head restraint so that the top of Rear Head Restraints If you are installing a child restraint in the the restraint is at the same height as the rear seat, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for The vehicle’s rear seat has head restraints in top of the occupant's head. This position Children (LATCH System) 0 74. the outboard seating positions that cannot reduces the chance of a neck injury in a be adjusted. Center Headrest crash. The vehicle’s rear seat may be equipped with a headrest in the center seating position that cannot be adjusted. If you are installing a child restraint in the rear seat, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 74. Front Seats Seat Adjustment

{ Warning The head restraint can be folded forward to To raise or lower the head restraint, press You can lose control of the vehicle if you allow for better visibility when the rear seat the button on the side of the head restraint try to adjust a driver seat while the is unoccupied. To fold the head restraint, and pull up or push the head restraint down vehicle is moving. Adjust the driver seat press the button on the side of the head and release the button. only when the vehicle is not moving. restraint. Pull and push on the head restraint after the When an occupant is in the seat, always button is released to make sure that it is return the head restraint to the upright locked in place. position until it locks into place. Push and The front seat outboard head restraints are pull on the head restraint to make sure that not removable. it is locked. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

44 Seats and Restraints Center Seat Power Seat Adjustment If equipped, the center front seatback doubles as an armrest and cupholder/ storage area for the driver and passenger when the center front seat is not used.

To adjust a manual seat: 1. Pull the handle at the front of the seat. To adjust a power seat, if equipped: 2. Slide the seat to the desired position and . Move the seat forward or rearward by release the handle. sliding the control forward or rearward. 3. Try to move the seat back and forth to . Raise or lower the front part of the seat be sure it is locked in place. Pull the strap on the side of the center cushion by moving the front of the To adjust the seatback, see Reclining seatback to fold the center seatback. Do not control up or down. Seatbacks 0 45. use the center seatback as a seating position . Raise or lower the seat by moving the when the seatback is folded down. To adjust the lumbar support, if equipped, rear of the control up or down. see Lumbar Adjustment 0 45. To raise the seatback, push the seatback To adjust the seatback, see Reclining rearward until it locks in the upright Seatbacks 0 45. position. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. To adjust the lumbar support, see Lumbar Adjustment 0 45. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Seats and Restraints 45 Some vehicles are equipped with a feature Reclining Seatbacks that activates a vibrating pulse alert in the driver seat to help the driver avoid crashes. { Warning See Driver Assistance Systems 0 247. Sitting in a reclined position when the Lumbar Adjustment vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the seat belts Power Lumbar cannot do their job. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. Instead, it will be in front of you. In a crash, you could go into it, receiving neck or other injuries. The lap belt could go up over your Do not have a seatback reclined if the abdomen. The belt forces would be there, vehicle is moving. not at your pelvic bones. This could cause Manual Reclining Seatbacks serious internal injuries. For proper protection when the vehicle is { Warning in motion, have the seatback upright. If either seatback is not locked, it could Then sit well back in the seat and wear move forward in a sudden stop or crash. To adjust the lumbar support, if equipped: the seat belt properly. That could cause injury to the person . Press and hold the control forward to sitting there. Always push and pull on increase or rearward to decrease upper the seatbacks to be sure they are locked. and lower lumbar support at the same time. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

46 Seats and Restraints 2. Push and pull on the seatback to make Memory Seats sure it is locked. Power Reclining Seatbacks

To adjust a manual seatback: 1. Lift the lever. If equipped, memory seats allow two drivers The seatback will automatically fold to save and recall their unique seat positions forward. To recline a power seatback, if equipped: for driving the vehicle, and a shared exit 2. To recline, move the seatback rearward position for getting out of the vehicle. Other . Tilt the top of the control rearward to to the desired position, then release the feature positions may also be saved, such as recline. lever to lock the seatback in place. power mirrors, if equipped. Memory . Tilt the top of the control forward to 3. Push and pull on the seatback to make positions are linked to RKE transmitter 1 or 2 raise. sure it is locked. for automatic memory recalls. To return the seatback to the upright Before saving, adjust all available memory position: feature positions. Turn the vehicle on and then press and release SET; a beep will 1. Lift the lever fully without applying sound. Then immediately press and hold 1, pressure to the seatback, and the 2, or B (Exit) until two beeps sound. To seatback will return to the upright position. manually recall these positions, press and Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Seats and Restraints 47 hold 1, 2, or B until the saved position is . To begin Seat Exit Memory movement To save preferred driving positions 1 and 2: reached. Follow the instructions under when the vehicle is turned off and the 1. Turn the vehicle on or to ACC/ “Saving Memory Positions.” driver door is opened, or when the vehicle ACCESSORY. is turned off with the driver door already The vehicle identifies the current driver’s RKE opened, select the Settings menu, then A DIC welcome message may indicate transmitter number (1–8). See Remote Vehicle, then Seating Position, and then driver number 1 or 2. Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Seat Exit Memory. Select On or Off. See 2. Adjust all available memory features to 0 Access) 10 or “Seat Exit Memory” later in this section. the desired driving position. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . See Vehicle Personalization 0 126 for 3. Press and release SET; a beep will sound. Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13. Only RKE additional setting information. transmitters 1 and 2 can be used for 4. Immediately press and hold the 1 or automatic memory recalls. A Driver Identifying Driver Number 2 memory button matching the above DIC welcome message until two beeps Information Center (DIC) welcome message To identify the driver number: indicating the transmitter number may sound. display for the first few ignition cycles 1. Move your RKE transmitter away from If too much time passes between following a transmitter change. For Seat the vehicle. releasing SET and pressing 1, the Entry Memory to work properly, save the 2. Start the vehicle with another key or RKE memory position will not be saved and positions to the memory button (1 or 2) transmitter. The DIC should display the two beeps will not sound. Repeat matching the RKE transmitter number driver number for the other RKE Steps 3 and 4. displayed in the DIC welcome message. transmitter. Turn the vehicle off and 1 or 2 corresponds to the driver number. Carry the linked RKE transmitter when remove the key or RKE transmitter from See “Identifying Driver Number” entering the vehicle. the vehicle. previously in this section. Vehicle Personalization Settings 3. Start the vehicle with the initial key or 5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a second driver . To have the Seat Entry Memory RKE transmitter. The DIC should display using 1 or 2. RKE transmitters 3–8 will movement begin when the vehicle is the driver number of your RKE not save memory positions. transmitter. started, select the Settings menu, then B Vehicle, then Seating Position, and then Saving Memory Positions To save the position for and Seat Exit Memory features, repeat Steps 1–4 using Seat Entry Memory. Select On or Off. See Read these instructions completely before “Seat Entry Memory” later in this section. B. This saves the position for getting out saving memory positions. of the vehicle. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

48 Seats and Restraints Save preferred memory feature positions to positions saved to the same memory button Try storing the position to the other both 1 and 2 if you are the only driver. number 1 or 2 are automatically recalled memory button or try the other RKE Manually Recalling Memory Positions when the vehicle is turned on, or turned transmitter. from off to ACC/ACCESSORY. RKE Seat Exit Memory Press and hold 1, 2, or B to recall the transmitters 3–8 will not provide automatic previously saved memory positions if you memory recalls. Seat Exit Memory is not linked to an RKE B are driver 1 or 2 identified in the DIC To turn Seat Entry Memory on or off, see transmitter. The position saved to is welcome message. “Vehicle Personalization Settings” previously used for all drivers. To turn Seat Exit To stop Manual Memory recall movement, in this section and Vehicle Personalization Memory on or off, see "Vehicle B 0 126. Personalization Settings" previously in this release 1, 2, or or press any of the section and Vehicle Personalization 0 126. following controls: The shift lever must be in P (Park) to start . Power seat Seat Entry Memory. Seat Entry Memory If turned on, the position saved to B is . Memory SET recall will complete if the vehicle is shifted automatically recalled when one of the out of P (Park) prior to reaching the saved following occurs: . Power mirror, with the driver or passenger side mirror selected memory position. . The vehicle is turned off and the driver door is opened within a short time. Manual Memory recall movement for 1, 2, To stop Seat Entry Memory recall B movement, turn the vehicle off or press any . The vehicle is turned off with the driver or buttons may be initiated and may of the following controls: door open. complete to the saved memory position if the vehicle is in or out of P (Park). . Power seat To stop Seat Exit Memory movement, press . Memory SET, 1, 2, or B any of the following memory controls: Seat Entry Memory . Power mirror, with the driver or . Power seat The vehicle identifies the number of the passenger side mirror selected . Memory SET, 1, 2, or B current driver’s RKE transmitter (1–8). See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System If the saved memory seat position does not . Power mirror, with the driver or Operation (Key Access) 0 10 or automatically recall or recalls to the wrong passenger side mirror selected Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System positions, the driver’s RKE transmitter Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13. If the RKE number (1 or 2) may not match the memory transmitter is 1 or 2, and Seat Entry Memory button number that positions were saved to. is enabled in vehicle personalization, the Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Seats and Restraints 49 Obstructions Press the button once for the highest If something has blocked the driver seat setting. With each press of the button, the while recalling a memory position, the recall seat will change to the next lower setting, may stop. Remove the obstruction and try and then to the off setting. The indicator the recall again. If the memory position still lights next to the buttons indicate three for does not recall, see your dealer. the highest setting and one for the lowest. If the heated seats are on high for an Heated and Ventilated Front extended time, their level may automatically Seats be lowered. Auto Heated Seats { Warning When the vehicle is on, this feature will If temperature change or pain to the skin automatically activate the heated seats at Heated and Ventilated Seat Buttons Shown, the level required by the vehicle’s interior cannot be felt, the seat heater may cause Heated Seat Buttons Similar burns. To reduce the risk of burns, use temperature. The active high, medium, low, or off heated seat level will be indicated by care when using the seat heater, If equipped, the buttons are on the center the manual heated seat buttons on the especially for long periods of time. Do stack. To operate, the engine must be running. center stack. Use the manual heated seat not place anything on the seat that buttons on the center stack to turn auto insulates against heat, such as a blanket, Press I or + to heat the driver or heated seats off. If the passenger seat is cushion, cover, or similar item. This may passenger seatback only. unoccupied, the auto heated seats feature cause the seat heater to overheat. An will not activate that seat. The auto heated overheated seat heater may cause a burn Press J or z to heat the driver or seats feature can be programmed to always or may damage the seat. passenger seat cushion and seatback. be enabled when the vehicle is on. See 0 Press C or { to ventilate the driver or Vehicle Personalization 126. passenger seat. Remote Start Heated and Ventilated Seats The indicator light on the button comes on If equipped, the heated seats will turn on when this feature is on. automatically during a remote start if it is cold outside and the ventilated seats will turn on automatically if it is hot outside. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

50 Seats and Restraints

If equipped, the heated steering wheel will This feature will activate when a second row Caution turn on automatically during a remote start door is opened while the vehicle is on or up if it is cold outside. The heated and to 10 minutes before the vehicle is turned Folding a rear seat with the seat belts ventilated seat indicators and heated on. There will be an alert when the vehicle still fastened may cause damage to the steering wheel indicator may not come on is turned off. The alert does not directly seat or the seat belts. Always unbuckle during this operation. detect objects in the rear seat; instead, the seat belts and return them to their The heated and ventilated seats and heated under certain conditions, it detects when a normal stowed position before folding a steering wheel may cancel when the vehicle rear door is opened and closed, indicating rear seat. is started. These features can be manually that there may be something in the selected after the ignition is turned on. rear seat. Make sure that nothing is on the seat cushion. The temperature performance of an The feature is active only once each time unoccupied seat may be reduced. This is the vehicle is turned on and off, and will normal. require reactivation by opening and closing the second row doors. There may be an The heated or ventilated seats will not turn alert even when there is nothing in the rear on during a remote start unless they are seat; for example, if a child entered the enabled in vehicle personalization. See vehicle through the rear door and left the Remote Vehicle Start 0 20 and vehicle without the vehicle being shut off. Vehicle Personalization 0 126. The feature can be turned on or off. See 0 Rear Seats Vehicle Personalization 126. Folding the Rear Seat Cushion Rear Seat Reminder Either side of the rear seat cushion can be If equipped, the message REAR SEAT folded up for added cargo space. To fold the seat, slowly pull the seat REMINDER LOOK IN REAR SEAT displays cushion up. under certain conditions indicating there may be an item or passenger in the rear To return the seat to the normal seating seat. Check before exiting the vehicle. position, slowly pull the seat cushion down. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Seats and Restraints 51

{ Warning Seat Belts A seat belt that is improperly routed, not This section describes how to use seat belts properly attached, or twisted will not properly, and some things not to do. provide the protection needed in a crash. The person wearing the belt could be { Warning seriously injured. After raising the rear Do not let anyone ride where a seat belt seatback, always check to be sure that cannot be worn properly. In a crash, the seat belts are properly routed and if you or your passenger(s) are not attached, and are not twisted. wearing seat belts, injuries can be much worse than if you are wearing seat belts. Heated Rear Seats You can be seriously injured or killed by If available, the buttons are on the rear of hitting things inside the vehicle harder or { Warning the center console. To operate, the engine by being ejected from the vehicle. In must be running. If you cannot feel temperature change or addition, anyone who is not buckled up pain to the skin, the seat heater may Press M or L to heat the left or right can strike other passengers in the vehicle. cause burns. See the Warning under outboard seat cushion. An indicator on the It is extremely dangerous to ride in a Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 49. climate control display appears when this cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle. feature is on. In a collision, passengers riding in these This feature turns on at the highest setting. areas are more likely to be seriously With each press of the button, the heated injured or killed. Do not allow passengers seat changes to the next lower setting, and to ride in any area of the vehicle that is then the off setting. Three lights indicate not equipped with seats and seat belts. the highest setting, and one light indicates the lowest. If the heated seats are on high, Always wear a seat belt, and check that the level may automatically be lowered all passenger(s) are restrained after approximately 30 minutes. properly too. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

52 Seats and Restraints This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to Questions and Answers About Seat Belts Infants and Young Children 0 69. Review buckle the seat belts. See Seat Belt and follow the rules for children in addition Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle after a Reminders 0 109. to the following rules. crash if I am wearing a seat belt? It is very important for all occupants to Why Seat Belts Work A: You could be — whether you are buckle up. Statistics show that unbelted wearing a seat belt or not. Your chance people are hurt more often in crashes than of being conscious during and after a those who are wearing seat belts. crash, so you can unbuckle and get out, is much greater if you are belted. There are important things to know about wearing a seat belt properly. Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why should I have to wear seat belts? A: Airbags are supplemental systems only. They work with seat belts — not instead of them. Whether or not an airbag is provided, all occupants still have to buckle up to get the most protection. Also, in nearly all states and in all When riding in a vehicle, you travel as fast Canadian provinces, the law requires as the vehicle does. If the vehicle stops wearing seat belts. suddenly, you keep going until something stops you. It could be the windshield, the How to Wear Seat Belts Properly instrument panel, or the seat belts! Follow these rules for everyone's protection. . Sit up straight and always keep your feet When you wear a seat belt, you and the There are additional things to know about on the floor in front of you (if possible). vehicle slow down together. There is more seat belts and children, including smaller time to stop because you stop over a longer . Always use the correct buckle for your children and infants. If a child will be riding distance and, when worn properly, your seating position. in the vehicle, see Older Children 0 68 or strongest bones take the forces from the . Wear the lap part of the belt low and seat belts. That is why wearing seat belts snug on the hips, just touching the makes such good sense. thighs. In a crash, this applies force to the Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Seats and Restraints 53 strong pelvic bones and you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt. If you slid under it, the belt would apply force on your abdomen. This could cause serious or even fatal injuries. . Wear the shoulder belt over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces. The shoulder belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning You can be seriously injured, or even Never allow the lap or shoulder belt to Never wear the shoulder belt under both killed, by not wearing your seat belt become loose or twisted. arms or behind your back. properly.

Always use the correct buckle for your seating position. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

54 Seats and Restraints The following instructions explain how to engaged. See Child Restraint Systems wear a lap-shoulder belt properly. 0 71. If this occurs, let the belt go back 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is adjustable, all the way and start again. If the so you can sit up straight. To see how, locking feature stays engaged after see “Seats” in the Index. letting the belt go back to stowed position on the seat, move the seat rearward or recline the seat until the shoulder belt retractor lock releases. Engaging the child restraint locking feature in the front outboard seating position may affect the passenger sensing system, if equipped. See Passenger Sensing System 0 62. Never route the lap or shoulder belt over an armrest.

{ Warning The seat belt can be pinched if it is routed under plastic trim on the seat, 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt such as trim around the rear seatback across you. Do not let it get twisted. folding handle or side airbag. In a crash, The lap-shoulder belt may lock if you pinched seat belts might not be able to pull the belt across you very quickly. provide adequate protection. Never allow If this happens, let the belt go back seat belts to be routed under plastic trim slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt pieces. across you more slowly. If the shoulder portion of a passenger Lap-Shoulder Belt If the webbing locks in the latch plate belt is pulled out all the way, the child before it reaches the buckle, tilt the latch All seating positions in the vehicle have a restraint locking feature may be plate flat to unlock. lap-shoulder belt. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Seats and Restraints 55 To unlatch the belt, push the button on the buckle. The belt should return to its stowed position. Always stow the seat belt slowly. If the seat belt webbing returns quickly to the stowed position, the retractor may lock and cannot be pulled out. If this happens, pull the seat belt straight out firmly to unlock the webbing, and then release it. If the webbing is still locked in the retractor, see your dealer. Before a door is closed, be sure the seat belt 3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until 4. To make the lap part tight, pull up on is out of the way. If a door is slammed it clicks. the shoulder belt. against a seat belt, damage can occur to Pull up on the latch plate to make sure both the seat belt and the vehicle. it is secure. If the belt is not long Seat Belt Pretensioners enough, see Seat Belt Extender 0 56. Position the release button on the buckle This vehicle has seat belt pretensioners for so that the seat belt could be quickly the front outboard occupants. Although the unbuckled if necessary. seat belt pretensioners cannot be seen, they are part of the seat belt assembly. They can help tighten the seat belts during the early stages of a moderate to severe frontal, near frontal, or rear crash if the threshold conditions for pretensioner activation are met. Seat belt pretensioners can also help tighten the seat belts in a side crash or rollover event. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

56 Seats and Restraints Pretensioners work only once. If the But if a seat belt is not long enough, your pretensioners activate in a crash, the dealer will order you an extender. When pretensioners and probably other parts of you go in to order it, take the heaviest coat the vehicle's seat belt system will need to you will wear, so the extender will be long be replaced. See Replacing Seat Belt System enough for you. To help avoid personal Parts after a Crash 0 57. injury, do not let someone else use it, and Do not sit on the outboard seat belt while use it only for the seat it is made to fit. The entering or exiting the vehicle or at any extender has been designed for adults. time while sitting in the seat. Sitting on the Never use it for securing child restraints. For seat belt can damage the webbing and more information on the proper use and fit hardware. of seat belt extenders see the instruction sheet that comes with the extender. Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides A pregnant woman should wear a Safety System Check Rear seat belt comfort guides may provide lap-shoulder belt, and the lap portion should added seat belt comfort for older children be worn as low as possible, below the Periodically check the seat belt reminder, who have outgrown booster seats and for rounding, throughout the pregnancy. seat belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors, some adults. When installed on a shoulder shoulder belt height adjusters (if equipped), belt, the comfort guide positions the The best way to protect the fetus is to and seat belt anchorages to make sure they shoulder belt away from the neck and head. protect the mother. When a seat belt is are all in working order. Look for any other worn properly, it is more likely that the loose or damaged seat belt system parts Comfort guides are available through your fetus will not be hurt in a crash. For that might keep a seat belt system from dealer for the rear outboard seating pregnant women, as for anyone, the key to performing properly. See your dealer to positions. Instructions are included with the making seat belts effective is wearing them have it repaired. Torn, frayed, or twisted comfort guides. properly. seat belts may not protect you in a crash. Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy Torn or frayed seat belts can rip apart under Seat Belt Extender impact forces. If a belt is torn or frayed, Seat belts work for everyone, including If the vehicle's seat belt will fasten around have it replaced immediately. If a belt is pregnant women. Like all occupants, they you, you should use it. twisted, it may be possible to untwist by are more likely to be seriously injured if they do not wear seat belts. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Seats and Restraints 57 reversing the latch plate on the webbing. New parts and repairs may be necessary If the twist cannot be corrected, ask your Warning (Continued) even if the seat belt system was not being dealer to fix it. provide adequate protection. Clean and used at the time of the crash. Make sure the seat belt reminder light is rinse seat belt webbing only with mild Have the seat belt pretensioners checked if working. See Seat Belt Reminders 0 109. soap and lukewarm water. Allow the the vehicle has been in a crash, or if the webbing to dry. Keep seat belts clean and dry. See Seat Belt airbag readiness light stays on after you Care 0 57. start the vehicle or while you are driving. Replacing Seat Belt System Parts See Airbag Readiness Light 0 110. Seat Belt Care after a Crash Keep belts clean and dry. Airbag System { Warning Seat belts should be properly cared for and The vehicle has the following airbags: maintained. A crash can damage the seat belt system . A frontal airbag for the driver in the vehicle. A damaged seat belt Seat belt hardware should be kept dry and . A frontal airbag for the front outboard system may not properly protect the free of dust or debris. As necessary, exterior passenger hard surfaces and seat belt webbing may be person using it, resulting in serious injury . A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the lightly cleaned with mild soap and water. or even death in a crash. To help make driver Ensure there is not excessive dust or debris sure the seat belt systems are working . A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the in the mechanism. If dust or debris exists in properly after a crash, have them front outboard passenger inspected and any necessary the system please see the dealer. Parts may . A roof-rail airbag for the driver and the need to be replaced to ensure proper replacements made as soon as possible. passenger seated directly behind the functionality of the system. driver After a minor crash, replacement of seat . A roof-rail airbag for the front outboard { Warning belts may not be necessary. But the seat belt assemblies that were used during any passenger and the passenger seated Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing. crash may have been stressed or damaged. directly behind the front outboard It may severely weaken the webbing. In See your dealer to have the seat belt passenger a crash, they might not be able to assemblies inspected or replaced. (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

58 Seats and Restraints All vehicle airbags have the word AIRBAG on the trim or on a label near the deployment Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) opening. replace them. Also, airbags are not crash. Always wear a seat belt, even with For frontal airbags, the word AIRBAG is on designed to inflate in every crash. In airbags. The driver should sit as far back the center of the steering wheel for the some crashes seat belts are the only as possible while still maintaining control driver and on the instrument panel for the restraint. See When Should an Airbag of the vehicle. The seat belts and the front outboard passenger. Inflate? 0 60. front outboard passenger airbags are For seat-mounted side impact airbags, the Wearing your seat belt during a crash most effective when you are sitting well word AIRBAG is on the side of the seatback helps reduce your chance of hitting back and upright in the seat with both or side of the seat closest to the door. things inside the vehicle or being ejected feet on the floor. For roof-rail airbags, the word AIRBAG is on from it. Airbags are “supplemental Occupants should not lean on or sleep the ceiling or trim. restraints” to the seat belts. Everyone in against the door or side windows in the vehicle should wear a seat belt seating positions with seat-mounted side Airbags are designed to supplement the properly, whether or not there is an impact airbags and/or roof-rail airbags. protection provided by seat belts. Even though today's airbags are also designed to airbag for that person. help reduce the risk of injury from the force of an inflating bag, all airbags must inflate { Warning very quickly to do their job. { Warning Children who are up against, or very Here are the most important things to know Because airbags inflate with great force close to, any airbag when it inflates can about the airbag system: and faster than the blink of an eye, be seriously injured or killed. Always anyone who is up against, or very close secure children properly in the vehicle. To 0 { Warning to, any airbag when it inflates can be read how, see Older Children 68 or seriously injured or killed. Do not sit Infants and Young Children 0 69. You can be severely injured or killed in a unnecessarily close to any airbag, as you crash if you are not wearing your seat would be if sitting on the edge of the belt, even with airbags. Airbags are seat or leaning forward. Seat belts help designed to work with seat belts, not keep you in position before and during a (Continued) (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Seats and Restraints 59 The driver frontal airbag is in the center of the steering wheel.

There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument cluster, which shows the airbag symbol. The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions. The light tells you if there is an electrical problem. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 110. Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar Where Are the Airbags? The driver and front outboard passenger The front outboard passenger frontal airbag seat-mounted side impact airbags are in the is in the passenger side instrument panel. side of the seatbacks closest to the door. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

60 Seats and Restraints Frontal airbags are designed to inflate in Warning (Continued) moderate to severe frontal or near frontal do not attach or put anything on the crashes to help reduce the potential for steering wheel hub or on or near any severe injuries, mainly to the driver's or other airbag covering. front outboard passenger's head and chest. Do not use seat accessories that block the Whether the frontal airbags will or should inflation path of a seat-mounted side inflate is not based primarily on how fast impact airbag. the vehicle is traveling. It depends on what is hit, the direction of the impact, and how Never secure anything to the roof of a quickly the vehicle slows down. vehicle with roof-rail airbags by routing a Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash rope or tie‐down through any door or speeds depending on whether the vehicle Driver Side Crew Cab Shown, Passenger Side window opening. If you do, the path of hits an object straight on or at an angle, Double and Regular Cabs Similar an inflating roof-rail airbag will be and whether the object is fixed or moving, blocked. The roof-rail airbags for the driver, front rigid or deformable, narrow or wide. outboard passenger, and second row Frontal airbags are not intended to inflate outboard passengers are in the ceiling above When Should an Airbag Inflate? during vehicle rollovers, rear impacts, the side windows. This vehicle is equipped with airbags. See or many side impacts. 0 Airbag System 57. Airbags are designed to In addition, the vehicle has advanced { Warning inflate if the impact exceeds the specific technology frontal airbags. Advanced If something is between an occupant and airbag system's deployment threshold. technology frontal airbags adjust the Deployment thresholds are used to predict an airbag, the airbag might not inflate restraint according to crash severity. how severe a crash is likely to be in time properly or it might force the object into for the airbags to inflate and help restrain Seat-mounted side impact airbags are that person causing severe injury or even the occupants. The vehicle has electronic designed to inflate in moderate to severe death. The path of an inflating airbag sensors that help the airbag system side crashes depending on the location of must be kept clear. Do not put anything determine the severity of the impact. the impact. Seat-mounted side impact between an occupant and an airbag, and Deployment thresholds can vary with airbags are not designed to inflate in frontal (Continued) specific vehicle design. impacts, near frontal impacts, rollovers, Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Seats and Restraints 61 or rear impacts. A seat-mounted side impact How Does an Airbag Restrain? What Will You See after an airbag is designed to inflate on the side of the vehicle that is struck. In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal Airbag Inflates? collisions, even belted occupants can contact Roof-rail airbags are designed to inflate in After frontal and seat-mounted side impact the steering wheel or the instrument panel. airbags inflate, they quickly deflate, so moderate to severe side crashes depending In moderate to severe side collisions, even on the location of the impact. In addition, quickly that some people may not even belted occupants can contact the inside of realize the airbags inflated. Roof-rail airbags these roof-rail airbags are designed to inflate the vehicle. during a rollover or in a severe frontal may still be at least partially inflated for impact. Roof-rail airbags are not designed to Airbags supplement the protection provided some time after they inflate. Some inflate in rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags by seat belts by distributing the force of the components of the airbag module may be impact more evenly over the hot for several minutes. For location of the will inflate when either side of the vehicle is 0 struck or if the sensing system predicts that occupant's body. airbags, see Where Are the Airbags? 59. the vehicle is about to roll over on its side, Rollover capable roof-rail airbags are The parts of the airbag that come into or in a severe frontal impact. designed to help contain the head and chest contact with you may be warm, but not too In any particular crash, no one can say of occupants in the outboard seating hot to touch. There may be some smoke whether an airbag should have inflated positions in the first and second rows. The and dust coming from the vents in the simply because of the vehicle damage or rollover capable roof-rail airbags are deflated airbags. Airbag inflation does not repair costs. designed to help reduce the risk of full or prevent the driver from seeing out of the partial ejection in rollover events, although windshield or being able to steer the What Makes an Airbag Inflate? no system can prevent all such ejections. vehicle, nor does it prevent people from leaving the vehicle. In a deployment event, the sensing system But airbags would not help in many types of collisions, primarily because the sends an electrical signal triggering a release { Warning of gas from the inflator. Gas from the occupant's motion is not toward those inflator fills the airbag causing the bag to airbags. See When Should an Airbag Inflate? When an airbag inflates, there may be break out of the cover. The inflator, the 0 60. dust in the air. This dust could cause airbag, and related hardware are all part of Airbags should never be regarded as breathing problems for people with a the airbag module. anything more than a supplement to seat history of asthma or other breathing For airbag locations, see Where Are the belts. trouble. To avoid this, everyone in the Airbags? 0 59. (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

62 Seats and Restraints . The vehicle has a crash sensing and Warning (Continued) { Warning diagnostic module which records vehicle should get out as soon as it is A crash severe enough to inflate the information after a crash. See Vehicle 0 safe to do so. If you have breathing airbags may have also damaged Data Recording and Privacy 410 and 0 problems but cannot get out of the important functions in the vehicle, such Event Data Recorders 411. vehicle after an airbag inflates, then get as the fuel system, brake and steering . Let only qualified technicians work on the fresh air by opening a window or a door. systems, etc. Even if the vehicle appears airbag systems. Improper service can If you experience breathing problems to be drivable after a moderate crash, mean that an airbag system will not work following an airbag deployment, you there may be concealed damage that properly. See your dealer for service. should seek medical attention. could make it difficult to safely operate Passenger Sensing System the vehicle. The vehicle has a feature that may The vehicle has a passenger sensing system automatically unlock the doors, turn on the Use caution if you should attempt to for the front outboard passenger position. interior lamps and hazard warning flashers, restart the engine after a crash has The passenger airbag status indicator will and shut off the fuel system after the occurred. light on the overhead console when the airbags inflate. The feature may also vehicle is started. activate, without airbag inflation, after an In many crashes severe enough to inflate event that exceeds a predetermined the airbag, windshields are broken by threshold. After turning the ignition off and vehicle deformation. Additional windshield then on again, the fuel system will return to breakage may also occur from the front normal operation; the doors can be locked, outboard passenger airbag. the interior lamps can be turned off, and . Airbags are designed to inflate only once. the hazard warning flashers can be turned After an airbag inflates, you will need off using the controls for those features. some new parts for the airbag system. United States If any of these systems are damaged in the If you do not get them, the airbag crash they may not operate as normal. system will not be there to help protect you in another crash. A new system will include airbag modules and possibly other parts. The service manual for the vehicle covers the need to replace other parts. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Seats and Restraints 63 Whenever possible, children aged 12 and under should be secured in a rear seating Warning (Continued) position. Never put a rear-facing child restraint in Never put a rear-facing child seat in the the front seat, even if the airbag is off. front. This is because the risk to the If securing a forward-facing child restraint rear-facing child is so great, if the airbag in the front outboard passenger seat, Canada inflates. always move the seat as far back as it will go. It is better to secure child The words ON and OFF, or the symbols for { Warning restraints in the rear seat. Consider using on and off, will be visible during the system A child in a rear-facing child restraint can another vehicle to transport the child check. When the system check is complete, when a rear seat is not available. either the word ON or OFF, or the symbol be seriously injured or killed if the for on or off, will be visible. See Passenger passenger frontal airbag inflates. This is 0 If the vehicle does not have a rear seat that Airbag Status Indicator 110. because the back of the rear-facing child will accommodate a rear-facing child The passenger sensing system turns off the restraint would be very close to the restraint, a rear-facing child restraint should front outboard passenger frontal airbag inflating airbag. A child in a not be installed in the vehicle, even if the under certain conditions. No other airbag is forward-facing child restraint can be airbag is off. affected by the passenger sensing system. seriously injured or killed if the passenger frontal airbag inflates and the passenger The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the front outboard passenger The passenger sensing system works with seat is in a forward position. sensors that are part of the front outboard frontal airbag if: passenger seat and seat belt. The sensors Even if the passenger sensing system has . The front outboard passenger seat is are designed to detect the presence of a turned off the passenger frontal airbag, unoccupied. properly seated occupant and determine if no system is fail-safe. No one can . The system determines an infant is the front outboard passenger frontal airbag guarantee that an airbag will not deploy present in a child restraint. should be allowed to inflate or not. under some unusual circumstance, even . A front outboard passenger takes his/her According to accident statistics, children are though the airbag is turned off. weight off of the seat for a period safer when properly secured in a rear seat (Continued) of time. in the correct child restraint for their weight and size. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

64 Seats and Restraints . There is a critical problem with the airbag 4. Reinstall the child restraint following the system or the passenger sensing system. { Warning directions provided by the child restraint When the passenger sensing system has If the airbag readiness light ever comes manufacturer and refer to Securing Child on and stays on, it means that Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the turned off the front outboard passenger 0 frontal airbag, the OFF indicator will light something may be wrong with the airbag Center Front Seat) 87 or system. To help avoid injury to yourself Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat and stay lit as a reminder that the airbag is 0 off. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator or others, have the vehicle serviced right Belt in the Rear Seat) 84 or 0 110. away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 110 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Front Passenger Seat) 0 87. The passenger sensing system is designed to for more information, including important Make sure the seat belt retractor is turn on the front outboard passenger frontal safety information. locked by pulling the shoulder belt all airbag anytime the system senses that a the way out of the retractor when person of adult size is sitting properly in the If the On Indicator Is Lit for a Child installing the child restraint, even if the front outboard passenger seat. Restraint child restraint is equipped with a seat When the passenger sensing system has The passenger sensing system is designed to belt lock off. When the retractor lock is allowed the airbag to be enabled, the ON turn off the front outboard passenger set, the belt can be tightened but not indicator will light and stay lit as a reminder frontal airbag if the system determines that pulled out of the retractor. that the airbag is active. an infant is present in a child restraint. If a 5. If, after reinstalling the child restraint child restraint has been installed and the ON For some children, including children in child and restarting the vehicle, the ON indicator is lit: restraints, and for very small adults, the indicator is still lit, turn the vehicle off. passenger sensing system may or may not 1. Turn the vehicle off. Then slightly recline the vehicle seatback turn off the front outboard passenger 2. Remove the child restraint from the and adjust the seat cushion, frontal airbag, depending upon the person's vehicle. if adjustable, to make sure that the seating posture and body build. Everyone in 3. Remove any additional items from the vehicle seatback is not pushing the child the vehicle who has outgrown child seat such as blankets, cushions, seat restraint into the seat cushion. restraints should wear a seat belt covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers. Also make sure the child restraint is not properly — whether or not there is an trapped under the vehicle head restraint. airbag for that person. If this happens, adjust the head restraint. See Head Restraints 0 42. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Seats and Restraints 65 6. Restart the vehicle. that the child restraint locking feature is { Warning The passenger sensing system may or may engaged. Use the following steps to allow not turn off the airbag for a child in a child the system to detect that person and enable If the front outboard passenger airbag is restraint depending upon the child’s size. the front outboard passenger frontal airbag: turned off for an adult-sized occupant, It is better to secure child restraints in the 1. Turn the vehicle off. the airbag will not be able to inflate and rear seat. Consider using another vehicle to 2. Remove any additional material from the help protect that person in a crash, transport the child when a rear seat is not seat, such as blankets, cushions, seat resulting in an increased risk of serious available. Never put a rear-facing child covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers. injury or even death. An adult-sized restraint in the front seat, even if the ON 3. Place the seatback in the fully upright occupant should not ride in the front indicator is not lit. position. outboard passenger seat, if the passenger airbag OFF indicator is lit. If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an 4. Have the person sit upright in the seat, Adult-Sized Occupant centered on the seat cushion, with legs Additional Factors Affecting System comfortably extended. Operation 5. If the shoulder portion of the belt is pulled out all the way, the child restraint Seat belts help keep the passenger in locking feature will be engaged. This position on the seat during vehicle may unintentionally cause the passenger maneuvers and braking, which helps the sensing system to turn the airbag off for passenger sensing system maintain the some adult-sized occupants. If this passenger airbag status. See “Seat Belts” happens, unbuckle the belt, let the belt and “Child Restraints” in the Index for go back all the way, and then buckle the additional information about the importance belt again without pulling the belt out of proper restraint use. all the way. A thick layer of additional material, such as 6. Restart the vehicle and have the person a blanket or cushion, or aftermarket remain in this position for two to equipment such as seat covers, seat heaters, If a person of adult size is sitting in the three minutes after the ON indicator and seat massagers can affect how well the front outboard passenger seat, but the OFF is lit. passenger sensing system operates. We indicator is lit, it could be because that recommend that you not use seat covers or person is not sitting properly in the seat or other aftermarket equipment except when Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

66 Seats and Restraints approved by GM for your specific vehicle. . Front seats, including stitching, seams, See Adding Equipment to the { Warning or zippers Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 66 for more For up to 10 seconds after the vehicle is . Seat belts information about modifications that can turned off and the battery is . Steering wheel, instrument panel, affect how the system operates. disconnected, an airbag can still inflate overhead console, ceiling trim, or pillar The ON indicator may be lit if an object, during improper service. You can be garnish trim such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, injured if you are close to an airbag . Inner door seals, including speakers laptop, or other electronic device, is put on when it inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. Your dealer and the service manual have an unoccupied seat. If this is not desired, They are probably part of the airbag information about the location of the airbag remove the object from the seat. system. Be sure to follow proper service modules and sensors, sensing and diagnostic procedures, and make sure the person module, and airbag wiring along with the { Warning performing work for you is qualified to proper replacement procedures. do so. Stowing articles under the passenger seat In addition, the vehicle has a passenger or between the passenger seat cushion sensing system for the front outboard and seatback may interfere with the Adding Equipment to the passenger position, which includes sensors proper operation of the passenger Airbag-Equipped Vehicle that are part of the passenger seat. The sensing system. Adding accessories that change the vehicle's passenger sensing system may not operate frame, bumper system, height, front end, properly if the original seat trim is replaced Servicing the Airbag-Equipped or side sheet metal, may keep the airbag with non-GM covers, upholstery, or trim; or Vehicle system from working properly. with GM covers, upholstery, or trim designed for a different vehicle. Any object, Airbags affect how the vehicle should be The operation of the airbag system can also such as an aftermarket seat heater or a serviced. There are parts of the airbag be affected by changing, including comfort-enhancing pad or device, installed system in several places around the vehicle. improperly repairing or replacing, any parts under or on top of the seat fabric, could Your dealer and the service manual have of the following: also interfere with the operation of the information about servicing the vehicle and . Airbag system, including airbag modules, passenger sensing system. This could either the airbag system. To purchase a service front or side impact sensors, sensing and prevent proper deployment of the passenger manual, see Publication Ordering diagnostic module, or airbag wiring airbag(s) or prevent the passenger sensing Information 0 408. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Seats and Restraints 67 system from properly turning off the Airbag System Check passenger airbag(s). See Passenger Sensing Warning (Continued) System 0 62. The airbag system does not need regularly make sure the airbag systems are scheduled maintenance or replacement. working properly after a crash, have If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail airbags, Make sure the airbag readiness light is 0 them inspected and any necessary see Different Size Tires and Wheels 352 for working. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 110. additional important information. replacements made as soon as possible. Caution If a snow plow is added to the vehicle, the If an airbag inflates, you will need to airbags should still work properly. The If an airbag covering is damaged, opened, replace airbag system parts. See your dealer airbag systems were designed to work or broken, the airbag may not work for service. properly under a wide range of conditions, properly. Do not open or break the airbag including snow plowing with vehicles that coverings. If there are any opened or If the airbag readiness light stays on after the vehicle is started or comes on when you have the optional snow plow prep package broken airbag coverings, have the airbag are driving, the airbag system may not work (RPO VYU). Do not change or defeat the covering and/or airbag module replaced. snow plow's “tripping mechanism.” If you properly. Have the vehicle serviced right For the location of the airbags, see Where do, it can damage the snow plow and the away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 110. Are the Airbags? 0 59. See your dealer vehicle, and may cause an airbag deployment. for service. If the vehicle must be modified because you Replacing Airbag System Parts have a disability and have questions about whether the modifications will affect the after a Crash vehicle's airbag system, or if you have questions about whether the airbag system { Warning will be affected if the vehicle is modified for A crash can damage the airbag systems any other reason, call Customer Assistance. in the vehicle. A damaged airbag system 0 See Customer Assistance Offices 403. may not properly protect you and your passenger(s) in a crash, resulting in serious injury or even death. To help (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

68 Seats and Restraints Child Restraints belt comfort guide, if available. See “Rear According to accident statistics, children are Seat Belt Comfort Guides” under safer when properly restrained in a rear Older Children Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 54. If a comfort guide seating position. is not available, or if the shoulder belt In a crash, children who are not buckled up still does not rest on the shoulder, then can strike other people who are buckled up, return to the booster seat. or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Older . Does the lap belt fit low and snug on the children need to use seat belts properly. hips, touching the thighs? If yes, continue. If no, return to the booster seat. { Warning . Can proper seat belt fit be maintained for Never allow more than one child to wear the length of the trip? If yes, continue. If no, return to the booster seat. the same seat belt. The seat belt cannot properly spread the impact forces. In a Q: What is the proper way to wear seat crash, they can be crushed together and belts? seriously injured. A seat belt must be A: An older child should wear a lap-shoulder used by only one person at a time. Older children who have outgrown booster belt and get the additional restraint a seats should wear the vehicle’s seat belts. shoulder belt can provide. The shoulder belt should not cross the face or neck. The manufacturer instructions that come The lap belt should fit snugly below the with the booster seat state the weight and hips, just touching the top of the thighs. height limitations for that booster. Use a This applies belt force to the child's booster seat with a lap-shoulder belt until pelvic bones in a crash. It should never the child passes the fit test below: be worn over the abdomen, which could . Sit all the way back on the seat. Do the cause severe or even fatal internal knees bend at the seat edge? If yes, injuries in a crash. continue. If no, return to the booster seat. Also see “Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides” . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. Does the under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 54. shoulder belt rest on the shoulder? If yes, continue. If no, try using the rear seat Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Seats and Restraints 69

{ Warning Warning (Continued) Never allow a child to wear the seat belt tighten but cannot be loosened if it is shoulder belt under both arms or behind locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is their back. A child can be seriously pulled all the way out of the retractor. injured by not wearing the lap-shoulder It unlocks when the shoulder belt is belt properly. In a crash, the child would allowed to go all the way back into the not be restrained by the shoulder belt. retractor, but it cannot do this if it is The child could move too far forward wrapped around a child’s neck. If the increasing the chance of head and neck shoulder belt is locked and tightened injury. The child might also slide under around a child’s neck, the only way to the lap belt. The belt force would then be loosen the belt is to cut it. applied right on the abdomen. That could Infants and Young Children Never leave children unattended in a cause serious or fatal injuries. The Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! This vehicle and never allow children to play shoulder belt should go over the shoulder with the seat belts. and across the chest. includes infants and all other children. Neither the distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler changes the need, Every time infants and young children ride for everyone, to use safety restraints. In in vehicles, they should have the protection fact, the law in every state in the United provided by appropriate child restraints. States and in every Canadian province says Neither the vehicle's seat belt system nor its children up to some age must be restrained airbag system is designed for them. while in a vehicle. Children who are not restrained properly can strike other people, or can be thrown out of { Warning the vehicle. Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck. The shoulder belt can (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

70 Seats and Restraints There are three basic types of child { Warning { Warning restraints: Never hold an infant or a child while Children who are up against, or very . Forward-facing child restraints riding in a vehicle. Due to crash forces, an close to, any airbag when it inflates can . Rear-facing child restraints infant or a child will become so heavy it be seriously injured or killed. Never put a . Belt-positioning booster seats is not possible to hold it during a crash. rear-facing child restraint in the front For example, in a crash at only outboard seat. Secure a rear-facing child The proper child restraint for your child 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) infant restraint in a rear seat. It is also better to depends on their size, weight, and age, and also on whether the child restraint is will suddenly become a 110 kg (240 lb) secure a forward-facing child restraint in compatible with the vehicle in which it will force on a person's arms. An infant or a rear seat. If you must secure a be used. child should be secured in an appropriate forward-facing child restraint in the front child restraint. outboard seat, always move the front For each type of child restraint, there are passenger seat as far back as it will go. many different models available. When purchasing a child restraint, be sure it is designed to be used in a motor vehicle. If it is, the child restraint will have a label saying that it meets federal motor vehicle safety standards. The instruction manual that is provided with the child restraint states the weight and height limitations for that particular child restraint. In addition, there are many kinds of child restraints available for children with special needs.

Child restraints are devices used to restrain, seat, or position children in the vehicle and are sometimes called child seats or car seats. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Seats and Restraints 71

{ Warning Child Restraint Systems To reduce the risk of neck and head injury in a crash, infants and toddlers should be secured in a rear-facing child restraint until age two, or until they reach the maximum height and weight limits of their child restraint.

{ Warning A young child's hip bones are still so Forward-Facing Child Restraint small that the vehicle seat belt may not remain low on the hip bones, as it Rear-Facing Infant Restraint A forward-facing child restraint provides should. Instead, it may settle up around restraint for the child's body with the the child's abdomen. In a crash, the belt A rear-facing child restraint provides harness. would apply force on a body area that is restraint with the seating surface against unprotected by any bony structure. This the back of the infant. alone could cause serious or fatal injuries. The harness system holds the infant in place To reduce the risk of serious or fatal and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant injuries during a crash, young children positioned in the restraint. should always be secured in an appropriate child restraint. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

72 Seats and Restraints Securing an Add-On Child Restraint in 2. Instruction manual provided with the the Vehicle child restraint 3. This vehicle owner's manual { Warning The child restraint instructions are A child can be seriously injured or killed important, so if they are not available, in a crash if the child restraint is not obtain a replacement copy from the properly secured in the vehicle. Secure manufacturer. the child restraint properly in the vehicle Keep in mind that an unsecured child using the vehicle seat belt or LATCH restraint can move around in a collision or system, following the instructions that sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle. came with that child restraint and the Be sure to properly secure any child Booster Seats instructions in this manual. restraint in the vehicle — even when no child is in it. To help reduce the chance of injury, the A belt-positioning booster seat is used for In some areas Certified Child Passenger child restraint must be secured in the children who have outgrown their Safety Technicians (CPSTs) are available to vehicle. Child restraints must be secured in forward-facing child restraint. Boosters are inspect and demonstrate how to correctly vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt designed to improve the fit of the vehicle's use and install child restraints. In the U.S., portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by the seat belt system until the child is large refer to the National Highway Traffic Safety LATCH system. See Lower Anchors and enough for the vehicle seat belts to fit Administration (NHTSA) website to locate Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 74 for properly without a booster seat. See the the nearest child safety seat inspection 0 more information. Children can be seat belt fit test in Older Children 68. station. For CPST availability in Canada, endangered in a crash if the child restraint is check with Transport Canada or the not properly secured in the vehicle. Provincial Ministry of Transportation office. When securing an add-on child restraint, refer to the following: 1. Instruction labels provided on the child restraint Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Seats and Restraints 73 Securing the Child Within the Child Restraint { Warning { Warning A child in a rear-facing child restraint can A child in a child restraint in the center { Warning be seriously injured or killed if the front front seat can be badly injured or killed passenger airbag inflates. This is because by the frontal airbags if they inflate. A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child is not properly the back of the rear-facing child restraint Never secure a child restraint in the would be very close to the inflating center front seat. It is always better to secured in the child restraint. Secure the child properly following the instructions airbag. A child in a forward-facing child secure a child restraint in a rear seat. restraint can be seriously injured or killed that came with that child restraint. if the front passenger airbag inflates and Do not use child restraints in the center front seat position. Where to Put the Restraint the passenger seat is in a forward position. If the vehicle does not have a rear seat that According to accident statistics, children and Even if the passenger sensing system has will accommodate a rear-facing child infants are safer when properly restrained in turned off the front passenger frontal restraint, a rear-facing child restraint should an appropriate child restraint secured in a not be installed in the vehicle, even if the airbag, no system is fail-safe. No one can rear seating position. airbag is off. guarantee that an airbag will not deploy Whenever possible, children aged 12 and under some unusual circumstance, even When securing a child restraint with the under should be secured in a rear seating though it is turned off. seat belts in a rear seat position, study the position. instructions that came with the child Secure rear-facing child restraints in a Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the restraint to make sure it is compatible with rear seat, even if the airbag is off. If you front. This is because the risk to the this vehicle. secure a forward-facing child restraint in rear-facing child is so great if the airbag Child restraints and booster seats vary the front seat, always move the front deploys. considerably in size, and some may fit in passenger seat as far back as it will go. certain seating positions better than others. It is better to secure the child restraint in Do not install a child restraint in any rear a rear seat. seating position where it cannot be installed See Passenger Sensing System 0 62 for securely. additional information. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

74 Seats and Restraints Depending on where you place the child Lower Anchors and Tethers for Make sure to follow the instructions that restraint and the size of the child restraint, came with the child restraint, and also the you may not be able to access adjacent seat Children (LATCH System) instructions in this manual. belts or LATCH anchors for additional The LATCH system secures a child restraint When installing a child restraint with a top passengers or child restraints. Adjacent during driving or in a crash. LATCH tether, you must also use either the lower seating positions should not be used if the attachments on the child restraint are used anchors or the seat belts to properly secure child restraint prevents access to or to attach the child restraint to the anchors the child restraint. A child restraint must interferes with the routing of the seat belt. in the vehicle. This system is designed to never be installed using only the top tether. make installation of a child restraint easier. The seat in front of an installed child For a forward-facing 5-pt harness child restraint should be adjusted to ensure In order to use the LATCH system in your restraint where the combined weight of the proper installation according to the child vehicle, you need a child restraint that has child and restraint are up to 29.5 kg (65 lb), restraint manual. LATCH attachments. LATCH-compatible use either the lower LATCH anchorages with Wherever a child restraint is installed, be rear-facing and forward-facing child seats can the top tether anchorage, or the seat belt sure to follow the instructions that came be properly installed using either the LATCH with the top tether anchorage. Where the with the child restraint and secure the child anchors or the vehicle’s seat belts. Do not combined weight of the child and restraint restraint properly. use both the seat belts and the LATCH are greater than 29.5 kg (65 lb), use the seat anchorage system to secure a rear-facing or belt with the top tether anchorage only. Keep in mind that an unsecured child forward-facing child seat. restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle. Booster seats use the vehicle’s seat belts to Be sure to properly secure any child secure the child and the booster seat. If the restraint in the vehicle — even when no manufacturer recommends that the booster child is in it. seat be secured with the LATCH system, this can be done as long as the booster seat can be positioned properly and there is no interference with the proper positioning of the lap-shoulder belt on the child. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Seats and Restraints 75 Recommended Methods for Attaching Child Restraints Restraint Type Combined Weight of Use Only Approved Attachment Methods Shown with an X the Child + Child LATCH – Lower Seat Belt Only LATCH – Lower Seat Belt and Top Restraint Anchors Only Anchors and Top Tether Anchor Tether Anchor Rear-Facing Child Up to 29.5 kg (65 lb) XX Restraint Rear-Facing Child Greater than X Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb) Forward-Facing Child Up to 29.5 kg (65 lb) XX Restraint Forward-Facing Child Greater than X Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb)

See Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Child restraints built after March 2014 will Not all vehicle seating positions have lower Belt in the Center Front Seat) 0 87 or be labeled with the specific child weight up anchors. In this case, the seat belt must be Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt to which the LATCH system can be used to used (with top tether where available) to in the Rear Seat) 0 84 or install the restraint. secure the child restraint. See Securing Child Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Center 0 The following explains how to attach a child 0 in the Front Passenger Seat) 87. restraint with these attachments in the Front Seat) 87 or vehicle. Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 84 or Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Front Passenger Seat) 0 87. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

76 Seats and Restraints Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor the top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint. Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations

Lower anchors (1) are metal bars built into A top tether (3, 4) is used to secure the top the vehicle. There are two lower anchors for of the child restraint to the vehicle. A top each LATCH seating position that will tether anchor is built into the vehicle. The accommodate a child restraint with lower top tether attachment hook (2) on the child attachments (2). restraint connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash. Regular Cab — Bucket Seat Only The child restraint may have a single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Either will have a single attachment hook (2) to secure the top tether to the anchor. Some child restraints that have a top tether are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached. Others require Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Seats and Restraints 77 To assist in locating the lower anchors on double and crew cab models, each seating position with lower anchors has two labels near the crease between the seatback and the seat cushion.

For regular cab models, there are top tether Regular Cab — Three-Passenger Front Seat Double and Crew Cab Rear Seat anchor symbols to assist you in locating the I : Seating positions with top tether I : Seating positions with top tether top tether anchors. anchors. anchors. Do not install a child restraint in the center Do not install a child restraint in the center H seating position. See Securing Child : Seating positions with two lower Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Center front seating position. See Securing Child anchors. 0 Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Center Front Seat) 87 or 0 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt Front Seat) 87 or 0 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 84 or 0 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 84 or 0 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Front Passenger Seat) 87 for more in the Front Passenger Seat) 0 87 for more information. information. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

78 Seats and Restraints

Regular Cab Driver Side Anchor and Loop (Double and Passenger Side Loop (Double and Crew Cab) Crew Cab) For regular cab models, the top tether For double and crew cab models, the top anchors are on the back panel behind the tether is routed through loops (2) to the top passenger seat(s) or center seat. Be sure to tether anchors (1). Be sure to use the correct use an anchor directly behind the seating anchor for the seating position where the position where the child restraint will be child restraint will be placed. placed. Be sure to read the following instructions to properly install a child restraint using these loops and anchors. Do not secure a child restraint in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be attached, or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top Center Anchor and Loop (Double and tether must be attached. Crew Cab) Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Seats and Restraints 79 According to accident statistics, children and infants are safer when properly restrained in Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) a child restraint system or infant restraint A child or others could be injured. To tighten the belt behind the child restraint system secured in a rear seating position. reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries after the child restraint has been 0 See Where to Put the Restraint 73 for during a crash, attach only one child installed. additional information. restraint per anchor. Securing a Child Restraint Designed for Caution the LATCH System { Warning Do not let the LATCH attachments rub { Warning Children can be seriously injured or against the vehicle’s seat belts. This may strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped damage these parts. If necessary, move A child could be seriously injured or killed around their neck. The shoulder belt can buckled seat belts to avoid rubbing the in a crash if the child restraint is not tighten but cannot be loosened if it is LATCH attachments. properly attached to the vehicle using locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is either the LATCH anchors or the vehicle Do not fold the rear seat cushion when pulled all the way out of the retractor. seat belt. Follow the instructions that the seat is occupied. Do not fold the It unlocks when the shoulder belt is came with the child restraint and the empty rear seat with a seat belt buckled. allowed to go all the way back into the instructions in this manual. This could damage the seat belt or the retractor, but it cannot do this if it is seat. Unbuckle and return the seat belt to wrapped around a child’s neck. If the its stowed position, before folding { Warning shoulder belt is locked and tightened the seat. around a child’s neck, the only way to Do not attach more than one child loosen the belt is to cut it. If you need to secure more than one child restraint to a single anchor, except for restraint in the rear seat, see Where to Put Buckle any unused seat belts behind the the center top tether anchors in the crew the Restraint 0 73. cab models. Attaching more than one child restraint so children cannot reach child restraint to a single anchor could them. Pull the shoulder belt all the way cause the anchor or attachment to come out of the retractor to set the lock, and loose or even break during a crash. (Continued) (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

80 Seats and Restraints Regular Cab Models 2. Make sure the child restraint top tether 1. For models without a rear seat, hook is completely closed and secured to forward-facing child restraints should the top tether anchor. only be installed in the right front 3. Secure the child restraint in the right seating position with belts and a top front seating position with the vehicle tether. See Securing Child Restraints belts. See Securing Child Restraints (With (With the Seat Belt in the Center Front the Seat Belt in the Center Front Seat) Seat) 0 87 or 0 87 or Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 84 or If the position you are using has an Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 84 or Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat adjustable head restraint and you Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Front Passenger Seat) 0 87. are using a dual tether, route the Belt in the Front Passenger Seat) 0 87. If the child restraint manufacturer tether around the head restraint. 4. Before placing a child in the child recommends that the top tether be restraint, make sure it is securely held in attached, attach and tighten the top place. To check, grasp the child restraint tether to the top tether anchor, if your at the belt path and attempt to move it vehicle has one. Refer to the child side to side and back and forth. There restraint instructions and the following should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of steps: movement for proper installation. 1.1. Find the top tether anchor. Double and Crew Cab Models 1.2. Route, attach, and tighten the top 1. Attach and tighten the lower tether according to your child attachments to the lower anchors. If the restraint instructions and the If the position you are using has an child restraint does not have lower following instructions: adjustable head restraint and you attachments or the desired seating are using a single tether, raise the position does not have lower anchors, head restraint and route the tether secure the child restraint with the top under the head restraint and in tether and the seat belt. Refer to the between the head restraint posts. child restraint manufacturer instructions and the instructions in this manual. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Seats and Restraints 81 1.1. Find the lower anchors for the desired seating position. 1.2. Put the child restraint on the seat. 1.3. Attach and tighten the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors. 2. For forward-facing child restraints, attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor, if your vehicle has one. Follow the child restraint instructions and the vehicle LATCH anchor weight limits described at the beginning of this section, and the following steps: Rear Driver Side Position 2.1.2. For first time use, remove 2.1. For a top tether in the rear driver and discard the rubber band side position: from the top tether loop (2). 2.1.1. Remove the driver side head 2.1.3. Route the top tether (3) restraint and center through the loop (2). headrest. See “Head 2.1.4. Attach the top tether (3) to Restraint or Headrest the driver side of the center Removal and Reinstallation” top tether metal anchor (1). later in this section. 2.1.5. Make sure the child restraint top tether hook is completely closed and secured to the top tether anchor. Rear Driver Side Position Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

82 Seats and Restraints 2.2.1. Remove the passenger side head restraint and center headrest. See “Head Restraint or Headrest Removal and Reinstallation” later in this section. 2.2.2. Route the top tether (3) through the loop (2). 2.2.3. Attach the top tether (3) to the passenger side of the center top tether metal anchor (1). Rear Passenger Side Position 2.2.4. Make sure the child restraint Rear Center Position top tether hook is completely closed and secured to the top tether anchor.

Rear Passenger Side Position Rear Center Position 2.2. For a top tether in the rear 2.3. For a top tether in the rear center passenger side position: position: Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Seats and Restraints 83 2.3.1. Remove the driver side head 4. Before placing a child in the child 1. Press both buttons on the head restraint restraint and center restraint, make sure it is securely held in or headrest posts at the same time, and headrest. See “Head place. To check, grasp the child restraint pull up on the head restraint or Restraint or Headrest at the LATCH path and attempt to move headrest. Removal and Reinstallation” it side to side and back and forth. There 2. Store the head restraint or headrest in a later in this section. should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of secure place. movement for proper installation. 2.3.2. Route the top tether (1) 3. When the child restraint is removed, through the center loop (2). Head Restraint or Headrest Removal and reinstall the head restraint or headrest 2.3.3. Attach the top tether (1) to Reinstallation before the seating position is used. the driver side top tether metal anchor (3). The second row outboard head restraints or { Warning center headrest can be removed if they 2.3.4. Make sure the child restraint interfere with the proper installation of the With head restraints that are not top tether hook is child restraint. installed and adjusted properly, there is a completely closed and greater chance that occupants will suffer To remove the second row head restraints secured to the top tether a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do not anchor. or center headrest: drive until the head restraints for all 3. Tighten the top tether per the child occupants are installed and adjusted restraint manufacturer's instructions. properly. When the top tether is properly tightened, the loop may bend. This is normal and will not damage the vehicle. If child restraints are installed in both outboard positions, both top tethers can be attached to the center anchor. Top tethers can be attached for child restraints in all three rear seating positions at the same time, following the routing instructions above. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

84 Seats and Restraints To reinstall the head restraint or headrest: Replacing LATCH System Parts If the child restraint has the LATCH system, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children After a Crash (LATCH System) 0 74 for how and where to install the child restraint using LATCH. If a { Warning child restraint is secured in the vehicle using A crash can damage the LATCH system in a seat belt and it uses a top tether, see the vehicle. A damaged LATCH system Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children 0 may not properly secure the child (LATCH System) 74 for top tether anchor restraint, resulting in serious injury or locations. even death in a crash. To help make sure Do not secure a child seat in a position the LATCH system is working properly without a top tether anchor if a national or after a crash, see your dealer to have the local law requires that the top tether be system inspected and any necessary anchored, or if the instructions that come replacements made as soon as possible. with the child restraint say that the top 1. Insert the head restraint or headrest tether must be anchored. posts into the holes in the top of the If the vehicle has the LATCH system and it In Canada, the law requires that seatback. The notches on the posts must was being used during a crash, new LATCH face the driver side of the vehicle. forward-facing child restraints have a top system parts may be needed. tether, and that the tether be attached. 2. Push the head restraint or New parts and repairs may be necessary headrest down. If the child restraint or vehicle seat position even if the LATCH system was not being does not have the LATCH system, you will 3. Try to move the head restraint or used at the time of the crash. be using the seat belt to secure the child headrest to make sure that it is locked in restraint. Be sure to follow the instructions place. Securing Child Restraints (With that came with the child restraint. the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) If more than one child restraint needs to be When securing a child restraint with the installed in the rear seat, be sure to read seat belts in a rear seat position, study the Where to Put the Restraint 0 73. instructions that came with the child restraint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Seats and Restraints 85 Double Cab Position the release button on the 1. Remove the head restraint or headrest buckle, away from the child restraint, so prior to installing a forward-facing child that the seat belt could be quickly restraint in an outboard rear seating unbuckled if necessary. position. See “Head Restraint or Headrest Removal and Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 74. 2. Put the child restraint on the seat. 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat belt through or around the child restraint. The child restraint instructions 6. To tighten the belt, push down on the will show you how. child restraint, pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor. When installing a 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of forward-facing child restraint, it may be the retractor to set the lock. When the helpful to use your knee to push down retractor lock is set, the belt can be on the child restraint as you tighten tightened but not pulled out of the the belt. retractor. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 5 and 6. 7. For forward-facing child restraints, attach and tighten the top tether to the top 4. Push the latch plate into the buckle until tether anchor (loop). Refer to the child it clicks. restraint instructions, the vehicle LATCH Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

86 Seats and Restraints anchor weight limits, and instructions 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap listed in Lower Anchors and Tethers for and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat Children (LATCH System) 0 74. belt through or around the child 8. Before placing a child in the child restraint. The child restraint instructions restraint, make sure it is securely held in will show you how. place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the seat belt path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. When the child restraint is properly installed, there should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and let it return to the 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of stowed position. If the top tether is attached the retractor to set the lock. When the to a top tether anchor, disconnect it. retractor lock is set, the belt can be Reinstall the head restraint or headrest tightened but not pulled out of the before the seating position is used. See retractor. “Head Restraint or Headrest Removal and Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors and 3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 74 for it clicks. additional information on installing the Position the release button on the headrest properly. buckle, away from the child restraint, so that the seat belt could be quickly Crew Cab unbuckled if necessary. 1. Put the child restraint on the seat. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Seats and Restraints 87 tether. See Lower Anchors and Tethers Securing Child Restraints (With for Children (LATCH System) 0 74 for more information on using the top the Seat Belt in the Center tether anchors. Front Seat) 7. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in { Warning place. To check, grasp the child restraint A child in a child restraint in the center at the seat belt path and attempt to front seat can be badly injured or killed move it side to side and back and forth. by the frontal airbags if they inflate. When the child restraint is properly Never secure a child restraint in the installed, there should be no more than center front seat. It is always better to 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. secure a child restraint in a rear seat. 5. To tighten the belt, push down on the To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the child restraint, pull the shoulder portion vehicle seat belt and let it return to the Do not use child restraints in the center of the belt to tighten the lap portion of stowed position. If the top tether is attached front seat position. the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back to a top tether anchor, disconnect it. Securing Child Restraints (With into the retractor. When installing a For outboard rear seating positions, if the forward-facing child restraint, it may be child restraint cannot be installed properly the Seat Belt in the Front helpful to use your knee to push down with the head restraint in place, the head Passenger Seat) on the child restraint as you tighten restraint may be removed. See your dealer the belt. for assistance with removal, and store the This vehicle has airbags. A rear seat is a Try to pull the belt out of the retractor removed head restraint in a secure place. safer place to secure a forward-facing child restraint. See Where to Put the Restraint to make sure the retractor is locked. When the child restraint is removed, 0 If the retractor is not locked, repeat reinstall the head restraint before the 73. Steps 4 and 5. seating position is used. For reinstallation In addition, the vehicle has a passenger 6. If the child restraint has a top tether, instructions, see “Head Restraint or Headrest sensing system which is designed to turn off follow the child restraint manufacturer's Removal and Reinstallation” under Lower the front outboard passenger frontal airbag instructions regarding the use of the top Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH under certain conditions. See Passenger System) 0 74. Sensing System 0 62 and Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

88 Seats and Restraints Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 110 for In Canada, the law requires that more information, including important Warning (Continued) forward-facing child restraints have a top safety information. Secure rear-facing child restraints in a tether, and that the tether be attached. Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the rear seat, even if the airbag is off. If you When using the lap-shoulder belt to secure front. This is because the risk to the secure a forward-facing child restraint in the child restraint in this position, follow the rear-facing child is so great, if the airbag the front outboard passenger seat, instructions that came with the child deploys. always move the seat as far back as it restraint and the following instructions: will go. It is better to secure the child 1. Move the seat as far back as it will go { Warning restraint in a rear seat. before securing the forward-facing child A child in a rear-facing child restraint can See Passenger Sensing System 0 62 for restraint. Move the seat upward or the be seriously injured or killed if the front additional information. seatback to an upright position, outboard passenger frontal airbag if needed, to get a tight installation of inflates. This is because the back of the If the vehicle does not have a rear seat that the child restraint. rear-facing child restraint would be very will accommodate a rear-facing child When the passenger sensing system has close to the inflating airbag. A child in a restraint, a rear-facing child restraint should turned off the front outboard passenger forward-facing child restraint can be not be installed in the vehicle, even if the frontal airbag, the OFF indicator on the seriously injured or killed if the front airbag is off. passenger airbag status indicator should outboard passenger frontal airbag inflates If the child restraint uses a top tether, see light and stay lit when you start the vehicle. See Passenger Airbag Status and the passenger seat is in a forward Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children Indicator 0 110. position. (LATCH System) 0 74 for top tether anchor locations. 2. Put the child restraint on the seat. Even if the passenger sensing system has 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap turned off the front outboard passenger Do not secure a child seat in a position and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat frontal airbag, no system is fail-safe. No without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be belt through or around the child one can guarantee that an airbag will not restraint. The child restraint instructions deploy under some unusual circumstance, anchored, or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top will show you how. even though it is turned off. tether must be anchored. (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Seats and Restraints 89 Position the release button on the buckle, away from the child restraint, so that the seat belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary.

Tilt the latch plate to adjust the belt if 6. To tighten the belt, push down on the needed. child restraint, pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor. When installing a 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of forward-facing child restraint, it may be the retractor to set the lock. When the helpful to use your knee to push down retractor lock is set, the belt can be on the child restraint as you tighten tightened but not pulled out of the the belt. retractor. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 5 and 6. 7. If the vehicle does not have a rear seat and the child restraint manufacturer 4. Push the latch plate into the buckle until recommends using a top tether anchor, it clicks. attach the top tether to the top tether Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

90 Seats and Restraints anchor. Refer to the instructions that came with the child restraint and to Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 74. 8. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the seat belt path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. When the child restraint is properly installed, there should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. If the airbag is off, the OFF indicator in the passenger airbag status indicator will come on and stay on when the vehicle is started. If a child restraint has been installed and the ON indicator is lit, see “If the On Indicator Is Lit for a Child Restraint” under Passenger Sensing System 0 62. To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and let it return to the stowed position. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Storage 91 Storage Storage Compartments Cupholders Front Storage Compartments { Warning Storage Compartments ...... 91 There may be cupholders on the center Do not store heavy or sharp objects in front seat console armrest. Glove Box ...... 91 storage compartments. In a crash, these Cupholders ...... 91 objects may cause the cover to open and Rear Underseat Storage ...... 92 could result in injury. Rear Storage ...... 92 Center Console Storage ...... 92 Floor Console Storage ...... 93 Glove Box Additional Storage Features Cargo Tie-Downs ...... 93

If equipped, pull the rear seat armrest down to access the cupholders.

To access the upper glove box, pull up on the handle. To access the lower glove box, unlock with the key and pull down on the handle. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

92 Storage Underseat Storage Rear Storage Center Console Storage

There may be storage under the rear There may be storage in the rear seat. Bench Seat passenger seat. Lift up on the seat bench to Pull the tab to access. Pull the strap on the side of the center access. Push the seat bench toward the floor Push the storage door to close. The storage seatback to access the storage area and to close. door must be closed before installing child cupholders. Do not use the center seatback restraints. as a seating position when the seatback is folded down. To raise the seatback, push the seatback rearward until it locks in the upright position. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Storage 93 Press the latch and lift to open. Additional Storage Features Floor Console Storage Cargo Tie-Downs

Bench Seat If equipped with storage, press the latch and lift to open. If equipped with front center seat storage, This vehicle is equipped with 12 fixed cargo unlock with the ignition key, press the latch, tie-downs. and lift to open. Caution The truck bed walls will collapse if the tie-downs are overloaded.

Any of the 12 locations inside the truck bed can be used. The maximum load per corner is 227 kg (500 lb).

Bucket Seat Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

94 Storage Accessory Tie-Downs 2. Pull the backing plate away from the truck bed wall until a click is heard. This locks the toggle into position on the toggle guide. 3. Push the backing plate against the truck bed wall. This allows the toggle nut to spin. 4. Remove the backing plate, toggle guide, and toggle nut from the truck bed wall completely. 5. Reinstall the tie-down loop through the backing plate into the toggle nut for To install: reuse. Additional Accessory Tie-Down Points 1. Insert a tie-down loop assembly until it is flush with the truck bed wall. Any of the nine holes inside the truck bed can be used for tie-downs. 2. Turn the tie-down loop clockwise to tighten. The tie-down will be hard to The maximum load is 113 kg (250 lb) per turn until the toggle moves past the tie-down. installation point on the toggle guide. Caution 3. Fasten the tie-down firmly by hand only. Do not use tools. The truck bed walls will collapse if the tie-downs are overloaded. To remove: 1. Remove the tie-down loop completely by turning counterclockwise while holding the backing plate against the truck bed wall. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Instruments and Controls 95 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Door Ajar Light ...... 119 Instruments and Controls Engine Light) ...... 111 Brake System Warning Light ...... 113 Information Displays Controls Electric Parking Brake Light ...... 113 Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Steering Wheel Adjustment ...... 96 Service Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . 113 Level) ...... 119 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 96 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Driver Information Center (DIC) Heated Steering Wheel ...... 96 Light ...... 114 (Midlevel and Uplevel) ...... 120 Horn ...... 97 Four-Wheel-Drive Light ...... 114 Head-Up Display (HUD) ...... 123 Windshield Wiper/Washer ...... 97 Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 114 Compass ...... 98 Vehicle Messages Hill Descent Control Light ...... 114 Vehicle Messages ...... 125 Clock ...... 98 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Power Outlets ...... 98 Engine Power Messages ...... 126 Light ...... 115 Vehicle Speed Messages ...... 126 Wireless Charging ...... 99 Vehicle Ahead Indicator ...... 115 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators Traction Off Light ...... 115 Vehicle Personalization Warning Lights, Gauges, and Traction Control System (TCS)/Electronic Vehicle Personalization ...... 126 Stability Control Light ...... 115 Indicators ...... 102 Universal Remote System Instrument Cluster ...... 102 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Off Light ...... 116 Universal Remote System ...... 131 Speedometer ...... 106 Universal Remote System Odometer ...... 106 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light ...... 116 Programming ...... 131 Trip Odometer ...... 106 Universal Remote System Operation . . . 133 Tachometer ...... 106 Driver Mode Control Light ...... 117 Fuel Gauge ...... 106 Tire Pressure Light ...... 117 Engine Oil Pressure Gauge ...... 107 Engine Oil Pressure Light (Uplevel Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . 108 Cluster) ...... 117 Voltmeter Gauge ...... 109 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 118 Seat Belt Reminders ...... 109 Security Light ...... 118 Airbag Readiness Light ...... 110 High-Beam On Light ...... 118 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator ...... 110 Front Fog Lamp Light ...... 118 Charging System Light ...... 111 Lamps On Reminder ...... 118 Cruise Control Light ...... 119 Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

96 Instruments and Controls Controls Tilt and Telescoping Wheel Steering Wheel Controls The infotainment system can be operated Steering Wheel Adjustment by using the steering wheel controls. See Steering Wheel Controls 0 146. Heated Steering Wheel

To adjust the tilt and telescoping steering wheel, if equipped: To adjust the steering wheel: 1. Pull the lever down. 1. Pull the lever down. 2. Move the steering wheel up or down. 2. Move the steering wheel up or down. 3. Pull or push the steering wheel closer or ( : If equipped, press to turn it on or off. 3. Pull the lever up to lock the steering away from you. A light next to the button displays when the wheel in place. 4. Pull the lever up to lock the steering wheel in place. feature is turned on. Do not adjust the steering wheel while The steering wheel takes about driving. three minutes to start heating. Remote Start Heated Steering Wheel If equipped with remote start, the heated steering wheel will turn on automatically during a remote start along with the heated Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Instruments and Controls 97 seats when it is cold outside. The heated LO : Use for slow wipes. steering wheel indicator light may not { Warning 3 : Turn the band up for more frequent come on. In freezing weather, do not use the intermittent wipes or down for less frequent See Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 49. intermittent wipes. washer until the windshield is warmed. Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice Horn OFF : Use to turn the wipers off. on the windshield, blocking your vision. To sound the horn, press a on the 1x : For a single wipe, briefly turn the N steering wheel. band down. For several wipes, hold the band down. { Warning Before driving the vehicle, always clear Windshield Wiper/Washer L : Press L on the windshield wiper snow and ice from the hood, windshield, control to spray windshield washer fluid and activate the wipers. The wipers will continue roof, and rear of the vehicle, including all lamps and windows. Reduced visibility until L is released or the maximum wash L from snow and ice buildup could lead to time is reached. When is released, a crash. additional wipes may occur depending on how long the windshield washer had been Wipe Parking activated. See Washer Fluid 0 315 for information on filling the windshield washer If the ignition is turned off while the wipers fluid reservoir. are on LO, HI, or 3, they will The windshield wiper control is on the turn immediately stop. Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades signal lever. before using them. If frozen to the If the windshield wiper control is ON then The windshield wipers are controlled by windshield, carefully loosen or thaw them. moved to OFF before the driver door is turning the band with N on it. Damaged blades should be replaced. See opened or within 10 minutes, the wipers will Wiper Blade Replacement 0 322. restart and move to the base of the With the ignition on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, windshield. turn the N band to select the wiper speed. Heavy snow or ice can overload the wiper motor. HI : Use for fast wipes. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

98 Instruments and Controls If the ignition is turned off while the wipers Power Outlets are performing wipes due to windshield { Warning washing, the wipers continue to run until Accessory power outlets can be used to plug Power is always supplied to the outlets. in electrical equipment, such as a cell phone they reach the base of the windshield. Do not leave electrical equipment or MP3 player. plugged in when the vehicle is not in use Compass because the vehicle could catch fire and The vehicle may have a compass display on cause injury or death. the Driver Information Center (DIC). The compass receives its heading and other information from the Global Positioning Caution System (GPS) antenna, Electronic Stability Leaving electrical equipment plugged in Control (ESC), and vehicle speed information. for an extended period of time while the The compass system is designed to operate vehicle is off will drain the battery. for a certain number of miles or degrees of Always unplug electrical equipment when turn before needing a signal from the GPS not in use and do not plug in equipment satellites. When the compass display shows that exceeds the maximum 15 amp CAL, drive the vehicle for a short distance in rating. an open area where it can receive a GPS Rear of Front Center Console signal. The compass system will Certain power accessory plugs may not be The vehicle has one accessory power outlet automatically determine when a GPS signal compatible with the accessory power outlet under the climate control system and one is restored and provide a heading again. and could overload vehicle or adapter fuses. accessory power outlet on the rear of the If a problem is experienced, see your dealer. Clock center console, if equipped, or on the rear of the bench seat, if equipped. When adding electrical equipment, be sure Set the time and date using the to follow the proper installation instructions Lift the cover to access and replace when infotainment system. See "Time / Date" included with the equipment. See Add-On not in use. under Settings 0 181. Electrical Equipment 0 297. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Instruments and Controls 99

Caution An indicator light on the outlet illuminates when power is provided to the outlet and Hanging heavy equipment from the no system fault is detected. The outlets will power outlet can cause damage not not operate when the ignition is off, the covered by the vehicle warranty. The DC/AC switch is not pressed, or the plug is power outlets are designed for accessory not fully seated into the outlet. power plugs only, such as cell phone If equipment is connected using more than charge cords. 400 watts or a system fault is detected, a protection circuit shuts off the power supply Power Outlet 110/120-Volt Alternating and the indicator light turns off. Current Do not use a power outlet with a missing or If equipped, the vehicle has two alternating damaged cover. current power outlets. Truck Bed Power Outlet The power outlet is not designed for the When the ignition is on, power is supplied following, and may not work properly if to the outlets after the DC/AC switch is they are plugged in: pressed. A green indicator light on the DC/ . Equipment with high initial peak wattage, AC switch indicates when the DC/AC such as compressor-driven refrigerators operation is active. One power outlet can be and electric power tools used with electrical equipment that uses a . Other equipment requiring an extremely maximum of 400 watts. If both outlets are stable power supply, such as being used, 400 watts will be shared microcomputer-controlled electric blankets between the outlets. Ensure that all and touch sensor lamps connected devices do not exceed 400 watts. . Medical equipment The power outlet can be turned off by pressing the DC/AC switch. The power outlet Wireless Charging In Cab Power Outlet and DC/AC Switch can be turned back on after 10 seconds, during which the indicator light on the The vehicle may have wireless charging on switch will flash. the center console in front of the cupholders. The system operates at 145 kHz Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

100 Instruments and Controls and wirelessly charges one Qi compatible To charge a compatible smartphone: { Warning smartphone. The power output of the 1. Remove all objects from the charging system is capable of charging at a rate up Remove all objects from the charging pad pad. The system may not charge if there to 3 amp (19.5 W) as requested by the before charging your compatible are any objects between the smartphone compatible smartphone. See Radio smartphone. Objects, such as coins, keys, and charging pad. Frequency Statement 0 409. rings, paper clips, or cards, between the 2. Place the smartphone face up on the @ smartphone and charging pad will symbol on the charging pad. { Warning become very hot. On the rare occasion Wireless charging can affect the that the charging system does not detect To maximize the charge rate, ensure the smartphone is fully seated and centered operation of an implanted pacemaker or an object, and the object gets wedged in the holder with nothing under it. other medical devices. If you have one, it between the smartphone and charger, A thick smartphone case may prevent is recommended to consult with your remove the smartphone and allow the the wireless charger from working, doctor before using the wireless charging object to cool before removing it from or may reduce the charging performance. system. the charging pad, to prevent burns. See your dealer for additional information. The vehicle must be on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, V or Retained Accessory Power (RAP) must be 3. A green } will appear on the on active. The wireless charging feature may the infotainment display. This indicates not correctly indicate charging when the that the smartphone is properly vehicle is in RAP, or during Bluetooth phone positioned and charging. If a smartphone calls. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is placed on the charging pad and } 0 229. does not display, remove the The operating temperature is −20 °C (−4 °F) smartphone from the pad, turn it to 60 °C (140 °F) for the charging system 180 degrees, and wait three seconds and 0 °C (32 °F) to 35 °C (95 °F) for the before placing/aligning the smartphone smartphone. on the pad again. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Instruments and Controls 101 4. If } turns yellow, ensure that the on CD-ROM for a charge covering the cost of THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE charging pad is clear of any objects and performing such distribution (such as the COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS that the smartphone is capable of cost of media, shipping, and handling) upon "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED wireless charging before re-positioning it. email request to [email protected]. This WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED If } does not illuminate, the offer is valid for three (3) years from the TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF smartphone may need to re-positioned. date on which you purchased the product. MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A Freescale-WCT library PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN The smartphone may become warm NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER during charging. This is normal. In Copyright (c) 2012-2014 Freescale OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY warmer temperatures, the speed of Semiconductor, Inc.. All rights reserved. DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, charging may be reduced. 1. Redistributions of source code must EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES Software Acknowledgements retain the above copyright notice, this (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, list of conditions and the following PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR Certain Wireless Charging Module product SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; from LG Electronics, Inc. ("LGE") contains the disclaimer. 2. Redistributions in binary form must OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER open source software detailed below. Refer CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, to the indicated open source licenses (as are reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR included following this notice) for the terms TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR and conditions of their use. disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF OSS Notice Information distribution. THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF To obtain the source code that is ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH 3. Neither the name of the copyright holder DAMAGE. contained in this product, please visit nor the names of its contributors may be http://opensource.lge.com. In addition to used to endorse or promote products the source code, all referred license terms, derived from this software without warranty disclaimers and copyright notices specific prior written permission. are available for download. LG Electronics will also provide open source code to you Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

102 Instruments and Controls Warning Lights, Gauges, and Instrument Cluster Indicators Warning lights and gauges can signal that something is wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an expensive repair or replacement. Paying attention to the warning lights and gauges could prevent injury. Some warning lights come on briefly when the engine is started to indicate they are working. When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on while driving, or when one of the gauges shows there may be a problem, check the section that explains what to do. Waiting to do repairs can be costly and even dangerous.

Base Cluster English Shown, Metric Similar

1. Tachometer 0 106 7. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base 2. Engine Oil Pressure Gauge 0 107 Level) 0 119 or 3. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 108 (Midlevel and Uplevel) 0 120 4. Fuel Gauge 0 106 5. Voltmeter Gauge 0 109 6. Speedometer 0 106 Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Instruments and Controls 103

Midlevel Cluster English Shown, Metric Similar

104 Instruments and Controls

Use the right steering wheel control to open and scroll through the different items and displays. Press S or T to access the cluster Uplevel Cluster English Standard Shown, Metric Similar applications. Use the thumbwheel to scroll through the list of available features. Press the thumbwheel to select. Not all 1. Tachometer 0 106 7. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base applications will be available on all vehicles. 0 Level) 0 119 or 2. Engine Oil Pressure Gauge 107 . Home 3. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Driver Information Center (DIC) . Info App. This is where the selected Driver 0 108 (Midlevel and Uplevel) 0 120 0 Information Center (DIC) displays can be 4. Fuel Gauge 106 Cluster Menu (Midlevel and Uplevel) viewed. See Driver Information Center 0 5. Voltmeter Gauge 109 (DIC) (Base Level) 0 119 or There is an interactive display area in the 6. Speedometer 0 106 Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel center of the instrument cluster. and Uplevel) 0 120. . Audio Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Instruments and Controls 105 . Navigation Navigation Speed Limit Style: Press the thumbwheel . Phone In the Navigation menu, if there is no active while Speed Limit Style is highlighted to . Options route, a compass will be displayed. If there change the speed sign style or to turn it off. Home is an active route, press the thumbwheel to Units : Press the thumbwheel while Units is cancel or resume route guidance, mute or displayed to enter the Units menu. Choose Information displayed here can be unmute voice guidance, or access Recents or US or metric units by pressing the customized from the Options menu. Favorites. thumbwheel while the desired item is Speedometer : Displays how fast the vehicle Phone highlighted. A selected mark will be is moving in either kilometers per hour displayed next to the selected item. (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). In the Phone menu, if there is no active phone call, view recent calls, scroll through Info Page Options : Press the thumbwheel Speed Sign : Shows sign information, which contacts, select from the favorites, or change while Info Page Options is displayed to comes from a roadway database in the the phone source. If there is an active call, enter and select the items to be displayed onboard navigation, if equipped. mute the phone or switch to handset in the Info app. A selected mark will be displayed next to the selected item. Time : Displays the current time. operation. Options Home : Press the thumbwheel to select the Fuel Range : Displays the approximate available elements to display. Not all distance the vehicle can be driven without Use the thumbwheel to scroll through items elements will be available on all vehicles: refueling. The fuel range estimate is based in the Options menu. Speedometer, Speed Sign, Time, and Fuel on an average of the vehicle’s fuel economy Range. over recent driving history and the amount Head-up Display (HUD) : If equipped, this of fuel remaining in the fuel tank. Fuel feature allows for adjusting the angle of the Display (Uplevel) : Press the thumbwheel to range cannot be reset. HUD image and changing or turning off the enter the Display menu. Select to turn on or Speed Limit Sign. off the compass or speed sign. Audio HUD Rotation: Press the thumbwheel while Speed Warning : The Speed Warning display In the Audio menu, use the thumbwheel to Adjust Rotation is highlighted to enter allows the driver to set a speed that they scroll through options, browse for music, Adjust Mode. Scroll to adjust the angle of do not want to exceed. To set the Speed select from favorites, or change the audio the HUD display. Press the thumbwheel to Warning, press the thumbwheel when Speed source. In the main view, scroll to change confirm and save the setting. This feature Warning is displayed, or press the the station or go to the next or previous may only be available in P (Park). thumbwheel on the main view to set the track. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

106 Instruments and Controls speed value. Scroll to adjust the value. Press The trip odometer is accessed and reset the thumbwheel to set the speed. Once the through the Driver Information Center (DIC). speed is set, this feature can be turned off See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base by pressing the thumbwheel while viewing Level) 0 119 or this page. If the selected speed limit is Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel and exceeded, a pop-up warning is displayed Uplevel) 0 120. with a chime. Tachometer Software Information : Press the thumbwheel while Software Information is The tachometer displays the engine speed in highlighted to display open source software revolutions per minute (rpm). information. Fuel Gauge Speedometer Uplevel English Fuel Gauge Shown, Base The speedometer shows the vehicle's speed Level and Midlevel Fuel Gauge Similar in either kilometers per hour (km/h) or When the ignition is on, the fuel gauge miles per hour (mph). indicates about how much fuel is left in Odometer the tank. The odometer shows how far the vehicle has There is an arrow near the fuel gauge been driven, in either kilometers or miles. pointing to the side of the vehicle the fuel door is on. Trip Odometer When the indicator nears empty, the low The trip odometer shows how far the fuel light comes on. There still is a little fuel vehicle has been driven since the trip left, but the vehicle should be refueled soon. odometer was last reset. Uplevel Metric Fuel Gauge Shown, Base Level and Midlevel Fuel Gauge Similar Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Instruments and Controls 107 Here are four things that some owners ask Engine Oil Pressure Gauge about. None of these show a problem with the fuel gauge: . At the service station, the fuel pump shuts off before the gauge reads full. . It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the gauge indicated. For example, the gauge may have indicated the tank was half full, but it actually took a little more or less than half the tank's capacity to fill the tank. . The gauge moves a little while turning a corner or speeding up. Uplevel English Shown, Base Level and Midlevel Similar . The gauge takes a few seconds to Uplevel Metric Shown, Base Level and stabilize after the ignition is turned on, Midlevel Similar The engine oil pressure gauge shows the and goes back to empty when the engine oil pressure in kPa (kilopascals) ignition is turned off. or psi (pounds per square inch) when the engine is running. Oil pressure can vary with engine speed, outside temperature, coolant temperature, and oil viscosity. On some models, the oil pump will vary engine oil pressure according to engine needs. Oil pressure may change quickly as the engine speed or load varies. This is normal. If the oil pressure warning light or Driver Information Center (DIC) message Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

108 Instruments and Controls indicates oil pressure outside the normal Engine Coolant Temperature operating range, check the vehicle's oil as soon as possible. Gauge See Engine Oil 0 305. Caution Lack of proper engine oil maintenance can damage the engine. Driving with the engine oil low can also damage the engine. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Check the oil level as soon as possible. Add oil if Uplevel English Shown, Base Level and required, but if the oil level is within the Midlevel Similar operating range and the oil pressure is still low, have the vehicle serviced. Uplevel Metric Shown, Base Level and This gauge measures the temperature of the Always follow the maintenance schedule Midlevel Similar vehicle's engine coolant. for changing engine oil. While driving under normal operating conditions, if the needle moves into the red If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the warning area, the engine is too hot. Pull off Duramax diesel supplement. the road, stop the vehicle, and turn off the engine as soon as possible. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Instruments and Controls 109 Voltmeter Gauge Readings outside the normal operating range can also occur when a large number of electrical accessories are operating in the vehicle and the engine is left idling for an extended period. This condition is normal since the charging system is not able to provide full power at engine idle. As engine When the vehicle is started, this light speeds are increased, this condition should flashes and a chime may come on to remind correct itself as higher engine speeds allow the driver to fasten their seat belt. the charging system to create maximum power. Then the light stays on solid until the belt is buckled. This cycle may continue several The vehicle can only be driven for a short times if the driver remains or becomes time with the readings outside the normal unbuckled while the vehicle is moving. operating range. If the vehicle must be Uplevel Shown, Base Level and Midlevel driven, turn off all accessories, such as the If the driver seat belt is buckled, neither the Similar radio and air conditioner. light nor the chime comes on. When the ignition is on, this gauge indicates Readings outside the normal operating Front Passenger Seat Belt Reminder the battery voltage. range indicate a possible problem in the Light electrical system. Have the vehicle serviced When the engine is running, this gauge as soon as possible. The vehicle may have a front passenger seat shows the condition of the charging system. belt reminder light near the passenger The gauge can transition from a higher to Seat Belt Reminders airbag status indicator. See Passenger lower or a lower to higher reading. This is Sensing System 0 62. normal. If the vehicle is operating outside Driver Seat Belt Reminder Light the normal operating range, the charging There is a driver seat belt reminder light on system light comes on. See Charging System the instrument cluster. Light 0 111. The voltmeter gauge may also read lower when in fuel economy mode. This is normal. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

110 Instruments and Controls When the vehicle is started, this light Passenger Airbag Status Indicator flashes and a chime may come on to remind passengers to fasten their seat belt. The vehicle has a passenger sensing system. See Passenger Sensing System 0 62 for Then the light stays on solid until the belt is important safety information. The overhead buckled. This cycle continues several times if console has a passenger airbag status the front passenger remains or becomes indicator. unbuckled while the vehicle is moving. The airbag readiness light comes on for If the front passenger seat belt is buckled, several seconds when the vehicle is started. neither the chime nor the light comes on. If the light does not come on then, have it fixed immediately. The front passenger seat belt reminder light and chime may come on if an object is put { Warning on the seat such as a briefcase, handbag, If the airbag readiness light stays on grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic United States device. To turn off the reminder light and/or after the vehicle is started or comes on chime, remove the object from the seat or while driving, it means the airbag system buckle the seat belt. might not be working properly. The airbags in the vehicle might not inflate in Airbag Readiness Light a crash, or they could even inflate This light shows if there is an electrical without a crash. To help avoid injury, problem with the airbag system. The system have the vehicle serviced right away. check includes the airbag sensor(s), the Canada passenger sensing system, the pretensioners, If there is a problem with the airbag the airbag modules, the wiring, and the system, a Driver Information Center (DIC) When the vehicle is started, the passenger crash sensing and diagnostic module. For message may also come on. airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF, more information on the airbag system, see or the symbols for on and off, for several Airbag System 0 57. seconds as a system check. Then, after several more seconds, the status indicator Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Instruments and Controls 111 will light either ON or OFF, or either the on Charging System Light Malfunction Indicator Lamp or off symbol, to let you know the status of the front outboard passenger frontal airbag. (Check Engine Light) If the word ON or the on symbol is lit on This light is part of the vehicle’s emission the passenger airbag status indicator, it control on-board diagnostic system. If this means that the front outboard passenger light is on while the engine is running, a frontal airbag is allowed to inflate. malfunction has been detected and the vehicle may require service. The light should If the word OFF or the off symbol is lit on The charging system light comes on briefly come on to show that it is working when the passenger airbag status indicator, it when the ignition is turned on, but the the ignition is on and the engine is not means that the passenger sensing system engine is not running, as a check to show running. See Ignition Positions (Keyless has turned off the front outboard passenger the light is working. It should go out when Access) 0 226 or frontal airbag. the engine is started. Ignition Positions (Key Access) 0 224. If, after several seconds, both status If the light stays on, or comes on while indicator lights remain on, or if there are no driving, there may be a problem with the lights at all, there may be a problem with electrical charging system. Have it checked the lights or the passenger sensing system. by your dealer. Driving while this light is on See your dealer for service. could drain the battery. { Warning When this light comes on, or is flashing, the Driver Information Center (DIC) also displays Malfunctions are often indicated by the If the airbag readiness light ever comes a message. system before any problem is noticeable. on and stays on, it means that Being aware of the light and seeking service If a short distance must be driven with the something may be wrong with the airbag promptly when it comes on may prevent light on, be sure to turn off all accessories, system. To help avoid injury to yourself damage. such as the radio and air conditioner. Find a or others, have the vehicle serviced right safe place to stop the vehicle. away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 110 for more information, including important safety information. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

112 Instruments and Controls . Poor fuel quality can cause inefficient Caution To help prevent damage, reduce vehicle speed and avoid hard accelerations and engine operation and poor driveability, If the vehicle is driven continually with uphill grades. If towing a trailer, reduce the which may go away once the engine is this light on, the emission control system amount of cargo being hauled as soon as warmed up. If this occurs, change the fuel may not work as well, the fuel economy possible. brand. It may require at least one full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light may be lower, and the vehicle may not If the light continues to flash, find a safe off. See Recommended Fuel 0 263. run smoothly. This could lead to costly place to park. Turn the vehicle off and wait repairs that might not be covered by the at least 10 seconds before restarting the If the light remains on, see your dealer. vehicle warranty. engine. If the light is still flashing, follow the previous guidelines and see your dealer Emissions Inspection and Maintenance for service as soon as possible. Programs Caution If the light is on steady : A malfunction has If the vehicle requires an Emissions Modifications to the engine, transmission, been detected. Diagnosis and service may be Inspection/Maintenance test, the test exhaust, intake, or fuel system, or the required. equipment will likely connect to the use of replacement tires that do not vehicle's Data Link Connector (DLC). meet the original tire specifications, can Check the following: cause this light to come on. This could . If fuel has been added to the vehicle lead to costly repairs not covered by the using the capless funnel adapter, make vehicle warranty. This could also affect sure that it has been removed. See the vehicle’s ability to pass an Emissions “Filling the Tank with a Portable Gas Can” under Filling the Tank (Pickup Model) Inspection/Maintenance test. See 0 Accessories and Modifications 0 302. 265 or Filling the Tank (Chassis Cab and Box 0 The DLC is under the instrument panel to If the light is flashing : A malfunction has Delete Models) 266. The diagnostic the left of the steering wheel. Connecting been detected that could damage the system can detect if the adapter has been devices that are not used to perform an emission control system and increase vehicle left installed in the vehicle, allowing fuel Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test or to emissions. Diagnosis and service may be to evaporate into the atmosphere. A few service the vehicle may affect vehicle required. driving trips with the adapter removed may turn off the light. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Instruments and Controls 113 operation. See Add-On Electrical Equipment This light should come on briefly when the Electric Parking Brake Light 0 297. See your dealer if assistance is vehicle is turned on. If it does not come on needed. then, have it fixed so it will be ready to The vehicle may not pass inspection if: warn you if there is a problem. . The light is on when the engine is If the light comes on and stays on at start running. up, there is a brake problem. Have the brake system inspected right away. . The light does not come on when the Metric English ignition is on while the engine is off. If the light comes on while driving, pull off . Critical emission control systems have not the road and stop carefully. If equipped with This light comes on when the parking brake been completely diagnosed. If this electric brake boost, vehicle speed may be is applied. If the light continues flashing happens, the vehicle would not be ready limited when the brake system warning after the parking brake is released, or while for inspection and might require light comes on. The brake pedal might be driving, there is a problem with the Electric several days of routine driving before the harder to push, or the brake pedal may go Parking Brake system. A message may also system is ready for inspection. This can closer to the floor. It could take longer to display in the Driver Information happen if the 12-volt battery has recently stop. If the light is still on, have the vehicle Center (DIC). been replaced or run down, or if the towed for service. See Towing the Vehicle vehicle has been recently serviced. 0 369. If the light does not come on, or remains flashing, see your dealer. See your dealer if the vehicle will not pass { Warning or cannot be made ready for the test. Service Electric Parking Brake The brake system might not be working Brake System Warning Light properly if the brake system warning Light light is on. Driving with the brake system warning light on can lead to a crash. If the light is still on after the vehicle has been pulled off the road and carefully stopped, have the vehicle towed for service. Metric English Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

114 Instruments and Controls This light should come on briefly when If the ABS warning light stays on, or comes The light will flash when a shift is in starting the vehicle. If it does not come on, on again while driving, the vehicle needs progress. Once the shift is complete the have it fixed so it will be ready to warn if service. A chime may also sound when the light will be steady. there is a problem. light stays on. If the light turns amber, there may be a If this light stays on, take the vehicle to If the ABS warning light is the only light on, malfunction with the four-wheel-drive your dealer as soon as possible. See the the vehicle has regular brakes, but ABS is system. See your dealer. information for the Electric Parking Brake not functioning. 0 0 See Four-Wheel Drive 236. under Electric Parking Brake 240. If both the ABS warning light and the brake A message may also display in the Driver system warning light are on, ABS is not Tow/Haul Mode Light Information Center (DIC). functioning and there is a problem with the Antilock Brake System (ABS) regular brakes. See your dealer for service. Warning Light See Brake System Warning Light 0 113. Four-Wheel-Drive Light

For vehicles with the Tow/Haul Mode feature, this light comes on when the Tow/ Haul Mode has been activated. See Tow/Haul Mode 0 235. This warning light should come on briefly when the vehicle is turned on. If the light Auto Mode Shown, Other Modes Similar Hill Descent Control Light does not come on, have it fixed so it will be ready to warn if there is a problem. If equipped, the four-wheel-drive light displays what mode the vehicle is in. The If the light comes on while driving, safely light will show each mode: 2WD, 4HI, AUTO stop as soon as it is possible and turn off (all transfer cases); 4LOW and N (two-speed the vehicle. Then turn on the vehicle again transfer case only). to reset the system. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Instruments and Controls 115 If equipped, the Hill Descent Control light Vehicle Ahead Indicator The traction off light comes on when the comes on when the system is ready for use. Traction Control System (TCS) has been When the light flashes, the system is active. turned off. If Electronic Stability Control See Hill Descent Control (HDC) 0 244. (ESC) is turned off, TCS is also turned off. To turn TCS and ESC off and on, see Traction Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 242. Light If TCS is off, wheel spin is not limited unless necessary to help protect the driveline from If equipped, this indicator will display green damage. Adjust driving accordingly. when a vehicle is detected ahead and amber when you are following a vehicle ahead Traction Control System (TCS)/ much too closely. Electronic Stability Control Light See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 257. This light is green if LDW is on and ready to operate. Traction Off Light This light changes to amber and flashes to indicate that the lane marking has been crossed without using a turn signal in that direction. This light comes on briefly when the vehicle is turned on. See Lane Departure Warning (LDW) 0 262. If the light does not come on, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the This light comes on briefly when the vehicle system is working normally, the indicator is turned on. If it does not, have the vehicle light turns off. serviced by your dealer. If the system is working normally, the indicator light then If the light is on and not flashing, the TCS turns off. and potentially the ESC system are not fully operational and may not assist in maintaining control. Adjust driving Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

116 Instruments and Controls accordingly. If the condition persists, see Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Engine Coolant Temperature your dealer as soon as possible. A Driver Information Center (DIC) message may Off Light Warning Light display. The light flashes when the TCS and/or the ESC system is actively working. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 242. Trailer Sway Control Light (Uplevel This light comes on briefly when the vehicle This light comes on briefly while starting Cluster) is turned on. If the light does not come on, the vehicle. have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. If it does not, have the vehicle serviced by If the system is working normally, the your dealer. If the system is working indicator light then turns off. normally the indicator light goes off. serviced by your dealer. If the system is working normally, the indicator light then Caution turns off. This light comes on when the The engine coolant temperature warning Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system is light indicates that the vehicle has This light will flash when Trailer Sway turned off. If ESC is off, the Traction Control Control is active. See Trailer Sway Control overheated. Driving with this light on can 0 System (TCS) is also off. To turn ESC off and damage the engine and it may not be (TSC) 285. on, see Traction Control/Electronic Stability covered by the vehicle warranty. See Control 0 242. Engine Overheating 0 312. If ESC and TCS are off, the systems do not assist in controlling the vehicle. Adjust The engine coolant temperature warning driving accordingly. light comes on when the engine has overheated. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Instruments and Controls 117 If this happens, pull over and turn off the Tire Pressure Light the light will come on at every ignition engine as soon as possible. See Engine cycle. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation Overheating 0 312. 0 343. Driver Mode Control Light Engine Oil Pressure Light (Uplevel Cluster) Caution For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Monitor Lack of proper engine oil maintenance System (TPMS), this light comes on briefly can damage the engine. Driving with the when the engine is started. It provides engine oil low can also damage the information about tire pressures and engine. The repairs would not be covered This light comes on when Snow/Ice Mode is the TPMS. selected. by the vehicle warranty. Check the oil When the Light Is On Steady level as soon as possible. Add oil if This indicates that one or more of the tires required, but if the oil level is within the are significantly underinflated. operating range and the oil pressure is still low, have the vehicle serviced. A Driver Information Center (DIC) tire Always follow the maintenance schedule pressure message may also display. Stop as for changing engine oil. soon as possible, and inflate the tires to the This light comes on when Off-Road Mode is pressure value shown on the Tire and selected. Loading Information label. See Tire Pressure 0 341. See Driver Mode Control 0 244. When the Light Flashes First and Then Is On Steady If the light flashes for about a minute and then stays on, there may be a problem with This light should come on briefly as the the TPMS. If the problem is not corrected, engine is started. If it does not come on, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

118 Instruments and Controls If the light comes on and stays on, it means The security light should come on briefly as This light comes on when the IntelliBeam that oil is not flowing through the engine the engine is started. If it does not come on, system, if equipped, is enabled. See Exterior properly. The vehicle could be low on oil have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. Lamp Controls 0 134. and might have some other system If the system is working normally, the problem. See your dealer. indicator light turns off. Front Fog Lamp Light Low Fuel Warning Light If the light stays on and the engine does not start, there could be a problem with the theft-deterrent system. See Immobilizer Operation 0 29. High-Beam On Light For vehicles with fog lamps, this light comes on when the fog lamps are on. This light is near the fuel gauge and comes The light goes out when the fog lamps are on briefly when the ignition is turned on as turned off. See Fog Lamps 0 138. a check to show it is working. It also comes on when the fuel tank is low Lamps On Reminder on fuel. The light turns off when fuel is This light comes on when the high-beam added. If it does not, have the vehicle headlamps are in use. See Headlamp High/ serviced. Low-Beam Changer 0 136. Security Light IntelliBeam Light

This light comes on when the exterior lamps are in use, except when only the Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) are active. See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 134. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Instruments and Controls 119 Cruise Control Light Information Displays Digital Speedometer The speedometer shows how fast the Driver Information Center (DIC) vehicle is moving in either kilometers per (Base Level) hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). The speedometer cannot be reset. The DIC displays are shown in the center of the instrument cluster. The displays show Trip 1 or 2 and Average Fuel Economy the status of many vehicle systems. The trip Turn the trip odometer reset stem until TRIP For vehicles with cruise control, the cruise odometer reset stem in the instrument 1 or TRIP 2 displays. The current distance control light is white when the cruise cluster is used to access the DIC menu traveled, in either kilometers (km) or control is on and ready, and turns green items. miles (mi), since the last reset for the trip when the cruise control is set and active. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the odometer is shown, as well as the average The light turns off when the cruise control is Duramax diesel supplement for more fuel economy. The trip odometer and the turned off. See Cruise Control 0 246. information. average fuel economy can be reset by pressing and holding the trip odometer Door Ajar Light DIC Menu Items reset stem. Turn the trip odometer reset stem to scroll Fuel Range through the following menu items: This display shows the approximate distance . Digital Speedometer the vehicle can be driven without refueling. . Trip 1/2 The fuel range estimate is based on an . Fuel Range average of the vehicle's fuel economy over . Tire Pressure recent driving history and the amount of This light comes on when a door is open or fuel remaining in the fuel tank. Fuel range . Remaining Oil Life cannot be reset. not securely latched. Before driving, check . Air Filter Life that all doors are properly closed. . Brake Pad Life Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

120 Instruments and Controls Tire Pressure It cannot be reset accurately until the next Brake Pad Life display after replacing the oil change. To reset, see Engine Oil Life brake pads. See Brake Pad Life System Turn the trip odometer reset stem until a 0 0 vehicle with the approximate pressures of all System 307. 316. four tires displays. Tire pressure is displayed Air Filter Life Driver Information Center (DIC) in either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds per Turn the trip odometer reset stem until AIR (Midlevel and Uplevel) square inch (psi). FILTER LIFE displays. This displays an See Tire Pressure Monitor System 0 342 and estimate of the engine air filter’s remaining The DIC displays are shown in the center of Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 343. useful life and the state of the system. the instrument cluster in the Info app. See Instrument Cluster 0 102. The displays show Remaining Oil Life Engine Air Filter Life 95% means 95% of the current air filter life remains. Messages will the status of many vehicle systems. Turn the trip odometer reset stem until display based on the engine air filter life If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the REMAINING OIL LIFE displays. An estimate of and the state of the system. Duramax diesel supplement. the oil's remaining useful life is shown. REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% means 99% of the When the REPLACE AT NEXT OIL CHANGE current oil life remains. message displays, the engine air filter should be replaced at the time of the next When the remaining oil life is low, the oil change. When the REPLACE SOON CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will message displays, the engine air filter appear on the display. The oil should be should be replaced at the earliest changed as soon as possible. See Engine Oil convenience. 0 305. In addition to the engine oil life system monitoring the oil life, additional The Air Filter Life display must be reset after the engine air filter replacement. To reset, maintenance is recommended. See 0 Maintenance Schedule 0 384. see Engine Air Filter Life System 308. The Oil Life display must be reset after each Brake Pad Life oil change. It will not reset itself. Do not This displays an estimate of the remaining reset the Oil Life display at any time other life of the front and rear brake pads. S or T : Press to move left or right than when the oil has just been changed. Messages will display based on brake pad between the interactive display zones in the wear and the state of the system. Reset the cluster. Press the thumbwheel to select. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Instruments and Controls 121 y or z : Use the thumbwheel to scroll up While in the Info Page Options menu, the approximate average fuel economy that the or down in a list. Press the thumbwheel to info pages can be restored to the default vehicle has right now, and will change as select. factory settings by pressing and holding K driving conditions change. on the left steering wheel controls and the Info Page Options Press the thumbwheel while this display is thumbwheel on the right steering wheel active to reset the trip odometer and the The info pages on the DIC can be turned on controls at the same time. average fuel economy. or off through the Options menu. Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in either Fuel Range : Shows the approximate 1. Press T to scroll to the Options kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per distance the vehicle can be driven without application. hour (mph). The vehicle odometer is also refueling. LOW will be displayed when the shown on this page. If equipped, press the vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel range 2. Scroll y or z to choose Info pages and thumbwheel to open the menu and select to press the thumbwheel. estimate is based on an average of the display speed limit signs. vehicle's fuel economy over recent driving 3. Scroll y or z to move through the list Speed limit signs in your vehicle display history and the amount of fuel remaining in of possible information displays. may vary from actual road speed depending the fuel tank. 4. Press the thumbwheel while an item is on the version of your current Timer : This display can be used as a timer. highlighted to select or deselect navigation map. To start the timer, press the thumbwheel that item. Trip 1 or Trip 2, and Average Fuel while this display is active. The display will The info pages can also be turned on or off Economy : Shows the current distance show the amount of time that has passed through the DIC page Info Page Options. traveled, in either kilometers (km) or since the timer was last reset. To stop the miles (mi), since the trip odometer was last timer, press the thumbwheel briefly while Info Pages reset. this display is active and the timer is running. The following is the list of all possible DIC The Average Fuel Economy display shows info page displays. Some may not be the approximate average liters per Press the thumbwheel while this display is available for your particular vehicle. Some 100 kilometers (L/100 km), kilometers per active to reset the timer. items may not be turned on by default but liter (km/L), or miles per gallon (mpg). This can be turned on through the Options app. Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the oil's number is calculated based on the value remaining useful life. If REMAINING OIL LIFE See “Info Page Options” earlier in this recorded since the last time this menu item section. 99% is displayed, that means 99% of the was reset. This number reflects only the current oil life remains. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

122 Instruments and Controls When the remaining oil life is low, the system. When the REPLACE AT NEXT OIL Engine Hours (Hourmeter) : Shows the total CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will CHANGE message displays, the engine air number of hours the engine has run. This appear on the display. The oil should be filter should be replaced at the time of the display also shows the engine idle hours. changed as soon as possible. See Engine Oil next oil change. When the REPLACE SOON 0 Transmission Fluid Temperature : Shows the 305. In addition to the engine oil life message displays, the engine air filter temperature of the automatic transmission system monitoring the oil life, additional should be replaced at the earliest fluid in either degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees maintenance is recommended. See convenience. Fahrenheit (°F). Maintenance Schedule 0 384. The Air Filter Life display must be reset after Trailer Brake : On vehicles with the The Oil Life display must be reset after each the engine air filter replacement. To reset, 0 Integrated Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) oil change. It will not reset itself. Do not see Engine Air Filter Life System 308. system, the trailer brake display appears in reset the Oil Life display at any time other Brake Pad Life : This displays an estimate of the DIC. than when the oil has just been changed. the remaining life of the front and rear It cannot be reset accurately until the next TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer gain setting. brake pads. Messages will display based on This setting can be adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 oil change. To reset, see Engine Oil Life brake pad wear and the state of the system. System 0 307. with either a trailer connected or Reset the Brake Pad Life display after disconnected. Tire Pressure : Shows the approximate replacing the brake pads. See Brake Pad Life pressures of all four tires. Tire pressure is System 0 316. TRAILER OUTPUT shows the power output to the trailer any time a trailer with electric displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) or in Fuel Economy : Displays average fuel pounds per square inch (psi). If the pressure brakes is connected. Output is displayed as a economy, the best fuel economy over the bar graph. Dotted lines may appear in the is low, the value for that tire is shown in selected distance, and a bar graph showing amber. See Tire Pressure Monitor System OUTPUT display if a trailer is not connected. 0 instantaneous fuel economy. 342 and Off Road : Displays vehicle pitch and roll 0 Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 343. Press the thumbwheel to change the information, road wheel angle, and selected distance. Press and hold the four-wheel drive (4WD) status. Air Filter Life : Shows an estimate of the thumbwheel while this display is active to engine air filter’s remaining useful life and reset the best fuel economy and average Follow Distance : If equipped, the current the state of the system. Engine Air Filter Life fuel economy. This display can also be reset follow time to the vehicle ahead is displayed 95% means 95% of the current air filter life by selecting reset in the menu. as a time value on this page. remains. Messages will display based on the engine air filter life and the state of the Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Instruments and Controls 123

Driver Assistance : If equipped, shows Caution Depending on how the vehicle is equipped, information for Lane Departure Warning the HUD may display some of the following (LDW) and Forward Collision Alert (FCA). If you try to use the HUD image as a vehicle information and vehicle messages or parking aid, you may misjudge the Info Page Options : Scroll to choose which alerts: info pages appear on the DIC. Press the distance and damage your vehicle. Do not . Speed thumbwheel to select or deselect. use the HUD image as a parking aid. . Audio Blank Page : Shows no information. The HUD information can be displayed in . Phone various languages. The speedometer reading . Navigation Head-Up Display (HUD) and other numerical values can be displayed . Driver Assistance Features in either English or metric units. . Vehicle Messages { Warning The language selection is changed through Some vehicle messages or alerts displayed in If the HUD image is too bright or too the radio, and the units of measurement is the HUD may be cleared by using the high in your field of view, it may take changed through the instrument cluster. See steering wheel controls. you more time to see things you need to Settings 0 181 and “Options” under see when it is dark outside. Be sure to Instrument Cluster 0 102. keep the HUD image dim and placed low in your field of view.

If equipped with HUD, some information about the operation of the vehicle is projected onto the windshield. The image is projected through the HUD lens on top of the instrument panel. The information appears as an image focused out toward the The HUD control is to the left of the front of the vehicle. steering wheel. To adjust the HUD image: 1. Adjust the driver seat. HUD Display on the Windshield 2. Start the engine. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

124 Instruments and Controls 3. Use the following settings to adjust HUD Rotation: Press the thumbwheel while Speed View : This displays the speedometer the HUD. Adjust Rotation is highlighted to enter reading in English or metric units, and speed Adjust Mode. Scroll to adjust the angle of limit. Some information only appears on $ : Press or pull to center the HUD image. the HUD display. Press the thumbwheel to vehicles that have these features, and when The HUD image can only be adjusted up and confirm and save the setting. This feature they are active. down, not side to side. may only be available in P (Park). ! : Press to select the display view. Each Speed Limit Style Adjustment press will change the display view. If equipped, the speed limit style can be D : Pull and hold to brighten the display. changed to a speed limit bar or speed limit Press and hold to dim the display. Continue sign from the Options menu in the to hold to turn the display off. instrument cluster. Press the thumbwheel The HUD image will automatically dim and while Speed Limit Style is highlighted to brighten to compensate for outside lighting. change the speed sign style or to turn it off. Use D to adjust as needed. HUD Views English Shown, Metric Similar The HUD image can temporarily light up There are four views in the HUD. Some Active Safety View : This displays the speed depending on the angle and position of vehicle information and vehicle messages or view along with a driver assistance graphic sunlight on the HUD display. This is normal. alerts may be displayed in any view. on the left. Driver assistance graphics show Polarized sunglasses could make the HUD your vehicle, vehicle ahead, gap setting, and image harder to see. lane status information. In addition to driver assistance graphics, pedestrian advisory and Head-Up Display (HUD) Rotation Option trailer sway indicators will be displayed. If equipped, this feature under the Options menu of the instrument cluster allows for adjusting the angle of the HUD image and changing or turning off the Speed Limit Sign. English Shown, Metric Similar Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Instruments and Controls 125 . The HUD brightness setting is not too dim or too bright. . The HUD is adjusted to the proper height. . Polarized sunglasses are not worn. . The windshield and HUD lens are clean. If the HUD image is not correct, contact your dealer. The windshield is part of the HUD system. English Shown, Metric Similar English Shown, Metric Similar See Windshield Replacement 0 323. Navigation/Active OnStar View : This Off Road View : This displays the speed displays the speed view along with view along with indicators for vehicle ahead, Vehicle Messages indicators for vehicle ahead, Lane Departure Lane Departure Warning/Lane Keep Assist, Messages displayed on the Driver Warning/Lane Keep Assist, trailer sway, and trailer sway, four-wheel drive status, and Information Center (DIC) indicate the status pedestrian advisory. Turn-by-Turn navigation pedestrian advisory. Off-road information of the vehicle or some action that may be information is shown during active route. such as pitch angle, steering angle, and needed to correct a condition. Multiple The compass heading is displayed when rolling angle is also shown. messages may appear one after another. navigation routing is not active. Care of the HUD The messages that do not require Navigation Turn-by-Turn Alerts shown in the immediate action can be acknowledged and instrument cluster may also be displayed in Clean the inside of the windshield to remove cleared by pressing the thumbwheel. The any HUD view. any dirt or film that could reduce the sharpness or clarity of the HUD image. messages that require immediate action cannot be cleared until that action is Clean the HUD lens with a soft cloth performed. sprayed with glass cleaner. Wipe the lens gently, then dry it. All messages should be taken seriously; clearing the message does not correct the HUD Troubleshooting problem. Check that: If a SERVICE message appears, see your . Nothing is covering the HUD lens. dealer. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

126 Instruments and Controls Follow the instructions given in the but there is no observed reduction in For System, Apps, and Personal features and messages. The system displays messages performance, proceed to your destination. functions, see Settings 0 181. regarding the following topics: Under certain conditions the performance To access the vehicle personalization menu: . Service Messages may be reduced the next time the vehicle is 1. Touch the Settings icon on the Home . Fluid Levels driven. The vehicle may be driven while this message is on, but maximum acceleration Page of the infotainment display. . Vehicle Security and speed may be reduced. Anytime this 2. Touch Vehicle to display a list of . Brakes message stays on, or displays repeatedly, available options. . Steering the vehicle should be taken to your dealer 3. Touch to select the desired feature . Ride Control Systems for service as soon as possible. setting. . Driver Assistance Systems Under certain operating conditions, 4. Touch 9 or R to turn a feature off or on. . Cruise Control propulsion will be disabled. Try restarting 5. Touch z to go to the top level of the . Lighting and Bulb Replacement after the ignition has been off for 30 seconds. Settings menu. . Wiper/Washer Systems . Doors and Windows Vehicle Speed Messages The menu may contain the following: . Seat Belts Rear Seat Reminder SPEED LIMITED TO XXX KM/H (MPH) . Airbag Systems This allows for a chime and a message when . Engine and Transmission This message shows that the vehicle speed the rear door has been opened before or . Tire Pressure has been limited to the speed displayed. The during operation of the vehicle. limited speed is a protection for various . Battery propulsion and vehicle systems, such as Touch Off or On. Engine Power Messages lubrication, thermal, brakes, suspension, Climate and Air Quality Teen Driver if equipped, or tires. ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED Touch and the following may display: This message displays when the vehicle's Vehicle Personalization . Auto Fan Speed . Auto Defog propulsion power is reduced. A reduction in The following are all possible vehicle propulsion power can affect the vehicle's personalization features. Depending on the . Auto Rear Defog ability to accelerate. If this message is on, vehicle, some may not be available. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Instruments and Controls 127 Auto Fan Speed Alert Type Rear Cross Traffic Alert This setting specifies the amount of airflow This feature sets the type of alert from the This allows the Rear Cross Traffic Alert when the climate control fan setting is driver assistance systems to help avoid feature to be turned on or off. See Auto Fan. crashes. Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing 0 Touch Low, Medium, or High. Touch Beeps or Safety Alert Seat. 249. Auto Defog Forward Collision System Touch Off or On. This setting automatically directs air to the This setting can alert of a potential crash Comfort and Convenience windshield to assist in defogging, based on with a detected vehicle ahead and can apply Touch and the following may display: temperature and humidity conditions. brakes to help reduce a collision’s severity. . Chime Volume Touch Off or On. Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake. . Reverse Tilt Mirror Auto Rear Defog Lane Change Alert . Remote Mirror Folding This setting automatically turns the rear This allows the feature to be turned on or Chime Volume 0 defogger on based on temperature and off. See Lane Change Alert (LCA) 261. This determines the chime volume level. humidity conditions. Touch Off or On. Touch the controls on the infotainment Touch Off or On. Park Assist display to adjust the volume. Collision/Detection Systems This allows the feature to be turned on or Reverse Tilt Mirror Touch and the following may display: off. See Assistance Systems for Parking or When on, the driver, passenger, or both Backing 0 249. . Alert Type driver and passenger outside mirrors will tilt . Forward Collision System Select Off, On, or On with Towbar. downward when the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) to improve visibility of the . Lane Change Alert Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols ground near the rear wheels. They may . Park Assist This setting enables the Rear Camera Park move from their tilted position when the . Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols Assist Symbols. See Assistance Systems for vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) or . Rear Cross Traffic Alert Parking or Backing 0 249. turned off. See Reverse Tilt Mirrors 0 34. Touch Off or On. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

128 Instruments and Controls Touch Off, On - Driver and Passenger, On - Automatic High Beam Assist Delayed Door Lock Driver, or On - Passenger. This setting specifies how the high beams When on, this feature will delay the locking Remote Mirror Folding adjust based on the vehicle environment. of the doors. To override the delay, press When on, the outside mirrors will remotely Touch IntelliBeam or Adaptive Headlight the power door lock switch on the door. fold or unfold when the Remote Keyless System. Touch Off or On. K Entry (RKE) transmitter Q or button is Power Door Locks Remote Lock, Unlock, and Start pressed and held. See Folding Mirrors 0 32. Touch and the following may display: Touch and the following may display: Touch Off or On. . Open Door Anti Lock Out . Remote Unlock Light Feedback Lighting . Auto Door Unlock . Remote Lock Feedback Touch and the following may display: . Delayed Door Lock . Remote Door Unlock . Vehicle Locator Lights Open Door Anti Lock Out . Remote Start Auto Cool Seats . Remote Start Auto Heat Seats . Exit Lighting This setting prevents the driver door from . Automatic High Beam Assist locking when the door is open. If this . Remote Window Operation Vehicle Locator Lights setting is on, the Delayed Door Lock menu . Passive Door Unlock will not be available. . Passive Door Lock This setting flashes the vehicle’s headlamps . Remote Left in Vehicle Alert when K is pressed on the Remote Keyless Touch Off or On. Entry (RKE) transmitter. Auto Door Unlock . Remote Removed from Vehicle Alert Touch Off or On. This setting allows selection of which doors Remote Unlock Light Feedback Exit Lighting will automatically unlock when the vehicle is When on, the exterior lamps will flash when shifted into P (Park). unlocking the vehicle with the RKE This setting specifies how long the transmitter. headlamps stay on after the vehicle is Touch Off, All Doors, or Driver Door. turned off and exited. Touch Off or Flash Lights. Touch Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds, or 120 Seconds. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Instruments and Controls 129 Remote Lock Feedback If equipped with Auto Heated Steering Remote Left in Vehicle Alert This allows selection of what type of Wheel, this feature will turn on when the This feature sounds an alert when the RKE feedback is given when locking the vehicle Remote Start Auto Heated Seats turn on. transmitter is left in the vehicle. This menu with the RKE transmitter. Touch Off or On. also enables Remote No Longer In Vehicle Touch Off, Lights and Horn, Lights Only, Remote Window Operation Alert. or Horn Only. If equipped, this feature enables remote Touch Off or On. Remote Door Unlock operation of the windows with the RKE Remote Removed from Vehicle Alert This allows selection of which doors will transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) This feature beeps the horn 3 times when System Operation (Key Access) 0 10 or unlock when pressing K on the RKE exiting a running vehicle with the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System remote key. transmitter. Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13. Touch Off or On. Touch All Doors or Driver Door. Touch Off or On. Remote Start Auto Cool Seats Passive Door Unlock Ride Height If equipped and turned on, this feature will This allows the selection of what doors will Touch and the following may display: turn on the ventilated seats when using unlock when using the button on the driver . Automatic Entry/Egress remote start on warm days. See Heated and door to unlock the vehicle. Ventilated Front Seats 0 49 and Automatic Entry/Egress Remote Vehicle Start 0 20. Touch Off, All Doors or Driver Door Only. This feature specifies if the vehicle will Touch Off or On. Passive Door Lock automatically lower to make it easier to enter or exit the vehicle. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats This allows passive locking to be turned on or off and selects feedback. See Remote Touch Off or On. If equipped and turned on, this feature will Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key turn on the heated seats when using remote Access) 0 10 or Running Boards start on cold days. See Heated and 0 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Touch and the following may display: Ventilated Front Seats 49 and Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13. Remote Vehicle Start 0 20. . Automatic Running Boards Touch Off, On with Horn Chirp, or On. . Deploy Running Boards Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

130 Instruments and Controls Automatic Running Boards Seat Exit Memory . Bed View Camera Lighting This feature specifies the position and use of This feature automatically recalls the Side Trailer Camera the running boards. previously stored exit button position when This feature specifies if using the turn signal Touch Off or On. the ignition is changed from on or ACC/ during a lane change will also display an ACCESSORY to off and the driver door is applicable side view of the trailer and Deploy Running Boards 0 open. See Memory Seats 46. vehicle. See Assistance Systems for Parking This feature moves the running boards to a Touch Off or On. or Backing 0 249. deployed position so they can be used with Touch Off or On. the doors closed. Suspension Bed View Camera Lighting Touch Off or Deploy. Touch and the following may display: . Service Mode This feature specifies if the truck bed rail Seating Position . Alignment Mode lights are turned on when the Bed View Touch and the following may display: Camera is active. See Assistance Systems for Service Mode Parking or Backing 0 249. . Seat Entry Memory This feature disables the air suspension . Seat Exit Memory Touch Off or On. system and is used to prevent unintended Seat Entry Memory raising or lowering of the suspension.. Teen Driver This feature automatically recalls the Touch Off or On. See “Teen Driver” under Settings 0 181. previously stored 1 or 2 button positions when the ignition is changed from off to on Alignment Mode Valet Mode or ACC/ACCESSORY. See Memory Seats 0 46. This feature will optimize the vehicle height This will lock the infotainment system and Touch Off or On. to provide the most accurate wheel steering wheel controls. It may also limit alignment. access to vehicle storage locations, Touch Off or On. if equipped. Trailering To enable valet mode: 1. Enter a four-digit code on the keypad. Touch and the following may display: 2. Select Enter to go to the confirmation . Side Trailer Camera screen. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Instruments and Controls 131 3. Re-enter the four-digit code. systems, and home automation devices. Programming the Universal Remote Touch Lock or Unlock to lock or unlock the These instructions refer to a garage door System opener, but can be used for other devices. system. Touch Back to go back to the For questions or programming help, see previous menu. Do not use the Universal Remote system www.homelink.com/gm or call with any garage door opener that does not 1-800-355-3515. For calls placed outside the Universal Remote System have the stop and reverse feature. This U.S., Canada, or Puerto Rico, international includes any garage door opener model rates will apply and may differ based on 0 See Radio Frequency Statement 409. manufactured before April 1, 1982. landline or mobile phone. Universal Remote System Read the instructions completely before Programming involves time-sensitive actions, Programming programming the Universal Remote system. and may time out causing the procedure to It may help to have another person assist be repeated. with the programming process. To program up to three devices: Keep the original hand-held transmitter for 1. Hold the end of the hand-held use in other vehicles as well as for future transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1 to 3 in) programming. Erase the programming when away from the Universal Remote system vehicle ownership is terminated. See buttons with the indicator light in view. “Erasing Universal Remote System Buttons” The hand-held transmitter was supplied later in this section. by the manufacturer of the garage door To program a garage door opener, park opener receiver. outside directly in line with and facing the 2. Press and release one of the three garage door opener receiver. Clear all people Universal Remote system buttons to be and objects near the garage door. programmed. Press and hold the Make sure the hand-held transmitter has a hand-held transmitter button. Do not If equipped, these buttons are in the new battery for quick and accurate release the hand-held transmitter button overhead console. transmission of the radio-frequency signal. until the indicator light changes from a This system can replace up to three remote slow to a rapid flash or continuous light. control transmitters used to activate devices Then release the hand-held transmitter such as garage door openers, security button. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

132 Instruments and Controls Some garage door openers may require Radio Signals for Some Gate Operators substitution of Step 2 with the procedure For questions or programming help, see under “Radio Signals for Some Gate www.homelink.com/gm or call Operators” later in this section. 1-800-355-3515. For calls placed outside the 3. Press and hold the newly programmed U.S., Canada, or Puerto Rico, international Universal Remote system button for rates will apply and may differ based on five seconds while watching the indicator landline or mobile phone. light and garage door activation. Some radio–frequency laws and gate . If the indicator light stays on Learn or Smart Button operators require transmitter signals to time continuously or the garage door out or quit after several seconds of moves when the button is pressed, 4. After completing Steps 1–3, locate the transmission. This may not be long enough then programming is complete. There Learn or Smart button inside the garage for the Universal Remote system to pick up is no need to complete Steps 4–6. on the garage door opener receiver. The the signal during programming. . If the indicator light does not come name and color of the button may vary on or the garage door does not by manufacturer. If the programming did not work, replace Step 2 under “Programming the Universal move, a second button press may be 5. Press and release the Learn or Smart Remote System” with the following: required. For a second time, press button. Step 6 must be completed within and hold the newly programmed 30 seconds of pressing this button. Press and hold the Universal Remote system button for five seconds. If the 6. Return to the vehicle and firmly press button while pressing and releasing the indicator light is continuously lit, and hold the trained Universal Remote hand-held transmitter button every or the garage door moves, system button for two seconds and two seconds until the signal has been programming is complete. release. Repeat the “press/hold/release” successfully accepted by the Universal . If the indicator light flashes rapidly sequence up to three times to complete Remote system. The Universal Remote and the garage door does not move, the training process. system indicator light will flash slowly at continue with programming first and then change to a rapid flash or Steps 4–6. The Universal Remote system should now continuous solid-light. Proceed with Step 3 activate the garage door. under “Programming the Universal Remote Repeat the process for programming the System” to complete. two remaining buttons. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Instruments and Controls 133 Universal Remote System 2. The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds. Without releasing the Operation button, proceed with Step 1 under Using the Universal Remote System “Programming the Universal Remote System.” Press and hold the appropriate Universal Remote system button for at least one-half second. The indicator light will come on while the signal is being transmitted. Erasing Universal Remote System Buttons Erase all programmed buttons when vehicle ownership is terminated. To erase: 1. Press and hold the two outside buttons until the indicator light begins to flash. This should take about 10 seconds. 2. Release both buttons. Reprogramming a Single Universal Remote System Button To reprogram any of the system buttons: 1. Press and hold any one of the buttons. Do not release the button. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

134 Lighting Exterior Lighting AUTO : Automatically turns on the Lighting headlamps, parking lamps, taillamps, Exterior Lamp Controls instrument panel lights, roof marker lamps Exterior Lighting (if equipped), front/rear sidemarker lamps, Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 134 and license plate lamps. Exterior Lamps Off Reminder ...... 136 Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer . . . 136 ; : Turns on the parking lamps including Flash-to-Pass ...... 136 all lamps, except the headlamps and fog Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 136 lamps, if equipped. Automatic Headlamp System ...... 136 For some trim levels and series of trucks Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 137 first sold in Canada, the headlamps may Turn and Lane-Change Signals ...... 138 turn on with the parking lamps. Fog Lamps ...... 138 Task Lighting ...... 139 2 : Turns on the headlamps together with Auxiliary Roof-Mounted Lamp ...... 139 the parking lamps, taillamps, instrument Exterior Cargo Lamps ...... 139 panel lights, roof marker lamps (if equipped), front/rear sidemarker lamps, Interior Lighting The exterior lamp control is on the and license plate lamps. Instrument Panel Illumination instrument panel to the left of the steering When the headlamps are turned on while Control ...... 140 wheel. Dome Lamps ...... 140 the vehicle is on, the headlamps turn off Reading Lamps ...... 141 O : Turns off the automatic headlamps and automatically 10 minutes after the ignition Daytime Running Lamps (DRL). Turn the is turned off. When the headlamps are Lighting Features headlamp control to O again to turn the turned on while the vehicle is off, the Entry Lighting ...... 141 headlamps will stay on for 10 minutes automatic headlamps or DRL back on. Exit Lighting ...... 141 before turning off to prevent the battery Battery Load Management ...... 141 For vehicles first sold in Canada, off will only from being drained. Turn the headlamp Battery Power Protection ...... 142 work when the vehicle is in P (Park). control off and then back to the headlamp Exterior Lighting Battery Saver ...... 142 on position to make the headlamps stay on Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Lighting 135 for an additional 10 minutes. To keep the To enable the IntelliBeam system, press . The IntelliBeam system is disabled by the lamps on for more than 10 minutes, the b on the turn signal lever when it is button on the turn signal lever. If this ignition must be on or in ACC/ACCESSORY. dark outside and the exterior lamp control is happens, press b on the turn signal lever when the exterior lamp control is in K : If equipped, turns on the task in AUTO or 2. 0 the AUTO or 2 position to reactivate the lighting. See Task Lighting 139. Driving with IntelliBeam IntelliBeam system. The instrument IntelliBeam System The system only activates the high beams cluster light will come on to indicate the If equipped, this system turns the vehicle's when driving over 40 km/h (25 mph). IntelliBeam system is reactivated. high-beam headlamps on and off according The blue high-beam on light appears on the The high beams may not turn off to surrounding traffic conditions. instrument cluster when the high beams automatically if the system cannot detect The system turns the high-beam headlamps are on. another vehicle's lamps because of any of on when it is dark enough and there is no There is a sensor near the top center of the the following: other traffic present. windshield that automatically controls the . The other vehicle's lamps are missing, damaged, obstructed from view, b system. Keep this area of the windshield This light comes on in the instrument clear of debris to allow for best system or otherwise undetected. cluster when the IntelliBeam system is performance. . The other vehicle's lamps are covered enabled. The high-beam headlamps remain on, under with dirt, snow, and/or road spray. Turning On and Enabling IntelliBeam the automatic control, until one of the . The other vehicle's lamps cannot be following situations occurs: detected due to dense exhaust, smoke, . The system detects an approaching fog, snow, road spray, mist, or other vehicle's headlamps. airborne obstructions. . The system detects a preceding vehicle's . The vehicle's windshield is dirty, cracked, taillamps. or obstructed by something that blocks the view of the light sensor. . The outside light is bright enough that high-beam headlamps are not required. . The vehicle is loaded such that the front end points upward, causing the light . The vehicle's speed drops below 20 km/h sensor to aim high and not detect (12 mph). headlamps and taillamps. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

136 Lighting . Driving on winding or hilly roads. Flash-to-Pass The DRL system comes on when the following conditions are met: The automatic high-beam headlamps may This feature lets you use the high-beam . The ignition is on. need to be disabled if any of the above headlamps to signal a driver in front of you conditions exist. that you want to pass. It works even if the . The exterior lamp control is in AUTO. Exterior Lamps Off Reminder headlamps are in the automatic position. . The transmission is not in P (Park). To use it, pull the turn signal lever toward . The light sensor determines it is daytime. A reminder chime sounds when the you, then release it. When the DRL system is on, only the DRL headlamps or parking lamps are manually are on. The taillamps, sidemarker lamps, turned on, the ignition is off, and a door is If the headlamps are in the automatic instrument panel lights, and other lamps open. To disable the chime, turn the position or on low beam, the high-beam will not be on. lamps off. headlamps will turn on. Depending on the type of headlamp, they will either turn off When it begins to get dark, the automatic Headlamp High/Low-Beam after a short duration or stay on as long as headlamp system switches from DRL to the Changer you hold the lever toward you. The headlamps. high-beam indicator on the instrument Push the turn signal lever toward the To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior lamp cluster will come on. Release the lever to O instrument panel to change the headlamps return to normal operation. control to and then release. For vehicles from low to high beam. first sold in Canada, off will only work when the vehicle is parked. Pull or push the turn signal lever to return Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) to low-beam headlamps. DRL can make it easier for others to see the Automatic Headlamp System front of the vehicle during the day. Fully functional DRL are required on all vehicles When the exterior lamp control is set to first sold in Canada. AUTO and it is dark enough outside, the headlamps come on automatically.

When the high-beam headlamps are on, this indicator light on the instrument cluster will also be on. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Lighting 137 illumination control is in the full bright Hazard Warning Flashers position. See Instrument Panel Illumination Control 0 140. When it is bright enough outside, the headlamps will turn off or may change to DRL. The automatic headlamp system turns off when the exterior lamp control is turned to O or the ignition is off. Lights On with Wipers If the windshield wipers are activated in There is a light sensor on top of the daylight with the engine on, and the instrument panel. Do not cover the sensor, exterior lamp control is in AUTO, the otherwise the headlamps will come on when | : Press this button to make the front headlamps, parking lamps, and other they are not needed. and rear turn signal lamps flash on and off. exterior lamps come on. The transition time Press again to turn the flashers off. The system may also turn on the headlamps for the lamps coming on varies based on when driving through a parking garage or wiper speed. When the wipers are not When the hazard warning flashers are on, tunnel. operating, these lamps turn off. Move the the vehicle's turn signals will not work. If the vehicle is started in a dark garage, the exterior lamp control to O or ; to disable automatic headlamp system comes on this feature. immediately. If it is light outside when the vehicle leaves the garage, there is a slight delay before the automatic headlamp system changes to the Daytime Running Lamps (DRL). During that delay, the instrument cluster may not be as bright as usual. Make sure the instrument panel Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

138 Lighting Turn and Lane-Change Signals If after signaling a turn or a lane change the Fog Lamps arrows flash rapidly or do not come on, a signal bulb could be burned out. If equipped with LED turn signals, see your dealer. Replace any burned out bulbs. If a bulb is not burned out, check the fuse. See Fuses and Circuit Breakers 0 329. Turn Signal On Chime If the turn signal is left on for more than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime sounds at each An arrow on the instrument cluster flashes flash of the turn signal. A message may in the direction of the turn or lane change. appear in the Driver Information Center 0 Move the turn signal lever all the way up or (DIC). See Vehicle Messages 125. To turn down to signal a turn. the chime and message off, move the turn If equipped, the fog lamp control is near the signal lever to the off position. Partially raise or lower the lever for less exterior lamp control to the left of the than one second until the arrow starts to steering column. flash to signal a lane change. This causes The ignition must be on for the fog lamps the turn signals to automatically flash three to come on. times. It will flash six times if Tow/Haul # Mode is active. Holding the turn signal lever : Press to turn the fog lamps on or off. for more than one second will cause the A light will come on in the instrument turn signals to flash until the lever is cluster. released. When the fog lamps are turned on, the The lever returns to its starting position parking lamps automatically turn on. whenever it is released. When the headlamps are changed to high beam, the fog lamps also go off. When the high-beam headlamps are turned off, the fog lamps will come on again. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Lighting 139 Some localities have laws that require the If the vehicle is off, the lights will stay on Exterior Cargo Lamps headlamps to be on with the fog lamps. for approximately 10 minutes. Task Lighting If any Task lights are on, if the button has not been pressed after approximately 5 seconds, pressing it again will turn off all Task Lights. Auxiliary Roof-Mounted Lamp If equipped, this button includes wiring provisions for a dealer or a qualified service center to install an auxiliary roof lamp.

The cargo lamps provide more light in the cargo area or on the sides of the vehicle, if needed. The lamps inside the pickup box, If equipped, task lighting projects light from in the tailgate handle, for the hitch, and/or the outside mirrors away from the vehicle. the cargo mirror lamps also turn on, While the vehicle is parked, press K to if equipped. select one of the following options: If the vehicle is in P (Park), R (Reverse), For information on roof-mounted emergency . Left and Right Task Lights Illuminated or N (Neutral) the Cargo Lamp Switch causes lamp installation, see www.gmupfitter.com the lights to cycle through the following . Left Task Light Illuminated or contact your dealer. . Right Task Light Illuminated states for each button press: If the vehicle has this button, the vehicle - Initial Press: . Left and Right Task Lights Off may have the snow plow prep package. See If the vehicle leaves a parked position, the Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 297. - CHMSL/Cargo Bed Lights - On lights will immediately turn off. - Cargo Mirror Lights - On - Cargo Switch Indicator (if equipped) - On Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

140 Lighting - Next Press: (if with in 5 seconds of the Interior Lighting Dome Lamps previous button press): - CHMSL/Cargo Bed Lights - On Instrument Panel Illumination - Cargo Mirror Lights - Off Control - Cargo Switch Indicator (if equipped) - On - Next Press: - CHMSL/Cargo Bed Lights - Off - Cargo Mirror Lights - Off - Cargo Switch Indicator (if equipped) - Off Become familiar with and follow all state and local laws that apply to cargo lamp operation. The dome lamp controls are in the overhead console. To operate, press the following buttons: This feature adjusts the brightness of all j illuminated controls. The instrument panel OFF : Press to turn off the dome illumination control is next to the exterior lamps when a door is open. An indicator lamp control. light on the button will turn on when the dome lamp override is activated. Press j D : Press D + to brighten or D − to OFF again to deactivate this feature and the dim the lights. indicator light will turn off. The dome lamps This feature is functional at night, or when will come on when any door is opened, K the headlamps or parking lamps are ON. on the remote key is pressed, or when the ignition is switched off. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Lighting 141 + ON/OFF : Press to turn the dome lamps Press the lamp lenses to turn the front The entry lighting feature for exterior on manually. Press again to turn the dome reading lamps on or off. lighting can be changed. See “Vehicle lamps off. Locator Lights” under Vehicle Personalization 0 126. Reading Lamps Exit Lighting There are reading lamps on the overhead console and over the rear seats. These lamps Some exterior lamps come on at night, or in come on when any door is opened. areas with limited lighting, when the driver door is opened after the ignition is turned To operate, the ignition must be on, or in off. The dome lamp comes on when any ACC/ACCESSORY, or using Retained Accessory door is opened or after the ignition is Power (RAP). Rear Reading Lamps turned off. The exterior lamps and dome lamp remain on after the door is closed for The rear reading lamps are over the rear a set amount of time, then automatically seats. turn off. Press the lamp lens to turn the rear reading The exterior lamps turn off immediately by lamps on or off. turning the exterior lamp control off. The exit lighting for exterior lights can be Lighting Features changed. See Vehicle Personalization 0 126. Entry Lighting Battery Load Management Some exterior lamps turn on briefly at The vehicle has Electric Power Management night, or in areas with limited lighting, (EPM), which estimates the battery's Front Reading Lamps when K is pressed on the remote key. After temperature and state of charge. It then about 30 seconds the exterior lamps turn adjusts the voltage for best performance The front reading lamps are in the overhead off. When any door is opened or the remote and extended life of the battery. console. unlock is pressed, all interior lights turn on and then interior lamps dim to off after 20 seconds. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

142 Lighting When the battery's state of charge is low, EPM works to prevent excessive discharge of Exterior Lighting Battery Saver the voltage is raised slightly to quickly bring the battery. It does this by balancing the the charge back up. When the state of generator's output and the vehicle's The exterior lamps turn off about 10 minutes charge is high, the voltage is lowered electrical needs. It can increase engine idle after the ignition is turned off, if the parking slightly to prevent overcharging. The speed to generate more power, whenever lamps or headlamps have been manually voltmeter gauge or the voltage display on needed. It can temporarily reduce the power left on. This protects against draining the the Driver Information Center (DIC), demands of some accessories. battery. To restart the 10-minute timer, turn the exterior lamp control to the O position if equipped, may show the voltage moving Normally, these actions occur in steps or up or down. This is normal. If there is a levels, without being noticeable. In rare and then back to the ; or 2 position. problem, an alert will be displayed. cases at the highest levels of corrective To keep the lamps on for more than The battery can be discharged at idle if the action, this action may be noticeable to the 10 minutes, the ignition must be on or in electrical loads are very high. This is true for driver. If so, a DIC message might be ACC/ACCESSORY. all vehicles. This is because the generator displayed and it is recommended that the (alternator) may not be spinning fast driver reduce the electrical loads as much as enough at idle to produce all the power that possible. is needed for very high electrical loads. Battery Power Protection A high electrical load occurs when several of the following are on, such as: headlamps, This feature shuts off the dome and reading high beams, fog lamps, rear window lamps, if they are left on for more than defogger, climate control fan at high speed, 10 minutes after the ignition is turned off. heated seats, engine cooling fans, trailer The cargo lamp shuts off after 20 minutes. loads, and loads plugged into accessory This prevents the battery from power outlets. running down. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Infotainment System 143 Destination ...... 162 Introduction Infotainment System OnStar System ...... 168 Global Positioning System (GPS) ...... 168 Read the following pages to become familiar Introduction Vehicle Positioning ...... 169 with the features. Introduction ...... 143 Problems with Route Guidance ...... 169 Overview ...... 144 If the System Needs Service ...... 170 { Warning Steering Wheel Controls ...... 146 Map Data Updates ...... 170 Taking your eyes off the road for too Using the System ...... 147 Database Coverage Explanations ...... 170 Software Updates ...... 150 long or too often while using any Voice Recognition infotainment feature can cause a crash. Radio Voice Recognition ...... 170 You or others could be injured or killed. AM-FM Radio ...... 150 Do not give extended attention to HD Radio Technology ...... 151 Phone infotainment tasks while driving. Limit Radio Data System (RDS) ...... 152 Bluetooth (Overview) ...... 175 your glances at the vehicle displays and Satellite Radio ...... 152 Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a focus your attention on driving. Use voice Radio Reception ...... 153 Phone) ...... 176 Fixed Mast Antenna ...... 153 Apple CarPlay and Android Auto ...... 180 commands whenever possible. Multi-Band Antenna ...... 153 Settings The infotainment system has built-in Audio Players Settings ...... 181 features intended to help avoid distraction Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices . . . . . 153 Teen Driver ...... 187 by disabling some features when driving. USB Port ...... 153 These features may gray out when they Auxiliary Jack ...... 156 Trademarks and License Agreements are unavailable. Many infotainment features Bluetooth Audio ...... 157 Trademarks and License are also available through the instrument Agreements ...... 190 cluster and steering wheel controls. OnStar System OnStar System ...... 157 Before driving: . Become familiar with the operation, Navigation center stack controls, steering wheel Using the Navigation System ...... 158 controls, and infotainment display. Maps ...... 161 Navigation Symbols ...... 161 Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

144 Infotainment System . Set up the audio by presetting favorite stations, setting the tone, and adjusting the speakers. . Set up phone numbers in advance so they can be called easily by pressing a single control or by using a single voice command. See Distracted Driving 0 207. Active Noise Cancellation (ANC) If equipped, ANC reduces engine noise in the vehicle’s interior. ANC requires the factory-installed audio system, radio, Uplevel Radio speakers, amplifier (if equipped), induction system, and exhaust system to work . Turn to decrease or increase the properly. Deactivation is required by your 1. O (Power) volume. dealer if related aftermarket equipment is . Press to turn the power on. 2. 7 installed. . Press and hold to turn the . Radio: Press and release to go to Overview power off. . Press to mute/unmute the system the previous station or channel. when on. Press and hold to fast seek the Infotainment System next strongest previous station or The infotainment system is controlled by . When the power is on and the channel. See AM-FM Radio 0 150. system is not muted, a quick using the infotainment display, controls on . USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek to status pane will display when O is the center stack, steering wheel controls, the beginning of the current or and voice recognition. pressed. Pressing O will mute the previous track. Press and hold to system and trigger this pane to quickly reverse through a track. show a long press is required to Release to return to playing speed. actually power down the system. See USB Port 0 153 or Bluetooth Audio 0 157. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Infotainment System 145 3. { . Press to go to the Home Page. See “Home Page” later in this section. . Press to exit Android Auto or Apple CarPlay. To enter back into Android Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and hold. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto 0 180. 4. 6 . Radio: Press and release to go to the next station or channel. Press and hold to fast seek the next strongest station or channel. 1. { (Home Page) . USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek to the beginning of the current or . USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek the . Press to go to the Home Page. See previous track. Press and hold to next track. Press and hold to fast “Home Page” later in this section. forward through a track. Release to quickly reverse through a track. . Press to exit Android Auto or Apple return to playing speed. See USB Release to return to playing speed. CarPlay. To enter back into Android 0 Port 0 153 or See USB Port 153 or 0 Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and Bluetooth Audio 0 157. Bluetooth Audio 157. hold. See Apple CarPlay and 3. O (Power) 5. o BACK Android Auto 0 180. . Press to return to the previous 2. 7 . Press to turn the power on. display in a menu. . Press and hold to turn the . Radio: Press and release to go to power off. 6. V the previous station or channel. . Turn to highlight a feature. Press Press and hold to fast seek the . Press to mute/unmute the system to activate the highlighted feature. next strongest previous station or when on. channel. See AM-FM Radio 0 150. . When the power is on and the system is not muted, a quick status pane will display when O is Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

146 Infotainment System pressed. Pressing O will mute the Home Page Steering Wheel Controls system and trigger this pane to The Home Page is where vehicle application show a long press is required to icons are accessed. Some applications are actually power down the system. disabled when the vehicle is moving. . Turn to decrease or increase the The Home Page can be set up to have up to volume. four pages with eight icons per page. 4. 6 Swipe left or right across the display to . Radio: Press and release to go to access the pages of icons. the next station or channel. Press and hold to fast seek the next Managing Home Page Icons strongest station or channel. 1. Touch and hold any of the Home Page . USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek the icons to enter edit mode. next track. Press and hold to fast 2. Continue holding the icon and drag it to forward through a track. Release to the desired position. If equipped, some audio controls can be return to playing speed. See USB 3. Release your finger to drop the icon in adjusted at the steering wheel. Port 0 153 or the desired position. Bluetooth Audio 0 157. g : Press to answer an incoming call or 4. To move an application to another page, 5. v start voice recognition. See Bluetooth drag the icon to the edge of the display (Overview) 0 175 or . Press and release to access the toward the desired page. 0 phone display or answer an Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) 176. 5. Continue dragging and dropping incoming call. application icons as desired. c : Press to decline an incoming call or end a current call. Press to mute or unmute the infotainment system when not on a call. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Infotainment System 147 Phone Apple CarPlay Touch the Phone icon to display the Touch the Apple CarPlay icon to activate Phone main page. See Bluetooth (Overview) Apple CarPlay (if equipped) after a 0 175 or supported device is connected. See Apple Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) 0 176. CarPlay and Android Auto 0 180. Nav Android Auto If equipped, touch the Nav icon to display Touch the Android Auto icon to activate the navigation map. See Using the Android Auto (if equipped) after a supported Navigation System 0 158. device is connected. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto 0 180. Users The favorites and volume switches are on If equipped, touch the Users icon to sign in Apps the back of the steering wheel. or create a new user profile, and follow the If equipped, in-vehicle apps are available for 1. Favorite: When on a radio source, press on-screen instructions. download. Touch the Apps icon on the to select the next or previous audio Only four user profiles can be active at one Home Page to begin. broadcast favorite. When listening to a time in the vehicle. It may be necessary to Downloading and using in-vehicle apps media device, press to select the next or remove a profile from the menu before requires Internet connectivity which can be previous track. creating or signing into an existing profile. accessed with a data plan through the 2. Volume: Press to increase or decrease The removed profile can be logged into at a vehicle’s built-in 4G LTE Wi-Fi hotspot, the volume. later time. if equipped, or a compatible mobile device hotspot. On most mobile devices, activation Using the System Settings of the Wi-Fi hotspot is in the device’s Touch the Settings icon to display the Settings menu under Mobile Network Audio Settings menu. See Settings 0 181. Sharing, Personal Hotspot, Mobile Hotspot, Touch the Audio icon to display the active or similar. audio source page. Examples of available sources may include AM, FM, SXM (if equipped), USB, AUX, and Bluetooth. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

148 Infotainment System Availability of apps and connectivity varies Haptic Feedback Touch and Hold by vehicle, conditions, and location. Data If equipped, haptic feedback is a pulse that plan rates apply. Features are subject to occurs when an icon or option is touched on change. For more information, see the display or when controls on the center www.my.chevrolet.com/learn. stack are pressed. OnStar Services Infotainment Gestures If equipped, touch the OnStar Services icon Use the following finger gestures to control to display the OnStar Services and Account the infotainment system. pages. See OnStar Overview 0 412 and OnStar System 0 157. Touch/Tap Touch and hold can be used to start another Camera gesture, or to move or delete an application. If equipped, touch the Camera icon to access Drag the camera application. See Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing 0 249. Shortcut Tray The shortcut tray is near the bottom of the display. It shows up to four applications. Infotainment Display Features Touch/tap is used to select an icon or option, activate an application, or change Infotainment display features show on the the location inside a map. display when available. When a feature is Drag is used to move applications on the unavailable, it may gray out. When a Home Page, or to pan the map. To drag the feature is touched, it may highlight. item, it must be held and moved along the display to the new location. This can be Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Infotainment System 149 done up, down, right, or left. This feature is Fling or swipe is used to scroll through a Pinch only available when vehicle is parked and list, pan the map, or change page views. Do not in motion. this by placing a finger on the display then Nudge moving it rapidly up and down or right and left. Spread

Pinch is used to zoom out on a map, certain images, or a web page. Place finger and thumb apart on the display, then move Nudge is used to move items a short them together. distance on a list or a map. To nudge, hold Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle and move the selected item up or down to Spread is used to zoom in on a map, certain Information and Radio Displays a new location. images, or a web page. Place finger and For vehicles with high gloss surfaces or Fling or Swipe thumb together on the display, then move them apart. vehicle displays, use a microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces. Before wiping the surface with the microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle brush to remove dirt that could scratch the surface. Then use the microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to clean. Never use window cleaners or solvents. Periodically hand wash the microfiber cloth separately, using mild soap. Do not use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly and air dry before next use. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

150 Infotainment System Software Updates Fade/Balance : Touch to adjust by using the Direct Tune controls on the infotainment display or by Over-the-Air Software Updates tapping/dragging the crosshair. If equipped, see “Updates” under Settings Finding a Station 0 181 for details on software updates. Seeking a Station Radio AM-FM Radio

Playing the Radio Access Direct Tune by touching the Tune From the Home Page, touch the Audio icon icon on the infotainment display to bring up to display the active audio source page. the keypad. Navigate through all frequencies Choose from the three most recently used using the arrows on the right side of the sources listed at the left side of the display Direct Tune display. Directly enter a station or touch the More option to display a list of From the AM, FM, or SXM (if equipped) or channel using the keypad. When a new available sources. Examples of available option, press 6 or 7 on the center stack station or channel is entered, the sources may include AM, FM, SXM (if to search for the previous or next strong information about that station or channel equipped), USB, AUX (if equipped), and station or channel. displays on the right side. This information Bluetooth. will update with each new valid frequency. Browsing Stations Touch H to save the station or channel as Infotainment System Sound Menu Touch the Browse option to list all available a favorite. From any of the audio source main pages, stations or channels. Navigate up and down The keypad will gray out entries that do not touch Sound to display the following: through all stations by scrolling the list. contribute to a valid frequency and will Touch the station or channel you want to Equalizer : Touch to adjust Bass, Midrange, automatically place a decimal point within Treble, and Surround (if equipped) using the listen to. Touch H to save the station or the frequency number. channel as a favorite. options on the infotainment display. Touch (X) to delete one number at a time. If equipped, touch Update Station List to Touch and hold (X) to delete all numbers. update the active stations in your area. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Infotainment System 151 A valid AM or FM station will automatically AM, FM, and SXM Categories Favorites can also be stored by touching H tune to the new frequency but not close the in a station or channel list. This will Direct Tune display. When listening to SXM highlight indicating that it is now saved as a (if equipped), touch Go after entering the favorite. channel. Touch the Back icon on the The number of favorites displayed is infotainment display or touch z to exit out automatically adjusted by default, but can of Direct Tune. be manually adjusted in Settings in the The tune arrows on the right side of the System tab under Favorites and then Set Direct Tune display will tune through the Number of Audio Favorites. It can also be complete station or channel list one station adjusted in Settings in the Apps tab under step at a time per touch. A touch and hold From the AM stations, if equipped with HD Audio and then Set Number of Audio advances through stations or channels Radio, FM, or SXM (if equipped) display, Favorites. quickly. touch Categories at the top of the Browse HD Radio Technology If equipped, HD Radio multicast stations menu to access the categories list. The list cannot be tuned directly through the Direct contains names associated with the AM or If equipped, HD Radio is a free service with Tune feature. Only the analog or FM stations, or SXM channels. Touch a features such as digital quality sound, more HD1 station can use that feature. Use the category name to display a list of stations stations available on a single frequency such display arrows to adjust to the multicast or channels for that category. Touching a as HD2 and HD3, and display information stations. station or channel from the list will tune the such as artist and song title. radio to that station or channel. From the Now Playing display, touch the HD Storing Radio Station Presets Radio icon to turn HD on or off. Favorites show in the area at the top of the Station Access display. To access HD Radio stations: AM, FM, SXM (if equipped), and HD Radio 1. Tune the radio to the station. If HD Stations (if equipped) : Press and hold a Radio is turned on and the station is preset to store the current station or broadcasting in HD Radio, the radio will channel as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite automatically tune to the HD version of to recall a favorite station or channel. the current channel (HD1) after several Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

152 Infotainment System seconds. The radio will also display icons If the HD Radio signal loses reception while Satellite Radio representing additional channels (HD2, listening to stations HD2 to HD8, the radio ...HD8), that may be available. When the mutes until the signal can be recovered or SiriusXM Radio Service radio successfully tunes to a HD station, until the station is changed. If equipped, vehicles with a valid SiriusXM the HD logo will display and digital HD Radio can be disabled if driving in a radio subscription can receive SiriusXM audio will play. weak signal area. Touch HD Radio On/Off to programming. 2. Touch the display arrows to tune to the toggle HD Radio reception on and off. previous or next HD Radio station. SiriusXM radio has a wide variety of Radio Data System (RDS) programming and commercial-free music, There may be a delay before the station coast to coast, in digital-quality sound. In starts playing. If equipped, RDS features are available for the U.S., see www.siriusxm.com or call The HD Radio station number is indicated use only on FM stations that broadcast RDS 1-888-601-6296. In Canada, see next to the HD logo. information. With RDS, the radio can: www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677. . Group stations by Category (i.e., Program HD Radio stations can be saved as favorites. When SiriusXM is active, the channel name, Type) such as Rock, Jazz, Classical, etc. number, song title, and artist appear on the For a list of all stations, see . Display messages from radio stations. display. www.hdradio.com. This system relies on receiving specific SiriusXM with 360L HD Radio Troubleshooting information from these stations and only SiriusXM with 360L interface has enhanced Digital Audio Delay : Wait for the signal to works when the information is available. in-vehicle listening experience for process. This can take several seconds. It is possible that a radio station could broadcast incorrect information that causes subscribers. The experience now offers more Volume Change, Audio Skip, Echo, Digital the radio features to work improperly. If this categories and system learned Audio Lost : Station signal strength may be happens, contact the radio station. recommendations toward discovering more weak, the station is out of range, or the personalized content. station may be out of alignment. Verify When information is broadcast from a RDS To use the full SiriusXM 360L program, proper reception on another station. station, the station name or call letters display on the audio screen. Radio text including streaming content and listening If the HD Radio signal weakens while supporting the currently playing broadcast recommendations, OnStar Connected Access listening to HD1, the radio will automatically may also appear. is required. Connected vehicle services vary switch to the analog version of the radio station. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Infotainment System 153 by model and require a complete working SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service Multi-Band Antenna electrical system, cell reception, and GPS If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service signal. An active connected plan is required. The roof antenna is for SiriusXM Satellite provides digital radio reception. Tall Radio, OnStar, and GPS (Global Positioning Reference the SiriusXM user guide for use buildings or hills can interfere with satellite System), depending on the equipped and subscription information. radio signals, causing the sound to fade in options. Keep clear of obstructions for clear and out. In addition, traveling or standing reception. If the vehicle has a sunroof, and it Radio Reception under heavy foliage, bridges, garages, is open, reception can also be affected. Unplug electronic devices from the accessory or tunnels may cause loss of the SiriusXM power outlets if there is interference or signal for a period of time. Some cellular Audio Players static in the radio. services may interfere with SXM reception causing loss of signal. FM Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices Mobile Device Usage FM signals only reach about 16 to 65 km (10 When using media devices such as SD cards, to 40 mi). Although the radio has a built-in Mobile device usage, such as making or USB devices, and mobile devices, consider electronic circuit that automatically works to receiving calls, charging, or just having the the source. Untrusted media devices could reduce interference, some static can occur, mobile device on may cause static contain files that affect system operation or especially around tall buildings or hills, interference in the radio. Unplug the mobile performance. Avoid use if the content or causing the sound to fade in and out. device or turn it off if this happens. origin cannot be trusted. AM Fixed Mast Antenna USB Port The range for most AM stations is greater The fixed mast antenna will go through This vehicle is equipped with two USB ports than for FM, especially at night. The longer most car washes as long as it is securely in the center console under the armrest and range can cause station frequencies to attached. If the antenna becomes slightly another two in the center stack. These ports interfere with each other. Static can also bent, straighten it out by hand. If it is badly are for data and charging. occur when things like storms and power bent, replace it. There may also be two USB ports for lines interfere with radio reception. When Occasionally check that the antenna is tight charging only at the rear of the center this happens, try reducing the treble on the at the base. If tightening is required, protect console. radio. the paint from damage. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

154 Infotainment System d Caution My Media Library : To avoid vehicle damage, unplug all MyMedia is only available when more than . Press to seek to the next track. one indexed device is connected. It allows accessories and disconnect all accessory . Press and hold to advance quickly access to content from all indexed media cables from the vehicle when not in use. through playback. Release to return to sources. MyMedia will show as an available playing speed. Elapsed time displays. Accessory cables left plugged into the source in the Source page. vehicle, unconnected to a device, could be Shuffle : Touch the shuffle icon to play damaged or cause an electrical short if USB MP3 Player and USB Devices music in random order. the unconnected end comes in contact The USB MP3 players and USB devices USB Menu with liquids or another power source such connected must comply with the USB Mass as the accessory power outlet. Storage Class specification (USB MSC). Touch the Menu icon to display the USB menu. The following may be available: to play a USB device: Playing from a USB Shuffle : Touch to play the tracks randomly. 1. Connect the USB. Touch again to stop shuffle. A USB mass storage device can be connected 2. Press MEDIA on the center stack until to the USB port. Tone : Touch + or – to adjust the tone the connected device is shown. settings. See AM-FM Radio 0 150. Gracenote Use the following when playing an active Auto Volume (If Equipped) : This feature When plugging in a USB device, Gracenote USB source: adjusts the volume based on the vehicle service builds voice tags for music. Voice speed. See AM-FM Radio 0 150. tags allow artists, albums with hard to r : Touch to play the current media source. pronounce names, and nicknames to be used j : Touch to pause playback of the current Bose AudioPilot Noise Compensation to play music through voice recognition. media source. Technology (If Equipped : This feature adjusts the volume based on the noise in While indexing, infotainment features are g : the vehicle and speed. See AM-FM Radio available. 0 . Press to seek to the beginning of the 150. current or previous track. USB Browse Menu . Press and hold to reverse quickly through When a list of songs, albums, artists, playback. Release to return to playing or other types of media displays, the up and speed. Elapsed time displays. down arrows and A-Z appear on the left Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Infotainment System 155 side. Select A-Z to view a display that will Albums: 2. Select a podcast. show all letters of the alphabet and select 1. Touch to view the albums on the USB. 3. Select an episode to start playback. the letter to go to. 2. Touch the album to view a list of all Composers: Touch anywhere between the top and songs on the album. bottom menus or touch the Browse option 1. Touch to view the composers on 3. Touch a song from the list to begin the USB. on the infotainment display to view the playback. Browse menu and the following options are 2. Touch Composers to view a list of displayed near the bottom of the display: Songs: albums by that composer. Playlists: 1. Touch to display a list of all songs on 3. Touch an album to view a list of songs. the USB. 1. Touch to view the playlists stored on 4. Touch a song from the list to begin the USB. 2. To begin playback, touch a song from playback. the list. 2. Touch a playlist to view the list of all Folder View: songs in that playlist. Genres: 1. Touch to view the directories on 3. Touch a song from the list to begin 1. Touch to view the genres on the USB. the USB. playback. 2. Touch a genre to view a list of artists. 2. Touch a folder to view a list of all files. Supported Playlist extensions are m3u, pls, 3. Touch an artist to view albums by that 3. Touch a file from the list to begin and wpl. artist. playback. Artists: 4. Touch an album to view songs on the Audiobooks: 1. Touch to view the list of artists stored album. 1. Touch to view the audiobooks stored on on the USB. 5. Touch a song to start playback. the USB. 2. Touch an artist name to view a list of all Podcasts, Composers, Audiobooks, and Folder 2. Touch an audiobook to get a list of albums by the artist. View (if equipped) are shown when the chapters. 3. To select a song, touch All Songs or More option is selected from near the 3. Touch the chapter from the list to begin touch an album and then select a song bottom of the display. playback. from the list. Podcasts: 1. Touch to view the podcasts on the USB. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

156 Infotainment System Supported Apple Devices Auxiliary Jack To view supported devices in USA, see If equipped, this vehicle may have an my.chevrolet.com\learned. auxiliary input jack. This may be located in Loss of Audio the center stack or center console under the armrest. Possible auxiliary audio sources If a phone currently paired over Bluetooth is include: plugged in with a USB cable, the system will automatically mute the phone audio. . Laptop computer Playback can be resumed by changing the . Audio music player When a list of songs, albums, artists, audio source from Bluetooth to USB cable. This jack is not an audio output. Do not or other types of media display, a vertical Source USB from the Media icon on the plug headphones into the auxiliary input keyboard appears on one side of the list and infotainment display to resume playback. jack. Set up an auxiliary device while the a scroll bar on the other side. When using vehicle is in P (Park). the vertical keyboard, touch the beginning Other phones such as Android phones may character of the desired name to display the have a similar reaction. Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable from the zoom bubble of that character. Release the auxiliary device to the auxiliary input jack. Bluetooth Streaming Audio and Voice When a device is connected, the system can finger from the infotainment display and Recognition the zoom bubble disappears. play audio from the device over the vehicle See Bluetooth Audio 0 157 for information speakers. Touch the scroll bar to move the list up using voice recognition with Bluetooth and down. If an auxiliary device has already been streaming audio. connected, but a different source is currently File System and Naming Make sure all devices have the latest active, press MEDIA on the center stack or The songs, artists, albums, and genres are software downloaded. touch the Media icon on the infotainment taken from the file’s song information and display to scroll through audio source are only displayed if present. The radio menus, until the AUX Input source appears. displays the file name as the track name if Playing from the AUX Port the song information is not available. An auxiliary device is played through the audio system and controlled through the device itself. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Infotainment System 157 AUX Menu Music can be launched by touching All devices launch audio differently. When Press MENU on the center stack to display Bluetooth from the recent sources list on selecting Bluetooth as a source, the radio the AUX Input menu and the following may the left of the display or by touching the may show as paused on the display. Press display: More option and then touching the play on the device or touch p on the Bluetooth device. display to begin playback. Tone Settings : Touch to adjust Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance, Fade, and EQ To play music via Bluetooth: Browse functionality will be provided where (Equalizer). See AM-FM Radio 0 150. 1. Power on the device, and pair to connect supported by the Bluetooth device. This the device. media content will not be part of the Auto Volume (If Equipped) : This feature MyMedia source mode. adjusts the volume based on the vehicle 2. Once paired, touch Audio from the Home speed. See AM-FM Radio 0 150. Page, then touch Bluetooth from the Some smartphones support sending recent sources list on the left of the Bluetooth music information to display on Bose AudioPilot Noise Compensation display. the radio. When the radio receives this Technology (If Equipped) : This feature Bluetooth Sound Menu information, it will check to see if any is adjusts the volume based on the noise in available and display it. For more the vehicle and speed. See “Bose AudioPilot” See “Infotainment System Sound Menu” 0 information about supported Bluetooth in AM-FM Radio 150. under AM-FM Radio 0 150. features, see my.chevrolet.com/learn. Bluetooth Audio Manage Bluetooth Devices OnStar System Music may be played from a paired From the Home Page: Bluetooth device. See Bluetooth (Overview) 1. Touch Audio. 4G LTE 0 175 or 2. Touch More. Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) 0 176 If equipped with 4G LTE, up to seven 3. Touch Bluetooth. for help pairing a device. devices, such as smartphones, tablets, and 4. Touch Devices to add or delete devices. laptops, can be connected to high-speed Volume and song selection may be Internet through the vehicle’s built-in Wi-Fi controlled by using the infotainment When touching Bluetooth, the radio may hotspot. controls or the mobile device. If Bluetooth is not be able to launch the audio player on selected and no volume is present, check the the connected device to start playing. When Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) to volume setting on the infotainment system. the vehicle is not moving, use the mobile connect to an OnStar Advisor for assistance. device to begin playback. See www.onstar.com for vehicle availability, Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

158 Infotainment System details, and system limitations. Service and Account Wi-Fi Hotspot connectivity may vary by make, model, The Account tab displays a snapshot of the Touch to display the Settings page, which year, carrier, availability, and conditions. account linked with the vehicle. If there is shows the configurations for the vehicle 4G LTE service is available in select markets. no such account, this tab will show all hotspot and allows them to be changed. 4G LTE performance is based on industry values as ——. The advisor call icon will be For more information, see www.onstar.com. averages and vehicle systems design. Some active even if there is no active account. services require a data plan. Advisor Call The OnStar App Navigation Selecting Advisor Call is the same as If equipped, the infotainment system has pressing Q or calling 1-888-4ONSTAR Using the Navigation System OnStar controls in the embedded OnStar app (1-888-466-7827). The X option in the upper If equipped, launch the Nav application by on the Home Page. Most OnStar functions right corner of the screen does not end the that can be performed with the buttons can touching the Nav icon on the Home Page or call, but returns to the previous screen. on the shortcut tray near the bottom of the be done using the app. To open the app, infotainment display. touch the OnStar icon on the Home Page. Turn-by-Turn Directions App updates require a corresponding service With a connected plan, an OnStar Advisor When the Nav application is launched for plan. Features vary by region and model. can download a destination to the vehicle or the first time, a product walkthrough is Features are subject to change. For more its embedded navigation system, available. Use of the feature requires the information, see my.chevrolet.com/learn or if equipped. Select Turn-by-Turn Directions Terms and Conditions and the Privacy press Q. from the Services tab of the OnStar app to statement to be confirmed. If available and signed into a profile, it is also suggested to Services call an Advisor or select a recent or favorite destination. Touch the navigation icons to enable and confirm Predictive Navigation. The Services tab displays the default view select home, address or place. A destination Predictive Navigation (If Equipped) for the app. Use this page to launch the transfer from OnStar will show the detail available OnStar services. Touch a service to view of the destination when it is If Predictive Navigation is available and open its display. Touch Wi-Fi to launch the transferred from OnStar to the Navigation confirmed, this feature learns preferences by connections manager. Turn-by-Turn and application. See www.onstar.com for a remembering where the vehicle has been. Advisor Call are the other tiled options. coverage map. Services vary by model. Map It uses the locations and navigation history coverage is available in the United States, to personalize routes and results. Puerto Rico, and Canada. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Infotainment System 159 Predictive Navigation may learn elements the top of the navigation map view. customized profile, the current location such as: Manually close the search bar by touching symbol will show a customized icon. See . Personalized routes based on preferred z. When the vehicle is moving, the } Navigation Symbols 0 161. streets. (Search) icon will replace the search bar to Map and Navigation Settings . Search results that provide best matches maximize the full map view. at the top of the list. Touch A while in the map view to display Destination Card Preferences options. The following may display: . Predictive traffic. From the Nav application, set up Home and . 3D Heading Up, 2D Heading Up, 2D North . Local map content updating. Work addresses to enable one-touch . Show on Map Predictive Navigation can also be enabled or navigation. To set up Home and Work . Traffic Events (available with OnStar disabled at a later time by touching A addresses, touch A and select Settings, Connected Navigation) (Options). While in Options, touch Settings, then Map and Navigation Settings, and then . Settings then Map and Navigation Settings, and then Destination Card Preferences. Show My Predictive Navigation. See Settings 0 181. Places on Map should be on by default. . Edit Destination (if a route has been set) Select and enter Home and/or Work address . Avoid on Route (if a route has been set) Navigation Map View and save. Touch Settings to view Map and Navigation Settings. The following may display: . Destination Card Preferences . Map Preferences . Route Preferences . Navigation Voice Control . Traffic Preferences . Alert Preferences . Fuel Grade Preferences After opening the Nav application for the If the vehicle’s system is not signed into a . Manage History first time, the application will always open customized profile, the current location icon . Predictive Navigation: See “Predictive in full map view displaying the vehicle’s uses a generic symbol. Once signed into a current location. When the vehicle is Navigation (If Equipped)” previously in stopped, the search bar will appear along this section. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

160 Infotainment System . About Auto-Zoom (Default is On) : Touch On or ‐ Tunnels Off. When turned on, the system will To exit a list, touch z in the top right ‐ Country Borders automatically adjust the zoom level when corner to return to the main map view. the vehicle is approaching a turn. After the Navigation Voice Control Make sure to set up preferences before turn is completed, the system automatically Touch to access the voice control setting setting a destination and starting active brings the zoom back to the originally set display. guidance. level. If the vehicle is approaching a turn . Navigation Volume – To adjust the Map Preferences with the next turn occurring shortly after, volume level, touch the up and down the Auto-Zoom will remain on until both arrows. If the voice guidance prompt is Touch to choose between basic map feature turns are completed. being heard, volume can also be adjusted configurations: Route Preferences using the knob on the center stack or the Map Colors volume switch on the steering wheel. Touch to access the Route Preferences. The . Auto – Touch to automatically change choices are: . Navigation Voice Prompt Level during a modes based on lighting conditions. Call. Options available are: . Preferred Route – Choose from two . Day (Light) different route options: Fastest or ‐ Full Prompt (Selected by default) . Night (Dark) Eco-Friendly. ‐ Tone Only 3D Landmark (Default is On) : Touch On or ‐ Fastest would be the route with the ‐ None Off. When turned on, the system will shortest drive time. Traffic Events (If Equipped) display all 3D Landmarks on the map ‐ Eco-Friendly would be the most depending on the zoom level. fuel-efficient route. This feature provides a list of events that A 3D Building (Default is Off) : Touch On or . Avoid on Current Route – Choose any of are on the route or nearby. Touch and Off. When turned on, the system will the road features to avoid while on route: then select Traffic Events. An OnStar connected Navigation service plan is display all of the possible 3D building shapes ‐ Highways on the map depending on the zoom level. required. ‐ Unpaved Roads Show Terrain in 3D (Default is Off) : Traffic Preferences (If Equipped) ‐ Ferries If equipped, touch On or Off. When turned While in Map View, touch A, then Settings ‐ Carpool Lanes on, the system will display terrain and then Map and Navigation Settings to information on the map in 3D view. ‐ Toll Roads access Traffic Preferences. When Show Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Infotainment System 161 Traffic on Map is turned on, the feature . Clear Recent Destinations – Touch \ to . The SD card is not working properly: “SD provides an overview of the traffic flow clear the recent destinations. card is not functioning properly. using different coded colors. The following (Error Code).” . Clear Search History – Touch to clear options are available for rerouting: \ the search history. . The SD card is not paired with the . Auto Reroute to Better Route – The existing system: “This SD card is not valid system will automatically reroute if the About in this vehicle for navigation. See Owner’s system detects there is a traffic issue Touch to display software information, Manual for more detail or visit your ahead. such as: dealer. (Error Code).” . Ask Before Rerouting (Default) – If the . Telenav Terms and Conditions . The SD card has been removed from the slot: “SD card has been removed. system detects there is a traffic issue . Telenav Privacy Statement ahead, it will display a pop-up with (Error Code).” . Navigation Version details about the issue. Choose to reroute Touch Continue to resume after the or cancel the alert. Maps initialization error message. For the other . Never Search for Better Route – The messages, touch OK to return to the The Nav application requires a map database system will not check for a better route Home Page. until one of the above options is selected. to run. It is stored on an SD card that is connected to the infotainment system. If the Navigation Symbols Alert Preferences map database is not available, a missing SD Set alerts on or off during both inactive and card error message will be displayed. Following are the most common symbols that may appear in the Nav application. active guidance views. The following alerts SD Card Error Messages may be available: The SD card only works for one unique . Road Safety Alerts – Touch to display vehicle. The SD card must pass upcoming School Zones. authentication verification to be used for . Traffic Camera Alerts that specific vehicle. Potential error scenarios Manage History and messages include: . The SD card has initialized for the first Touch Manage History to access the History This indicates the vehicle’s current location options: time: “Once initialized, this SD card can only be used for navigation in this and direction on the map. vehicle.” Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

162 Infotainment System Current Location When the vehicle is parked and not in a Navigation session, the user icon is centered on the map view, highlighting the current location.

This is the vehicle’s current location icon If equipped, smart Points of Interest (POIs) Destination during inactive guidance mode. Once a user are places of interest for parking and gas Receiving Destination Directions from profile is created, the current location icon stations. Different Sources can be customized. Destinations can be received or transferred This icon indicates the vehicle’s current from different sources to the Nav application location and direction on the map. for route guidance. If equipped, some of these sources may include: . Navigation from search results. . OnStar Advisor destination download. The progress bar provides an overview of . An address from the Contacts list. the route progress and may show traffic and incidents along the way. As the route . An application on the smartphone that proceeds, the vehicle icon moves up the bar. can send destinations to the vehicle. The destination pin marks the location of . An application downloaded to the vehicle the final destination. Touch the pin to view Touch the icon to zoom out on the map and such as OnStar Services that can send the destination address or to add it or view the entire route. Touch it again to destinations to the navigation system. remove it from the Favorites list. Hide the return to the previous view. information by touching the pin one more View the drive time by touching the Waypoints time. It will automatically time out if no estimated time of arrival (ETA). Add up to five waypoints, which are action is taken. additional destinations, along the route. To add an additional stop or waypoint: 1. From active guidance, touch }. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Infotainment System 163 2. Search for the destination using One-Box, Editing a Waypoint names, street addresses, and turn Voice search, or the Quick Category When waypoints are added during active restrictions. A detailed area includes all icons. guidance, the system allows a stop to be major highways, service roads, and 3. Choose search results Along Route, deleted or the order to be changed. To edit residential roads. The detailed areas include Nearby, or Near Destination. a waypoint: Places of Interest (POIs) such as restaurants, airports, banks, hospitals, police stations, gas 4. Choose the desired waypoint and touch 1. Touch A. stations, tourist attractions, and historical Add to Trip or replace the current monuments. destination by touching New Destination. 2. Touch Edit Destinations. . Modify destination order by touching If the vehicle does not have an applicable Route options are not available for and holding the arrow until it is service plan, the map database may not waypoints. highlighted. Drag to move the include data for newly constructed areas or Arriving at a Waypoint waypoint up or down the list. map database corrections that are When approaching a waypoint, the system . Delete a waypoint by touching Y. completed after production. The navigation will display a Destination Arrival view. To A pop-up will appear to confirm system provides full route guidance in the continue on to the next destination touch waypoint removal. Once the request detailed map areas. the Drive to message on the infotainment is confirmed, the system will remove Zoom Control display. the address from the destinations list. Touch z on the top right corner so The zoom control display is shown on the If the vehicle passes the waypoint or gets map view. A few ways to zoom in or the system can recalculate the route. out of the current route, the system will out are: automatically reroute back to this waypoint. If there is only one address in the . Touch + or – to zoom in or out on At the same time, it will show a Drive to destinations list, the system will the map. icon along with the next waypoint address disable the move and delete so the current waypoint can be skipped and functions. The system will not allow . Double tap with one finger to zoom in or guidance can resume to the next waypoint the final destination to be deleted. single tap with two fingers to zoom out or destination. on the map. Map Information . Use the index finger and thumb to zoom Road network attributes are contained in the out by pinching and then zoom in by map database for map information. spreading those two fingers on the map. Attributes include information such as street Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

164 Infotainment System Map Gestures and Map Scale Map Orientation 2D North Up Route View, the Recenter icon will appear in the middle of the display. Use the following gestures on the Touch A on the map to access map Touch either the Recenter icon or the traffic infotainment display to adjust the map scale orientation settings. Map orientation is 3D bar again to return to the previous view, and display options. Heading Up by default. either 2D or 3D. . Pinch to zoom in or out. Available settings are: Lane Guidance . Pan the map. . 3D Heading Up (Default): 3D map with . Use two fingers to tilt down and change the vehicle pointing up. In this mode, the The map will display the lane information from 2D to 3D. Tilt up to change back current location icon will always head up for the upcoming maneuver if it is available. to 2D. and the map will rotate around it. Junction View . Rotate the map. . 2D Heading Up: 2D map with the vehicle When a vehicle is on the highway and See Using the System 0 147. pointing up. In this mode, the current approaching the exit, an image displays the location icon will always head up and the lane that the vehicle must stay in to Mute map will rotate around it. complete the next maneuver. When in active guidance, the audio prompts . 2D North Up: 2D map with North pointing Quick-Turn View while using navigation can be muted. Touch up. In this mode, the current location icon the speaker icon on the right side of the will shift as the vehicle turns left and upper bar. A slash will appear on the right. speaker to indicate voice guidance is muted. Touch the icon to change the map type. The Active Guidance View icon and label will also update accordingly. When a destination is chosen and a Depending on the zoom level of the 2D navigation session is active, the navigation Heading Up and 3D Heading Up maps, the system enters into an Active Guidance system may automatically switch to the 2D View (AGV). North Up map. When in AGV, the entire route can be viewed in 2D North Up by touching the traffic bar. The map will zoom out and readjust to display the full route. When in Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Infotainment System 165 When the vehicle is approaching a turn with removed from the route by touching Y next exit from the current vehicle position, and the next turn following in quick succession, to the segment. A pop-up appears to convenience stops that may be available, a quick-turn list appears below the primary confirm segment removal. such as gas, coffee, food, and lodging. turn indicator. An audio prompt will Next Maneuver Menu announce the quick turn. When the route segment has been removed, all segments are replaced by an activity When in Active Guidance, the Next Auto-Zoom indicator while the new route is Maneuver Turn Arrow, Street Name, and When approaching a maneuver, the map recalculated. When the recalculation is Maneuver Distance are shown in the Next will automatically zoom in to show both the complete, the activity indicator is replaced Maneuver at the top of the display vehicle icon and the upcoming maneuver to with the new route segments. overlaying the map. ETA, Distance to give a better view of the maneuver. Once Highway Exits List Destination, and Traffic Indicator are the maneuver is complete, the system will displayed in a panel pinned on the right of zoom back to the previous zoom level. the display. Touch A on the map to access Settings, Navigation Next Turn Maneuver Alert then touch Map Preferences to access Auto-Zoom. This feature can be enabled or If the Navigation application is not open disabled. when a near maneuver prompt is given, it is shown as an alert. Touch the alert to go to Directions the main navigation view or touch z to Touch the menu option next to the next dismiss the alert. turn street name to display Directions. Repeat Voice Guidance Directions displays the turns and directions Touch C to open the Exit list. This icon from the current location to the final displays next to the current street name destination. near the bottom of the display. The icon only appears when on a highway with Editing Directions defined exits. Directions can be edited by choosing y, While traveling on roads with designated which expands the list to fill the display and exits, an Exit list may be available. The Exit enters the Edit Mode. While in Edit Mode, list displays the exit number, distance to the an unwanted route segment can be Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

166 Infotainment System This symbol indicates the next guidance If the system has determined that the 3. Touch a saved Navigation favorite to maneuver. Touch it to repeat the last destination has been reached, either because access the edit icon. Touch the edit icon spoken guidance instruction. the arrival view displayed or the destination to rename the favorite. Incident Alert (If Equipped) has been passed, the Resume Trip option 4. Touch Save to store the renamed will not appear. favorite. During active guidance, if the system determines that there is an incident ahead Favorites Recents but there is not a better route, the system The navigation favorites can have contacts, Touch H to access a list of recent will play a tone and show a Quick Notice. addresses, or POIs that have been saved destinations. This will only show once per incident. through the favorite icon on the Incident Reports (If Equipped) details view. Recenter Position Icon Incident report icons, along with traffic flow Accessing Favorites Touch the Recenter Position arrow in the middle of the map view to reset the map to data, display on the map during both active In the Nav application, view the Favorites the current location. and inactive guidance. list by touching H in the search bar along End Route the top of the Nav map view. If the search Last Parked Location Touch Cancel at the top right corner to end bar is closed, touch } and select H. The Last Parked Location is the last location the vehicle engine was turned off. That active guidance and return to inactive Saving Favorites guidance. If active guidance is canceled location is displayed in the first row of the before the destination has been reached, a Favorites can be added from a number of Recents list. Touching the last Parked pop-up option to Resume Trip will appear. the system’s applications. Touch the Location shows the Address Details view to favorites icon to save content as a favorite. either save the address or drive to it. The Resume Trip Renaming Navigation Favorites Last Parked Location can be deleted by The trip can be resumed if it was canceled entering the Edit display. Once the Last 1. Touch the Settings icon on the Home by touching the Resume Trip pop-up option. Parked Location is deleted, it no longer Page and touch the System tab. appears in the Recents list, unless the 2. Touch Favorites to access the Manage vehicle is started at that location again. Favorites option. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Infotainment System 167 Show POI Icons Smart Parking Icons Auto Complete To see the POI categories, touch Options, When reaching a densely populated Enter a partial location in the field entry box then touch Show on Map. Up to eight destination and the system determines that on the search display. Auto complete will categories of icons can be selected. parking may be limited, the system will attempt to complete the destination based attempt to display nearby parking on what is being entered. Touch the Smart POI Icons on Map (If Equipped) destinations with pricing information, suggested item to search. if available. Search While in Motion with No Front Seat Report an Issue Using POI Details (If Passenger Present Equipped) The search display will not allow changes or In the POI details page, a POI issue can be text input with the keyboard when the reported if the data is not accurate or the vehicle is in motion. As a result, a display address is incorrect. Touch Report an Issue showing three rows of the most commonly near the bottom of the display to access the used categories appears. Touching the search issue selection page. Touch one of the box will activate speech recognition. The smart POI icons such as fuel stations predefined issues on the selection page, Search While in Motion with Front Seat and parking may appear based on time, then touch Send. The system will send the Passenger Present information for analysis. location, driver search behavior, driving If the system detects that the front seat conditions, and vehicle conditions. Search passenger is present with both driver and Touch a smart POI icon to open the Touch Search on the infotainment display to passenger seat belts buckled, touching the corresponding details: open the search display. It has a search field search icon will display an alert message . Left side: Name and address of the POI. entry box, quick category icon shortcuts, that allows the passenger to search for a recents icon, favorites icon, and keyboard. destination as if the vehicle were stopped. . Right side: E + ETE (Estimated Time Enroute.) Connected Navigation Smart Fuel Station Icons Connected Navigation is a subscription Fuel station prices are shown if available for service that enables certain capabilities nearby stations when the vehicle is low within the navigation system, such as on fuel. Traffic, Smart Search/Routing, and Predictive Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

168 Infotainment System Navigation capabilities. The system will Turn-by-Turn Navigation When available, the system will show the show an alert when the subscription is best lane(s) to be in for the next maneuver. expiring and will ask to renew the plan. Cancel a Route OnStar System If a route is in progress using either the vehicle navigation system or the With a connected plan, an OnStar Advisor Turn-by-Turn route, and a new route is can download a destination to the vehicle or requested, the current route in progress will into the built-in navigation system. be canceled. Global Positioning System (GPS) If equipped, after touching the Turn-by-Turn If equipped, the position of the vehicle is Directions icon, select destinations from determined by using satellite signals, various Recents or Favorites. Recents or Favorites vehicle signals, and map data. will be empty if this is the first use. To find new locations, touch OnStar Advisor, Home At times, other interference such as the Directions, Place Voice Search, or Address satellite condition, road configuration, Voice Search. condition of the vehicle, and/or other circumstances can affect the navigation Touch OnStar Services on the Home Page to Lane Guidance system's ability to determine the accurate access the OnStar menu. Touch Turn-by-Turn position of the vehicle. Directions icon while on the Services tab of the OnStar menu. The GPS shows the current position of the vehicle using signals sent by GPS satellites. When the vehicle is not receiving signals from the satellites, a symbol appears in the status bar. This system might not be available or interference can occur if any of the following are true: Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Infotainment System 169 . Signals are obstructed by tall buildings, . The vehicle changes directions more than . The route might not be changed when trees, large trucks, or a tunnel. once, or the vehicle is turning on a turn using automatic rerouting. . Satellites are being repaired or improved. table in a parking lot. . There is no route guidance when turning For more information if the GPS is not . The vehicle is entering and/or exiting a at an intersection. functioning properly, see Problems with parking lot, garage, or a lot with a roof. . Plural names of places might be Route Guidance 0 169 and . The GPS signal is not received. announced occasionally. If the System Needs Service 0 170. . A roof carrier is installed on the vehicle. . It could take a long time to operate automatic rerouting during high-speed Vehicle Positioning . Tire chains are installed on the vehicle. . The tires are replaced or worn. driving. At times, the position of the vehicle on the . The tire pressure for the tires is incorrect. . Automatic rerouting might display a route returning to the set waypoint if heading map could be inaccurate due to one or more . This is the first navigation use after the for a destination without passing through of the following reasons: map data is updated. a set waypoint. . The road system has changed. . The 12-volt battery has been disconnected . The route prohibits the entry of a vehicle . The vehicle is driving on slippery road for several days. surfaces such as sand, gravel, or snow. due to a regulation by time or season or . The vehicle is driving in heavy traffic any other regulation which may be given. . The vehicle is traveling on winding roads where driving is at low speeds, and the . Some routes might not be searched. or long, straight roads. vehicle is stopped and started repeatedly. . The vehicle is approaching a tall building . The route to the destination might not be or a large vehicle. Problems with Route Guidance shown if there are new roads, if roads have recently changed, or if certain roads . The surface streets run parallel to a Inappropriate route guidance can occur are not listed in the map data. See Maps freeway. under one or more of the following 0 161. . The vehicle has been transferred by a conditions: To recalibrate the vehicle's position on the vehicle carrier or a ferry. . The turn was not made on the road map, park with the vehicle running for two . The current position calibration is set indicated. to five minutes, until the vehicle position incorrectly. . Route guidance might not be available updates. Make sure the vehicle is parked in . The vehicle is traveling at high speed. when using automatic rerouting for the next right or left turn. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

170 Infotainment System a location that is safe and has a clear view Database Coverage Explanations like adjusting the volume or seeking up or of the sky and away from large down, are audio features that are easily obstructions. Coverage areas vary with respect to the performed by touching one or two options, level of map detail available for any given and are not supported by voice commands. If the System Needs Service area. Some areas feature greater levels of detail than others. If this happens, it does In general there are flexible ways to speak If the navigation system needs service, see not mean there is a problem with the commands for completing the tasks. your dealer. system. As the map data is updated, more If your language supports it, try stating a Map Data Updates detail can become available for areas that one-shot command, such as “Directions to previously had limited detail. See Map Data address .” Do not include the ZIP code up-to-date information available when the while stating the address during the vehicle was produced. The map data is Voice Recognition command. Another example of a one-shot updated periodically, provided that the map Destination Entry command is, “Directions to information has changed and the vehicle has If equipped, voice recognition allows for Place of Interest at .” If these a relevant service plan. hands-free operation within the navigation, commands do not work, try saying, “Take audio, phone, and weather applications. This See www.gmnavdisc.com for details on me to Place of Interest” or “Find address” ordering, purchasing, and installing a new or feature can be started by pressing g on the and the system will walk you through by replacement SD card. Features are subject to steering wheel or touching g on the asking additional questions. change. For more information on this infotainment display. Hybrid Speech Recognition feature, see my.chevrolet.com/learn. However, not all features within these areas If equipped, this feature helps distinguish are supported by voice commands. If the vehicle is equipped with Connected words by using Internet-based information Generally, only complex tasks that require Navigation, which is a subscription service along with the system’s voice recognition multiple manual interactions to complete that enables certain features of the database. This allows you to speak more are supported by voice commands. navigation system, such as Traffic, Smart naturally when using voice recognition. Search/Routing, and Predictive Navigation, For example, tasks that take more than one then the system will download the latest or two touches, such as a song or artist to map data from the cloud. play from a media device, would be supported by voice commands. Other tasks, Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Infotainment System 171 Using Voice Recognition . Short prompts: This type of prompt will An example of this type of manual provide simple instructions about what intervention is touching an entry of a Voice recognition becomes available once can be stated. displayed number list instead of speaking the system has been initialized. This begins the number associated with the entry when the ignition is turned on. Initialization . Auto informative prompts: This type of desired. may take a few moments. prompt plays during the first few speech sessions, then automatically switches to Canceling Voice Recognition 1. Press g on the steering wheel controls the short prompt after some experience to activate voice recognition. has been gained through using the . Touch or say “Cancel” or “Exit” to 2. The audio system mutes and the system system. terminate the voice recognition session plays a prompt. and show the display where voice If a command is not spoken, the voice recognition was initiated. 3. Clearly speak one of the commands recognition system says a help prompt. described in this section. . Press i on the steering wheel controls Prompts and Infotainment Displays to terminate the voice recognition session A voice recognition system prompt can and show the display where voice be interrupted while it is playing by While a voice recognition session is active, there may be corresponding options recognition was initiated. pressing g again. showing on the displays. A selection can be Natural Language Commands Once voice recognition is started, both the made by manually touching the option, infotainment display and instrument cluster or by speaking the number for the option to Most languages do not support natural show the selections and visual dialog select. Manual interaction in the voice language commands in sentence form. For content. These displays can be turned on or recognition session is permitted. Interaction those languages, use direct commands like off in the Tutorial Mode under Settings during a voice session may be completed the examples shown on the display. 0 181. entirely using voice commands while some Helpful Hints for Speaking Commands manual commands may expedite a task. If a There are three voice prompt modes selection is made using a manual control, Voice recognition can understand commands supported: the voice recognition dialog will progress in that are naturally stated in sentence form or . Informative verbal prompts: This type of the same way as if the selection were made direct commands that state the application prompt will provide more information using a voice command. Once the system and the task. regarding the supported actions. completes the task, or the session is terminated, the voice recognition dialog stops. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

172 Infotainment System For best results: responds, say the country before saying functions the same as a list on other . Listen for the prompt before saying a the rest of the address and/or displays. Scrolling or flinging can be used to command or reply. intersection. help display other entries from the list. . Speak the command naturally, not too If POI is asked for, say “Change Location,” Manually scrolling or paging the list on a fast, not too slow. then “Change Country.” display during a voice recognition session . Use direct commands without a lot of Direct commands might be more clearly suspends the current voice recognition event extra words. For example, “Call understood by the system. An example of a and plays the prompt “Please select at work,”“Play” followed by the artist or direct command would be “Call .” manually or touch the Back icon on the song name, or “Tune” followed by the Examples of these direct commands are infotainment display to try again.” radio station number. displayed on most of the screens while a If manual selection takes more than . Navigation destinations can be made in a voice session is active. If “Phone” or “Phone 15 seconds, the session terminates and single command using keywords. A few Commands,” is spoken, the system prompts that it has timed out. The display examples are: “I want directions to an understands that a phone call is requested returns to the display where voice address,”“I need to find a place of and will respond with questions until recognition was initiated. enough details are gathered to make a call. interest or (POI),” or “Find contact.” The Back Command The system responds by requesting more If a cell phone number has been saved with details. For other POIs, say the name of a a name and a place, the direct command Say “Back” or touch the Back icon on the category like “Restaurants,”“Shopping should include both, for example “Call infotainment display to go to the Malls,” or “Hospitals.” at work.” previous menu. If in voice recognition, and “Back” is spoken . Navigating to a destination outside of the Using Voice Recognition for List Options current country takes more than one all the way back to the starting display, and command. The first command is to tell When a list is displayed, a voice prompt will then “Back” is spoken one more time, the the system where the navigation will take ask to confirm or select an option from voice recognition session will cancel. place, such as an Address, Intersection, that list. Help POI, or Contact. If Address or Intersection When a display contains a list, there may be Say “Help” on any voice recognition display is selected, the second command is to options that are available but not displayed. say, “Change Country.” Once the system and the help prompt for the display is The list on a voice recognition screen played. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Infotainment System 173 Voice Recognition for the Radio “Tune to FM HD ” : Tune to the HD Radio specific genre. If browsing the audio sources when voice is station (if equipped) whose frequency and touched, the voice recognition commands “Play Genre ” : Begin HD channel are identified in the command. for AM, FM, and SiriusXM (if equipped) are playback of a specific genre. available. “Tune to SXM ” : “Play Playlist” : Begin a dialog to enter a Tune to the SiriusXM radio station whose Switch to AM : Switch bands to AM and specific playlist name. “ ” channel number is identified in the tune to the last AM radio station. command. “Play Playlist ” : Begin “Switch to FM” : Switch bands to FM and playback of a specific playlist. “Tune to SXM ” : Tune tune to the last FM radio station. to the SiriusXM radio station whose channel “Play ” : Play music from a “Switch to SXM” : Switch bands to SiriusXM name is identified in the command. specific device identified by name. The and tune to the last SiriusXM channel. device name is the name displayed on the Voice Recognition for Audio MyMedia display when the device is first selected as Tune to AM : Tune to “ ” an audio source. the radio station whose frequency is The available voice recognition commands identified in the command (like “nine fifty”). for [browsing] MyMedia are: “Play Chapter” : Begin a dialog to enter a specific name. “Tune to FM” : Tune to the “Play Artist” : Begin a dialog to enter a radio station whose frequency is identified specific artist name. “Play Chapter ” : Begin in the command (like “one oh one “Play Artist ” : Begin playback playback of a specific chapter. point one”). of a specific artist. “Play Audiobook” : Begin a dialog to enter “Tune to AM HD” : Tune “Play Album” : Begin a dialog to enter a a specific audiobook. to the HD Radio station (if equipped) whose specific album name. “Play Audiobook ” : frequency is identified in the command. “Play Album ” : Begin Begin playback of a specific audiobook. “Tune to FM HD” : Tune to playback of a specific album. “Play Episode” : Begin a dialog to enter a the HD Radio station (if equipped) whose specific name. frequency is identified in the command. “Play Song” : Begin a dialog to enter a specific song name. “Play Episode ” : Begin “Play Song ” : Begin playback playback of a specific episode. of a specific song, if available. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

174 Infotainment System “Play Podcast” : Begin a dialog to enter a is between 12,000 and 24,000, the content The system will provide feedback the first specific podcast. cannot be accessed directly with one time voice recognition is initiated if it has “Play Podcast ” : Begin command like “Play .” become apparent that any of these limits playback of a specific podcast. The restriction is that the command “Play are reached during a device initializing process. “My Media” : Begin a dialog to enter the Song” must be spoken first; the system will desired media content. then ask for the song name. The reply Voice recognition performance will degrade command would be to say the name of the to some extent based on many factors when Handling Large Amounts of Media Content song to play. adding large amounts of data to recognize. It is expected that large amounts of media Similar limits exist for album content. If this is the case, perhaps accessing songs content will be brought into the vehicle. If there are more than 12,000 albums, but through playlists or artist name would work It may be necessary to handle large fewer than 24,000, the content cannot be better. amounts of media content in a different accessed directly with one command like, Voice Recognition for Navigation (If way than smaller amounts of media. The “Play .” The command “Play Equipped) system may limit the options of voice Album” must first be spoken; the system recognition by not allowing selection of files will then ask for the album name. The reply “Navigation” : Begin a dialog to enter by voice at the highest level if the number would be to say the name of the album specific destination information. of files exceeds the maximum limit. to play. “Navigation Commands” : Begin a dialog to Changes to voice commands due to media Once the number of files has exceeded enter specific destination information. content limits are: approximately 24,000, there is no support “Address” : Begin a dialog to enter a . Files including other individual files of all for accessing the songs directly through specific destination address, which includes media types such as songs, audiobook voice commands. There will still be access to the entire address consisting of the house chapters, podcast episodes, and videos. the media content by using commands for number, street name, city, state/province, . Album type folders including types such playlists, artists, and genres. and country. Do not include the ZIP code. as albums and audiobooks. The access commands for playlists, artists, “Place of Interest” : Begin a dialog to enter There are no restrictions if the number of and genres are prohibited after the number a destination Place of Interest category or files and albums is fewer than 12,000. When of this type of media exceeds 12,000. major brand name. the number of files connected to the system Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Infotainment System 175 The name must be precisely spoken. “Redial” : Initiate a call to the last dialed Phone Nicknames or short names for the number. businesses will not likely be found. Lesser “Switch Phone” : Select a different Bluetooth (Overview) known businesses might have to be located connected cell phone for outgoing calls. by category, such as fast food, hotels, The Bluetooth-capable system can interact or banks. “Voice Keypad” : Begin a dialog to enter with many mobile devices, allowing: special numbers like international numbers. “Navigate to Contact” : Begin a dialog to . Placement and receipt of calls in a The numbers can be entered in groups of hands-free mode. enter a specific destination contact name. digits with each group of digits being . Sharing of the device’s address book or “Cancel Route” : End route guidance. repeated back by the system. If the group contact list with the vehicle. of digits is not correct, the command “Take Me Home” : Create a route to a To minimize driver distraction, before stored home location. “Delete” will remove the last group of digits and allow them to be re-entered. Once the driving, and with the vehicle parked: Voice Recognition for the Phone entire number has been entered, the . Become familiar with the features of the command “Call” will start dialing the mobile device. Organize the phone book “Call ” : Initiate a call to a number. and contact lists clearly and delete stored contact. The command may include duplicate or rarely used entries. location if the contact has location numbers Phone Assistant Voice Recognition If possible, program speed dial or other stored. Press and hold g on the steering wheel shortcuts. “Call At Home,”“At Work,”“On controls to pass through and launch Google . Review the controls and operation of the Mobile,” or “On Other” : Initiate a call to a phone assistant or Siri. infotainment system. stored contact and location at home, at . Pair mobile device(s) to the vehicle. The work, on mobile device, or on another For the low radio, whether connected by system may not work with all mobile phone. Bluetooth or phone projection, the only available voice recognition is either Siri devices. See “Pairing” later in this section. “Call ” : Initiate a call (iPhone) or the Google Assistant (Android). Vehicles with a Bluetooth system can use a to a cell phone number of seven digits, 10 Bluetooth-capable mobile device with a digits, or three digit emergency numbers. Hands-Free Profile to make and receive “Pair Phone” : Begin the Bluetooth pairing phone calls. The infotainment system and process. Follow the instructions on the voice recognition are used to control the infotainment display. system. The system can be used while the Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

176 Infotainment System ignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY. The Audio System Another way to connect is to touch the range of the Bluetooth system can be up to Phones tab at the top right of the display When using the Bluetooth mobile device 9.1 m (30 ft). Not all mobile devices support and then touch Add Phone. system, sound comes through the vehicle's all functions and not all mobile devices work front audio system speakers and overrides . A Bluetooth smartphone with music with the Bluetooth system. See the audio system. The volume level while on capability can be paired to the vehicle as my.chevrolet.com for more information a mobile device call can be adjusted by a smartphone and a music player at the about compatible mobile devices. pressing the steering wheel controls or the same time. Controls volume control on the center stack. The . Up to 10 devices can be paired to the adjusted volume level remains in memory Bluetooth system. Use the controls on the center stack and the for later calls. The volume cannot be . The pairing process is disabled when the steering wheel to operate the Bluetooth lowered beyond a certain level. vehicle is moving. system. . Pairing only needs to be completed once, Steering Wheel Controls Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a unless the pairing information on the cell g : Press to answer incoming calls and start Phone) phone changes or the cell phone is deleted from the system. voice recognition on your connected Pairing Bluetooth mobile device. . If multiple paired cell phones are within A Bluetooth-enabled mobile device must be range of the system, the system connects i : Press to end a call, decline a call, paired to the Bluetooth system and then to the paired cell phone that is set to or cancel an operation. Press to mute or connected to the vehicle before it can be First to Connect. If there is no cell phone unmute the infotainment system when not used. See the mobile device manufacturer's set to First to Connect, it will link to the on a call. user guide for Bluetooth functions before cell phone which was used last. To link to Infotainment System Controls pairing the device. a different paired cell phone, see “Linking to a Different Phone” later in this section. For information about how to navigate the Pairing Information menu system using the infotainment . If no mobile device has been connected, Pairing a Phone controls, see Using the System 0 147. the Phone main page on the infotainment 1. Make sure Bluetooth has been enabled display will show the Connect Phone on the cell phone before the pairing option. Touch this option to connect. process is started. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Infotainment System 177 2. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page 8. If the vehicle name does not appear on 3. Touch Phones to access all paired and all or the phone icon on the shortcut tray your cell phone, there are a few ways to connected cell phones and mobile near the bottom of the display. start the pairing process over: devices. 3. Touch Phones at the top of the . Turn the cell phone off and then 4. Touch the information icon to the right infotainment display. There is also a back on. of the cell phone to open the cell Connect Phones option in the middle of . Go back to the beginning of the phone’s settings menu. the Phone display which will shortcut to Phone menus on the infotainment 5. Touch the First to Connect option, to the Phone List menu. display and restart the pairing enable the setting for that device. process. 4. Touch Add Phone. Cell phones and mobile devices can be 5. Select the vehicle name shown on the . Reset the cell phone, but this step added, removed, connected, and infotainment display from your cell should be done as a last effort. disconnected. A sub-menu will display phone’s Bluetooth Settings list. 9. If the cell phone prompts to accept whenever a request is made to add or 6. Follow the instructions on the cell phone connection or allow phone book manage cell phones and mobile devices. download, touch Always Accept and to confirm the six-digit code showing on Secondary Phone the infotainment display and touch Pair. Allow. The phone book may not be The code on the cell phone and available if not accepted. A cell phone can be enabled as a Secondary infotainment display will need to be 10. Repeat Steps 1−8 to pair additional cell Phone by touching the information icon to acknowledged for a successful pair. phones. the right of the paired cell phone name to open the phone settings menu. If a cell 7. Start the pairing process on the cell First to Connect Paired Phones phone is enabled as a Secondary Phone, it phone to be paired to the vehicle. See If multiple paired cell phones are within can connect simultaneously alongside the cell phone manufacturer's user guide another Bluetooth mobile device. In doing for information on this process. Once the range of the system, the system connects to the paired cell phone that is set as First to so, the Secondary Phone will be labeled as cell phone is paired, it will show under Incoming Calls. This means the mobile Connected. Connect. To enable a paired cell phone as the First to Connect phone: device can only receive calls. The Address Book of a Secondary Phone will not be 1. Make sure the cell phone is turned on. available and hands-free outgoing calls 2. Touch Settings, then touch System. cannot be placed using this cell phone. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

178 Infotainment System If needed, touch the Secondary Phone while 3. Touch the information icon next to the . While the active call is on the handset, in the Phones list to swap it into the connected cell phone to display the cell touch the Handset option to switch to the Outgoing and Incoming role. This role makes phone’s or mobile device’s information hands-free mode. it possible to place outgoing calls from the display. Contacts and Recents list. Making a Call Using Contacts and Recent 4. Touch Forget Device. Calls Listing All Paired and Connected Phones Linking to a Different Phone Calls can be made through the Bluetooth 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page To link to a different cell phone, the new system using personal cell phone contact or the phone icon on the shortcut tray cell phone must be in the vehicle and paired information for all cell phones that support near the bottom of the display. to the Bluetooth system. the Phone Book feature. Become familiar 2. Touch Phones. 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page with the cell phone settings and operation. Disconnecting a Connected Phone or the phone icon on the shortcut tray Verify the cell phone supports this feature. 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. near the bottom of the display. The Contacts menu accesses the phone book 2. Touch Phones. 2. Touch Phones. stored in the cell phone. 3. Touch the information icon next to the 3. Touch the new cell phone to link to from The Recents menu accesses the recents call connected cell phone or mobile device to the not connected phone list. See “First list from your cell phone. show the cell phone’s or mobile device’s to Connect Paired Phones” and To make a call using the Contacts menu: information display. “Secondary Phone” previously in this section. 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. 4. Touch Disconnect. 2. Touch Contacts. Deleting a Paired Phone Switching to Handset or Handsfree Mode 3. The Contacts list can be searched by 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page using the first character. Touch A-Z on or the phone icon on the shortcut tray To switch between handset or the infotainment display to scroll near the bottom of the display. handsfree mode: through the list of names. 2. Touch Phones. . While the active call is hands-free, touch Touch the name to call. the Handset option to switch to the 4. Touch the desired contact number to call. handset mode. The mute icon will not be available or To make a call using the Recents menu: functional while Handset mode is active. 1. Touch Phone on the Home Page. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Infotainment System 179 2. Touch Recents. . Press g on the steering wheel controls. Three-Way Calling 3. Touch the name or number to call. . Touch Answer on the infotainment Three-way calling must be supported on the display. Making a Call Using the Keypad Bluetooth cell phone and enabled by the Declining a Call wireless service carrier to work. To make a call by dialing the numbers: There are two ways to decline a call: To start a three-way call while in a 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. current call: . Press i on the steering wheel controls. 2. Touch Keypad and enter a phone 1. In the Call View, touch Add Call to add . Touch Ignore on the infotainment display. number. another call. 3. Touch # on the infotainment display to Call Waiting 2. Initiate the second call by selecting from start dialing the number. Call waiting must be supported on the Recents, Contacts, or Keypad. Searching Contacts Using the Keypad Bluetooth cell phone and enabled by the 3. When the second call is active, touch the wireless service carrier to work. merge icon to conference the three-way To search for contacts using the keypad: call together. Accepting a Call 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. Ending a Call 2. Touch Keypad and enter partial phone Press g to answer, then touch Switch on numbers or contact names using the the infotainment display. . Press i on the steering wheel controls. digits on the keypad to search. Declining a Call . Touch # on the infotainment display, Results will show on the right side of the next to a call, to end only that call. Press to decline, then touch Ignore on display. Touch one to place a call. i the infotainment display Dual Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) Tones Accepting or Declining a Call Switching Between Calls (Call Waiting The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can send When an incoming call is received, the Calls Only) numbers during a call. This is used when infotainment system mutes and a ring tone To switch between calls, touch Phone on the calling a menu-driven phone system. Use the is heard in the vehicle. Home Page to display Call View. While in Keypad to enter the number. Accepting a Call Call View, touch the call information of the call on hold to change calls. There are two ways to accept a call: Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

180 Infotainment System Apple CarPlay and Android Auto The Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons significant wear to maintain on the Home Page will illuminate depending connection quality. Aftermarket or If equipped, Android Auto and/or Apple on the smartphone. Android Auto and/or third-party cables may not work. CarPlay capability may be available through Apple CarPlay may automatically launch . Connecting the phone over Bluetooth. a compatible smartphone. If available, the upon USB connection. If not, touch the See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 175 or Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons will Android Auto or Apple CarPlay icon on the Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) change from gray to color on the Home Home Page to launch. 0 176. Page of the infotainment display. Press { on the center stack to return to the 3. Make sure wireless is turned on the To use Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay: Home Page. phone for wireless projection to work. For Wired Phone Projection For Wireless Phone Projection 4. When the phone is first connected to 1. Download the Android Auto app to your activate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, smartphone from the Google Play store. Verify your phone is wireless compatible by agree to the terms and conditions on There is no app required for Apple visiting the Google Android Auto or Apple both the infotainment system and the CarPlay. CarPlay support page. phone. 2. Connect your Android phone or Apple 1. Download the Android Auto app to your 5. Follow the instructions on the phone. smartphone from the Google Play store. iPhone by using the factory-provided The Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons phone USB cable and plugging into a There is no app required for Apple CarPlay. on the Home Page will illuminate depending USB data port. For best performance, it is on the smartphone. Android Auto and/or highly recommended to use the device’s 2. For first time connection, there are two Apple CarPlay may automatically launch factory-provided USB cable, which should ways to set up wireless projection: upon wireless connection. If not, touch the be replaced after significant wear to . Connect your Android phone or Apple Android Auto or Apple CarPlay icon on the maintain connection quality. Aftermarket iPhone by using the factory-provided Home Page to launch. or third-party cables may not work. phone USB cable and plugging into a Wireless Carplay and/or Wireless Android 3. When the phone is first connected to USB data port. For best performance, Auto may experience occasional service activate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, it is highly recommended to use the disruption due to outside Wi-Fi interference. accept the terms and conditions on both device’s factory-provided USB cable, the infotainment system and the phone. which should be replaced after To disconnect the phones wireless 4. Follow the instructions on the phone. projection: 1. Select Settings from the Home Page. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Infotainment System 181 2. Select Phones Press { on the center stack to exit Android The settings menu may be organized into 3. Touch 4 next to the phone to be Auto or Apple CarPlay. To enter back into four categories. Select the desired category by touching System, Apps, Vehicle, disconnected. Android Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and { or Personal. 4. Turn off Apple CarPlay or Android Auto. hold on the center stack. Apple CarPlay and Android Auto can be To access the personalization menus: Press { on the center stack to return to the disabled from the infotainment system. To 1. Touch Settings on the Home Page on the Home Page. do this, touch Home, Settings, and then infotainment display. Features are subject to change. For further touch the Apps tab along the top of the 2. Touch the desired category to display a information on how to set up Android Auto display. Use the On/Off toggled to turn off list of available options. and Apple CarPlay in the vehicle, see Apple CarPlay or Android Auto. 3. Touch to select the desired feature my.chevrolet.com. setting. Android Auto is provided by Google and is Settings 4. Touch the options on the infotainment subject to Google’s terms and privacy policy. Certain settings can be managed in the display to disable or enable a feature. Apple CarPlay is provided by Apple and is Owner Center sites when an account is subject to Apple’s terms and privacy policy. 5. Touch z to go to the top level of the established, and may be modified if other Data plan rates apply. For Android Auto Settings menu. users have accessed the vehicle or created support and to see if your phone is accounts. This may result in changes to the System compatible, see https://support.google.com/ security or functionality of the infotainment androidauto. For Apple CarPlay support and The menu may contain the following: system. Some settings may also be to see if your phone is compatible, see transferred to a new vehicle, if equipped. For Time / Date www.apple.com/ios/carplay/. Apple or instructions, in the U.S. see Google may change or suspend availability Use the following features to set the clock: my.chevrolet.com or in Canada see at any time. Android Auto, Android, Google, . Automatic Time and Date: Touch Off or mychevrolet.ca or monchevrolet.ca. Google Play, and other marks are On to enable or disable automatic update trademarks of Google Inc.; Apple CarPlay is a Refer to the User Terms and Privacy of the time and date. When this feature trademark of Apple Inc. Statement for important details. To view, is on, the time and date cannot be touch the Settings icon on the Home Page manually set. of the infotainment display. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

182 Infotainment System . Set Time: Touch to manually set the time Phones . Share Hotspot Data: Touch On to allow using the controls on the infotainment devices to use the vehicle hotspot and its Touch to connect to a different cell phone or display. data, or touch Off to allow devices to mobile device source, disconnect a cell only use the vehicle hotspot but not . Set Date: Touch to manually set the date phone or media device, or delete a cell its data. using the controls on the infotainment phone or media device. display. Privacy Wi-Fi Networks . Automatic Time Zone (If Equipped): Touch Touch and the following may display: Off or On to disable or enable automatic This will show connected and available Wi-Fi update of the time zone based on vehicle networks. . Location Services: This setting enables or disables sharing of vehicle location location. When this feature is on, the If a 4G LTE data package is not active on the time zone cannot be manually set. outside the vehicle. Emergency services vehicle, the infotainment system can be will not be affected when Off is selected. . Select Time Zone: Touch to manually set connected to an external protected Wi-Fi . Data Services: If equipped, this setting the time zone. Touch a time zone from network, such as a mobile device or home determines if data sharing can be used by the list. hotspot, to utilize connected services. features including Wi-Fi, Hotspot, and . Use 24-hour Format: Touch to specify the Wi-Fi Hotspot applications. Touch Off to disable data clock format shown. Touch and the following may display: services. Emergency services and phone Touch Off or On to disable or enable. calls, such as calls with OnStar Advisors or . Wi-Fi Services: This allows devices to use Language others, will not be affected when Off is the vehicle hotspot. selected. This will set the display language used on Touch the controls on the infotainment . Voice Recognition Sharing: This setting the infotainment display. It may also use display to disable or enable. determines if voice commands can be the selected language for voice recognition . Wi-Fi Name: Touch to change the vehicle shared with a cloud-based voice and audio feedback. Touch Language and Wi-Fi name. recognition system. Touch Off to prevent touch the appropriate language. . Wi-Fi Password: Touch to change the the sharing and possible recording of your vehicle Wi-Fi password. voice commands with this system. This . Connected Devices: Touch to show may limit the system’s ability to connected devices. understand your voice commands and may disable some features. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Infotainment System 183 . Types: This setting lists all . Turn Display Off: Touch to turn the Voice Android-defined as dangerous permissions display off. Touch anywhere on the Touch and the following may display: currently used by the infotainment infotainment display or press any system, the number of applications that infotainment control on the center stack . Confirm More/Less: This setting specifies have requested this permission, and the again to turn the display on. how often the voice recognition system confirms commands. Touch Confirm More number of applications that are allowed Sounds to use this permission. to have the system check with you more often before acting on your commands. . Used By Applications: This setting lists all Touch and the following may display: applications that are requested or are . Maximum Startup Volume: This feature . Prompt Length: This setting specifies the using Android-defined as dangerous adjusts the maximum volume of the amount of detail the voice recognition permissions. Only requested and active infotainment system when you start your system provides when giving you permissions are shown. vehicle. To set the maximum startup feedback. Touch Auto to have the system volume, touch the controls on the automatically adjust to your speech Display infotainment display to increase or habits. Touch Informative, Short, or Auto. Touch and the following may display: decrease. . Audio Feedback Speed: Touch Slow, . Mode: This adjusts the appearance of the . Audio Cues: This feature determines if Medium, or Fast to adjust how quickly navigation map view and any sounds play when the infotainment the voice recognition system speaks. downloaded apps optimized for day or system starts up and shuts down. This . Friendly Prompts: This setting adjusts the night time conditions. Set to Auto for the feature can be turned off or on. formality of voice prompts. Touch Off for display to automatically adjust based on . Set Audio Cue Volume: This setting shorter prompts. Touch On to hear bright/dark conditions. controls the volume of Audio Cues played prompts with more personality. Touch Touch Auto, Day, or Night to adjust the on startup and shut down. Touch the Auto to have the prompt match your display. controls on the infotainment display to command style. . Calibrate Touchscreen: Touch to calibrate increase or decrease. . Tutorial Mode: Touch Off or On to the infotainment display and follow the . Audible Touch Feedback: This setting provide tutorial feedback on the display. prompts. determines if a sound plays when . Allow Prompt Interruptions: This setting touching the infotainment display or controls whether voice commands can be radio controls. This feature can be turned spoken before voice prompts finish. Turn off or on. this on to speak commands without hearing the full prompt. Speaking while Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

184 Infotainment System the prompt is still playing will To manually check for updates, touch To connect the infotainment system to a immediately stop playing the current Settings on the Home Page and select the secured mobile device hotspot, home prompt and recognize your command. System tab. Go to the Vehicle Software hotspot, or public hotspot, touch Settings on Background noise may cause accidental section and touch Updates. Follow the the Home Page, select the System tab, interruptions. Touch Off or On. on-screen prompts. The steps to check for, followed by Wi-Fi Networks. Select the Favorites download, and install updates may vary by appropriate Wi-Fi network, and follow the vehicle. on-screen prompts. Download speeds Touch and the following may display: The vehicle can be used normally during the may vary. . Manage Favorites: Touch to display a list software download. Once the download is On most compatible mobile devices, of Audio, Phone, and Navigation favorites. complete, there may be a prompt to accept activation of the Wi-Fi hotspot is in the Favorites can be moved, renamed, the installation of the update upon the next Settings menu under Mobile Network or deleted. ignition cycle or the next time the vehicle is Sharing, Personal Hotspot, Mobile Hotspot, To move, touch and hold the favorite, and shifted into P (Park). For most updates, the or similar. then drag up or down to rearrange the vehicle will be disabled and cannot be driven Availability of Over-the-Air software updates position. during the installation. The system will varies by vehicle and country. Features are deliver messages indicating success or error . Set Number of Audio Favorites: Touch to subject to change. For more information on select how many favorites pages can be during and after the download and this feature, see my.chevrolet.com/learn. installation processes. viewed from the audio application. The Preferences Auto setting will automatically adjust this Downloading Over-the-Air vehicle software number based on the number of favorites updates requires Internet connectivity, which Touch the controls on the infotainment you have saved. Touch Auto, 5, 10, 15, 20, can be accessed through the vehicle’s display to disable or enable the download of 25, 30, 35, or 40. built-in 4G LTE connection, if equipped and new updates in the background. Updates active. If required, data plans are provided About by a third party. Optionally, a secure Wi-Fi If equipped, the vehicle can download and hotspot such as a compatible mobile device Touch to view the infotainment system install select software updates over a hotspot, home hotspot, or public hotspot software information. wireless connection. The system will prompt can be used. Applicable data rates may for certain updates to be downloaded and apply. installed. There is also an option to check for updates manually. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Infotainment System 185 Running Applications Touch the controls on the infotainment . Auto Volume: This feature adjusts the volume based on the vehicle speed. Touch to see a complete list of applications display to disable or enable. that are currently running on the Apple CarPlay Touch Off, Low, Medium-Low, Medium, Medium-High, or High. infotainment system. This feature allows you to interact directly Return to Factory Settings with your mobile device on the infotainment . Bose AudioPilot Noise Compensation Technology (If Equipped): This feature Touch and the following may display: display. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto 0 180. adjusts the volume based on the noise in . Reset Vehicle Settings: Resets all vehicle the vehicle and the speed. settings for the current user. Touch the controls on the infotainment Touch Off or On. display to disable or enable. Touch Reset or Cancel. . Manage Favorites: Touch to display a list . Erase Settings and Personal Data: Erases Apps of Audio, Mobile Devices, and Navigation app data settings, user profiles, and Touch and the following may display: favorites. personal data including navigation and . Update Apps Automatically: This allows Favorites can be moved, renamed, mobile device data. downloaded applications to be updated or deleted. Touch Erase or Cancel. automatically. To move, touch and hold the favorite, and . Clear Default Applications: Resets Touch the controls on the infotainment then drag up or down to rearrange the preferred applications that have been set display to disable or enable. position. to open when selecting a function. No . About Apps: Touch to view the versions . Set Number of Audio Favorites: Touch to application data will be lost. of the shop software. select how many favorites pages can be Touch Clear or Cancel. viewed from the audio application. The Audio Auto setting will automatically adjust this Apps Depending on the current audio source, number based on the number of favorites The menu may contain the following: different options will be available. you have saved. Touch Auto, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, or 40. Android Auto Touch and the following may display: . RDS: This allows the Radio Data System . Tone Settings: Touch to adjust Equalizer, This feature allows you to interact directly (RDS) to be turned on or off. with your mobile device on the infotainment Fade/Balance, or Sound Mode. See “Infotainment System Sound Menu” in Touch the controls on the infotainment display. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto 0 display to disable or enable. 0 180. AM-FM Radio 150. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

186 Infotainment System . HD Radio: This allows HD Radio reception . Auto Cooled Seats: This setting . Destination Card Preferences to be turned on or off. automatically turns on and regulates the . Map Preferences Touch the controls on the infotainment ventilated seats when the cabin . Route Preferences temperature is warm. display to disable or enable. . Navigation Voice Control Touch the controls on the infotainment . Explicit Content Filter: This setting allows . Traffic Preferences access to explicit content SiriusXM display to disable or enable. . Alert Preferences channels. . Auto Heated Seats: This setting . Fuel Grade Preferences Touch Off or On. automatically turns on and regulates the heated seats when the cabin temperature . Manage History . Manage Phones: Select to connect to a is cool. The auto heated seats can be . Predictive Navigation (if equipped) different phone source, disconnect a turned off by using the heated seat phone, or delete a phone. . About controls on the center stack. . Reset Music Index: This allows the music See Using the Navigation System 0 158. Touch the controls on the infotainment index to be reset if you are having Phone difficulty accessing all of the media display to disable or enable. content on your device. . Auto Defog: This setting automatically Touch and the following may display: turns the front defogger on when the Touch Yes or No. . My Number: Displays the cell phone vehicle engine is started. number of the Bluetooth connected Climate Touch the controls on the infotainment device. Touch and the following may display: display to disable or enable. . Active Call View: Shows active call display . Auto Fan Speed: This setting specifies the . Auto Rear Defog: This setting when answering a call. amount of airflow when the climate automatically turns the rear window Touch the controls on the infotainment control fan setting is Auto Fan. defogger on when the vehicle engine is display to disable or enable. Touch Low, Medium, or High. started. . Privacy: Only show call alerts in the . Air Quality Sensor: This setting switches Touch the controls on the infotainment instrument cluster. the system into Recirculation Mode based display to disable or enable. Touch Off or On. on the quality of the outside air. Navigation . Sort Contacts: Touch to sort by first or Touch Off, Low Sensitivity, or High Touch and the following may display: last name. Sensitivity. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Infotainment System 187 . Re-sync Device Contacts: Vehicle Account Information Vehicle Account This allows the device contacts to re-sync Touch to view the vehicle account Touch to view the vehicle account if you are having difficulty accessing all of information and to change the account information and to change the account the contacts on your cell phone. password. password. . Delete All Vehicle Contacts: Touch to An “unverified user account” pop-up will Delete Profile delete all vehicle stored contacts. display until the account information . OnStar Phone TTY Mode: This enables Touch to remove the profile from the verification process has been completed on vehicle. OnStar cell phone TTY mode. the Internet. Check your registered e-mail Touch Disable or Enable. account for an activation e-mail to complete Touch Remove or Cancel. the verification process. Vehicle Teen Driver Profile Picture This menu allows adjustment of different If equipped, this allows multiple keys to be vehicle features. See Vehicle Personalization Touch to choose or change your profile registered for beginner drivers to encourage 0 126. picture. safe driving habits. When the vehicle is Profile Identifiers started with a Teen Driver key, it will Personal automatically activate certain safety Touch to have the vehicle recognize the systems, allow setting of some features, and If equipped, this menu allows adjustment of identifier you choose. different user profile settings. See “Users” in limit the use of others. The Report Card will Using the System 0 147 for information on Touch Vehicle Key 1 and/or Vehicle Key 2. record vehicle data about driving behavior setting up user profiles. If the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) that can be viewed later. When the vehicle is started with a registered key, the Driver The menu may contain the following: transmitter is lost or stolen, see your dealer. Information Center (DIC) displays a message Name Security that Teen Driver is active. Touch to edit your user name that will be Touch to have your profile secured with To access: a PIN. displayed in the vehicle. 1. Touch Settings on the Home Page, then Touch No or Yes. touch Vehicle, and then Teen Driver. Vehicle Name Touch to edit your vehicle name. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

188 Infotainment System 2. Create a Personal Identification Number need to be the one that started the recognize the non-Teen Driver key to start (PIN) by choosing a four-digit PIN. vehicle. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) the vehicle. The Teen Driver settings will not Re-enter the PIN to confirm. To change System Operation (Key Access) 0 10 or be active. the PIN, touch Change PIN. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System 0 For a keyed ignition system: The PIN is required to: Operation (Keyless Access) 13 for transmitter pocket location. 1. Start the engine. . Register or unregister keys. 6. From the Teen Driver menu, touch 2. For automatic transmissions, the vehicle . Change Teen Driver settings. Setup Keys. must be in P (Park). For manual . Change or clear the Teen Driver PIN. transmissions, the vehicle must be . If the transmitter key has not stopped with the parking brake set. . Access or delete Report Card data. previously been registered, the option Register keys to activate Teen Driver and to add the key displays. Touch Setup 3. From the Settings menu, touch Vehicle assign restrictions to the key: and a confirmation message displays. and then Teen Driver. Teen Driver restrictions will be 4. Enter the PIN. Any vehicle key can be registered, up to a applied whenever this key is used to 5. Touch Setup Keys. The system displays maximum of eight keys. Label the key to operate the vehicle. tell it apart from the other keys. instructions for registering or . If the transmitter key has already unregistering a key. A confirmation For a pushbutton start system: been registered, the option to message displays. 1. Start the engine. remove the key displays. If Remove is Manage Settings 2. For automatic transmissions, the vehicle touched, the transmitter key is no must be in P (Park). For manual longer registered. A confirmation Audio Volume Limit : Allows the audio transmissions, the vehicle must be message displays, and Teen Driver volume limit to be turned on or off. Touch stopped with the parking brake set. restrictions will not be applied if this Set Audio Volume Limit to choose the transmitter key is used to operate maximum allowable audio volume level. 3. From the Settings menu, touch Vehicle the vehicle. and then Teen Driver. Set Audio Volume Limit : Allows a In vehicles with a pushbutton start system, maximum radio volume to be set. Use the 4. Enter the PIN. if a Teen Driver and a non-Teen Driver key arrows to choose the maximum allowable 5. Place the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) are both present at start up, the vehicle will level for the audio volume. transmitter key you wish to register in the transmitter pocket. The key does not Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Infotainment System 189 Teen Driver Speed Limiter : Limits the When Teen Driver is Active: . When trying to change a safety feature maximum speed of the vehicle. When the . If equipped with Buckle to Drive, shifting that is not configurable in Teen Driver, speed limiter is turned on and the vehicle is out of P (Park) will be prevented if the the DIC displays a message indicating started with a Teen Driver key, the DIC driver seat belt, and in some vehicles the that Teen Driver is active and the action displays a message that the top speed is front passenger seat belt, is not buckled. is not available. limited. . The radio will mute when the driver seat . Super Cruise, if equipped, is not available. On certain vehicles, when the Speed Limiter belt, and in some vehicles the front . Enhanced Low Fuel Warning (if equipped) is turned ON, the vehicle’s maximum passenger seat belt, is not buckled. The – When the vehicle is low on fuel, the acceleration will be limited. The DIC will audio from any device paired to the low fuel light on the instrument cluster display a message that the acceleration is vehicle will also be muted. flashes and the DIC low fuel warning limited. . An object placed on the front passenger cannot be dismissed. Teen Driver Speed Warning : Allows the seat, such as a briefcase, handbag, . Do not tow a trailer. speed warning to be turned on or off. Touch grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic Report Card Set Teen Driver Speed Warning to set the device, could cause the passenger sensing The vehicle owner must secure the driver’s warning speed. system to falsely sense an unbuckled front passenger and mute the radio. consent to record certain vehicle data when Set Teen Driver Speed Warning : Displays a If this happens, remove the object from the vehicle is driven with a registered Teen warning in the DIC when exceeding a the seat. See Passenger Sensing System Driver key. There is one Report Card per selectable speed. Choose the desired speed 0 62. vehicle. Data is only recorded when a warning level. The speed warning does not registered Teen Driver key is used to . Some safety systems, such as Forward limit the speed of the vehicle. operate the vehicle. Collision Alert, if equipped, cannot be SiriusXM Explicit Content Filter (if turned off. The Report Card data is collected from the equipped) : Allows the SiriusXM Explicit . The gap setting for the Forward Collision time Teen Driver is activated or the last Content Filter to be turned ON or OFF. Alert and Adaptive Cruise Control, time the Report Card was reset. The When ON, the teen driver will not be able if equipped, cannot be changed. following items may be recorded: to listen to SiriusXM stations that contain . Distance Driven – the total distance explicit content, and the Explicit Content driven. Filter selection in the Audio Settings will be . Maximum Speed – the maximum vehicle unavailable for change. speed detected. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

190 Infotainment System . Overspeed Warnings – the number of . Tailgating Alerts – the number of times times the speed warning setting was the driver was alerted for following a Trademarks and License exceeded. vehicle ahead too closely. Agreements . Wide Open Throttle – the number of Report Card Data FCC Information times the accelerator pedal was pressed nearly all the way down. Cumulative Data is saved for all trips until See Radio Frequency Statement 0 409. the Report Card is reset or until the . Forward Collision Alerts – the number of maximum count is exceeded. If the times the driver was notified when maximum count is exceeded for a Report approaching a vehicle ahead too quickly Card line item, that item will no longer be and at potential risk for a crash. updated in the Report Card until it is reset. . Forward Automatic Braking, also called Each item will report a maximum of Automatic Emergency Braking (if 1,000 counts. The distance driven will report equipped) – the number of times the a maximum of 64 374 km (40,000 mi). vehicle detected that a forward collision "Made for iPod," and "Made for iPhone," was imminent and applied the brakes. To delete Report Card data, do one of the mean that an electronic accessory has been following: designed to connect specifically to iPod or . Reverse Automatic Braking (if equipped) – iPhone, respectively, and has been certified the number of times the vehicle detected . From the Report Card display, touch Reset. by the developer to meet Apple that a rearward collision was imminent performance standards. Apple is not . Touch Clear All Teen Keys and PIN from and applied the brakes. responsible for the operation of this device the Teen Driver menu. This will also . Traction Control – the number of times or its compliance with safety and regulatory unregister any Teen Driver keys and the Traction Control System activated to standards. Please note that the use of this delete the PIN. reduce wheel spin or loss of traction. accessory with iPod or iPhone may affect . Stability Control – the number of events Forgotten PIN wireless performance. iPhone, iPod, iPod which required the use of electronic See your dealer to reset the PIN. classic, iPod nano, iPod shuffle, and iPod stability control. touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., . Antilock Braking System Active – The registered in the U.S. and other countries. number of Antilock Brake System activations. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Infotainment System 191 Explicit Language Notice: Channels with be manufactured, distributed, frequent explicit language are indicated with or marketed in the SiriusXM an “XL” preceding the channel name. Service Area. Channel blocking is available for SiriusXM 2. For products to be distributed, marketed, Satellite Radio receivers by notifying and/or sold in Canada, a separate SiriusXM: agreement is required with Canadian . USA Customers — See www.siriusxm.com Satellite Radio Inc. (operating as SiriusXM If you decide to continue service after your or call 1-888-601–6296. Canada). trial, your selected subscription plan will automatically renew thereafter. You will be . Canada Customers — See charged at then-current rates. Fees and taxes www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677. apply. Please see the SiriusXM Customer It is prohibited to copy, decompile, Agreement at siriusxm.com for complete disassemble, reverse engineer, hack, terms and how to cancel, which includes manipulate, or otherwise make available any calling SiriusXM at 1-866-635-2349. All fees technology or software incorporated in and programming are subject to change. receivers compatible with the SiriusXM TouchSense Technology and TouchSense Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee, taxes, one Satellite Radio System or that support the SiriusXM website, the Online Service or any System 1000 Series Licensed from time activation fee, and other fees may Immersion Corporation. TouchSense System apply. Subscription fee is consumer only. All of its content. Furthermore, the AMBER voice compression software included in this 1000 protected under one or more of the fees and programming subject to change. U.S. Patents at the following address Subscriptions subject to Customer product is protected by intellectual property rights including patent rights, copyrights, www.immersion.com/patent-marking.html Agreement available at www.siriusxm.com. and other patents pending. SiriusXM service is only available in the and trade secrets of Digital Voice 48 contiguous United States and Canada. Systems, Inc. Bose In Canada: Some deterioration of service General Requirements: Bose AudioPilot and Bose Centerpoint may occur in extreme northern latitudes. 1. A License Agreement from SiriusXM is surround are registered trademarks of Bose This is beyond the control of SiriusXM required for any product that Corporation in the U.S. and other countries. Satellite Radio. incorporates SiriusXM Technology and/or for use of any of the SiriusXM marks to Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

192 Infotainment System HD Radio Technology Schedule I: Gracenote EULA Gracenote Terms of Use This application or device contains software from Gracenote, Inc. of Emeryville, California ("Gracenote"). The software from Gracenote (the "Gracenote Software") enables this application to do disc or file identification and obtain music-related information, including name, artist, track, and title HD Radio Technology manufactured under Music recognition technology and related information ("Gracenote Data") from online license from iBiquity Digital Corporation. U.S. data are provided by Gracenote. Gracenote servers or embedded databases (collectively, and Foreign patents. HD Radio and the HD, is the industry standard in music recognition "Gracenote Servers") and to perform other HD Radio, and “Arc” logos are proprietary technology and related content delivery. For functions. You may use Gracenote Data only trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corp. more information see www.gracenote.com. by means of the intended End-User Bluetooth Music-related data from Gracenote, Inc., functions of this application or device. The Bluetooth word mark and logos are copyright © 2000 to present Gracenote. This application or device may contain owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any Gracenote Software, copyright © 2000 to content belonging to Gracenote’s providers. use of such marks by General Motors is present Gracenote. One or more patents If so, all of the restrictions set forth herein under license. Other trademarks and trade owned by Gracenote may apply to this with respect to Gracenote Data shall also names are those of their respective owners. product and service. See the Gracenote apply to such content and such content website for a non-exhaustive list of providers shall be entitled to all of the Java applicable Gracenote patents. Gracenote, benefits and protections set forth herein Java is a registered trademark of Oracle CDDB, MusicID, MediaVOCS, the Gracenote that are available to Gracenote. logo and logotype, and the "Powered by and/or its affiliates. You agree that you will use Gracenote Data, Gracenote" logo are either registered the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote trademarks or trademarks of Gracenote in Servers for your own personal the United States and/or other countries. non-commercial use only. You agree not to assign, copy, transfer or transmit the Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data to any third party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Infotainment System 193 OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, THE The Gracenote Software and each item of © 2014. Gracenote, Inc. All Rights Reserved. GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE Gracenote Data are licensed to you "AS IS." MPEG4–AVC (H.264) SERVERS, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED Gracenote makes no representations or HEREIN. warranties, express or implied, regarding the THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE AVC accuracy of any Gracenote Data. Gracenote PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE You agree that your non-exclusive license to PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A use the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote reserves the right to delete data from the Gracenote Servers or to change data CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN Software, and Gracenote Servers will COMPLIANCE WITH THE AVC STANDARD terminate if you violate these restrictions. categories for any cause that Gracenote deems sufficient. No warranty is made that (“AVC VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE AVC If your license terminates, you agree to VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A cease any and all use of the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers are error-free or that functioning of CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS Servers. Gracenote reserves all rights in Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers will be uninterrupted. Gracenote is not OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, LICENSED TO PROVIDE AVC VIDEO. NO and the Gracenote Servers, including all obligated to provide you with new enhanced or additional data types or categories that LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED ownership rights. Under no circumstances FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL will Gracenote become liable for any Gracenote may provide in the future and is free to discontinue its services at any time. INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED payment to you for any information that FROM MPEG LA, LLC. SEE you provide. You agree that Gracenote may GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM. enforce its rights under this Agreement EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT against you directly in its own name. LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF VC-1 The Gracenote service uses a unique MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE VC-1 identifier to track queries for statistical PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE purposes. The purpose of a randomly NON-INFRINGEMENT. GRACENOTE DOES NOT PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A assigned numeric identifier is to allow the WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN Gracenote service to count queries without OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE COMPLIANCE WITH THE VC-1 STANDARD knowing anything about who you are. For SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER. IN (“VC-1 VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE VC-1 more information, see the web page for the NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Gracenote ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND service. DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS LOST REVENUES. OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

194 Infotainment System LICENSED TO PROVIDE VC-1 VIDEO. NO Map End User License Agreement TERMS AND CONDITIONS LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED END USER TERMS Personal Use Only: You agree to use this FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL Data for the solely personal, noncommercial The Map Data SD card (“Data”) is provided INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED purposes for which you were licensed, and for your personal, internal use only and not FROM MPEG LA, LLC. SEE not for service bureau, timesharing or other for resale. It is protected by copyright, and HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM. similar purposes. Except as otherwise set is subject to the following terms (this “End MPEG4–Visual forth herein, you agree not to otherwise User License Agreement”) and conditions reproduce, copy, modify, decompile, USE OF THIS PRODUCT IN ANY MANNER which are agreed to by you, on the one disassemble or reverse engineer any portion THAT COMPLIES WITH THE MPEG-4 VISUAL hand, and HERE North America, LLC (“HERE”) of this Data, and may not transfer or STANDARD IS PROHIBITED, EXCEPT FOR USE and its licensors (including their licensors distribute it in any form, for any purpose, BY A CONSUMER ENGAGING IN PERSONAL and suppliers) on the other hand. AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES. except to the extent permitted by The Data for areas of Canada includes mandatory laws. You may transfer the Data MP3 information taken with permission from and all accompanying materials on a MPEG Layer-3 audio coding technology Canadian authorities, including: © Her permanent basis if you retain no copies and licensed from Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson. Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, © the recipient agrees to the terms of this End Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post User License Agreement. Multi-disc sets may WMV/WMA Corporation, GeoBase®. only be transferred or sold as a complete This product includes technology owned by HERE holds a nonexclusive license from the set as provided to you and not as a subset Microsoft Corporation and under a license United States Postal Service® to publish and thereof. from Microsoft Licensing, GP. Use or sell ZIP+4® information. Restrictions distribution of such technology outside of this product is prohibited without a license © United States Postal Service 2013. Prices Except where you have been specifically from Microsoft Corporation and/or Microsoft are not established, controlled, or approved licensed to do so by HERE and without Licensing, GP as applicable. by the United States Postal Service. The limiting the preceding paragraph, you may following trademarks and registrations are not (a) use this Data with any products, owned by the USPS: United States Postal systems, or applications installed or Service, USPS, and ZIP+4. otherwise connected to or in communication with vehicles capable of vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch, real time route Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Infotainment System 195 guidance, fleet management or similar Disclaimer of Warranty POSSESSION OF THIS DATA; OR FOR ANY applications; or (b) with, or in THE DATABASE IS PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS” LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR communication with, including without AND “WITH ALL FAULTS BASIS” AND SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, limitation, cellular phones, palmtop and HARMAN (AND THEIR LICENSORS AND INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL handheld computers, pagers, and personal SUPPLIERS) EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ALL OTHER DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR digital assistants or PDAs. WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INABILITY TO USE THIS DATA, ANY DEFECT IN Warning INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE THIS DATA, OR THE BREACH OF THESE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF TERMS OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN This Data may contain inaccurate or ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED incomplete information due to the passage NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, ACCURACY, TITLE ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF HERE OR ITS of time, changing circumstances, sources LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE used, and the nature of collecting AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN ADVICE OR POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some comprehensive geographic data, any of States, Territories, and Countries do not which may lead to incorrect results. INFORMATION PROVIDED BY HARMAN (OR ANY OF THEIR LICENSORS, AGENTS, allow certain liability exclusions or damages No Warranty EMPLOYEES, OR THIRD PARTY PROVIDERS) limitations, so to that extent the above may not apply to you. This Data is provided to you “as is,” and you SHALL CREATE A WARRANTY, AND YOU ARE agree to use it at your own risk. HERE and NOT ENTITLED TO RELY ON ANY SUCH Export Control its licensors (and their licensors and ADVICE OR INFORMATION. THIS DISCLAIMER You agree not to export from anywhere any suppliers) make no guarantees, OF WARRANTIES IS AN ESSENTIAL CONDITION part of the Data provided to you or any representations, or warranties of any kind, OF THIS AGREEMENT. direct product thereof except in compliance express or implied, arising by law or Disclaimer of Liability with, and with all licenses and approvals otherwise, including but not limited to, HERE AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR required under, applicable export laws, rules content, quality, accuracy, completeness, and regulations. Entire Agreement: These effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, terms and conditions constitute the entire particular purpose, usefulness, use or results agreement between HERE (and its licensors, to be obtained from this Data, or that the DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, including their licensors and suppliers) and Data or server will be uninterrupted or you pertaining to the subject matter hereof, error free. DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, and supersedes in their entirety any and all WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

196 Infotainment System written or oral agreements previously the Contracting Officer, federal government existing between us with respect to such agency, or any federal official must notify subject matter. HERE prior to seeking additional or Governing Law alternative rights in the Data. The above terms and conditions shall be Unicode governed by the laws of the State of Illinois, Copyright © 1991-2010 Unicode, Inc. All without giving effect to (i) its conflict of rights reserved. Distributed under the Terms laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations of Use in http://www.unicode.org/ Convention for Contracts for the copyright.html. NOTICE OF USE International Sale of Goods, which is Free Type Project explicitly excluded. You agree to submit to CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ SUPPLIER) Portions of this software are copyright © the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois for NAME: any and all disputes, claims, and actions 2010 The FreeType Project arising from or in connection with the Data HERE North America, LLC (http://www.freetype.org). All rights provided to you hereunder. CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER) reserved. Government End Users ADDRESS: Open Source SW If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf 425 West Randolph Street, Chicago, IL Further information concerning the OSS of the United States government or any 60606. licenses is shown in the infotainment other entity seeking or applying rights display. This Data is a commercial item as defined in similar to those customarily claimed by the QNX United States government, this Data is a FAR 2.101 and is subject to the End User “commercial item” as that term is defined at License Agreement under which this Data Portions of this software are copyright © 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, is licensed in was provided. 2008-2011, QNX Software Systems. All rights accordance with this End User License © 2014 HERE North America, LLC. All rights reserved. Agreement, and each copy of Data delivered reserved. Part C – EULA or otherwise furnished shall be marked and If the Contracting Officer, federal embedded as appropriate with the following Copyright © 2011, Software Systems GmbH government agency, or any federal official “Notice of Use,” and be treated in & Co. KG. All Rights Reserved. refuses to use the legend provided herein, accordance with such Notice: Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Infotainment System 197 The product you have purchased ("Product") contained on the original; and (2) not to CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE, FOR DAMAGES, contains Software (Runtime Configuration export the Product or the Software in INCLUDING ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, No. 505962; "Software") which is distributed contravention of applicable export INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES by or on behalf of the Product manufacturer control laws. OF ANY CHARACTER ARISING AS A RESULT OF "Manufacturer") under license from Software EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OTHERWISE THIS LICENSE OR OUT OF THE USE OR Systems Co. ("QSSC"). You may only use the REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, QSSC AND INABILITY TO USE THE PRODUCT (INCLUDING Software in the Product and in compliance ITS LICENSORS PROVIDE THE SOFTWARE ON BUT NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES FOR LOSS with the license terms below. AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, PRODUCT Subject to the terms and conditions of this CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL License, QSSC hereby grants you a limited, OR IMPLIED INCLUDING, WITHOUT OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES), non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OR EVEN IF QSSC, ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR the Software in the Product for the purpose CONDITIONS OF TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE intended by the Manufacturer. If permitted MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. by the Manufacturer, or by applicable law, PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ANY WARRANTIES OR WMA you may make one backup copy of the OTHER PROVISIONS OFFERED BY THE This product is protected by certain Software as part of the Product software. MANUFACTURER OR ITS DISTRIBUTOR(S) intellectual property rights of Microsoft. Use QSSC and its licensors reserve all license+C31 THAT DIFFER FROM THIS LICENSE ARE or distribution of such technology outside of rights not expressly granted herein, and OFFERED BY THE MANUFACTURER OR ITS this product is prohibited without a license retain all right, title and interest in and to DISTRIBUTOR(S) ALONE AND NOT BY QSSC, from Microsoft. all copies of the Software, including all ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR LICENSORS. YOU intellectual property rights therein. Unless ASSUME ANY RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH YOUR For more information on the Software, required by applicable law you may not USE OF THE SOFTWARE UNDER THIS LICENSE. including any open source software license terms (and available source code) as well as reproduce, distribute or transfer, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OTHERWISE or de-compile, disassemble or otherwise copyright attributions applicable to the REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW (SUCH AS IN Runtime Configuration indicated above, attempt to unbundle, reverse engineer, THE CASE OF DELIBERATE OR GROSSLY modify or create derivative works of, the please contact the Manufacturer or contact NEGLIGENT ACTS), IN NO EVENT SHALL QSSC, QSSC at 175 Terence Matthews Crescent, Software. You agree: (1) not to remove, ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR LICENSORS BE cover or alter any proprietary notices, labels Kanata, Ontario, Canada K2M 1W8 LIABLE TO YOU UNDER ANY LEGAL THEORY, ([email protected]). or marks in or on the Software, and to WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), ensure that all copies bear any notice Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

198 Infotainment System Linotype Helvetica is a trademark of Linotype Corp. registered in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and may be registered in certain other jurisdictions in the name of Linotype Corp. or its licensee Linotype GmbH. Usage in text form of each of the Licensed Trademarks is: The trademark attribution requirements for the Licensed Trademarks may be viewed at http://www.linotype.com/2061-19414/ trademarks.html. END USER NOTICE The marks of companies displayed by this product to indicate business locations are the marks of their respective owners. The use of such marks in this product does not imply any sponsorship, approval, or endorsement by such companies of this product. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Climate Controls 199 Climate Controls Climate Control Systems

Climate Control Systems The heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be controlled with this system. Climate Control Systems ...... 199 Dual Automatic Climate Control System ...... 201 Air Vents Air Vents ...... 204 Maintenance Passenger Compartment Air Filter . . . . . 204 Service ...... 205

1. Fan Control 9 : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to 2. MAX Defrost increase or decrease the fan speed. Turn the 3. Air Delivery Mode Controls knob all the way counterclockwise to turn the fan off. 4. A/C (Air Conditioning) TEMP : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise 5. TEMP (Temperature Control) to increase or decrease the temperature 6. Recirculation inside the vehicle. 7. Rear Window Defogger (If Equipped) or Heated Mirrors (If Equipped) Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

200 Climate Controls Air Delivery Mode Controls : Press z, Y, For best results, clear all snow and ice from The rear window defogger only works when or [ to change the direction of the the windshield before defrosting. the engine is running. The defogger turns airflow. Any combination of the three off if the ignition is turned off or to ACC/ @ : Press to turn on recirculation. An ACCESSORY. controls can be selected. An indicator light indicator light comes on. Air is recirculated comes on in the selected mode button. to quickly cool the inside of the vehicle. If equipped with heated outside mirrors, To change the current mode, select one or It can also be used to help reduce outside press f to turn them on or off. See Heated more of the following. An indicator light air and odors that enter the vehicle. Mirrors 0 33. will illuminate: Avoid using recirculation for long periods of Caution z : Air is directed to the windshield, time in cold or damp conditions. Using recirculation in cold or damp conditions can Using a razor blade or sharp object to outboard a/c outlets, and side window clear the inside rear window can damage outlets. result in window fogging. the rear window defogger. Repairs would Y A/C : Press to turn the air conditioning on : Air is directed to the a/c outlets. or off. An indicator light comes on to show not be covered by the vehicle warranty. [ that the air conditioning is enabled. If the Do not clear the inside rear window with : Air is directed to the floor outlets, sharp objects. with some air directed to the windshield, fan is turned off, the air conditioner will not outboard a/c outlets, and side window run. The A/C light will stay on even if the outlets. outside temperatures are below freezing. 0 MAX : Air is directed to the windshield Rear Window Defogger and the fan runs at a higher speed if not 1 REAR : If equipped, press to turn the already above a medium fan speed. This rear window defogger on or off. An indicator mode overrides the previous mode selected light on the button comes on to show that and clears fog or frost from the windshield the rear window defogger is on. more quickly. When the control is pressed again, the system returns to the previous mode setting and fan speed. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Climate Controls 201 Dual Automatic Climate Control System Climate Control Display The heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be controlled with this system.

1. Driver and Passenger Temperature Settings 1. Driver and Passenger Temperature 7. Power Button 2. Fan Control Controls 8. Fan Control 3. Driver and Passenger Temperature 2. MAX Defrost 9. Rear Window Defogger (If Equipped) or Controls 3. Air Delivery Mode Controls Heated Mirrors (If Equipped) 4. Sync (Synchronized Temperature) 4. A/C (Air Conditioning) 10. AUTO (Automatic Operation) 5. Recirculation 5. SYNC (Synchronized Temperature) 6. Air Delivery Mode Controls 6. Recirculation 7. Auto (Automatic Operation) 8. A/C (Air Conditioning) 9. On/Off (Power) Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

202 Climate Controls The fan, air delivery mode, air conditioning, Automatic Operation selected, a small amount of air may still driver and passenger temperatures, and Sync The system automatically controls the fan come out of the outlets depending on settings can be controlled by touching speed, air delivery, air conditioning, and vehicle speed. If any buttons are pressed or CLIMATE on the infotainment Home Page or recirculation in order to heat or cool the knobs are turned, the climate control system the climate button in the climate control vehicle to the desired temperature. will turn on and operate at the current display application tray. A selection can then setting. When AUTO is lit, all four functions operate be made on the front climate control page Press AUTO to return to automatic displayed. automatically. Each function can also be manually set and the selected setting is operation. Climate Control Status Display displayed. Functions not manually set will Driver and Passenger Temperature Control : continue to be automatically controlled, The temperature can be adjusted separately even if the AUTO indicator is not lit. for the driver and passenger. For automatic operation: Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise 1. Press AUTO. to increase or decrease the driver or passenger temperature setting. The driver 2. Set the temperature. Allow the system side or passenger side temperature display time to stabilize. Adjust the temperature shows the temperature setting increasing or as needed for best comfort. decreasing. To improve fuel efficiency and to cool the SYNC : Press to link the passenger vehicle faster, recirculation may be temperature setting to the driver setting. automatically selected in warm weather. The SYNC indicator light will turn on. When The recirculation light will not come on the passenger setting is adjusted, the SYNC The climate control status display appears when automatically controlled. See @ indicator light will turn off. briefly when the center stack climate under “Manual Operation” for more details. Air Delivery Mode Control : Press z, Y, controls are adjusted. Manual Operation or [ to change the direction of the airflow. Any combination of the three 9 : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to controls can be selected. An indicator light increase or decrease the fan speed. Press the comes on in the selected mode button. knob to turn the fan off. When off is Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Climate Controls 203

Changing the mode cancels the automatic @ : Press to turn on recirculation. An Caution operation and the system goes into manual indicator light comes on. Air is recirculated mode. Press AUTO to return to automatic to quickly cool the inside of the vehicle. Using a razor blade or sharp object to operation. It can also be used to help reduce outside clear the inside rear window can damage To change the current mode, select one or air and odors that enter the vehicle. the rear window defogger. Repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. more of the following: Avoid using recirculation for long periods of Do not clear the inside rear window with time in cold or damp conditions. Using z : Air is directed to the windshield, sharp objects. outboard a/c outlets, and side window recirculation in cold or damp conditions can result in window fogging. outlets. Remote Start Climate Control Operation : A/C : Press to turn the air conditioning on If equipped with remote start, the climate Y : Air is directed to the a/c outlets. or off. An indicator light comes on to show control system may run when the vehicle is [ : Air is directed to the floor outlets, that the air conditioning is enabled. If the started remotely. If equipped with heated or with some air directed to the windshield, fan is turned off, the air conditioner will not ventilated seats or a heated steering wheel, outboard a/c outlets, and side window run. The A/C light will stay on even if the these features may come on during a outlets. outside temperatures are below freezing. remote start. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 20, Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 49, and 0 MAX : Air is directed to the windshield Rear Window Defogger Heated Steering Wheel 0 96. and the fan runs at a higher speed if not 1 REAR : If equipped, press to turn the Sensors already above a medium fan speed. This rear window defogger on or off. An indicator mode overrides the previous mode selected light on the button comes on to show that and clears fog or frost from the windshield the rear window defogger is on. more quickly. When the control is pressed again, the system returns to the previous The rear window defogger only works when mode setting and fan speed. the engine is running. The defogger turns off if the ignition is turned off or to ACC/ For best results, clear all snow and ice from ACCESSORY. the windshield before defrosting. If equipped with heated outside mirrors, press f to turn them on or off. See Heated Mirrors 0 33. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

204 Climate Controls The solar sensor, on top of the instrument Operation Tips The filter should be replaced as part of panel near the windshield, monitors the . Clear away any ice, snow, or leaves from routine scheduled maintenance. See solar heat. air inlets at the base of the windshield Maintenance Schedule 0 384. To find out that could block the flow of air into the what type of filter to use, see Maintenance The climate control system uses the sensor 0 information to adjust the temperature, fan vehicle. Replacement Parts 394. speed, recirculation, and air delivery mode . Clear snow off the hood to improve for best comfort. visibility and help decrease moisture Do not cover the sensor; otherwise the drawn into the vehicle. automatic climate control system may not . Keep the path under the front seats clear work properly. of objects to help circulate the air inside of the vehicle more effectively. Air Vents . Use of non-GM approved hood deflectors can adversely affect the performance of Use the sliding knobs on the center and side the system. Check with your dealer air vents to change the direction of the before adding equipment to the outside airflow. of the vehicle. Air vents blow warm air on the side . Do not attach any devices to the air vent windows in cold weather. If Floor, Defog, slats. This will restrict airflow and may 1. Open the lower glove box door or Defrost modes are selected, a small cause damage to the air vents. completely. amount of air will come from the vents close to the window. Maintenance To close the front a/c vents, move the sliding knobs to the full down position. Passenger Compartment Air Filter To close the rear a/c vents, move the sliding The filter reduces the dust, pollen, and other knobs to the full inboard position. airborne irritants from outside air that is pulled into the vehicle. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Climate Controls 205 3. Press the sides of the glove box door Service inward and rotate the door downward to remove. All vehicles have a label underhood that identifies the refrigerant used in the vehicle. The refrigerant system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians. The air conditioning evaporator should never be repaired or replaced by one from a salvage vehicle. It should only be replaced by a new evaporator to ensure proper and safe operation. During service, all refrigerants should be reclaimed with proper equipment. Venting 2. Push the dampener arm to the left until refrigerants directly to the atmosphere is it releases the glovebox. harmful to the environment and may also create unsafe conditions based on 4. Pull lever on left side of the filter door inhalation, combustion, frostbite, or other and slide left, then remove the door. health-based concerns. Remove the old filter. The air conditioning system requires periodic 5. Install the new air filter. maintenance. See Maintenance Schedule 0 6. Reinstall the filter door. 384. 7. Reverse the steps to reinstall the glove box. See your dealer if additional assistance is needed. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

206 Driving and Operating Extended Parking ...... 231 Driver Assistance Systems Driving and Operating Driver Assistance Systems ...... 247 Engine Exhaust Assistance Systems for Parking or Driving Information Engine Exhaust ...... 232 Backing ...... 249 Driving for Better Fuel Economy ...... 207 Running the Vehicle While Parked . . . . . 232 Assistance Systems for Driving ...... 257 Distracted Driving ...... 207 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Defensive Driving ...... 208 Automatic Transmission Automatic Transmission ...... 232 System ...... 257 Impaired Driving ...... 208 Automatic Emergency Control of a Vehicle ...... 208 Manual Mode ...... 235 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 235 Braking (AEB) ...... 259 Braking ...... 208 Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) ...... 260 Steering ...... 209 Drive Systems Lane Change Alert (LCA) ...... 261 Off-Road Recovery ...... 210 Four-Wheel Drive ...... 236 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) ...... 262 Loss of Control ...... 210 Off-Road Driving ...... 211 Brakes Fuel Driving on Wet Roads ...... 214 Antilock Brake System (ABS) ...... 240 Top Tier Fuel ...... 263 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 215 Electric Parking Brake ...... 240 Recommended Fuel ...... 263 Winter Driving ...... 215 Brake Assist ...... 241 Prohibited Fuels ...... 264 If the Vehicle Is Stuck ...... 216 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 242 Fuels in Foreign Countries ...... 264 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 217 Fuel Additives ...... 264 Truck-Camper Loading Information . . . . . 222 Ride Control Systems E85 or FlexFuel ...... 264 Traction Control/Electronic Stability Filling the Tank (Pickup Model) ...... 265 Starting and Operating Control ...... 242 Filling the Tank (Chassis Cab and Box New Vehicle Break-In ...... 223 Hill Descent Control (HDC) ...... 244 Delete Models) ...... 266 Ignition Positions (Key Access) ...... 224 Driver Mode Control ...... 244 Filling a Portable Fuel Container ...... 267 Ignition Positions (Keyless Access) . . . . . 226 Limited-Slip Differential ...... 245 Starting the Engine ...... 227 Locking Rear Axle ...... 245 Trailer Towing Engine Heater ...... 228 General Towing Information ...... 268 Retained Accessory Power (RAP) ...... 229 Cruise Control Driving Characteristics and Shifting Into Park ...... 230 Cruise Control ...... 246 Towing Tips ...... 268 Shifting out of Park ...... 231 Trailer Towing ...... 272 Parking over Things That Burn ...... 231 Towing Equipment ...... 276 Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 207 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) ...... 285 Driving Information Distracted Driving Trailering App ...... 286 Distraction comes in many forms and can Conversions and Add-Ons Driving for Better Fuel Economy take your focus from the task of driving. Add-On Electrical Equipment ...... 297 Driving habits can affect fuel mileage. Here Exercise good judgment and do not let other Adding a Snow Plow or Similar are some driving tips to get the best fuel activities divert your attention away from Equipment ...... 297 economy possible: the road. Many local governments have Pickup Conversion to Chassis Cab . . . . . 299 . Set the climate controls to the desired enacted laws regarding driver distraction. temperature after the engine is started, Become familiar with the local laws in or turn them off when not required. your area. . Avoid fast starts and accelerate smoothly. To avoid distracted driving, keep your eyes . Brake gradually and avoid abrupt stops. on the road, keep your hands on the steering wheel, and focus your attention on . Avoid idling the engine for long periods driving. of time. . Do not use a phone in demanding driving . When road and weather conditions situations. Use a hands-free method to are appropriate, use cruise control. place or receive necessary phone calls. . Always follow posted speed limits or . Watch the road. Do not read, take notes, drive more slowly when conditions or look up information on phones or require. other electronic devices. . Keep vehicle tires properly inflated. . Designate a front seat passenger to . Combine several trips into a single trip. handle potential distractions. . Replace the vehicle's tires with the same . Become familiar with vehicle features TPC Spec number molded into the tire's before driving, such as programming sidewall near the size. favorite radio stations and adjusting . Follow recommended scheduled climate control and seat settings. Program maintenance. all trip information into any navigation device prior to driving. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

208 Driving and Operating . Wait until the vehicle is parked to . Assume that other road users Control of a Vehicle retrieve items that have fallen to the (pedestrians, bicyclists, and other drivers) floor. are going to be careless and make Braking, steering, and accelerating are . Stop or park the vehicle to tend to mistakes. Anticipate what they may do important factors in helping to control a children. and be ready. vehicle while driving. . Keep pets in an appropriate carrier or . Allow enough following distance between Braking restraint. you and the driver in front of you. Braking action involves perception time and . Avoid stressful conversations while . Focus on the task of driving. reaction time. Deciding to push the brake driving, whether with a passenger or on a pedal is perception time. Actually doing it is cell phone. Impaired Driving reaction time. Death and injury associated with impaired { Warning driving is a global tragedy. Average driver reaction time is about three-quarters of a second. In that time, a Taking your eyes off the road too long or { Warning vehicle moving at 100 km/h (60 mph) travels too often could cause a crash resulting in 20 m (66 ft), which could be a lot of injury or death. Focus your attention on Drinking alcohol or taking drugs and then distance in an emergency. driving. driving is very dangerous. Your reflexes, perceptions, attentiveness, and judgment Helpful braking tips to keep in mind include: Refer to the infotainment section for more can be affected by even a small amount . Keep enough distance between you and information on using that system and the of alcohol or drugs. You can have a the vehicle in front of you. navigation system, if equipped, including serious — or even fatal — collision if you . Avoid needless heavy braking. pairing and using a cell phone. drive after drinking or taking drugs. . Keep pace with traffic. Defensive Driving Do not drive while under the influence of If the engine ever stops or a brake fault occurs, the brakes may lose power assist. Defensive driving means “always expect the alcohol or drugs, or ride with a driver who has been drinking or is impaired by More effort will be required to stop the unexpected.” The first step in driving vehicle. It may take longer to stop. defensively is to wear the seat belt. See drugs. Find alternate transportation Seat Belts 0 51. home; or if you are with a group, designate a driver who will remain sober. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 209 Steering Hydraulic Power Steering (2500/3500 If power steering assist is lost because the Series) engine stops or the system malfunctions, Caution the vehicle can be steered but may require (2500/3500 Series – All Regular Cab, Double increased effort. See your dealer. To avoid damage to the steering system, Cab/Crew Cab with Base Interior) do not drive over curbs, parking barriers, The power steering system may require { Warning or similar objects at speeds greater than maintenance. See Power Steering Fluid Do not hold the brake pedal and press 3 km/h (1 mph). Use care when driving 0 314. over other objects such as lane dividers the accelerator pedal at the same time. and speed bumps. Damage caused by If power steering assist is lost because the Damage may occur to the power steering misuse of the vehicle is not covered by engine stops or the system malfunctions, and power brake systems which could the vehicle warranty. the vehicle can be steered but may require lead to reduced performance, up to and increased effort. See your dealer. including loss of steering and brake (2500/3500 Series – Double Cab/Crew Cab assist. with Uplevel Interior) The vehicle has a power steering system Caution that varies the amount of effort required to steer the vehicle. Less steering effort is Do not hold the steering wheel at full required at slower speeds. At faster speeds, rotation for more than 15 seconds and/or the required steering effort increases. The at an elevated RPM. Damage may occur system helps the steering wheel return to to the power steering system and there center at low speeds. Pressing the Tow/Haul may be loss of power steering assist. mode button adjusts steering effort for driving conditions described in Tow/Haul Curve Tips Mode 0 235. . Take curves at a reasonable speed. The power steering system may require . Reduce speed before entering a curve. maintenance. See Power Steering Fluid . Maintain a reasonable steady speed 0 314. through the curve. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

210 Driving and Operating . Wait until the vehicle is out of the curve The vehicle's right wheels can drop off the Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking before accelerating gently into the edge of a road onto the shoulder while reasonable care suited to existing conditions, straightaway. driving. Follow these tips: and by not overdriving those conditions. But skids are always possible. Steering in Emergencies 1. Ease off the accelerator and then, if there is nothing in the way, steer the . There are some situations when steering If the vehicle starts to slide, follow these vehicle so that it straddles the edge of suggestions: around a problem may be more effective the pavement. than braking. . Ease your foot off the accelerator pedal 2. Turn the steering wheel about . Holding both sides of the steering wheel and steer the way you want the vehicle one-eighth of a turn, until the right front allows you to turn 180 degrees without to go. The vehicle may straighten out. Be tire contacts the pavement edge. removing a hand. ready for a second skid if it occurs. . Antilock Brake System (ABS) allows 3. Turn the steering wheel to go straight . Slow down and adjust your driving steering while braking. down the roadway. according to weather conditions. Stopping distance can be longer and vehicle control Off-Road Recovery Loss of Control can be affected when traction is reduced by water, snow, ice, gravel, or other Skidding material on the road. Learn to recognize There are three types of skids that warning clues — such as enough water, correspond to the vehicle's three control ice, or packed snow on the road to make systems: a mirrored surface — and slow down . Braking Skid — wheels are not rolling. when you have any doubt. . Steering or Cornering Skid — too much . Try to avoid sudden steering, acceleration, speed or steering in a curve causes tires or braking, including reducing vehicle to slip and lose cornering force. speed by shifting to a lower gear. Any sudden changes could cause the tires to . Acceleration Skid — too much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin. slide. Remember: Antilock brakes help avoid only the braking skid. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 211 Off-Road Driving . Remove any underbody air deflector, if equipped. Re-attach the air deflector Warning (Continued) Four-wheel-drive vehicles can be used for after off-road driving. . Keep cargo in the cargo area as far off-road driving. Vehicles without four-wheel . Know the local laws that apply to off-road forward and as low as possible. The drive and vehicles not equipped with All driving. heaviest things should be on the floor, Terrain (AT) or On-Off Road (OOR) tires must forward of the rear axle. not be driven off-road except on a level, To gain more ground clearance if needed, it solid surface. For contact information about may be necessary to remove the front fascia . Heavy loads on the roof raise the the original equipment tires, see the lower air dam, if equipped. However, driving vehicle's center of gravity, making it warranty manual. without the air dam reduces fuel economy. more likely to roll over. You can be seriously or fatally injured if the One of the best ways for successful off-road Caution vehicle rolls over. Put heavy loads driving is to control the speed. Operating the vehicle for extended inside the cargo area, not on the roof. { Warning periods without the front fascia lower air For more information about loading the dam installed can cause improper airflow 0 When driving off-road, bouncing and vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits 217 and to the engine. Reattach the front fascia Tires 0 336. quick changes in direction can easily air dam after off-road driving. throw you out of position. This could Environmental Concerns cause you to lose control and crash. You Loading the Vehicle for Off-Road Driving . Always use established trails, roads, and and your passengers should always wear areas that have been set aside for public seat belts. { Warning off-road recreational driving and obey all . Unsecured cargo on the load floor can posted regulations. Before Driving Off-Road be tossed about when driving over . Do not damage shrubs, flowers, trees, . Have all necessary maintenance and rough terrain. You or your passengers or grasses or disturb wildlife. service work completed. can be struck by flying objects. Secure . Do not park over things that burn. See . Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels, and check the cargo properly. Parking over Things That Burn 0 231. inflation pressure in all tires, including the (Continued) spare, if equipped. . Read all the information about four-wheel-drive vehicles in this manual. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

212 Driving and Operating Driving on Hills . When driving down a hill, keep the { Warning vehicle headed straight down. Use a low Driving safely on hills requires good Driving to the top of a hill at high speed gear because the engine will work with judgment and an understanding of what the the brakes to slow the vehicle and help vehicle can and cannot do. can cause a crash. There could be a drop-off, embankment, cliff, or even keep the vehicle under control. { Warning another vehicle. You could be seriously injured or killed. As you near the top of a { Warning Many hills are simply too steep for any hill, slow down and stay alert. Heavy braking when going down a hill vehicle. Driving up hills can cause the can cause your brakes to overheat and vehicle to stall. Driving down hills can . Never go downhill forward or backward fade. This could cause loss of control and cause loss of control. Driving across hills with either the transmission or transfer you or others could be injured or killed. can cause a rollover. You could be injured case in N (Neutral). The brakes could Apply the brakes lightly when descending or killed. Do not drive on steep hills. overheat and you could lose control. a hill and use a low gear to keep vehicle speed under control. Before driving on a hill, assess the { Warning steepness, traction, and obstructions. If the If the vehicle has the two-speed If a brake fade condition is detected, a DIC terrain ahead cannot be seen, get out of the automatic transfer case, shifting the warning message is displayed. Adjust brake vehicle and walk the hill before driving pedal use and shift to a lower transmission further. transfer case to N (Neutral) can cause your vehicle to roll even if the gear to reduce braking. When driving on hills: transmission is in P (Park). This is because If the brakes continue to fade to a severe . Use a low gear and keep a firm grip on the N (Neutral) position on the transfer condition, additional DIC messages are the steering wheel. case overrides the transmission. You or displayed. The brake system warning light . Maintain a slow speed. someone else could be injured. If leaving will illuminate, and the vehicle speed may . When possible, drive straight up or down the vehicle, set the parking brake and be limited. See Brake System Warning Light the hill. shift the transmission to P (Park). Shift 0 113. . Slow down when approaching the top of the transfer case to any position but If the vehicle stalls on a hill: the hill. N (Neutral). 1. Apply the brakes to stop the vehicle, and . Use headlamps even during the day to then apply the parking brake. make the vehicle more visible. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 213 2. Shift into P (Park) and then restart the . Avoid turns that take the vehicle across engine. the incline of the hill. A hill that can be Warning (Continued) . If driving uphill when the vehicle driven straight up or down might be too Always get out on the uphill side of the stalls, shift to R (Reverse), release the steep to drive across. Driving across an vehicle and stay well clear of the parking brake, and back incline puts more weight on the downhill rollover path. straight down. wheels, which could cause a downhill slide or a rollover. . Never try to turn the vehicle around. Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow, or Ice If the hill is steep enough to stall the . Surface conditions can be a problem. Loose gravel, muddy spots, or even wet Use a low gear when driving in mud — the vehicle, it is steep enough to cause it deeper the mud, the lower the gear. Keep to roll over. grass can cause the tires to slip sideways, downhill. If the vehicle slips sideways, it the vehicle moving to avoid getting stuck. . If you cannot make it up the hill, can hit something that will trip it — a Traction changes when driving on sand. On back straight down the hill. rock, a rut, etc. — and roll over. loose sand, such as on beaches or sand . Never back down a hill in N (Neutral) . Hidden obstacles can make the steepness dunes, the tires tend to sink into the sand. using only the brake. The vehicle can of the incline more severe. If a rock is This affects steering, accelerating, and roll backward quickly and you could driven across with the uphill wheels, or if braking. Drive at a reduced speed and avoid lose control. the downhill wheels drop into a rut or sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers. . If driving downhill when the vehicle depression, the vehicle can tilt even more. Traction is reduced on hard packed snow stalls, shift to a lower gear, release . If an incline must be driven across, and and ice and it is easy to lose control. Reduce the parking brake, and drive straight the vehicle starts to slide, turn downhill. vehicle speed when driving on hard packed down the hill. This should help straighten out the snow and ice. 3. If the vehicle cannot be restarted after vehicle and prevent the side slipping. stalling, set the parking brake, shift into { Warning P (Park), and turn the vehicle off. { Warning Driving on frozen lakes, ponds, or rivers 3.1. Leave the vehicle and seek help. Getting out of the vehicle on the can be dangerous. Ice conditions vary 3.2. Stay clear of the path the vehicle downhill side when stopped across an greatly and the vehicle could fall through would take if it rolled downhill. incline is dangerous. If the vehicle rolls (Continued) over, you could be crushed or killed. (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

214 Driving and Operating under water. Do not turn off the ignition types of driving conditions and avoid driving Warning (Continued) when driving through water. If the exhaust through large puddles and deep-standing or the ice; you and your passengers could pipe is under water, the engine will not flowing water. drown. Drive your vehicle on safe start. When going through water, the brakes surfaces only. get wet and it may take longer to stop. See { Warning “Driving on Wet Roads” later in this section. Wet brakes can cause crashes. They Driving in Water After Off-Road Driving might not work as well in a quick stop and could cause pulling to one side. You { Warning Remove any brush or debris that has collected on the underbody or chassis, could lose control of the vehicle. Driving through rushing water can be or under the hood. These accumulations can After driving through a large puddle of dangerous. Deep water can sweep your be a fire hazard. Re-install underbody air water or a car/vehicle wash, lightly apply vehicle downstream and you and your deflector and air dam if removed. the brake pedal until the brakes work passengers could drown. If it is only After operation in mud or sand, have the normally. shallow water, it can still wash away the brake linings cleaned and checked. These Flowing or rushing water creates strong ground from under your tires. Traction substances can cause glazing and uneven could be lost, and the vehicle could roll forces. Driving through flowing water braking. Check the body structure, driveline, could cause the vehicle to be carried over. Do not drive through rushing water. steering, suspension, wheels, tires, and away. If this happens, you and other exhaust system for damage and check the vehicle occupants could drown. Do not Caution fuel lines and cooling system for any leakage. ignore police warnings and be very Do not drive through standing water if it cautious about trying to drive through More frequent maintenance service is is deep enough to cover the wheel hubs, flowing water. required. See the Maintenance Schedule axles, or exhaust pipe. Deep water can 0 384. damage the axle and other vehicle parts. Hydroplaning Driving on Wet Roads Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water can build If the standing water is not too deep, drive up under the vehicle's tires so they actually through it slowly. At faster speeds, water Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle ride on the water. This can happen if the can get into the engine and cause it to stall. traction and affect your ability to stop and Stalling can occur if the exhaust pipe is accelerate. Always drive slower in these Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 215 road is wet enough and you are going fast . Shift to a lower gear when going down Winter Driving enough. When the vehicle is hydroplaning, it steep or long hills. has little or no contact with the road. Driving on Snow or Ice There is no hard and fast rule about { Warning Snow or ice between the tires and the road hydroplaning. The best advice is to slow Using the brakes to slow the vehicle on a creates less traction or grip, so drive down when the road is wet. long downhill slope can cause brake carefully. Wet ice can occur at about 0 °C overheating, can reduce brake (32 °F) when freezing rain begins to fall. Other Rainy Weather Tips performance, and could result in a loss of Avoid driving on wet ice or in freezing rain Besides slowing down, other wet weather braking. Shift the transmission to a lower until roads can be treated. driving tips include: gear to let the engine assist the brakes For Slippery Road Driving: . Allow extra following distance. on a steep downhill slope. . Accelerate gently. Accelerating too quickly . Pass with caution. causes the wheels to spin and makes the . Keep windshield wiping equipment in { surface under the tires slick. good shape. Warning . Turn on Traction Control. See Traction . Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) or with Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 242. filled. the ignition off is dangerous. This can . The Antilock Brake System (ABS) improves . Have good tires with proper tread depth. cause overheating of the brakes and loss vehicle stability during hard stops, but See Tires 0 336. of steering assist. Always have the engine the brakes should be applied sooner than . Turn off cruise control. running and the vehicle in gear. when on dry pavement. See Antilock Brake System (ABS) 0 240. Hill and Mountain Roads . Drive at speeds that keep the vehicle in . Allow greater following distance and its own lane. Do not swing wide or cross watch for slippery spots. Icy patches can Driving on steep hills or through mountains the center line. is different than driving on flat or rolling occur on otherwise clear roads in shaded . Be alert on top of hills; something could terrain. Tips include: areas. The surface of a curve or an be in your lane (e.g., stalled car, crash). overpass can remain icy when the . Keep the vehicle serviced and in good . Pay attention to special road signs (e.g., surrounding roads are clear. Avoid sudden shape. falling rocks area, winding roads, long steering maneuvers and braking while . Check all fluid levels and brakes, tires, grades, passing or no-passing zones) and on ice. cooling system, and transmission. take appropriate action. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

216 Driving and Operating . Turn off cruise control. The Traction Control/Electronic Stability Warning (Continued) Control can often help to free a stuck Blizzard Conditions . Fully open the air outlets on or under vehicle. See Traction Control/Electronic Stop the vehicle in a safe place and signal the instrument panel. Stability Control 0 242. If TC/ESC cannot free for help. Stay with the vehicle unless there . Adjust the climate control system to the vehicle, see “Rocking the Vehicle to Get is help nearby. If possible, use Roadside circulate the air inside the vehicle and it Out” following. Assistance. See Roadside Assistance Program 0 set the fan speed to the highest 404. To get help and keep everyone in setting. See “Climate Control Systems.” { Warning the vehicle safe: If the vehicle's tires spin at high speed, . Turn on the hazard warning flashers. For more information about CO, see Engine Exhaust 0 232. they can explode, and you or others . Tie a red cloth to an outside mirror. could be injured. The vehicle can To save fuel, run the engine for short overheat, causing an engine compartment { Warning periods to warm the vehicle and then shut fire or other damage. Spin the wheels as Snow can trap engine exhaust under the the engine off and partially close the little as possible and avoid going above vehicle. This may cause exhaust gases to window. Moving about to keep warm also 56 km/h (35 mph). get inside. Engine exhaust contains helps. For information about using tire chains on carbon monoxide (CO), which cannot be If it takes time for help to arrive, when the vehicle, see Tire Chains 0 354. seen or smelled. It can cause running the engine, push the accelerator unconsciousness and even death. pedal slightly so the engine runs faster than Rocking the Vehicle to Get It Out If the vehicle is stuck in snow: the idle speed. This keeps the battery charged to restart the vehicle and to signal Caution . Clear snow from the base of the for help with the headlamps. Do this as Do not hold the steering wheel at full vehicle, especially any blocking the little as possible, to save fuel. exhaust pipe. rotation for more than 15 seconds and/or at an elevated RPM. Damage may occur . Open a window about 5 cm (2 in) on If the Vehicle Is Stuck to the power steering system and there the vehicle side that is away from the Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels to may be loss of power steering assist. wind, to bring in fresh air. free the vehicle when stuck in sand, mud, (Continued) ice, or snow. See “Rocking the Vehicle to Get It Out” later in this section. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 217 Turn the steering wheel left and right to occupants, cargo, and all clear the area around the front wheels. Then nonfactory-installed options. Two labels make sure the wheels are pointed straight on the vehicle may show how much ahead. For four-wheel-drive vehicles, shift weight it was designed to carry: the into Four-Wheel Drive High. Turn the TCS off. Shift back and forth between R (Reverse) Tire and Loading Information label and and a forward gear, spinning the wheels as the Certification/Tire label. little as possible. To prevent transmission wear, wait until the wheels stop spinning { Warning before shifting gears. Slowly spinning the Do not load the vehicle any heavier wheels in the forward and reverse directions than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating causes a rocking motion that could free the (GVWR), or either the maximum vehicle. If that does not get the vehicle out front or rear Gross Axle Weight after a few tries, it might need to be towed Caution out. See Towing the Vehicle 0 369. Recovery Rating (GAWR). This can cause Never use recovery hooks to tow the hooks can be used, if the vehicle has them. systems to break and change the vehicle. The vehicle could be damaged, way the vehicle handles. This could Recovery Hooks and the repairs would not be covered by cause loss of control and a crash. the vehicle warranty. Overloading can also reduce stopping { Warning If equipped, there are recovery hooks at the performance, damage the tires, and Never pull on recovery hooks from the front of the vehicle. Use them if the vehicle shorten the life of the vehicle. side. The hooks could break and you and is stuck off-road and needs to be pulled others could be injured. When using some place to continue driving. recovery hooks, always pull the vehicle from the front. Vehicle Load Limits It is very important to know how much weight the vehicle can carry. This weight is called the vehicle capacity weight and includes the weight of all Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

218 Driving and Operating Tire and Loading Information Label pressures (4). For more information on if the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs. tires and inflation see Tires 0 336 and and there will be five 150 lb Tire Pressure 0 341. passengers in your vehicle, the There is also important loading amount of available cargo and information on the vehicle Certification/ luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. Tire label. It may show the Gross (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.) Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) and the 5. Determine the combined weight of Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for luggage and cargo being loaded on the front and rear axles. See the vehicle. That weight may not “Certification/Tire Label” later in this safely exceed the available cargo and section. luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4. “Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit– Label Example 1. Locate the statement "The combined 6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be A vehicle-specific Tire and Loading weight of occupants and cargo transferred to your vehicle. Consult Information label is attached to the should never exceed XXX kg or this manual to determine how this center pillar (B-pillar). The Tire and XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s placard. reduces the available cargo and Loading Information label shows the 2. Determine the combined weight of luggage load capacity of your number of occupant seating the driver and passengers that will vehicle.” positions (1), and the maximum vehicle be riding in your vehicle. capacity weight (2) in kilograms and See Trailer Towing 0 272 for important 3. Subtract the combined weight of the pounds. information on towing a trailer, towing driver and passengers from XXX kg safety rules, and trailering tips. The Tire and Loading Information label or XXX lbs. also shows the size of the original 4. The resulting figure equals the equipment tires (3) and the available amount of cargo and recommended cold tire inflation luggage load capacity. For example, Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 219

Example 1 Example 2 Example 3

1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 1 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 2 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 3 = (453 kg) (1,000 lb) = 453 kg (1,000 lb) = 453 kg (1,000 lb) 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 91 kg (150 lb) × 2 = 136 kg (300 lb) (150 lb) × 5 = 340 kg (750 lb) (200 lb) × 5 = 453 kg (1,000 lb) 3. Available Occupant and Cargo Weight 3. Available Cargo Weight = 113 kg 3. Available Cargo Weight = 0 kg (0 lb) = 317 kg (700 lb) (250 lb) Refer to the Tire and Loading Information label for specific information about the vehicle's capacity weight and seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers, and cargo should never exceed the vehicle's capacity weight. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

220 Driving and Operating Certification/Tire Label the actual loads on the front and rear Using heavier suspension components axles, weigh the vehicle at a weigh to get added durability might not station. Your dealer can help with this. change the weight ratings. Ask your Be sure to spread the load equally on dealer to help load the vehicle the both sides of the centerline. right way. The Certification/Tire label also contains { important information about the Front Warning Axle Reserve Capacity. See Adding a Things you put inside the vehicle can Snow Plow or Similar Equipment 0 297. strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn, or in a crash. { Warning . Put things in the cargo area of the In the case of a sudden stop or vehicle. Try to spread the weight A vehicle-specific Certification/Tire label collision, things carried in the bed of evenly. is attached to the center pillar (B-pillar). your truck could shift forward and . Never stack heavier things, like The label may show the size of the come into the passenger area, suitcases, inside the vehicle so vehicle's original tires and the inflation injuring you and others. If you put that some of them are above the pressures needed to obtain the gross things in the bed of your truck, you tops of the seats. weight capacity of the vehicle. This is should make sure they are properly secured. . Do not leave an unsecured child called Gross Vehicle Weight restraint in the vehicle. Rating (GVWR). The GVWR includes the . When you carry something inside weight of the vehicle, all occupants, Caution fuel, and cargo. the vehicle, secure it whenever Overloading the vehicle may cause you can. The Certification/Tire label also may damage. Repairs would not be covered by show the maximum weights for the the vehicle warranty. Do not overload the . Do not leave a seat folded down front and rear axles, called Gross Axle vehicle. unless you need to. Weight Rating (GAWR). To determine Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 221

There is also important loading Any load that extends beyond the * Equipment Maximum Weight information for off-road driving in this vehicle's taillamp area must be properly manual. See “Loading the Vehicle for marked according to local laws and Ladder Rack and 340 kg (750 lb) Off-Road Driving“ under Off-Road regulations. Cargo 0 Driving 211. Remember not to exceed the Gross Axle Cross Toolbox and 181 kg (400 lb) Two-Tiered Loading Weight Rating (GAWR) of the front or Cargo rear axle. Depending on the model of the pickup, Side Boxes and 113 kg per side an upper load platform can be created Add-On Equipment Cargo (250 lb per side) by positioning three or four 5 cm (2 in) When carrying removable items, a limit * The combined weight for all by 15 cm (6 in) wooden planks across on how many people carried inside the rail-mounted equipment should not the width of the pickup box. The planks vehicle may be necessary. Be sure to exceed 454 kg (1,000 lb). must be inserted in the pickup box weigh the vehicle before buying and depressions. installing the new equipment. Loading Points When using this upper load platform, be sure the load is securely tied down Caution to prevent it from shifting. The load's Overloading the vehicle may cause center of gravity should be positioned damage. Repairs would not be covered by in a zone over the rear axle. The zone is the vehicle warranty. Do not overload the located in the area between the front vehicle. of each wheel well and the rear of each wheel well. The center of gravity height Remember not to exceed the Gross Axle must not extend above the top of the Weight Rating (GAWR) of the front or pickup box flareboard. rear axle.

1. Primary Load Points Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

222 Driving and Operating 2. Secondary Load Areas When installing and loading a slide-in 3. GM Approved Accessory Mounting camper, check the manufacturer's Points instructions. Structural members (1) and (2) are included When carrying a slide-in camper, the in the pickup box design. Additional total cargo load of the vehicle is the accessories should use these load points. Depending on the accessory design, use a weight of the camper plus: spacer under the accessory at the load . Everything added to the camper after points to remove gap. The holes for GM it left the factory. approved accessories (3) are not intended for . Everything in the camper. Use the rear edge of the load floor for aftermarket equipment. See measurement purposes. The . All the people inside. www.gmupfitter.com for additional pickup recommended location for the cargo box load bearing structural information. The CWR is the maximum weight of the center of gravity is in zone C for the Truck-Camper Loading Information load the vehicle can carry. It does not CWR. It is the point where the mass of include the weight of the people inside. a body is concentrated and, A vehicle-specific Truck-Camper Loading But, use about 68 kg (150 lb) for if suspended at that point, would Information label is attached to the each seat. balance the front and rear. inside of the vehicle's glove box. This The total cargo load must not be more Here is an example of proper truck and label indicates if a slide-in camper can than the vehicle's CWR. be carried, how much of a load the camper match: vehicle can carry, and how to correctly Refer to the Truck-Camper Loading spread out the load. It will help to Information label in the glove box for match the right slide-in camper to the dimensions A and B as shown in the vehicle. following illustration. Your dealer can help make a good vehicle-camper match and help determine the Cargo Weight Rating (CWR). Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 223 center of gravity (1) should fall within “Certification/Tire Label” under Vehicle the truck's recommended center of Load Limits 0 217. If weight ratings are gravity zone (2) when installed. exceeded, move or remove items to Any accessories or other equipment bring all weights below the ratings. that are added to the vehicle must be See your dealer for more information weighed. Then, subtract this extra on curb weights, cargo weights, Cargo weight from the CWR. This extra weight Weight Rating, and the correct center of may shorten the center of gravity zone gravity zone. of the vehicle. If the slide-in camper and its load Starting and Operating weighs less than the CWR, the center of New Vehicle Break-In 1. Camper Center of Gravity gravity zone for the vehicle may be 2. Recommended Center of Gravity larger. Caution Location Zone Secure loose items to prevent weight The vehicle does not need an elaborate When the truck is used to carry a shifts that could affect the balance of break-in. But it will perform better in the slide-in camper, the total cargo load of the vehicle. When the truck-camper is long run if you follow these guidelines: the truck consists of the manufacturer's loaded, drive to a scale and weigh on . Keep the vehicle speed at 88 km/h camper weight figure, the weight of the front and on the rear wheels (55 mph) or less for the first 805 km installed additional camper equipment separately to determine axle loads. (500 mi). not included in the manufacturer's Individual axle loads should not exceed . Do not drive at any one constant camper weight figure, the weight of either of the gross axle weight ratings speed, fast or slow, for the first camper cargo, and the weight of (GAWR). The total axle loads should not 805 km (500 mi). Do not make passengers in the camper. The total exceed the vehicle's gross vehicle full-throttle starts. Avoid downshifting cargo load should not exceed the truck's weight rating (GVWR). These ratings are to brake or slow the vehicle. cargo weight rating, and the camper's given on the Certification/Tire label (Continued) attached to the B-pillar. See Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

224 Driving and Operating

Caution (Continued) Ignition Positions (Key Access) 0 (Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF) : This position turns off the vehicle. It also locks . Avoid making hard stops for the first the ignition, the transmission, and the 322 km (200 mi) or so. During this steering column, if equipped with a locking time the new brake linings are not yet steering column. broken in. Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier replacement. Follow this breaking-in guideline every time you get new brake linings. . Do not tow a trailer during break-in. See Trailer Towing 0 272 for the trailer towing capabilities of the vehicle and more information. Following break-in, engine speed and load 0. Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF can be gradually increased. 1. ACC/ACCESSORY 2. ON/RUN To turn off the vehicle: 3. START 1. Make sure that the vehicle is stopped. The ignition switch has four positions. 2. Shift to P (Park). To shift out of P (Park), the ignition must be 3. Continue to hold the brake pedal, then ON/RUN and the brake pedal must be set the parking brake. See Electric applied. Parking Brake 0 240. 4. Push the key all the way in toward the steering column, then turn the key to LOCK/OFF. 5. Remove the key. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 225 6. Release the brake pedal. 1. Push the key all the way in toward the 1 (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This position allows See your dealer if the key can be removed steering column, then turn the key to features such as the infotainment system to in any other position. ACC/ACCESSORY. operate while the vehicle is off. It also 2. Brake using firm and steady pressure. Do unlocks the steering column, if equipped Retained Accessory Power (RAP) will remain not pump the brakes repeatedly. This with a locking steering column. Use this active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) position if the vehicle must be pushed or 0 may deplete power assist, requiring 229. increased brake pedal force. towed. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 229. A warning chime will sound when the driver 3. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). This can door is opened and the key is in the be done while the vehicle is moving. From ON/RUN, push the key all the way in ignition. Continue braking and steer the vehicle to toward the steering column, then turn the If equipped with a locking steering column, a safe location. key to ACC/ACCESSORY. the steering can bind with the front wheels 4. Come to a complete stop. If the key is left in ACC/ACCESSORY with the turned off center, which may prevent key 5. Shift to P (Park). engine off, the battery could drain and the rotation out of LOCK/OFF. If this happens, vehicle may not start. move the steering wheel from right to left 6. Push the key all the way in toward the while turning the key to ACC/ACCESSORY. steering column (1), then turn the A warning chime will sound when the driver If this does not work, then the vehicle needs ignition to LOCK/OFF (2). door is opened and the key is in the service. 7. Set the parking brake. See Electric ignition. Parking Brake 0 240. 2 (ON/RUN) : This position can be used to { Warning 8. Remove the key. operate the electrical accessories and to display some instrument cluster warning Turning off the vehicle while moving may 9. Release the brake pedal. and indicator lights. This position can also cause loss of power assist in the brake Caution be used for service and diagnostics, and to and steering systems and disable the verify the proper operation of the airbags. While driving, turn off the Use the correct key, make sure it is all malfunction indicator lamp as may be vehicle only in an emergency. the way in — or pushed all the way in required for emission inspection purposes. toward the steering column when turning The switch stays in this position when the In an emergency, if the vehicle cannot be off the vehicle — and turn it only with engine is running. The transmission is also pulled over and must be turned off while your hand. unlocked in this position. driving: Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

226 Driving and Operating If the key is left in ON/RUN with the engine the Keyless Access system. See Remote Information Center (DIC). When the vehicle is off, the battery could drain and the vehicle Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key shifted into P (Park), the ignition system will may not start. Access) 0 10 or turn off. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System 3 (START) : This is the position that starts 0 The vehicle may have an electric steering the engine. When the engine starts, release Operation (Keyless Access) 13. column lock. The lock is activated when the the key. The ignition returns to ON/RUN for To shift out of P (Park), the ignition must be ignition is turned off and driver door is driving. on or in Service Mode, and the brake pedal opened. A sound may be heard as the lock must be applied. actuates or releases. The steering column Ignition Positions (Keyless Access) lock may not release with the wheels turned { Warning off center. If this happens, the vehicle may not start. Move the steering wheel from left Turning off the vehicle while moving may to right while attempting to start the cause loss of power assist in the brake vehicle. If this does not work, the vehicle and steering systems and disable the needs service. airbags. While driving, only shut the vehicle off in an emergency. Unless an emergency exists, do not turn the engine off when the vehicle is moving. This Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF (No Indicator will cause a loss of power assist in the brake Lights) : When the vehicle is stopped, press and steering systems and disable the ENGINE START/STOP once to turn the airbags. engine off. If the vehicle must be shut off in an If the vehicle is in P (Park), the ignition will emergency: Vehicles equipped with Keyless Access have turn off, and Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 1. If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, and pushbutton starting. will remain active. See Retained Accessory must be shut off while driving, press and Power (RAP) 0 229. hold ENGINE START/STOP button for The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter longer than two seconds, or press twice must be in the vehicle for the system to If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the ignition in five seconds. operate. If the pushbutton start is not will return to ACC/ACCESSORY and display working, the vehicle may be near a strong the message SHIFT TO PARK in the Driver radio antenna signal causing interference to Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 227 2. Brake using a firm and steady pressure. With the ignition off, pressing the ENGINE able to be driven. The engine will not start Do not pump the brakes repeatedly. This START/STOP button one time without the in Service Mode. Press the ENGINE START/ may deplete power assist, requiring brake pedal applied will place the ignition STOP button again to turn the ignition off. increased brake pedal force. system in ACC/ACCESSORY. Starting the Engine 3. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). This can The ignition will switch from ACC/ be done while the vehicle is moving. ACCESSORY to off after five minutes to If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the After shifting to N (Neutral), firmly apply prevent battery rundown. Duramax diesel supplement. the brakes and steer the vehicle to a safe location. ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator Light) : This Caution mode is for driving and starting. With the 4. Come to a complete stop, shift to ignition off, and the brake pedal applied, If you add electrical parts or accessories, P (Park), and make sure engine is off. pressing ENGINE START/STOP button once you could change the way the engine The shift lever must be in P (Park) to will turn the ignition on. Once engine operates. Any resulting damage would turn the ignition off. cranking begins, release the button. Engine not be covered by the vehicle warranty. 5. Set the parking brake. See Electric cranking will continue until the engine See Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 297. Parking Brake 0 240. starts. See Starting the Engine 0 227. Move the shift lever to P (Park) or Service Mode { Warning N (Neutral). To restart the engine when the This power mode is available for service and vehicle is already moving, use Turning off the vehicle while moving may diagnostics, and to verify the proper N (Neutral) only. cause loss of power assist in the brake operation of the malfunction indicator lamp and steering systems and disable the as may be required for emission inspection Caution airbags. While driving, only shut the purposes. With the vehicle off, and the Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the vehicle off in an emergency. brake pedal not applied, pressing and vehicle is moving. If you do, you could holding the ENGINE START/STOP button for damage the transmission. Shift to P (Park) ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber Indicator Light) : more than five seconds will place the vehicle only when the vehicle is stopped. This mode allows some electrical accessories in Service Mode. The instruments and audio to be used when the engine is off. systems will operate as they do when the ignition is on, but the vehicle will not be Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

228 Driving and Operating

Starting Procedure Caution the engine and transmission gently until 1. For Key Access vehicles, turn the ignition the oil warms up and lubricates all Cranking the engine for long periods of key to Start. When the engine starts, let moving parts. time, by returning the ignition to the go of the key. For Keyless Access Engine Heater vehicles, the RKE transmitter must be in START position immediately after the vehicle. Press ENGINE START/STOP cranking has ended, can overheat and If equipped, the engine heater can provide with the brake pedal applied. When the damage the cranking motor, and drain easier starting and better fuel economy engine begins cranking, let go of the the battery. Wait at least 15 seconds during engine warm-up in cold weather button. between each try, to let the cranking conditions at or below −18 °C (0 °F). Vehicles The driver may observe a minor, and motor cool down. with an engine heater should be plugged in temporary, brake pedal kickback when at least four hours before starting. An starting the vehicle. This is normal. 2. If the engine does not start after five to internal thermostat in the plug-end of the 10 seconds, especially in very cold cord may exist, which will prevent engine The idle speed will go down as the weather (below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could heater operation at temperatures above engine gets warm. Do not race the be flooded with too much gasoline. Try −18 °C (0 °F). engine immediately after starting it. pushing the accelerator pedal all the way Operate the engine and transmission to the floor and holding it there while { Warning gently to allow the oil to warm up and holding the key in START or ENGINE lubricate all moving parts. START/STOP for up to a maximum of Do not plug in the engine block heater When the low fuel warning light is on 15 seconds. Wait at least 15 seconds while the vehicle is parked in a garage or and the FUEL LEVEL LOW message is between each try, to allow the cranking under a carport. Property damage or displayed in the Driver Information motor to cool down. When the engine personal injury may result. Always park Center (DIC), hold the ignition switch in starts, let go of the key or button and the vehicle in a clear open area away the START position to continue engine accelerator. If the vehicle starts briefly from buildings or structures. cranking. but then stops again, do the same thing. This clears the extra gasoline from the engine. Do not race the engine immediately after starting it. Operate Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 229

{ Warning Warning (Continued) Improper use of the heater cord or an . Before starting the vehicle, unplug the extension cord can damage the cord and cord, reattach the cover to the plug, may result in overheating and fire. and securely fasten the cord. Keep the . Plug the cord into a three-prong cord away from any moving parts. electrical utility receptacle that is protected by a ground fault detection 5. Before starting the engine, be sure to function. An ungrounded outlet could unplug and store the cord. cause an electric shock. The length of time the heater should remain . Use a weatherproof, heavy-duty, plugged in depends on several factors. Ask a 15 amp-rated extension cord if needed. dealer in the area where you will be parking To Use the Engine Heater Failure to use the recommended the vehicle for the best advice on this. 1. Turn off the engine. extension cord in good operating condition, or using a damaged heater Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 2. Check the heater cord for damage. If it is or extension cord, could make it damaged, do not use it. See your dealer overheat and cause a fire, property When the ignition is turned from on to off, for a replacement. Inspect the cord for damage, electric shock, and injury. the following features (if equipped) will damage yearly. continue to function for up to 10 minutes, . Do not operate the vehicle with the 3. Plug the heater cord into the connector or until the driver door is opened. These heater cord permanently attached to on the vehicle. features will also work when the ignition is the vehicle. Possible heater cord and in RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY: 4. Plug the cord into a grounded 110-volt thermostat damage could occur. AC outlet that is protected by a ground . Infotainment System fault detection function. . While in use, do not let the heater . Power Windows (during RAP this cord touch vehicle parts or sharp functionality will be lost when any door edges. Never close the hood on the is opened) heater cord. . Sunroof (during RAP this functionality will (Continued) be lost when any door is opened) . Auxiliary Power Outlet Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

230 Driving and Operating . Audio System 3. Be sure the transfer case, if equipped, is Warning (Continued) . OnStar System in a drive gear, not in N (Neutral). 4. Turn the ignition off. For Key Access, And, if you leave the vehicle with the Shifting Into Park push the ignition key in, toward the engine running, it could overheat and steering column, and then turn the even catch fire. You or others could be { Warning ignition off. injured. Do not leave the vehicle with the It can be dangerous to get out of the 5. For Key Access, remove the key and take engine running unless you have to. vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in it with you. If you can leave the vehicle P (Park) with the parking brake firmly set. with the ignition key in your hand, the If you have to leave the vehicle with the The vehicle can roll. If you have left the vehicle is in P (Park). engine running, be sure the vehicle is in P (Park) and the parking brake is firmly set engine running, the vehicle can move For Keyless Access, take the Remote before you leave it. After moving the shift suddenly. You or others could be injured. Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter with you. lever into P (Park), hold the regular brake To be sure the vehicle will not move, pedal down. Then, see if you can move the even when you are on fairly level ground, Leaving the Vehicle with the Engine Running shift lever away from P (Park) without first use the steps that follow. With pulling it toward you. If you can, it means four-wheel drive, if the transfer case is in { Warning that the shift lever was not fully locked into N (Neutral), the vehicle will be free to P (Park). roll, even if the shift lever is in P (Park). It can be dangerous to leave the vehicle Be sure the transfer case is in a drive with the engine running. The vehicle Torque Lock gear. If towing a trailer, see Driving could move suddenly if the shift lever is If you are parking on a hill and you do not Characteristics and Towing Tips 0 268. not fully in P (Park) with the parking shift the transmission into P (Park) properly, brake firmly set. the weight of the vehicle may put too much 1. Hold the brake pedal down, then set the force on the parking pawl in the If you have four-wheel drive and the parking brake. See Electric Parking Brake transmission. You may find it difficult to pull transfer case is in N (Neutral), the vehicle 0 240. the shift lever out of P (Park). This is called will be free to roll, even if the shift lever 2. Move the shift lever into P (Park) by torque lock. To prevent torque lock, set the is in P (Park). So be sure the transfer case pulling the shift lever toward you and parking brake and then shift into P (Park) moving it up as far as it will go. is in a drive gear – not in N (Neutral). properly before you leave the driver seat. (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 231 When you are ready to drive, move the 3. Pull the shift lever toward you, then Extended Parking shift lever out of P (Park) before you release move it to the desired position, and the parking brake. release. It is best not to park with the vehicle running. If the vehicle is left running, be If torque lock does occur, you may need to If the vehicle still cannot be shifted out of sure it will not move and there is adequate have another vehicle push yours a little P (Park): ventilation. uphill to take some of the pressure from the 1. Ease the pressure on, or release the shift 0 parking pawl in the transmission. You will See Shifting Into Park 230 and lever. 0 then be able to pull the shift lever out of Engine Exhaust 232. P (Park). 2. While holding the brake pedal, push the shift lever all the way into P (Park). If the vehicle is left parked and running with the RKE transmitter outside the vehicle, it Shifting out of Park 3. Pull the shift lever toward you, then will continue to run for up to half an hour. move it to the desired position, and This vehicle is equipped with an electronic release. If the vehicle is left parked and running with shift lock release system. The system is the RKE transmitter inside the vehicle, it will designed to prevent movement of the shift If there is still a problem shifting, have the continue to run for up to an hour. lever out of P (Park), unless the brake pedal vehicle serviced soon. is applied and the ignition is on or in The vehicle could turn off sooner if it is Service Mode. Parking over Things That Burn parked on a hill, due to lack of available fuel. The shift lock release is always functional { except in the case of an uncharged or low Warning The timer will reset if the vehicle is taken voltage – less than 9 volt – battery. Things that can burn could touch hot out of P (Park) while it is running. If the vehicle has an uncharged or low exhaust parts under the vehicle and voltage battery, try charging or jump ignite. Do not park over papers, leaves, starting the battery. See Jump Starting - dry grass, or other things that can burn. North America 0 367. To shift out of P (Park): 1. Apply the brake pedal. 2. Release the parking brake if it is applied. See Electric Parking Brake 0 240. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

232 Driving and Operating

Engine Exhaust Warning (Continued) Automatic Transmission If equipped, there is an electronic shift lever { Warning If unusual fumes are detected or if it is suspected that exhaust is coming into the position indicator within the instrument Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide vehicle: cluster. This display comes on when the (CO), which cannot be seen or smelled. ignition is in ACC/ACCESSORY, on or . Drive it only with the windows Exposure to CO can cause service mode. completely down. unconsciousness and even death. There are several different positions for the . Have the vehicle repaired immediately. Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: shift lever. Never park the vehicle with the engine . The vehicle idles in areas with poor running in an enclosed area such as a ventilation (parking garages, tunnels, garage or a building that has no fresh air deep snow that may block underbody airflow or tail pipes). ventilation. . The exhaust smells or sounds strange Running the Vehicle While Parked or different. It is better not to park with the engine . The exhaust system leaks due to See Driver Mode Control 0 244 and “Range corrosion or damage. running. Selection Mode” under Manual Mode 0 235. . The vehicle exhaust system has been If the vehicle is left with the engine running, P: This position locks the rear wheels. Use modified, damaged, or improperly follow the proper steps to be sure the P (Park) when starting the engine because repaired. vehicle will not move. See Shifting Into Park the vehicle cannot move easily. 0 230 and . There are holes or openings in the Engine Exhaust 0 232. When parked on a hill, especially when the vehicle body from damage or vehicle has a heavy load, you might notice aftermarket modifications that are not If parking on a hill and pulling a trailer, see an increase in the effort to shift out of completely sealed. Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips P (Park). See “Torque Lock” under Shifting 0 (Continued) 268. Into Park 0 230. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 233

{ Warning Warning (Continued) { Warning It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle or 4 n — or set the parking brake before Shifting into a drive gear while the if the shift lever is not fully in P (Park) placing the transfer case in N (Neutral). engine is running at high speed is with the parking brake firmly set. The See Four-Wheel Drive 0 236. dangerous. Unless your foot is firmly on vehicle can roll. the brake pedal, the vehicle could move Do not leave the vehicle when the engine R: Use this gear to back up. very rapidly. You could lose control and hit people or objects. Do not shift into a is running. If you have left the engine Caution running, the vehicle can move suddenly. drive gear while the engine is running at You or others could be injured. To be Shifting to R (Reverse) while the vehicle is high speed. sure the vehicle will not move, even moving forward could damage the transmission. The repairs would not be when you are on fairly level ground, Caution always set the parking brake and move covered by the vehicle warranty. Shift to Shifting out of P (Park) or N (Neutral) with the shift lever to P (Park). See Shifting R (Reverse) only after the vehicle is the engine running at high speed may Into Park 0 230 and stopped. damage the transmission. The repairs Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips To rock the vehicle back and forth to get would not be covered by the vehicle 0 268. out of snow, ice, or sand without damaging warranty. Be sure the engine is not the transmission, see If the Vehicle Is Stuck running at high speed when shifting the 0 216. { Warning vehicle. N: In this position, the engine does not If equipped with four-wheel drive, the connect with the wheels. To restart the vehicle will be free to roll if the transfer engine when the vehicle is already moving, Caution case is in N (Neutral), even when the shift use N (Neutral) only. A transmission hot message may display lever is in P (Park). You or someone else if the automatic transmission fluid is too could be seriously injured. Be sure the Also, use N (Neutral) when the vehicle is being towed. hot. Driving under this condition can transfer case is in a drive gear — 2 m, 4 m, damage the vehicle. Stop and idle the (Continued) engine to cool the automatic (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

234 Driving and Operating

Caution (Continued) The vehicle has a shift stabilization feature When temperatures are very cold, the that adjusts the transmission shifting to the transmission's gear shifting could be delayed transmission fluid. This message clears current driving conditions in order to reduce providing more stable shifts until the engine when the transmission fluid has cooled rapid upshifts and downshifts. This shift warms up. Shifts could be more noticeable sufficiently. stabilization feature is designed to with a cold transmission. This difference in determine, before making an upshift, if the shifting is normal. D: This position is for normal driving. engine is able to maintain vehicle speed by L: This position allows selection of a range It provides the best fuel economy. If more analyzing things such as vehicle speed, of gears appropriate for current driving power is needed for passing, press the throttle position, and vehicle load. If the conditions. If equipped, see “Range Selection accelerator pedal down. shift stabilization feature determines that a Mode” under Manual Mode 0 235. . When going less than about 55 km/h (35 current vehicle speed cannot be maintained, mph), push the accelerator pedal about the transmission does not upshift and Caution halfway down. instead holds the current gear. In some Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle . When going about 55 km/h (35 mph) or cases, this could appear to be a delayed shift, however the transmission is operating in one place on a hill using only the more, push the accelerator all the accelerator pedal may damage the way down. normally. transmission. The repair will not be The transmission uses adaptive shift By doing this, the vehicle shifts down to covered by the vehicle warranty. If the controls. The adaptive shift control process the next gear and has more power. vehicle is stuck, do not spin the tires. continually compares key shift parameters Use D (Drive) and Tow/Haul Mode when to pre-programmed ideal shifts stored in the When stopping on a hill, use the brakes towing a trailer, carrying a heavy load, transmission’s computer. The transmission to hold the vehicle in place. driving on steep hills, or driving off-road. constantly makes adjustments to improve Shift the transmission to a lower gear if the vehicle performance according to how the transmission shifts too often. vehicle is being used, such as with a heavy Downshifting the transmission in slippery load or when the temperature changes. road conditions could result in skidding. See During this adaptive shift control process, “Skidding” under Loss of Control 0 210. shifting might feel different as the transmission determines the best settings. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 235 Manual Mode 1. With the vehicle in D (Drive), pull back Cruise control can be used while in ERS. on the shift lever to activate L (Low). The Electronic Range Select (ERS) L in the shift pattern will illuminate in Tow/Haul Mode red, and the D will switch to white. The Tow/Haul Mode adjusts the Caution 2. Tap the left steering wheel control to transmission shift pattern to reduce shift Driving with the engine at a high rpm reduce the highest gear available, or the cycling. This provides increased performance, without upshifting while using Manual right control to increase the highest gear vehicle control, and enhanced transmission Mode, could damage the vehicle. Always available. and engine cooling when driving down steep upshift when necessary while using 3. To exit, pull back on the shift lever a hills or mountain grades, when towing, Manual Mode. second time. The D in the shift pattern or when hauling heavy loads. See Driver will illuminate in red, and the L will Mode Control 0 244 to activate Tow/ switch to white. Haul Mode. When shifting to L (Low), the transmission will shift to a preset lower gear range. For this preset range, the highest gear available will be displayed next to the L in the DIC. All gears below that number are available to Electronic Range Select (ERS), or Manual use. For example, when 4 (Fourth) is shown Mode, allows for the selection of the range next to the L, 1 (First) through 4 (Fourth) of gear positions. Use this mode when gears are shifted automatically. To shift to 5 driving downhill or towing a trailer to limit (Fifth) gear, tap the right steering wheel the top gear and vehicle speed. The shift control or shift into D (Drive). position indicator within the Driver L (Low) will prevent shifting to a lower gear Information Center (DIC) will display a range if the engine speed is too high. If the number next to the L indicating the highest vehicle speed is not reduced within the time For vehicles without Driver Mode Control, available gear. allowed, the lower gear range shift will not press the Tow/Haul button on the center To enter Electronic Range Select or be completed. Slow the vehicle, then tap the stack. Manual Mode: left steering wheel control to the desired lower gear range. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

236 Driving and Operating

If equipped with Active Hydraulic Assist, the Caution Caution vehicle will provide a stiffer steering response when Tow/Haul mode is engaged Do not drive on clean, dry pavement in 4 Extended high-speed operation in 4 n to provide enhanced steering functionality. m and 4 n (if equipped) for an extended may damage or shorten the life of the period of time. These conditions may drivetrain. Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking cause premature wear on the vehicle’s Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking is only powertrain. An engagement noise and bump is normal enabled while the Tow/Haul Mode is when shifting between 4 n and 4 m or selected and the vehicle is not in the Range Driving on clean, dry pavement in 4 m or N (Neutral), with the engine running. 0 Selection Mode. See Manual Mode 235. 4 n may: Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking assists in Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction Control . Cause a vibration to be felt in the maintaining desired vehicle speeds when and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control steering system. driving on downhill grades by using the (ESC) off. See Traction Control/Electronic engine and transmission to slow the vehicle. . Cause tires to wear faster. Stability Control 0 242. 0 See Towing Equipment 276. { Warning Automatic Transfer Case If equipped with four-wheel drive, the Two-Speed Transfer Case Drive Systems vehicle will be free to roll if the transfer Four-Wheel Drive case is in N (Neutral), even when the shift lever is in P (Park). You or someone else If equipped, four-wheel drive engages the could be seriously injured. Be sure the front axle for extra traction. transfer case is in a drive gear — 2 m, 4 m, Read the appropriate section for transfer or 4 n — or set the parking brake before case operation before using. placing the transfer case in N (Neutral). See Shifting Into Park 0 230. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 237 If equipped, the transfer case controls are based on driving conditions. This setting Once the 4x4 shift has completed, the DIC used to shift into and out of four-wheel provides slightly lower fuel economy message disappears, the 4x4 graphic stops drive. than 2 m. flashing, and the current setting is indicated. To shift the transfer case, press the desired 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use this When a shift to 2 m is completed successfully button. The graphic in the instrument setting when extra traction is needed, such while in P (Park), the parking brake will cluster will flash while a shift is in progress. as when driving on snowy or icy roads, engage. To resume driving, shift the The graphic displayed will change to indicate when off-roading, or when plowing snow. transmission to the desired gear and the setting requested. manually release the parking brake or press When the shift is complete the graphic will 4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This setting the accelerator pedal to begin driving. See stop flashing. The DIC message turns off engages the front axle and delivers extra Electric Parking Brake 0 240. torque. Choose 4 n when driving off-road in once the shift is complete. If the transfer If equipped, use 4 n, AUTO, or 4 m to provide case cannot complete a shift request, it will deep sand, deep mud, or deep snow, and while climbing or descending steep hills. additional traction when parking on a steep go back to its last chosen setting. grade with poor traction such as ice, snow, The settings are: While driving in 4 n, keep vehicle speed mud, or gravel. below 72 km/h (45 mph). N (Neutral) : Use only when the vehicle Shifting Into 4 n needs to be towed. See Recreational Vehicle Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction Control 1. The ignition must be on and the vehicle Towing 0 370 or and StabiliTrak/ESC off. See Traction Control/ must be stopped or moving less than Towing the Vehicle 0 369. Electronic Stability Control 0 242. 5 km/h (3 mph) with the transmission in 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use for driving Shifts between 2m, 4 m, and AUTO N (Neutral). It is best for the vehicle to on most streets and highways. The front Any of these shifts can be made at normal be moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). axle is not engaged. This setting provides driving speed. 2. Press 4 n. The actual 4x4 shift request is the best fuel economy. The actual 4x4 shift request is only made only made after the button is released. AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel Drive) : Use after the button is released. The 4x4 graphic The 4x4 graphic will remain flashing when road surface conditions are variable. will remain flashing until the shift request until the shift request has completed. When driving in AUTO, the front axle is has completed. A DIC message displays to A DIC message displays to indicate that engaged, and the vehicle's power is sent to indicate that the 4x4 transfer case has been the 4x4 transfer case has been requested the front and rear wheels automatically requested to shift to the new desired state. to shift to the new desired state. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

238 Driving and Operating

Once the 4x4 shift has completed, the With the vehicle moving less than Caution DIC message disappears, the 4x4 graphic 5 km/h (3 mph) and the transmission in stops flashing and the current setting is N (Neutral), attempt the shift again. Shifting the transmission into gear before indicated. the requested mode indicator light has Shifting Out of 4 n If vehicle speed is higher when shift request stopped flashing could damage the 1. The vehicle must be stopped or moving occurs, a DIC message displays. Reduce transfer case. less than 5 km/h (3 mph) with the vehicle speed. transmission in N (Neutral) and the If the transmission is not shifted into If the transmission is not in N (Neutral) ignition on. It is best for the vehicle to N (Neutral) or the vehicle has not slowed to when shift request occurs, a DIC message be moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). 5 km/h (3 mph) within 20 seconds, the displays. The vehicle will allow 20 seconds 2. Press 4 m, AUTO, or 2 m. The actual 4x4 transfer case will remain in its original state. for the shift to occur. After this time, a This will be indicated in the instrument graphic in the instrument cluster will shift request is only made after the button is released. The 4x4 graphic will cluster. indicate that the transfer case is in 4 n. remain flashing until the shift request With the vehicle moving less than 5 km/h Caution has completed. A DIC message displays (3 mph), and the transmission in N (Neutral), to indicate the state of the request. attempt the shift again. Shifting the transmission into gear before Once the 4x4 shift has completed, the Shifting Into N (Neutral) the requested mode indicator light has DIC message disappears, the 4x4 graphic stopped flashing could damage the stops flashing, and the current setting is To shift into N (Neutral): transfer case. indicated. 1. Start the vehicle. 2. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). If the transmission is not shifted into If vehicle speed is higher when shift N (Neutral) or the vehicle has not slowed to request occurs, a DIC message displays. 3. Shift the transfer case to 2 m. Reduce vehicle speed. 5 km/h (3 mph) within 20 seconds, the 4. Apply the parking brake and/or brake transfer case will remain in its original state. If the transmission is not in N (Neutral) pedal. This will be indicated in the instrument when shift request occurs, DIC messages will cluster. display. The vehicle will allow 20 seconds for 5. Press 2 m five times in 10 seconds until this shift to occur. After this time, a graphic the N (Neutral) graphic starts flashing in in the instrument cluster will indicate that the instrument cluster. When the shift is the transfer case is in 4 n. complete, the graphic stops flashing. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 239 If the parking brake and/or brake pedal Single Speed Transfer Case 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use for driving is not applied within 20 seconds, the on most streets and highways. The front transfer case will remain in the original axle is not engaged. This setting provides state. the best fuel economy. 6. If the transmission is not shifted into 4 (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use this N (Neutral) or the vehicle has not slowed m to 5 km/h (3 mph) within 20 seconds, setting when extra traction is needed, such the transfer case will remain in its as when driving on snowy or icy roads, original state. This will be indicated in when off-roading, or when plowing snow. the instrument cluster. AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel Drive) Shifting Out of N (Neutral) Use when road surface conditions are To shift out of N (Neutral): variable. When driving in AUTO, the front axle is engaged, and the vehicle's power is 1. Turn the ignition on with the engine off. sent to the front and rear wheels See Ignition Positions (Keyless Access) If equipped, the transfer case controls are automatically based on driving conditions. 0 226 or used to shift into and out of four-wheel This setting provides slightly lower fuel 0 drive. Ignition Positions (Key Access) 224. economy than 2 m. 2. Set the parking brake. See Electric To shift the transfer case, press the desired Parking Brake 0 240. button. The graphic in the instrument Shifts between 2 m, 4 m, and AUTO 3. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). cluster will flash while a shift is in progress. Any of these shifts can be made at normal The graphic displayed will change to indicate driving speed. 4. Shift the transfer case to 2 m. Transfer the setting requested. case shifts out of N (Neutral) can only be The actual 4x4 shift request is only made When the shift is complete the graphic will made into 2 . When the shift to 2 is after the button is released. The 4x4 graphic m m stop flashing. The DIC message turns off complete, the graphic in the instrument will remain flashing until the shift request once the shift is complete. If the transfer has completed. A DIC message displays. cluster will stop flashing. If the transfer case cannot complete a shift request, it will case cannot complete a shift, the graphic go back to its last chosen setting. Once the 4x4 shift has completed, the DIC will return to the previously selected message disappears, the 4x4 graphic stops setting. The settings are: flashing, and the current setting is indicated. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

240 Driving and Operating The actual 4x4 shift request is only made If there is a problem with ABS, this warning Electric Parking Brake after the button is released. The 4x4 graphic light stays on. See Antilock Brake System will remain flashing until the shift request (ABS) Warning Light 0 114. has completed. ABS does not change the time needed to A DIC message displays. Once the 4x4 shift get a foot on the brake pedal and does not has completed, the DIC message disappears, always decrease stopping distance. If you the 4x4 graphic stops flashing, and the get too close to the vehicle ahead, there will current setting is indicated. not be enough time to apply the brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops. Always Brakes leave enough room ahead to stop, even with ABS. Antilock Brake System (ABS) Using ABS The Antilock Brake System (ABS) helps Do not pump the brakes. Just hold the brake prevent a braking skid and maintain steering pedal down firmly. Hearing or feeling ABS The Electric Parking Brake (EPB) can always while braking hard. operate is normal. be applied, even if the vehicle is off. In case ABS performs a system check when the of insufficient electrical power, the EPB vehicle is first driven. A momentary motor Braking in Emergencies cannot be applied or released. To prevent or clicking noise may be heard while this ABS allows steering and braking at the same draining the battery, avoid unnecessary test is going on, and the brake pedal may time. In many emergencies, steering can repeated cycles of the EPB. move slightly. This is normal. help even more than braking. The system has a red parking brake status light and an amber service parking brake warning light. See Electric Parking Brake Light 0 113 and Service Electric Parking Brake Light 0 113. There are also parking brake-related Driver Information Center (DIC) messages. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 241

Before leaving the vehicle, check the red If the EPB is applied while the vehicle is Caution parking brake status light to ensure that the moving, the vehicle will decelerate as long parking brake is applied. as the switch is pressed. If the switch is Driving with the parking brake on can pressed until the vehicle comes to a stop, overheat the brake system and cause EPB Apply the EPB will remain applied. premature wear or damage to brake To apply the EPB: The vehicle may automatically apply the EPB system parts. Make sure that the parking 1. Be sure the vehicle is at a complete stop. in some situations when the vehicle is not brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off before driving. 2. Press the EPB switch momentarily. moving. This is normal, and is done to periodically check the correct operation of The red parking brake status light will flash the EPB system, or at the request of other If you are towing a trailer and parking on a and then stay on once the EPB is fully safety functions that utilize the EPB. hill, see Driving Characteristics and Towing applied. If the red parking brake status light Tips 0 268. flashes continuously, then the EPB is only If the EPB fails to apply, block the rear partially applied or there is a problem with wheels to prevent vehicle movement. Automatic EPB Release the EPB. A DIC message will display. Release EPB Release The EPB will automatically release if the the EPB and try to apply it again. If the vehicle is running, placed into gear, and an light does not come on, or keeps flashing, To release the EPB: attempt is made to drive away. Avoid rapid have the vehicle serviced. Do not drive the 1. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ acceleration when the EPB is applied, to vehicle if the red parking brake status light ACCESSORY. preserve parking brake lining life. is flashing. See your dealer. 2. Apply and hold the brake pedal. Brake Assist If the amber service parking brake warning 3. Press the EPB switch momentarily. light is on, press the EPB switch. Continue to Brake Assist detects rapid brake pedal hold the switch until the red parking brake The EPB is released when the red parking applications due to emergency braking status light remains on. If the amber service brake status light is off. situations and provides additional braking to parking brake warning light is on, see your If the amber service parking brake warning activate the Antilock Brake System (ABS) if dealer. light is on, release the EPB by pressing and the brake pedal is not pushed hard enough holding the EPB switch. Continue to hold the to activate ABS normally. Minor noise, brake switch until the red parking brake status pedal pulsation, and/or pedal movement light is off. If either light stays on after during this time may occur. Continue to release is attempted, see your dealer. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

242 Driving and Operating apply the brake pedal as the driving HSA is available when the vehicle is facing the vehicle on the intended path. Trailer situation dictates. Brake Assist disengages uphill in a forward gear, or when facing Sway Control (TSC) is also on automatically when the brake pedal is released. downhill in R (Reverse). The vehicle must when the vehicle is started. See Trailer Sway come to a complete stop on a grade for HSA Control (TSC) 0 285. Hill Start Assist (HSA) to activate. If cruise control is being used and traction control or StabiliTrak/ESC begins to limit { Warning Ride Control Systems wheel spin, cruise control will disengage. Do not rely on the HSA feature. HSA does Cruise control may be turned back on when not replace the need to pay attention Traction Control/Electronic road conditions allow. and drive safely. You may not hear or Stability Control Both systems come on automatically when feel alerts or warnings provided by this System Operation the vehicle is started and begins to move. system. Failure to use proper care when The systems may be heard or felt while driving may result in injury, death, The vehicle has a Traction Control System they are operating or while performing or vehicle damage. See Defensive Driving (TCS) and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability diagnostic checks. This is normal and does 0 208. Control (ESC) system. These systems help not mean there is a problem with the limit wheel spin and assist the driver in vehicle. When the vehicle is stopped on a grade, Hill maintaining control, especially on slippery It is recommended to leave both systems on Start Assist (HSA) prevents the vehicle from road conditions. for normal driving conditions, but it may be rolling in an unintended direction during the TCS activates if it senses any of the drive necessary to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets transition from brake pedal release to wheels are spinning or beginning to lose stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. See If the accelerator pedal apply. The brakes release traction. When this happens, TCS applies the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 216 and “Turning the when the accelerator pedal is applied. If the brakes to the spinning wheels and reduces Systems Off and On” later in this section. accelerator pedal is not applied within a few engine power to limit wheel spin. minutes, the Electric Parking Brake will When the transfer case (if equipped) is in apply. The brakes may also release under StabiliTrak/ESC activates when the vehicle Four-Wheel Drive Low, the stability system other conditions. Do not rely on HSA to hold senses a difference between the intended is automatically disabled, g comes on, and the vehicle. path and the direction the vehicle is actually the appropriate message will appear on the traveling. StabiliTrak/ESC selectively applies braking pressure to any one of the vehicle wheel brakes to assist the driver in keeping Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 243 Driver Information Center (DIC). Both Drive the vehicle. If d comes on and stays If TCS is limiting wheel spin when g is traction control and StabiliTrak/ESC are on, the vehicle may need more time to pressed, the system will not turn off until automatically disabled in this condition. diagnose the problem. If the condition the wheels stop spinning. persists, see your dealer. To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC, Turning the Systems Off and On press and hold g until the traction off light i and the StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light g come on and stay on in the instrument cluster, then release. The appropriate message will display in the DIC. The indicator light for both systems is in the To turn TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC on again, instrument cluster. This light will: press and release g. The traction off light . Flash when TCS is limiting wheel spin. The button for TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC is on i and the StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light in . Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC is activated. g the center stack. the instrument cluster turn off. . Turn on and stay on when either system is not working. Caution StabiliTrak/ESC will automatically turn on if the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h (35 mph). If either system fails to turn on or to Do not repeatedly brake or accelerate Traction control will remain off. activate, a message displays in the Driver heavily when TCS is off. The vehicle Information Center (DIC), and d comes on driveline could be damaged. The vehicle has a Trailer Sway Control (TSC) and stays on to indicate that the system is feature and a Hill Start Assist (HSA) feature. See Trailer Sway Control (TSC) 0 285 or inactive and is not assisting the driver in To turn off only TCS, press and release . g Hill Start Assist (HSA) 0 242. maintaining control. The vehicle is safe to The traction off light i displays in the drive, but driving should be adjusted instrument cluster. The appropriate message Adding accessories can affect the vehicle accordingly. will display in the DIC. To turn TCS on again, performance. See Accessories and Modifications 0 302. If d comes on and stays on: press and release g. The traction off light 1. Stop the vehicle. i displayed in the instrument cluster will 2. Turn the engine off and wait 15 seconds. turn off. 3. Start the engine. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

244 Driving and Operating Hill Descent Control (HDC) Noise from the Electronic Brake Control Driver Mode Control Module (EBCM) is normal when HDC is If equipped, Hill Descent Control (HDC) sets active. Driver Mode Control (DMC) allows the driver and maintains vehicle speed while driving to adjust the overall driving experience to down steep grades in a forward or reverse When HDC is activated, the initial HDC better suit preference by adjusting multiple gear. The HDC switch is on the center stack, speed is set to the current driving speed. systems to fit specific driving needs. Drive below the climate controls. It can be increased or decreased by pressing mode availability and affected vehicle +RES or SET- on the steering wheel, or by 5 subsystems are dependent upon vehicle trim Press to enable or disable HDC. Vehicle applying the accelerator or brake pedal. This level, region, and optional features. speed must be below 50 km/h (31 mph). adjusted speed becomes the new set speed. HDC will remain enabled between 30 and Mode Activation 60 km/h (19 and 37 mph); however, vehicle speed cannot be set or maintained in this range. HDC will automatically disable if the vehicle speed is above 80 km/h (50 mph) or above 60 km/h (37 mph) for at least 30 seconds. When enabled, the HDC light displays on the instrument cluster. 5 must be pressed again to re-enable HDC. A blinking HDC light indicates the system is HDC may disable after an extended period actively applying the brakes to maintain of use. If this happens, HDC will require vehicle speed. HDC can maintain vehicle time to cool down. The length of time HDC speeds between 1 and 22 km/h (1 and remains active depends on road conditions, 14 mph) on grades greater than or equal grade, set speed, vehicle loading, and to 10%. outside temperature. To activate Tow/Haul Mode turn the knob counterclockwise. To activate other drive If HDC is to be used for more than When enabled, if the vehicle speed is above modes turn the knob clockwise. three minutes or on grades steeper than 30 km/h (19 mph) and below 60 km/h 25%, the transfer case should be put into (37 mph), a DIC message will display. Four-Wheel Drive Low (4 n) to reduce the possibility of brake overheating. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 245 Modes: Brake System (ABS), StabiliTrak/Electronic While in the Electronic Range Select (ERS) Stability Control (ESC), and Traction Control Mode (see “manual mode”), grade breaking Normal Mode : Use for normal city and System (TCS) performance. is deactivated, allowing the driver to select a highway driving to provide a smooth ride. range and limiting the highest gear This setting provides balance between For more information on off-road driving see available. comfort and handling. This is the standard/ Off-Road Driving 0 211. default mode. There is no persistent For more information on trailer weight _ Tow/Haul Mode : Use this mode indicator in the instrument cluster for specifications, see Towing Equipment 0 276. when hauling heavy loads to provide this mode. increased performance and vehicle control. Limited-Slip Differential 6 Snow/Ice Mode : Snow/Ice Mode Tow/Haul Mode adjusts the transmission improves vehicle acceleration on snow and shift pattern, AWD, and ESC performance. If equipped, the limited-slip differential can give more traction on snow, mud, ice, sand, ice covered roads. When active, Snow/Ice If the vehicle is turned off with Tow/Haul Mode will adjust acceleration to optimize or gravel. It works like a standard axle most Mode active and then restarted within four of the time, but when traction is low, this traction on slippery surfaces. This can hours or less, Tow/Haul will remain active. compromise the acceleration on dry asphalt. feature allows the drive wheel with the Otherwise, the vehicle will start in most traction to move the vehicle. For This feature is not intended for use when Normal Mode. vehicles with the limited-slip differential, the vehicle is stuck in sand, mud, ice, snow, If the vehicle has a diesel engine, exhaust driven under severe conditions, the rear axle or gravel. If the vehicle becomes stuck, see If braking is automatically activated when fluid should be changed. See Maintenance 0 the Vehicle Is Stuck 216. Tow/Haul Mode is selected. It maintains Schedule 0 384. vehicle speed by automatically 7 Off-Road Mode : Use this mode for Locking Rear Axle off-road recreational driving. Off-Road Mode implementing a shift pattern that uses the should be used to improve driving at engine and the transmission to slow the Vehicles with a locking rear axle can give moderate speeds, on grass, gravel, dirt, vehicle. The system will command more traction on snow, mud, ice, sand, unpaved roads, or snow-covered roads. The downshifts and use the turbocharger on the or gravel. It works like a standard axle most accelerator pedal is tuned for off-road use. engine to reduce vehicle speed when the of the time, but when traction is low, this This mode modifies pedal mapping, brake is applied. The normal tow/haul shift feature will allow the rear wheel with the All-Wheel Drive (AWD), ride height, Antilock pattern will return once the vehicle is on a most traction to move the vehicle. low grade or when the accelerator pedal is pressed. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

246 Driving and Operating Cruise Control When road conditions allow you to safely SET− : Press the control down briefly to set use it again, cruise control can be turned the speed and activate cruise control. back on. If cruise control is already engaged, use to { Warning Turning off the TCS or StabiliTrak/ESC decrease vehicle speed. Cruise control can be dangerous where system will disengage the cruise control. * : Press to disengage cruise control you cannot drive safely at a steady without erasing the set speed from memory. speed. Do not use cruise control on If the brakes are applied, cruise control winding roads or in heavy traffic. disengages. Setting Cruise Control Cruise control can be dangerous on If 5 is on when not in use, SET− or +RES slippery roads. On such roads, fast could get pressed and go into cruise when changes in tire traction can cause not desired. Keep 5 off when cruise is not excessive wheel slip, and you could lose being used. control. Do not use cruise control on 1. Press 5 to turn the cruise system on. slippery roads. 2. Get up to the desired speed. If equipped with cruise control, a speed of 3. Press and release SET−. about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can be 4. Remove your foot from the accelerator. maintained without keeping your foot on the accelerator. Cruise control does not work The cruise control indicator on the at speeds below about 40 km/h (25 mph). instrument cluster turns green after cruise 5 control has been set to the desired speed. If the cruise control is being used and the : Press to turn cruise control on or off. See Instrument Cluster 0 102. Traction Control System (TCS) or StabiliTrak/ A white indicator comes on or off in the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) begins to instrument cluster. Resuming a Set Speed limit wheel spin, the cruise control will +RES : If there is a set speed in memory, If the cruise control is set at a desired speed automatically disengage. See Traction press the control up briefly to resume to and then the brakes are applied or * is 0 Control/Electronic Stability Control 242. that speed or press and hold to accelerate. pressed, the cruise control is disengaged If a collision alert occurs when cruise control If cruise control is already engaged, use to without erasing the set speed from memory. is activated, cruise control is disengaged. See increase vehicle speed. Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 257. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 247 Once the vehicle reaches about 40 km/h Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise For other forms of descent control, see Hill (25 mph) or more, press RES+ up briefly. The Control Descent Control (HDC) 0 244, Automatic vehicle returns to the previously set speed. Transmission 0 232, and Tow/Haul Mode Use the accelerator pedal to increase the 0 Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control vehicle speed. When you take your foot off 235. Do one of the following: the pedal, the vehicle will slow down to the Ending Cruise Control previously set cruise speed. While pressing There are four ways to end cruise control: . Press and hold +RES up until the desired the accelerator pedal or shortly following speed is reached, then release it. the release to override cruise control, briefly . Step lightly on the brake pedal. . To increase vehicle speed in small pressing SET– will result in cruise control set . Press *. increments, press +RES up briefly. For to the current vehicle speed. . Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). each press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h (1 mph) faster. Using Cruise Control on Hills . To turn off cruise control, press 5. The speedometer reading can be displayed How well the cruise control works on hills Erasing Speed Memory depends on the vehicle speed, the load, and in either English or metric units. See The cruise control set speed is erased from 0 the steepness of the hills. When going up Instrument Cluster 102. The increment memory if 5 is pressed or the ignition is value used depends on the units displayed. steep hills, pressing the accelerator pedal may be necessary to maintain vehicle speed. turned off. Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control While going downhill, cruise braking helps Do one of the following: maintain driver selected speed. Driver Assistance Systems . Press and hold SET– down until the Cruise Grade Braking is enabled when the This vehicle may have features that work desired lower speed is reached, then vehicle is started and cruise control is active. together to help avoid crashes or reduce release it. It is not enabled in Range Selection Mode. crash damage while driving, backing, and . To slow down in small increments, press It assists in maintaining driver selected parking. Read this entire section before SET– down briefly. For each press, the speed when driving on downhill grades by using these systems. vehicle goes about 1 km/h (1 mph) slower. using the engine and transmission to slow The speedometer reading can be displayed the vehicle. in either English or metric units. See Instrument Cluster 0 102. The increment value used depends on the units displayed. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

248 Driving and Operating Information Center (DIC) messages may { Warning Warning (Continued) display when the systems are unavailable or Do not rely on the Driver Assistance . Work if the detection sensor is blocked. Systems. These systems do not replace covered up, such as with a sticker, the need for paying attention and driving magnet, or metal plate. safely. You may not hear or feel alerts or . Work if the area surrounding the warnings provided by these systems. detection sensor is damaged or not Failure to use proper care when driving properly repaired. may result in injury, death, or vehicle Complete attention is always required 0 damage. See Defensive Driving 208. while driving, and you should be ready to Under many conditions, these systems take action and apply the brakes and/or will not: steer the vehicle to avoid crashes. . Detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists, Audible or Safety Alert Seat or animals. Some driver assistance features alert the . Detect vehicles or objects outside the area monitored by the system. driver of obstacles by beeping. To change the volume of the warning chime, see . Work at all driving speeds. “Comfort and Convenience” under Vehicle . Warn you or provide you with enough Personalization 0 126. time to avoid a crash. If equipped with the Safety Alert Seat, the . Work under poor visibility or bad driver seat cushion may provide a vibrating weather conditions. pulse alert instead of beeping. To change this, see “Collision/Detection Systems” under . Work if the detection sensor is not 0 cleaned or is covered by ice, snow, Vehicle Personalization 126. mud, or dirt. Cleaning (Continued) Depending on vehicle options, keep these areas of the vehicle clean to ensure the best driver assistance feature performance. Driver Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 249 . Front and rear bumpers and the area Assistance Systems for Parking or below the bumpers Backing . Front grille and headlamps . Front camera lens in the front grille or If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera (RVC), near the front emblem Surround Vision, Rear Park Assist (RPA), Front Park Assist (FPA), and Rear Cross . Front side and rear side panels Traffic Alert (RCTA) may help the driver park . Outside of the windshield in front of the or avoid objects. Always check around the rearview mirror vehicle when parking or backing. . Side camera lens on the bottom of the outside mirrors The RVC, RPA, and Surround Vision will not work properly if the tailgate is down. If the . Rear side corner bumpers tailgate is down, do not use these systems. . Rear Vision Camera in the tailgate handle . Rear Camera Mirror and Cargo View Rear Vision Camera (RVC) 1. View Displayed by the Rear Vision Camera Camera in the Center High-Mounted When the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse), Stoplamp the RVC displays an image of the area Radio Frequency behind the vehicle in the infotainment display. The previous screen displays when This vehicle may be equipped with driver the vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) after assistance systems that operate using radio a short delay. To return to the previous frequency. See Radio Frequency Statement screen sooner, press any button on the 0 409. infotainment system, shift into P (Park), or, while in D (Drive), reach a vehicle speed of approximately 12 km/h (8 mph). The rear vision camera is in the tailgate handle. 1. View Displayed by the Rear Vision Camera 2. Corners of the Rear Bumper Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

250 Driving and Operating Displayed images may be farther or closer than they appear. The area displayed is { Warning limited and objects that are close to either The camera(s) do not display children, corner of the bumper or under the bumper pedestrians, bicyclists, crossing traffic, do not display. animals, or any other object outside of A warning triangle may display to show the cameras’ field of view, below the that Rear Park Assist (RPA) has detected an bumper, or under the vehicle. Shown object. This triangle changes from amber to distances may be different from actual red and increases in size the closer the distances. Do not drive or park the object. 1. Views Displayed by the Surround vehicle using only these camera(s). If equipped with Hitch View, see “Surround Vision Cameras Always check behind and around the Vision” following. 2. Area Not Shown vehicle before driving. Failure to use proper care may result in injury, death, Surround Vision or vehicle damage. If equipped the Surround Vision system can display various views surrounding the Camera Views vehicle in the infotainment display. See below for camera view descriptions and more information.

{ Warning The Surround Vision cameras have blind 1. Views Displayed by the Surround spots and will not display all objects near Vision Cameras the corners of the vehicle. Folding outside 2. Area Not Shown mirrors that are out of position may not display surround view correctly. Always check around the vehicle when parking or backing. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 251 Touch the camera view buttons along the view is active. Touch the button to signal is active and the left side view bottom of the infotainment display to toggle between front and rear camera being shown when the left turn signal access each view (if equipped): views. is active. The feature is available when 3. Rear Bowl View a trailer is connected. The feature can 1. Front/Rear Standard View be enabled or disabled. See Vehicle Displays a perspective view of the 0 Displays an image of the area in front vehicle from the front looking Personalization 126. Touch X to exit. or behind the vehicle. To select, touch rearward. To select, touch Rear Bowl 5. Surround View Front/Rear Standard View on the View on the infotainment display Displays an image of the area infotainment display when a camera when a camera view is active. Park surrounding the vehicle. Surround view is active. Touch the button to Assist and Rear Cross Traffic Alert View is available as part of the Front/ toggle between front and rear camera (RCTA) overlays are not available when Rear Standard Views, the Front/Rear views. bowl view is active. Top-Down Views and the Front/Rear When the hitch guidance is selected, 4. Front/Rear side View Side Views. In these views Surround Rear Standard View will remain visible Displays a view that shows objects View can be enabled by touching across gear changes, otherwise the next to the front or rear sides of the Surround View on the infotainment view will toggle between Front and vehicle. To select, touch Front/Rear display when the camera view is Rear Standard View based on gear Side View on the infotainment display active. position. when a camera view is active. Touch 6. Guidance Lines/Hitch Guidance If equipped, the front view camera the button to toggle between front Guidance Lines displays available also displays when the Park Assist and rear camera views. Park Assist and guidelines, including Standard and system detects an object within RCTA overlays are not available when Hitch Guidance. A grayed-out icon 30 cm (12 in). Front/Rear Side View is active. indicates that guidelines are not 2. Front/Rear Overhead View The Turn Signal Activated View works available. To enable, touch Guidance Displays a front or rear overhead view with Rear Side View to provide a Lines on the infotainment display of the vehicle. To select, touch Front/ rearward view of the left or right side when a camera view is active. Rear Top-Down View on the of the vehicle and trailer. Views are Touching the button multiple times infotainment display when a camera provided based on turn signal will toggle through Standard activation with the right-side view Guidelines, Hitch Guidance and no being shown when the right turn guidelines. Standard guidelines are Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

252 Driving and Operating available in Front/Rear Standard 7. Interior Trailer View the infotainment display and touch Views, Front/Rear Top-Down Views Provides a view of the interior of the the Cargo Bed View icon. The view and Surround View. trailer. The feature is available when a will close after 8 seconds and can be Hitch Guidance displays a single trailer is connected. The feature closed early by touching X. Shifting centered guideline on the requires user installation of an into P (Park) while in this view will infotainment display to assist with accessory trailer camera on the automatically engage the Electric aligning the vehicle’s hitch ball with a interior of the trailer per the accessory Parking Brake (EPB). trailer coupler. Touch the Hitch trailer camera installation instructions 9. Bed View Guidance icon, then align the trailer (see your dealer for accessory trailer Provides a view of the truck bed and guidance line over the trailer coupler. camera(s) and information). To select, the area behind the vehicle to assist Continuously steer the vehicle to keep touch Interior Trailer View on the in cargo or hitch monitoring or the guideline centered on the coupler infotainment display when a camera hitching to a fifth wheel or gooseneck when backing. Park Assist overlays will view is active. To access this view trailer. To select, touch Bed View on not display when the trailer guidance when in a forward gear above the infotainment display when a line is active. Hitch Guidance is 12 km/h (8 mph), touch CAMERA on camera view is active. To access this available in Rear Standard View. the infotainment display and touch view when in a forward gear above the Interior Trailer View icon. The view 12 km/h (8 mph), touch CAMERA on { Warning will close after 8 seconds and can be the infotainment display and touch closed early by touching X. Use Hitch Guidance only to help back the the Bed View icon. The view will close 8. Hitch View after 8 seconds and can be closed vehicle to a trailer hitch or, when early by touching X. traveling above 12 km/h (8 mph), to Assists with connecting to a trailer by 10. Transparent Trailer View briefly check the status of your trailer. Do providing a zoomed-in view of the not use for any other purpose, such as hitch to help align the vehicle’s hitch Provides a view that allows the driver making lane change decisions. Before ball with the trailer coupler, or to to virtually “see through” the trailer. monitor the trailer connection. To making a lane change, always check the The feature is available when a select, touch Hitch View on the compatible trailer is connected and a mirrors and glance over your shoulder. infotainment display when a camera profile is configured and selected via Improper use could result in serious view is active. To access this view the Trailering App. See Trailering App injury to you or others. when in a forward gear above 0 286. The feature requires user 12 km/h (8 mph), touch CAMERA on installation of an accessory trailer Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 253 camera on the rear exterior surface of 11. Rear Trailer View/Rear Side View with Articulation Functionality/ the trailer per the accessory trailer Available Articulation Functionality/ Picture-in-Picture Side View icon. camera installation instructions (see Picture-in-Picture Side View Touch X to exit. your dealer for accessory trailer . Rear Trailer View provides a view . Rear Side View with Available camera(s) and information). To select, of the area behind the trailer. the Articulation Functionality provides touch Transparent Trailer View on the feature is available when a trailer a rearward split view of the left infotainment display when a camera is connected. The feature requires and right sides of the vehicle and view is active. To access this view user installation of an accessory trailer. When in a forward gear the when in a forward gear above trailer camera on the rear exterior view well automatically pan to 12 km/h (8 mph), touch CAMERA on surface of the trailer per the show more of the left or right side the infotainment display and touch accessory trailer camera based on the position of the the Transparent Trailer View icon. installation instructions (see your trailer. The feature is available Touch X to exit. dealer for accessory trailer when a trailer is connected. To When the system is calibrated and the camera(s) and information). To select, touch Rear trailer View/Rear trailer position is known, one of three select, touch Rear Trailer View/Rear Side View with Available views will be shown; Transparent Side View with Available Articulation Functionality/ Trailer View, Left Transparent Trailer Articulation Functionality/ Picture-in-Picture Side View on the View or Right Transparent Trailer Picture-in-Pictue Side View on the infotainment display when a View. The Transparent Trailer View is infotainment display when a camera view is active. Each touch shown when the position of the trailer camera view is active. Each touch will toggle through the Rear Trailer is relatively straight behind the will toggle through the Rear Trailer View, trailer tow Mirror view and vehicle. The Left or Right Transparent View, Trailer Tow Mirror View and Combo View. To access this view Trailer View is shown when the Combo View. To access this view when in a forward gear above position of the trailer is too far to the when in a forward gear above 12 km/h (8 mph), Touch CAMERA left or right. When the system is not 12 km/h (8 mph), touch CAMERA on the infotainment display and calibrated or trailer position is not on the infotainment display and touch the Rear Trailer View/Rear known the Transparent Trailer touch the Interior Rear Trailer Side View with Available Picture-in-Picture View will be shown. View/Rear Side View with Available Articulation Functionality/ Picture-in-Picture Side icon. Touch X to exit. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

254 Driving and Operating . Provides a rearward split view of HD Surround Vision with Trailer Camera . Front/Rear Top-Down View the left and right sides of the Provisions . Rear Bowl View vehicle and trailer with an overlay If equipped, this feature provides additional . Front/Rear Side View view of the area behind the trailer. views to aid in trailering/towing. The The feature is available when a . Hitch View system shows multiple views in the trailer is connected. the feature . Bed View infotainment display using five cameras requires user installation of an . Rear trailer View mounted around the vehicle and up to two accessory trailer camera on the additional accessory cameras that can be . Rear Side view with a available rear exterior surface of the trailer mounted on or in a trailer. The front camera articulation functionality per the accessory trailer camera is in the grille under the front emblem, the . Picture-in-Picture Side View installation instructions (see your side cameras are on the bottom of the . Interior Trailer View dealer for accessory trailer outside mirrors, the rear camera is in the camera(s) and information). To . Transparent trailer View tailgate handle and the bed camera is select, touch Rear Trailer View/Rear . Surround View mounted on the rear of the cab. Side View with Available Additionally, up to two accessory cameras . Guidance Lines Articulation Functionality/ can be mounted to the rear and/or interior . Hitch Guidance Picture-in-Picture Side view on the of the trailer. See your dealer for accessory infotainment display when a Surround Vision (360 Degrees) trailer cameras. To access, touch CAMERA on camera view is active. Each press the infotainment display or shift to If equipped, the Surround Vision system can of the button will toggle through R (Reverse). To return to the previous screen display various views surrounding the the Rear Trailer View, Trailer Tow when not in reverse, touch the Home or vehicle in the infotainment display using mirror View and Combo View. To Back buttons on the infotainment display. four cameras mounted around the vehicle. access this view when in a forward The front camera is in the grille under the gear above 12 km/h (8 mph), touch Certain trailer views require a compatible front emblem, the side cameras are on the CAMERA on the infotainment trailer profile be configured and selected. bottom of the outside mirrors, and the rear display and touch the Rear Trailer A compatible trailer is a box type trailer camera is in the tailgate handle. View/Rear Side View with Available (cargo, camper, etc.) with a conventional The Surround Vision system can be accessed Articulation Functionality/ hitch. by selecting CAMERA in the infotainment Picture-in-Picture Side View icon. Available camera views: display or when the vehicle is shifted into Touch X to exit. . Front/Rear Standard View R (Reverse). To return to the previous screen Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 255 sooner, when not in R (Reverse), press the The system can be accessed by selecting . The calibration is attempted in low light. Home or Back button on the infotainment CAMERA in the infotainment display or Calibration should be attempted when system, shift into P (Park), or, while in D when the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). there is enough light. (Drive), reach a vehicle speed of To return to the previous screen sooner, . The calibration is attempted during approximately 12 km/h (8 mph). when not in R (Reverse), press the Home or adverse weather conditions. Calibration Available camera views: Back button on the infotainment system or during conditions such as snow or heavy shift into P (Park). rain should be avoided. . Front/Rear Standard View . The road surface is not ideal for . Front/Rear Top-Down View Available camera views: . Rear Standard View calibration. Calibration should be . Rear Bowl View attempted on an alternate road surface. . Hitch View . Front/Rear Side View . The accessory trailer cameras are . Bed View . Hitch View swapped at the hitch connector. Ensure . Surround View . Rear Trailer View that the camera mounted to the rear of . Guidance Lines . Interior Trailer View the trailer is connected to the rear trailer . Hitch Guidance . Guidance Lines camera input. . Hitch Guidance . The accessory trailer camera is mounted, Surround Vision Troubleshooting angled or rotated outside of the defined If equipped, this feature provides, additional mounting location (see camera views to aid in trailering/towing. The Front The Transparent Trailer calibration may take installation instructions). longer than expected or not calibrate if: Vision Camera and Surround Vision cameras Distortion may be observed in the calibrated are not supported. The system can show . The vehicle is driven too fast during Transparent Trailer View if: various views in the infotainment display calibration. Speed should be maintained using cameras mounted in and around the below 50 km/h (31 mph). . The accessory trailer camera is mounted, angled or rotated outside of the defined vehicle and trailer. The rear camera is in the . The vehicle is not driven straight during tailgate handle and the cargo bed camera is mounting location (see camera calibration. Steering should be maintained installation instructions). mounted on the rear of the cab. Up to two as straight as possible, excessive steering accessory cameras can be mounted to the during calibration may extend The Transparent Trailer icon may appear rear and/or interior of the trailer. See your calibration time. grayed out if: dealer for these accessory cameras. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

256 Driving and Operating . A compatible trailer profile is not . The accessory trailer cameras are configured or a non-compatible trailer swapped at the hitch connector. Ensure Warning (Continued) profile is selected. that the accessory camera(s) are greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To prevent . The vehicle is in R (Reverse). connected to the correct camera input. injury, death, or vehicle damage, even . The trailer is not connected. A view may switch automatically if: with Park Assist, always check the area . The accessory rear trailer camera is not . The vehicle is shifted to another gear. around the vehicle and check all mirrors connected or connected to the incorrect before moving forward or backing. input. Park Assist The preview may not be provided or the With Front and Rear Park Assist, as the wrong preview may be provided if: vehicle moves at speeds of less than 8 km/h (5 mph) the sensors on the bumpers may . The accessory cameras are not recognized. detect objects up to 1.2 m (4 ft) in front and Ensure that the accessory camera(s) are 2.5 m (8 ft) behind the vehicle within a zone connected and power cycle the vehicle. 25 cm (10 in) high off the ground and below . The accessory trailer cameras are bumper level. These detection distances may swapped at the hitch connector. Ensure be shorter during warmer or humid weather. that the accessory camera(s) are Blocked sensors will not detect objects and connected to the correct input. can also cause false detections. Keep the The instrument cluster may have a Park . The accessory trailer camera(s) are sensors clean of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and Assist display with bars that show “distance connected to the correct camera input. slush; and clean sensors after a car wash in to object” and object location information . The accessory trailer camera(s) are not freezing temperatures. for the Front and Rear Park Assist system. installed according to the installation As the object gets closer, more bars light up instructions. { Warning and the bars change color from yellow to amber to red. A feature may be unavailable or not The Park Assist system does not detect activating as expected if: children, pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, When an object is first detected in the rear, . The customization is disabled. Check the or objects located below the bumper or one beep will be heard from the rear, customization settings where applicable. that are too close or too far from the or both sides of the Safety Alert Seat will vehicle. It is not available at speeds pulse two times. When an object is very (Continued) close — <0.4 m (1.5 ft) in the vehicle rear or Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 257 <0.3 m (1 ft) in the vehicle front — a RCTA can be turned off. See “Collision/ To turn the RPA symbols on or off, see continuous beep will sound from the rear or Detection Systems” under Vehicle “Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols” under front depending on object location, or both Personalization 0 126. Vehicle Personalization 0 126. sides of the Safety Alert Seat will pulse five times. Beeps for FPA are higher pitched than Turning the Features On or Off Assistance Systems for Driving for RPA. If equipped, when driving the vehicle in a Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) forward gear, Forward Collision Alert (FCA), Lane Departure Warning (LDW), Side Blind If equipped, when the vehicle is shifted into Zone Alert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert (LCA), R (Reverse), RCTA shows a red warning and/or the Automatic Emergency Braking triangle with a left or right pointing arrow (AEB) can help to avoid a crash or reduce on the infotainment display to warn of crash damage. traffic coming from the left or right. This Press X on the center stack to turn on or system detects objects coming from up to off the Front and Rear Park Assist. The Forward Collision Alert (FCA) 20 m (65 ft) from the left or right side of indicator light next to the button comes on the vehicle. When an object is detected, when the features are on and turns off System either three beeps sound from the left or when the features have been disabled. If equipped, the FCA system may help to right or three Safety Alert Seat pulses occur Front and Rear Park Assist can be turned avoid or reduce the harm caused by on the left or right side, depending on the Off, On, or On with Towbar. See “Park front-end crashes. When approaching a direction of the detected vehicle. Assist” under Vehicle Personalization 0 126. vehicle ahead too quickly, FCA provides a Use caution while backing up when towing If Park Assist is turned off through vehicle red flashing alert on the windshield and a trailer, as the RCTA detection zones that personalization, the Park Assist button will rapidly beeps or pulses the driver seat. FCA extend out from the back of the vehicle do be disabled. To turn Park Assist on again, also lights an amber visual alert if following not move further back when a trailer is select On in vehicle personalization. The On another vehicle much too closely. towed. with Towbar setting allows Park Assist to FCA detects vehicles within a distance of RCTA is disabled when the trailer connection work properly with a trailer hitch. Some approximately 60 m (197 ft) and operates at status is displayed. larger trailer hitches may not be compatible. speeds above 8 km/h (5 mph). Turn off Park Assist when towing a trailer. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

258 Driving and Operating FCA warnings will not occur unless the FCA Collision Alert { Warning system detects a vehicle ahead. When a FCA is a warning system and does not vehicle is detected, the vehicle ahead apply the brakes. When approaching a indicator will display green. Vehicles may slower-moving or stopped vehicle ahead not be detected on curves, highway exit too rapidly, or when following a vehicle ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility; or if a too closely, FCA may not provide a vehicle ahead is partially blocked by warning with enough time to help avoid pedestrians or other objects. FCA will not detect another vehicle ahead until it is With Head-Up Display a crash. It also may not provide any completely in the driving lane. warning at all. FCA does not warn of pedestrians, animals, signs, guardrails, { Warning bridges, construction barrels, or other objects. Be ready to take action and FCA does not provide a warning to help apply the brakes. See Defensive Driving avoid a crash, unless it detects a vehicle. 0 208. FCA may not detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, Without Head-Up Display FCA can be disabled through vehicle or ice, or if the windshield is damaged. personalization. See “Collision/Detection It may also not detect a vehicle on When your vehicle approaches another Systems” under Vehicle Personalization winding or hilly roads, or in conditions detected vehicle too rapidly, the red FCA 0 126. that can limit visibility such as fog, rain, display will flash on the windshield. Also, eight rapid high-pitched beeps will sound Detecting the Vehicle Ahead or snow, or if the headlamps or windshield are not cleaned or in proper from the front, or both sides of the Safety condition. Keep the windshield, Alert Seat will pulse five times. When this Collision Alert occurs, the brake system may headlamps, and FCA sensors clean and in prepare for driver braking to occur more good repair. rapidly which can cause a brief, mild deceleration. Continue to apply the brake pedal as needed. Cruise control may be disengaged when the Collision Alert occurs. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 259 Tailgating Alert Unnecessary Alerts brake moderately or hard. This automatic emergency braking can only occur if a FCA may provide unnecessary alerts for vehicle is detected. This is shown by the FCA turning vehicles, vehicles in other lanes, vehicle ahead indicator being lit. See objects that are not vehicles, or shadows. Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 257. These alerts are normal operation and the vehicle does not need service. The system works when driving in a forward gear between 8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h Cleaning the System (50 mph). It can detect vehicles up to The vehicle ahead indicator will display approximately 60 m (197 ft). amber when you are following a vehicle If the FCA system does not seem to operate ahead much too closely. properly, this may correct the issue: . Clean the outside of the windshield in { Warning Selecting the Alert Timing front of the rearview mirror. AEB is an emergency crash preparation The Collision Alert control is on the steering . Clean the entire front of the vehicle. feature and is not designed to avoid wheel. Press [ to set the FCA timing to . Clean the headlamps. crashes. Do not rely on AEB to brake the Far, Medium, or Near. The first button press vehicle. AEB will not brake outside of its shows the current setting on the DIC. Automatic Emergency operating speed range and only responds Additional button presses will change this Braking (AEB) to detected vehicles. setting. The chosen setting will remain until AEB may not: it is changed and will affect the timing of If the vehicle has Forward Collision Alert both the Collision Alert and the Tailgating (FCA), it also has AEB, which includes . Detect a vehicle ahead on winding or Alert features. The timing of both alerts will Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA). When the hilly roads. system detects a vehicle ahead in your path vary based on vehicle speed. The faster the . Detect all vehicles, especially vehicles vehicle speed, the farther away the alert will that is traveling in the same direction that you may be about to crash into, it can with a trailer, tractors, muddy occur. Consider traffic and weather vehicles, etc. conditions when selecting the alert timing. provide a boost to braking or automatically The range of selectable alert timings may brake the vehicle. This can help avoid or . Detect a vehicle when weather limits not be appropriate for all drivers and driving lessen the severity of crashes when driving visibility, such as in fog, rain, or snow. conditions. in a forward gear. Depending on the (Continued) situation, the vehicle may automatically Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

260 Driving and Operating Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) Warning (Continued) { Warning IBA may activate when the brake pedal is . Detect a vehicle ahead if it is partially applied quickly by providing a boost to Using AEB or IBA while towing a trailer blocked by pedestrians or other braking based on the speed of approach and could cause you to lose control of the objects. distance to a vehicle ahead. vehicle and crash. Turn the system to Complete attention is always required Alert or Off when towing a trailer. Minor brake pedal pulsations or pedal while driving, and you should be ready to movement during this time is normal and take action and apply the brakes and/or A system unavailable message may the brake pedal should continue to be display if: steer the vehicle to avoid crashes. applied as needed. IBA will automatically . The front of the vehicle or windshield is disengage only when the brake pedal is not clean. AEB may slow the vehicle to a complete released. stop to try to avoid a potential crash. If this . Heavy rain or snow is interfering with happens, AEB may engage the Electric { Warning object detection. Parking Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at a . There is a problem with the StabiliTrak/ stop. Release the EPB or firmly press the IBA may increase vehicle braking in Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system. accelerator pedal. situations when it may not be necessary. You could block the flow of traffic. If this The AEB system does not need service. { Warning occurs, take your foot off the brake pedal Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) AEB may automatically brake the vehicle and then apply the brakes as needed. If equipped, the SBZA system is a suddenly in situations where it is AEB and IBA can be disabled. See “Collision/ lane-changing aid that assists drivers with unexpected and undesired. It could Detection Systems” under Vehicle avoiding crashes that occur with moving respond to a turning vehicle ahead, Personalization 0 126. vehicles in the side blind zone, or blind spot guardrails, signs, and other non-moving areas. When the vehicle is in a forward gear, objects. To override AEB, firmly press the the left or right side mirror display will light accelerator pedal, if it is safe to do so. up if a moving vehicle is detected in that blind zone. If the turn signal is activated and a vehicle is also detected on the same side, the display will flash as an extra warning not to change lanes. Since this system is Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 261 part of the Lane Change Alert (LCA) system, LCA Detection Zones blind zone or rapidly approaching that zone read the entire LCA section before using this from behind. A lit LCA symbol indicates it feature. may be unsafe to change lanes. Before making a lane change, check the LCA Lane Change Alert (LCA) display, check mirrors, glance over your If equipped, the LCA system is a shoulder, and use the turn signals. lane-changing aid that assists drivers with avoiding lane change crashes that occur with moving vehicles in the side blind zone (or spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly approaching these areas from behind. The LCA warning display will light up in the 1. SBZA Detection Zone corresponding outside side mirror and will 2. LCA Detection Zone Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror Display Display flash if the turn signal is on. The LCA sensor covers a zone of approximately one lane over from both { Warning sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m (11 ft). The When the vehicle is started, both outside mirror LCA displays will briefly come on to LCA does not alert the driver to vehicles height of the zone is approximately between indicate the system is operating. When the outside of the system detection zones, 0.5 m (1.5 ft) and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. The Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) warning vehicle is in a forward gear, the left or right pedestrians, bicyclists, or animals. It may side mirror display will light up if a moving not provide alerts when changing lanes area starts at approximately the middle of the vehicle and goes back 5 m (16 ft). Drivers vehicle is detected in the next lane over in under all driving conditions. Failure to use that blind zone or rapidly approaching that proper care when changing lanes may are also warned of vehicles rapidly approaching from up to 70 m (230 ft) behind zone. If the turn signal is activated in the result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. the vehicle. same direction as a detected vehicle, this Before making a lane change, always display will flash as an extra warning not to check mirrors, glance over your shoulder, How the System Works change lanes. and use the turn signals. The LCA symbol lights up in the side mirrors when the system detects a moving vehicle in the next lane over that is in the side Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

262 Driving and Operating LCA can be disabled through vehicle LCA may not always alert the driver to Lane Departure Warning (LDW) personalization. When you disable LCA, SBZA vehicles in the next lane over, especially in is also disabled. See Vehicle Personalization wet conditions or when driving on sharp If equipped, LDW may help avoid crashes 0 126. If LCA is disabled by the driver, the curves. The system does not need to be due to unintentional lane departures. LDW LCA mirror displays will not light up. serviced. The system may light up due to uses a camera sensor to detect the lane guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and other markings at speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or When the System Does Not Seem to non-moving objects. This is normal system greater. It may provide an alert if the Work Properly operation; the vehicle does not need service. vehicle is crossing a lane without using a turn signal in that direction. LDW light will The LCA system requires some driving for LCA may not operate when the LCA sensors not alert if the turn signal is active in the the system to calibrate to maximum in the left or right corners of the rear direction of lane departure, or if LDW performance. This calibration may occur bumper are covered with mud, dirt, snow, detects that you are accelerating, braking or more quickly if the vehicle is driving on a ice, or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. For actively steering. straight highway road with traffic and cleaning instructions, see "Washing the roadside objects (e.g., guardrails, barriers). 0 Vehicle" under Exterior Care 373. If the DIC { Warning LCA displays may not come on when still displays the system unavailable passing a vehicle quickly, for a stopped message after cleaning both sides of the The LDW system does not steer the vehicle, or when towing a trailer. The LCA vehicle toward the rear corners of the vehicle. The LDW system may not: detection zones that extend back from the vehicle, see your dealer. . Provide enough time to avoid a crash. side of the vehicle do not move further back If the LCA displays do not light up when . Detect lane markings under poor when a trailer is towed. Use caution while moving vehicles are in the side blind zone or weather or visibility conditions. This changing lanes when towing a trailer. LCA are rapidly approaching this zone and the can occur if the windshield or may alert to objects attached to the vehicle, system is clean, the system may need headlamps are blocked by dirt, snow, such as a trailer, bicycle, or object extending service. Take the vehicle to your dealer. or ice; if they are not in proper out to either side of the vehicle. Attached Radio Frequency Information condition; or if the sun shines directly objects may also interfere with the into the camera. detection of vehicles. This is normal system See Radio Frequency Statement 0 409. operation; the vehicle does not need service. . Detect road edges. . Detect lanes on winding or hilly roads. (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 263 @ Warning (Continued) When LDW is on, is green if LDW is available to warn of a lane departure. If the If LDW only detects lane markings on one vehicle crosses a detected lane marking side of the road, it will only warn you without using the turn signal in that when departing the lane on the side direction, @ changes to amber and flashes. where it has detected a lane marking. Additionally, there will be three beeps, on Always keep your attention on the road the right or left, depending on the lane and maintain proper vehicle position departure direction. LDW will not alert if the within the lane, or vehicle damage, turn signal is active in the direction of lane injury, or death could occur. Always keep departure or if LDA detects that you are the windshield, headlamps, and camera accelerating, braking or actively steering. sensors clean and in good repair. Do not use LDW in bad weather conditions. Fuel Recommended Fuel How the System Works Top Tier Fuel For diesel engine vehicles, see “Fuel for Diesel Engines” in the Duramax diesel LDW utilizes a camera sensor installed on GM recommends the use of TOP TIER supplement. the windshield ahead of the rearview mirror Detergent Gasoline to keep the engine clean, to detect lane markings. reduce engine deposits, and maintain @ optimal vehicle performance. Look for the To turn LDW on and off, press on the TOP TIER Logo or see www.toptiergas.com center stack. The control indicator will light for a list of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline when LDW is on. marketers and applicable countries.

If the vehicle has a yellow sticker on the fuel door, E85 or FlexFuel can be used. If the vehicle does not have a yellow sticker, do not use gasoline with ethanol levels greater than 15% by volume. See E85 or FlexFuel 0 264. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

264 Driving and Operating

Use regular unleaded gasoline meeting Caution (Continued) −Gasoline will help keep your vehicle’s ASTM specification D4814 with a posted engine fuel deposit free and performing octane rating of 87 — (R+M)/2 — or higher. . Fuel containing metals such as optimally. Do not use gasoline with a posted octane methylcyclopentadienyl manganese rating of less than 87, as this may cause tricarbonyl (MMT), which can damage E85 or FlexFuel engine knock and will lower fuel economy. the emissions control system and spark plugs. Vehicles with a yellow fuel sticker on the fuel door can use either unleaded gasoline Prohibited Fuels . Fuel with a posted octane rating of or fuel containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). less than the recommended fuel. Using Caution All other vehicles should use only the this fuel will lower fuel economy and unleaded gasoline as described in Do not use fuels with any of the performance, and may decrease the Recommended Fuel 0 263. following conditions; doing so may life of the emissions catalyst. The use of E85 or FlexFuel is encouraged damage the vehicle and void its when the vehicle is designed to use it. E85 warranty: Fuels in Foreign Countries or FlexFuel is made from renewable sources. . For vehicles that are not FlexFuel, fuel The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post fuel To help locate fuel stations that carry E85 or labeled greater than 15% ethanol by octane ratings in anti-knock index (AKI). For FlexFuel, the U.S. Department of Energy has volume, such as mid-level ethanol fuel not to use in a foreign country, see an alternative fuel website. See blends (16–50% ethanol), E85, 0 Prohibited Fuels 264. www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/locator/stations. or FlexFuel. . Fuel with any amount of methanol, Fuel Additives E85 or FlexFuel should meet ASTM Specification D 5798 or CAN/CGSB–3.512 in methylal, ferrocene, and aniline. These TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is highly Canada. Do not use the fuel if the ethanol fuels can corrode metal fuel system recommended for use with your vehicle. content is greater than 85%. Fuel mixtures parts or damage plastic and rubber If your country does not have TOP TIER that do not meet ASTM or CGSB parts. Detergent Gasoline, add ACDelco Fuel specifications can affect driveability and (Continued) System Treatment Plus−Gasoline to the could cause the malfunction indicator lamp vehicle’s gasoline fuel tank at every oil to come on. change or 15 000 km (9,000 mi), whichever occurs first. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline and ACDelco Fuel System Treatment Plus Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 265

The starting characteristics of E85 or FlexFuel Caution make it unsuitable for use when Warning (Continued) temperatures fall below −18 °C (0 °F). Use Do not use fuel containing methanol. . Keep sparks, flames, and smoking gasoline or add gasoline to the E85 or It can corrode metal parts in the fuel materials away from fuel. FlexFuel. system and also damage plastic and . Do not leave the fuel pump Because E85 or FlexFuel has less energy per rubber parts. That damage would not be unattended. covered under the vehicle warranty. liter (gallon) than gasoline, the vehicle will . Avoid using electronic devices while need to be refilled more often. See Filling refueling. the Tank (Pickup Model) 0 265 or To help keep the engine running efficiently, Filling the Tank (Chassis Cab and Box Delete fill the tank with gasoline, up to E15, after . Do not re-enter the vehicle while Models) 0 266. filling the tank with E85 one or two times. pumping fuel. The only GM approved aftermarket additive Filling the Tank (Pickup Model) . Keep children away from the fuel is ACDelco Fuel System Treatment pump and never let children If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Plus-FlexFuel. Follow the instructions on the pump fuel. Duramax diesel supplement. bottle for proper use. This product is . Before touching the fill nozzle, touch a available at your GM dealer. An arrow on the fuel gauge indicates which metallic object to discharge static side of the vehicle the fuel door is on. See electricity from your body. 0 Caution Fuel Gauge 106. . Fuel can spray out if the fill nozzle is Some additives are not compatible with inserted too quickly. This spray can E85 or FlexFuel and can harm the { Warning happen if the tank is nearly full, and is vehicle's fuel system. Use only additives Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn violently more likely in hot weather. Insert the approved by GM for E85 or FlexFuel and can cause injury or death. fill nozzle slowly and wait for any hiss vehicles. Damage caused by unapproved noise to stop before beginning to Follow these guidelines to help avoid additives would not be covered by the flow fuel. injuries to you and others: vehicle warranty. . Read and follow all the instructions on the fuel pump island. . Turn off the engine when refueling. (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

266 Driving and Operating Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait five seconds after you have finished pumping before { Warning removing the fill nozzle. Clean fuel from Attempting to refuel from a portable fuel painted surfaces as soon as possible. See container without using the funnel 0 Exterior Care 373. Push the fuel door adapter may cause fuel spillage and closed. damage the capless fuel system. This could cause a fire. You or others could be { Warning badly burned and the vehicle could be If a fire starts while you are refueling, do damaged. not remove the fill nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or 3. Remove and clean the funnel adapter by notifying the station attendant. Leave and return it to the storage location. The capless refueling system does not have the area immediately. a fuel cap. Fully insert and latch the fill Filling the Tank (Chassis Cab and nozzle, begin fueling. Filling the Tank with a Portable Fuel Box Delete Models) Container If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the { Warning If the vehicle runs out of fuel and must be Duramax diesel supplement. Overfilling the fuel tank by more than filled from a portable fuel container: An arrow on the fuel gauge indicates which three clicks of a standard fill nozzle may side of the vehicle the fuel fill is on. See cause: Fuel Gauge 0 106. . Vehicle performance issues, including engine stalling and damage to the fuel { Warning system. Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn violently . Fuel spills. and can cause injury or death. . Under certain conditions, fuel fires. 1. Locate the capless funnel adapter. Follow these guidelines to help avoid 2. Insert and latch the funnel into the injuries to you and others: capless fuel system. (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 267 Turn the fuel cap counterclockwise to Warning (Continued) remove. Fully insert and latch the fill nozzle, { Warning . Read and follow all the instructions on begin fueling. For models with dual fuel If a fire starts while you are refueling, do the fuel pump island. tanks, the fuel gauge shows an average of not remove the fill nozzle. Shut off the . Turn off the engine when refueling. both tanks. When refueling, refuel the flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or primary front tank first, then add fuel to the by notifying the station attendant. Leave . Keep sparks, flames, and smoking auxiliary rear tank. materials away from fuel. the area immediately. . Do not leave the fuel pump { Warning unattended. Overfilling the fuel tank by more than Caution . Avoid using electronic devices while three clicks of a standard fill nozzle may If a new fuel cap is needed, get the right refueling. cause: type of cap from your dealer. The wrong . Do not re-enter the vehicle while . Vehicle performance issues, including type of fuel cap may not fit properly, pumping fuel. engine stalling and damage to the fuel may turn on the malfunction indicator . Keep children away from the fuel system. lamp, and could damage the fuel system and emissions system. See Malfunction pump and never let children . Fuel spills. pump fuel. Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 111. . Under certain conditions, fuel fires. . Before touching the fill nozzle, touch a metallic object to discharge static Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait five seconds Filling a Portable Fuel Container electricity from your body. after you have finished pumping before { Warning . Fuel can spray out if the fuel cap is removing the fill nozzle. Clean fuel from opened too quickly. This spray can painted surfaces as soon as possible. See Never fill a portable fuel container while 0 happen if the tank is nearly full, and is Exterior Care 373. Reinstall the cap by it is in the vehicle. Static electricity more likely in hot weather. Open the turning it clockwise until it clicks. discharge from the container can ignite fuel cap slowly and wait for any hiss the fuel vapor. You or others could be noise to stop, then unscrew the cap all (Continued) the way. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

268 Driving and Operating

Warning (Continued) Trailer Towing Warning (Continued) badly burned and the vehicle could be General Towing Information trailer only if all the steps in this section damaged. To help avoid injury to you have been followed. Ask your dealer for and others: Only use towing equipment that has been advice and information about towing a designed for the vehicle. Contact your dealer trailer with the vehicle. . Dispense fuel only into approved or trailering dealer for assistance with containers. preparing the vehicle to tow a trailer. Read Driving with a Trailer . Do not fill a container while it is the entire section before towing a trailer. Trailering is different than just driving the inside a vehicle, in a vehicle's trunk, in To tow a disabled vehicle, see Towing the vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in a pickup bed, or on any surface other Vehicle 0 369. To tow the vehicle behind handling, acceleration, braking, durability, than the ground. another vehicle such as a motor home, see and fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering . Bring the fill nozzle in contact with Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 370. takes correct equipment, and it has to be the inside of the fill opening before used properly. operating the nozzle. Maintain contact Driving Characteristics and until filling is complete. Towing Tips The following information has many time-tested, important trailering tips and . Keep sparks, flames, and smoking safety rules. Many of these are important materials away from fuel. { Warning for your safety and that of your passengers. . Avoid using electronic devices while You can lose control when towing a Read this section carefully before pulling a pumping fuel. trailer if the correct equipment is not trailer. used or the vehicle is not driven properly. When towing a trailer: For example, if the trailer is too heavy or the trailer brakes are inadequate for the . Become familiar with and follow all state load, the vehicle may not stop as and local laws that apply to trailer towing. These requirements vary from expected. You and others could be state to state. seriously injured. The vehicle may also be damaged, and the repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Pull a (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 269 . State laws may require the use of . Automatic Parking Assist (APA) Warning (Continued) extended side view mirrors. Even if not . Reverse Automatic Braking (RAB) required, you should install extended side . Do not drive with the liftgate, trunk/ If equipped, the following driver assistance view mirrors if your visibility is limited or hatch, or rear-most window open. restricted while towing. features should be turned to alert or off when towing a trailer: . Fully open the air outlets on or under . Do not tow a trailer during the first the instrument panel. 800 km (500 mi) of vehicle use to prevent . Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) damage to the engine, axle, or other . Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) . Adjust the climate control system to a parts. . Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) setting that brings in only outside air. See “Climate Control Systems” in the . It is recommended to perform the first oil If equipped with Lane Change Alert (LCA), Index. change before heavy towing. the LCA detection zones that extend back . During the first 800 km (500 mi) of trailer from the side of the vehicle do not move For more information about carbon 0 towing, do not drive over 80 km/h further back when a trailer is towed. Use monoxide, see Engine Exhaust 232. (50 mph) and do not make starts at full caution while changing lanes when towing a throttle. trailer. Towing a trailer requires experience. The combination of the vehicle and trailer is . Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Tow/Haul If equipped with Rear Cross Traffic Alert longer and not as responsive as the vehicle Mode is recommended for heavier trailers. (RCTA), use caution while backing up when 0 itself. Get used to the handling and braking See Tow/Haul Mode 235. If the towing a trailer, as the RCTA detection zones of the combination by driving on a level transmission downshifts too often, a that extend out from the back of the vehicle road surface before driving on public roads. lower gear may be selected using Manual do not move further back when a trailer is Mode. See Manual Mode 0 235. towed. The trailer structure, the tires, and the brakes must all be rated to carry the If equipped, the following driver assistance { Warning intended cargo. Inadequate trailer features should be turned off when towing equipment can cause the combination to a trailer: To prevent serious injury or death from operate in an unexpected or unsafe manner. . Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) carbon monoxide (CO), when towing a Before driving, inspect all trailer hitch parts . Super Cruise Control trailer: and attachments, safety chains, electrical . Lane Keep Assist (LKA) (Continued) connectors, lamps, tires, and mirrors. See 0 . Park Assist Towing Equipment 276. If the trailer has electric brakes, start the combination Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

270 Driving and Operating moving and then manually apply the trailer Backing Up The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). Shift the brake controller to check that the trailer transmission to a lower gear if the Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with brakes work. During the trip, occasionally transmission shifts too often under heavy one hand. To move the trailer to the left, check that the cargo and trailer are secure loads and/or hilly conditions. move that hand to the left. To move the and that the lamps and any trailer brakes trailer to the right, move that hand to the When towing at higher altitudes, engine are working. right. Always back up slowly and, if possible, coolant will boil at a lower temperature Towing with a Stability Control System have someone guide you. than at lower altitudes. If the engine is turned off immediately after towing at high When towing, the stability control system Making Turns altitude on steep uphill grades, the vehicle might be heard. The system reacts to could show signs similar to engine vehicle movement caused by the trailer, Caution overheating. To avoid this, let the engine which mainly occurs during cornering. This is Turn more slowly and make wider arcs run, preferably on level ground, with the normal when towing heavier trailers. when towing a trailer to prevent damage transmission in P (Park) for a few minutes Following Distance to your vehicle. Making very sharp turns before turning the engine off. If the could cause the trailer to contact the overheat warning comes on, see Engine 0 Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle vehicle. Overheating 312. ahead as you would when driving without a Viewing Systems trailer. This can help to avoid heavy braking Make wider turns than normal when towing, and sudden turns. so the trailer will not go over soft shoulders, If equipped, the viewing systems on the Passing over curbs, or strike road signs, trees, vehicle can improve visibility while hitching, or other objects. Always signal turns well in backing, and driving with a trailer. See More passing distance is needed when advance. Do not steer or brake suddenly. Driver Assistance Systems 0 247. towing a trailer. The combination of the vehicle and trailer will not accelerate as Driving on Grades Parking on Hills quickly and is much longer than the vehicle Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear alone. It is necessary to go much farther before starting down a long or steep { Warning beyond the passed vehicle before returning downhill grade. If the transmission is not To prevent serious injury or death, to the lane. Pass on level roadways. Avoid shifted down, the brakes may overheat and always park your vehicle and trailer on a passing on hills if possible. result in reduced braking efficiency. level surface when possible. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 271 When parking your vehicle and your trailer Launching and Retrieving a Boat Disconnect the wiring to the trailer before on a hill: backing the trailer into the water to prevent Backing the Trailer into the Water 1. Press the brake pedal, but do not shift damage to the electrical circuits on the trailer. Reconnect the wiring to the trailer into P (Park) yet. Turn the wheels into { Warning the curb if facing downhill or into traffic after removing the trailer from the water. if facing uphill. . Have all passengers get out of the If the trailer has electric brakes that can vehicle before backing onto the sloped function when the trailer is submerged, it 2. Have someone place chocks under the part of the ramp. Lower the driver and might help to leave the electrical trailer trailer wheels. passenger side windows before connector attached to maintain trailer brake 3. Gradually release the brake pedal to backing onto the ramp. This will functionality while on the boat ramp. allow the chocks to absorb the load of provide a means of escape in the To back the trailer into the water: the trailer. unlikely event the vehicle slides into 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then apply the the water. 1. If equipped, place the vehicle in four-wheel-drive high. parking brake and shift into P (Park). . If the boat launch surface is slippery, 5. Release the brake pedal. have the driver remain in the vehicle 2. Slowly back down the boat ramp until with the brake pedal applied while the the boat is floating, but no further than Leaving After Parking on a Hill boat is being launched. The boat necessary. 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal. launch can be especially slippery at 3. Press and hold the brake pedal, but do . Start the engine. low tide when part of the ramp was not shift into P (Park) yet. previously submerged at high tide. Do . Shift into a gear. 4. Have someone place chocks under the not back onto the ramp to launch the front wheels of the vehicle. . Release the parking brake. boat if you are not sure the vehicle 2. Let up on the brake pedal. can maintain traction. 5. Gradually release the brake pedal to allow the chocks to absorb the load of 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of . Do not move the vehicle if someone is the trailer. the chocks. in the path of the trailer. Some parts 6. Reapply the brake pedal. Then apply the of the trailer might be underwater and 4. Stop and have someone pick up and parking brake and shift into P (Park). store the chocks. not visible to people who are assisting in launching the boat. 7. Release the brake pedal. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

272 Driving and Operating Pulling the Trailer from the Water Maintenance when Trailer Towing Trailering is different than just driving the vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in To pull the trailer out of the water: The vehicle needs service more often when handling, acceleration, braking, durability, used to tow trailers. See Maintenance 1. Press and hold the brake pedal. and fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering Schedule 0 384. It is especially important to 2. Start the engine and shift into gear. takes correct equipment, and it has to be check the engine oil, axle lubricant, belts, used properly. 3. Release the parking brake. cooling system, and brake system before 4. Let up on the brake pedal. and during each trip. The following information has many time-tested, important trailering tips and 5. Drive slowly until the tires are clear of Check periodically to see that all nuts and safety rules. Many of these are important the chocks. bolts on the trailer hitch are tight. for your safety and that of your passengers. 6. Stop and have someone pick up and Engine Cooling When Trailer Towing Read this section carefully before pulling a store the chocks. trailer. 7. Slowly pull the trailer from the water. The cooling system may temporarily overheat during severe operating conditions. Trailer Weight 8. Once the vehicle and trailer have been See Engine Overheating 0 312. driven from the sloped part of the boat { Warning ramp, the vehicle can be shifted from Trailer Towing four-wheel-drive high. Shift into the drive Never exceed the towing capacity for mode that is appropriate for the road If equipped with a diesel engine, see the your vehicle. conditions. Duramax diesel supplement. Safe trailering requires monitoring the Caution Caution weight, speed, altitude, road grades, outside If the vehicle tires begin to spin and the Towing a trailer improperly can damage temperature, and how frequently the vehicle vehicle begins to slide toward the water, the vehicle and result in costly repairs is used to tow a trailer. remove your foot from the accelerator not covered by the vehicle warranty. To Trailer Weight Ratings pedal and apply the brake pedal. Seek tow a trailer correctly, follow the help to have the vehicle towed up directions in this section and see your When towing a trailer, the combined weight of the vehicle, vehicle contents, trailer, and the ramp. dealer for important information about towing a trailer with the vehicle. trailer contents must be below all of the maximum weight ratings for the vehicle, including: Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 273 . GCWR: Gross Combined Weight Rating To check that the weight of the vehicle and . GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating { Warning trailer are within the GCWR for the vehicle, . Maximum Trailer Weight Rating You and others could be seriously injured follow these steps: . GAWR-RR: Gross Axle Weight Rating-Rear or killed if the trailer is too heavy or the 1. Start with the "curb weight" from the . Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating trailer brakes are inadequate for the load. Trailering Information Label. The vehicle may be damaged, and the 2. Add the weight of the trailer loaded with See “Weight-Distributing Hitch and repairs would not be covered by the 0 cargo and ready for the trip. Adjustment” under Towing Equipment 276 vehicle warranty. to determine if equalizer bars are required 3. Add the weight of all passengers. to obtain the maximum trailer weight Only tow a trailer if all the steps in this 4. Add the weight of all cargo in the rating. section have been followed. Ask your vehicle. dealer for advice and information about See “Trailer Brakes” under Towing 5. Add the weight of hitch hardware such Equipment 0 276 to determine if brakes are towing a trailer. as a draw bar, ball, load equalizer bars, required based on your trailer's weight. or sway bars. Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR) The only way to be sure the weight is not 6. Add the weight of any accessories or exceeding any of these ratings is to weigh GCWR is the total allowable weight of the aftermarket equipment added to the the tow vehicle and trailer combination, completely loaded vehicle and trailer vehicle. including any fuel, passengers, cargo, fully loaded for the trip, getting individual The resulting weight cannot exceed the weights for each of these items. equipment, and accessories. Do not exceed the GCWR for your vehicle. The GCWR for GCWR value on the Trailering Information A trailering information label on the B-pillar the vehicle is on the Trailering Information Label. shows tow rating information for the Label. The gross combined weight can also be vehicle. confirmed by weighing the truck and trailer on a public scale. The truck and trailer should be loaded for the trip with passengers and cargo. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

274 Driving and Operating the trailer weight to stay within the GCWR, GVWR, maximum trailer tongue load, or GAWR-RR for the vehicle. Use the Tow Rating Guide (my.chevrolet.com/learn) to determine how much the trailer can weigh, based on the vehicle model and options. Weights listed apply for conventional trailers and gooseneck/fifth-wheel trailers unless otherwise noted. A step bumper trailer hitch can only support a total trailer weight up to 2 271 kg The Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) (5,000 lb). If a trailer hitch ball is added to for a conventional trailer hitch or a fifth the step bumper, check the hitch ball rating For information about the vehicle's wheel/gooseneck hitch is shown on the to be sure it is higher than the total trailer maximum load capacity, see Vehicle Load Trailering Information Label. Limits 0 217. When calculating the GVWR weight. with a trailer attached, the trailer tongue Do not exceed a maximum trailer tongue weight must be included as part of the Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating weight of 567 kg (1,250 lb) for a conventional weight the vehicle is carrying. The Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating trailer hitch. is the allowable trailer tongue weight that Maximum Trailer Weight The trailer tongue weight contributes to the the vehicle can support using a conventional Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW). GVW includes The maximum trailer weight rating is trailer hitch. It may be necessary to reduce the curb weight of your vehicle, any calculated assuming the tow vehicle has a the overall trailer weight to stay within the passengers, cargo, equipment and the trailer driver, a front seat passenger, and all maximum trailer tongue weight rating while tongue weight. Vehicle options, passengers, required trailering equipment. This value still maintaining the correct trailer load cargo, and equipment reduce the maximum represents the heaviest trailer the vehicle balance. A fifth-wheel or gooseneck hitch allowable tongue weight the vehicle can can tow, but it may be necessary to reduce may support a higher tongue weight. carry, which also reduces the maximum allowable trailer weight. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 275 Trailer Load Balance The trailer load balance percentage is Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating calculated as: weight (1) divided by The correct trailer load balance must be (GAWR-RR) weight (2) times 100. maintained to ensure trailer stability. The GAWR-RR is the total weight that can be Incorrect load balance is a leading cause of After loading the trailer, separately weigh supported by the rear axle of the vehicle. Do trailer sway. the trailer and then the trailer tongue and not exceed the GAWR-RR for the vehicle, calculate the trailer load balance percentage with the tow vehicle and trailer fully loaded to see if the weights and distribution are for the trip including the weight of the appropriate for your vehicle. If the trailer trailer tongue. If using a weight-distributing weight is too high, it may be possible to hitch, do not exceed the GAWR-RR before transfer some of the cargo into your vehicle. applying the weight distribution spring bars. If the trailer tongue weight is too high or too low, it may be possible to rearrange some of the cargo inside of the trailer. Do not exceed the maximum allowable tongue weight for your vehicle. Use the shortest hitch extension available to position the hitch ball closer to your vehicle. This will help reduce the effect of the trailer tongue The trailer tongue weight (1) should be 10– weight on the trailer hitch and the rear axle. 15% and fifth-wheel or gooseneck tongue If a cargo carrier is used in the trailer hitch weight should be 15–25% of the total loaded receiver, choose a carrier that positions the trailer weight (2). Some specific trailer types, load as close to the vehicle as possible. such as boat trailers, fall outside of this Make sure the total weight, including the range. Always refer to the trailer owner’s carrier, is no more than half of the The GAWR-RR for the vehicle is on the manual for the recommended trailer tongue maximum allowable tongue weight for the Trailering Information Label. weight for each trailer. Never exceed the vehicle or 227 kg (500 lb), whichever is less. Ask your dealer for trailering information or maximum loads for the vehicle, hitch, and assistance. trailer. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

276 Driving and Operating Towing Equipment Gooseneck Hitch uses spring bars to distribute the trailer A gooseneck hitch is designed to be coupled tongue weight between your vehicle and Hitches to a special hitch leveraging a hitch ball, and trailer axles. Fifth-wheel and gooseneck is mounted over the rear axle in the hitches may also be used. See “Maximum { Warning truck bed. Trailer Tongue Weight” under Trailer Towing 0 272 for weight limits with various hitch In order to avoid serious injury or Fifth-Wheel Hitch types. property damage, always follow the hitch manufacturer's instructions when securing A fifth-wheel hitch is mounted over the rear Avoid sharp turns when using a step-bumper your draw bar/coupling device to the axle in the truck bed, and leverages a hitch to prevent damage. Make wider turns hinged plate — the same type of hitch vehicle's hitch receiver. to prevent contact between your trailer and leveraged by semi trucks. Generally, your bumper. Ensure that the draw bar/coupling device fifth-wheel hitches accommodate large is secured with a locking retainer pin or trailers with as many as one, two, or three Consider using mechanical sway controls with any trailer. Ask a trailering professional other means such that rotation of the pin axles. about sway controls or refer to the trailer or locking mechanism will not cause the Always use the correct hitch equipment for manufacturer's recommendations and pin to back out or loosen during use. your vehicle. Crosswinds, large trucks going instructions. Failure to correctly secure the draw bar/ by, and rough roads can affect the trailer coupling device to the receiver can result and the hitch. in separation of the hitch/receiver while Proper hitch equipment for your vehicle towing. helps maintain control of the vehicle-trailer combination. Many trailers can be towed Conventional Hitch using a weight-carrying hitch which has a A conventional hitch is bolted to the frame coupler latched to the hitch ball, or a tow or cross member of the tow vehicle, and is eye latched to a pintle hook. Other trailers generally rated Class 2, 3, or 4. may require a weight-distributing hitch that Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 277 Weight-Distributing Hitch and Adjustment A weight-distributing hitch may be useful with some trailers. Use the following guidelines to determine if a weight-distributing hitch should be used. Vehicle Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR* Maximum Tongue Weight 2500/3500 Up to 9 080 kg (20,000 lb) See (1) below 25% (1) Weight distributing hitch required on vehicles equipped with On/Off Road (OOR) and Mud Terrain (MT) tires with trailers over 10,000 lbs. Weight distributing hitch optional for other vehicles.

Towing with Model 2500/3500 Trucks 5. Install and adjust the tension in the 1. Position the truck so that the trailer is weight-distributing bars per the ready to connect. Keep the trailer manufacturers’ recommendations so that detached. the height of the front fender is approximately H2−[(H2−H1)/4] (1/4 the 2. Measure the height of the top of the difference between the two measured front wheel opening at the fender to the ride heights, below the secondary ride ground (H1). height {H2}). 3. Attach the vehicle to the trailer. Do not 6. Visually inspect the trailer and attach weight distribution bars at weight-distributing hitch to ensure that this time. the manufacturers’ recommendations 4. Measure the height of the top of the have been met. front wheel opening on the fender to 1. Front of Vehicle the ground (H2). 2. H1/H2 Body to Ground Distance Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

278 Driving and Operating

Measurement Height Example 2500/3500 (mm) H1 1 040 H2 1 080 H2−H1 40 (H2−H1)/4 10 H2−[(H2−H1)/4] 1 070

Tires specified in the trailering chart for the Two Inch Adapter Sleeve and . Do not tow a trailer while using a vehicle. See “Trailer Weight" under Trailer Retainer Pin Towing 0 272. compact spare tire on the vehicle. The 2500/3500 series vehicles are equipped . Tires must be properly inflated to support The hitch should be in the pickup bed so with a 2-1/2” square receiver. An adapter is loads while towing a trailer. See Tires that its centerline is over or slightly in front provided to allow the use of a 2” draw bar, 0 336 for instructions on proper tire of the rear axle. Take care that it is not so along with a hitch retainer pin, and inflation. far forward that it will contact the back of retainer clip. the cab in sharp turns. This is especially Fifth-Wheel and Gooseneck Trailering important for short box pickups. Trailer pin Safety Chains Fifth-wheel and gooseneck trailers can be box extensions and sliding fifth-wheel hitch Always attach safety chains between the used with many pickup models. These assemblies may be used. There should be at vehicle and the trailer. Instructions about trailers place a larger percentage of the least 15 cm (6 in) of clearance between the safety chains may be provided by the hitch weight (kingpin weight) on the tow vehicle top of the pickup box and the bottom of the manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer. than conventional trailers. Make sure this trailer shelf that extends over the box. If the trailer being towed weighs up to weight does not cause the vehicle to exceed Make sure the hitch is attached to the tow GAWR or GVWR. Fifth-wheel or gooseneck 2 271 kg (5,000 lb) with a factory-installed vehicle frame rails. Do not use the pickup step bumper, safety chains may be attached kingpin weight should be 15–25% of the box for support. trailer weight up to the maximum amount Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 279 to the attaching points on the bumper; brake system. If you do, both the vehicle frame. The harness requires the installation otherwise, safety chains should be attached antilock brakes and the trailer brakes may of a trailer connector, which is available to holes on the trailer hitch. not function, which could result in a crash. through your dealer. Cross the safety chains under the tongue of Auxiliary Battery Use only a round, seven-wire connector with the trailer to help prevent the tongue from flat blade terminals meeting SAE J2863 contacting the road if it becomes separated If equipped, the vehicle's auxiliary battery specifications for proper electrical from the hitch. Always leave enough slack in can be used to supply electrical power to connectivity. the safety chains to allow the combination additional equipment that may be added, such as a slide-in camper. The seven-wire harness contains the to turn. Never allow safety chains to drag following trailer circuits: on the ground. Locate the auxiliary battery connector under Stop/Turn the hood on the driver side of the vehicle, Yellow/Blue Trailer Brakes next to the engine compartment fuse block. Signal Left Loaded trailers over 900 kg (2,000 lb) must Follow the proper installation instructions Stop/Turn Signal Green/Violet be equipped with brake systems and with included with any electrical equipment that Right brakes for each axle. Trailer braking is installed. equipment conforming to Canadian Tail/Parking Lamps Gray/Brown Standards Association (CSA) requirement Caution Reverse Lamps White/Green CAN3-D313, or its equivalent, is To prevent draining the auxiliary battery, Battery Feed Red/Green recommended. always turn off electrical equipment State or local regulations may require when not in use and do not use any Ground White trailers to have their own braking system if equipment that may exceed the Electric Trailer Brake Blue the loaded weight of the trailer exceeds maximum amperage rating of 30 amps. certain minimums that can vary from state Heavy-Duty Trailer Wiring Harness Package to state. Read and follow the instructions for Trailer Wiring Harness the trailer brakes so they are installed, If equipped, the trailer wiring harness, with Basic Trailer Wiring adjusted, and maintained properly. Never a 7-pin connector and a 4-pin connector, is attempt to tap into your vehicle's hydraulic If the vehicle is not equipped with a trailer mounted on the vehicle's rear bumper. connector on the rear bumper, a 7-wire trailering harness is tied to the vehicles Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

280 Driving and Operating 3. Left Turn/Brake on the top left hand side (A) and the rear 4. Right Turn/Brake trailer auxiliary camera (B) should be installed on the top right hand side.

The trailer connectors contain the following circuits. 1. Left Turn/Brake 2. Tail Lamps If equipped with the fifth wheel/ gooseneck trailer package, the harness connector is 3. Reverse Lamps mounted on the inside of the pickup bed 4. Battery Feed behind the rear wheel. 5. Right Turn/Brake 6. Electric Brakes 7. Ground If equipped, trailering camera connectors are available in the bumper trailer receptacle in place of the four pin connector. The inside 1. Ground trailer auxiliary camera should be installed 2. Tail Lamps Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 281

Reverse Lamps White/Green Pressing START LIGHT TEST in the Trailering App automatically activates the trailer Battery Feed Red/Green lamps. The Trailering App is not a substitute Ground White for manually inspecting your trailer lamps. See Trailering App 0 286. Electric Trailer Brake Blue Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer If equipped with the heavy-duty trailering When properly connected, the trailer turn option, see “Heavy-Duty Trailer Wiring signals will illuminate to indicate the vehicle Harness Package” earlier in this section. is turning, changing lanes, or stopping. When the camper-wiring harness is ordered When towing a trailer, the arrows on the without the heavy-duty trailering package, a instrument cluster will illuminate even if the seven-wire harness with a seven-pin trailer is not properly connected or the bulbs Camper/Fifth-Wheel Trailer Wiring Package connector is at the rear of the vehicle and is are burned out. For vehicles without the fifth wheel/ tied to the vehicle's frame. Tow/Haul Mode gooseneck trailer package, the seven-wire Trailer Lamps camper harness is under the rear bumper, For instructions on how to enter Tow/Haul attached to the frame near the rear Always check that all trailer lamps are Mode, see Driver Mode Control 0 244. crossmember. A connector must be added to working at the beginning of each trip, and Tow/Haul assists when pulling a heavy the wiring harness that connects to the periodically on longer trips. trailer or a large or heavy load. See Tow/ camper. If equipped, the Trailering App will monitor Haul Mode 0 235. The harness contains the following camper/ the RH turn/brake lamp circuit, LH turn/ Tow/Haul Mode is designed to be most trailer circuits: brake lamp circuit, running lamp circuit, and effective when the vehicle and trailer Stop/Turn reverse lamp circuits on the trailer. DIC Yellow/Blue combined weight is at least 75% of the Signal Left messages and Trailering App alerts may be displayed if lighting circuit issues are vehicle's Gross Combined Weight Rating Stop/Turn Signal (GCWR). See “Trailer Weight” under Trailer Green/Violet detected on the trailer. 0 Right Towing 272. Tail/Parking Lamps Gray/Brown Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

282 Driving and Operating Tow/Haul Mode is most useful when towing This symbol is on the Trailer Brake Control a heavy trailer or carrying a large or Panel on vehicles with an ITBC system. The { Warning heavy load: power output to the trailer brakes is Connecting a trailer that has an air brake . Through rolling terrain. proportional to the amount of vehicle system may result in reduced or . In stop-and-go traffic. braking. This available power output to the complete loss of trailer braking, including trailer brakes can be adjusted to a wide . In busy parking lots. increased stopping distance or trailer range of trailering situations. instability which could result in serious Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul Mode The ITBC system is integrated with the injury, death, or property damage. Only when lightly loaded or not towing will not vehicle’s brake, antilock brake, and use the ITBC system with electric or cause damage; however, it is not StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) recommended and may result in unpleasant electric over hydraulic trailer brake systems. In trailering conditions that cause systems. engine and transmission driving the vehicle’s antilock brake or StabiliTrak/ characteristics, heavy or light steering ESC systems to activate, power sent to the Trailer Brake Control Panel efforts, and reduced fuel economy. trailer's brakes will be automatically Integrated Trailer Brake Control System adjusted to minimize trailer wheel lock-up. This does not imply that the trailer has The vehicle may have an Integrated Trailer StabiliTrak/ESC. Brake Control (ITBC) system for use with electric trailer brakes or most electric over If the vehicle’s brake, antilock brake, hydraulic trailer brake systems. These or StabiliTrak/ESC systems are not instructions apply to both types of electric functioning properly, the ITBC system may trailer brakes. not function fully or at all. Make sure all of these systems are fully operational to allow the ITBC system to function properly. The ITBC system is powered through the vehicle's electrical system. Turning the ignition off will also turn off the ITBC system. The ITBC system is fully functional 1. Manual Trailer Brake Apply Lever only when the ignition is in on. 2. Trailer Symbol 3. Trailer Gain Adjustment Buttons Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 283 The trailer symbol on the control panel will the Trailer Gain (+) or (-) to adjust. Press and Manual Trailer Brake Apply Lever light amber when a trailer with electric hold to continuously adjust the Trailer Gain. Slide this lever right to apply the trailer’s brakes is connected. To turn the output to the trailer off, adjust electric brakes independent of the vehicle’s the Trailer Gain setting to 0.0. This setting The ITBC control panel is on the center brakes. Use this lever to adjust the Trailer can be adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with a stack. See Instrument Panel Overview 0 4. Gain to achieve proper power output to the trailer connected or disconnected. The control panel allows adjustment to the trailer brakes. Under certain circumstances, amount of output, referred to as Trailer TRAILER OUTPUT: This displays anytime a this lever can also be used to apply Gain, available to the trailer brakes and trailer with electric brakes is connected. additional trailer braking. The trailer and allows manual application of the trailer Output to the trailer brakes is based on the vehicle brake lamps will come on when brakes. Use the ITBC control panel and the amount of vehicle braking present and either the vehicle brakes or trailer brakes are DIC trailer brake display page to adjust and relative to the Trailer Gain setting. Output is applied and properly connected. display power output to the trailer brakes. displayed from 0 to 100% for each gain setting. Trailer Gain Adjustment Procedure Trailer Brake DIC Display Page The Trailer Output will indicate “------” on Trailer Gain should be set for a specific The ITBC display page indicates: the Trailer Brake Display Page whenever the trailering condition and it must be . Trailer Gain setting following occur: readjusted anytime vehicle loading, trailer . Output to the trailer brakes . No trailer is connected. loading, or road surface conditions change. . Trailer connection . A trailer without electric brakes is { Warning . System operational status connected. No DIC message displays. Trailer brakes that are over-gained or To display: . A trailer with electric brakes has become disconnected. A CHECK TRAILER WIRING under-gained may not stop the vehicle . Scroll through the DIC menu pages message displays on the DIC. and the trailer as intended and can result . Press a Trailer Gain (+) or (−) button . There is a fault present in the wiring to in a crash. Always follow the instructions . Activate the Manual Trailer Brake Apply the trailer brakes. A CHECK TRAILER to set the Trailer Gain for the proper Lever WIRING message displays on the DIC. trailer stopping performance. TRAILER GAIN: Press a Trailer Gain button to . The ITBC system is not working due to a To adjust Trailer Gain for each towing recall the current Trailer Gain setting. Each fault. A SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM condition: press and release of the gain buttons will message displays in the DIC. then change the Trailer Gain setting. Press Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

284 Driving and Operating 1. Drive the vehicle with the trailer 10 seconds. This message can be To determine whether the electrical fault is attached on a level road surface acknowledged before it automatically on the vehicle side or trailer side of the representative of the towing condition turns off. trailer wiring harness connection: and free of traffic at about 32–40 km/h CHECK TRAILER WIRING: This message will 1. Disconnect the trailer wiring harness (20–25 mph) and fully apply the Manual display if: from the vehicle. Trailer Brake Apply Lever. . The ITBC system first determines 2. Turn the ignition off. Adjusting Trailer Gain at speeds lower connection to a trailer with electric brakes than 32–40 km/h (20–25 mph) may 3. Wait 10 seconds, then turn the ignition and then the trailer harness becomes back to RUN. result in an incorrect gain setting. disconnected from the vehicle. 4. If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING message 2. Adjust the Trailer Gain, using the Trailer If the disconnect occurs while the vehicle Gain (+) or (−) adjustment buttons, to reappears, the electrical fault is on the is stationary, this message will vehicle side. just below the point of trailer wheel automatically turn off in about lock-up, indicated by trailer wheel squeal 30 seconds. This message will also turn If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING message only or tire smoke when a trailer wheel locks. off if it is acknowledged or if the trailer reappears when connecting the trailer wiring Trailer wheel lock-up may not occur if harness is reconnected. harness to the vehicle, the electrical fault is on the trailer side. towing a heavily loaded trailer. Adjust If the disconnect occurs while the vehicle the Trailer Gain to the highest allowable is moving, this message will continue SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM: This setting for the towing condition. until the ignition is turned off. This message will display when there is a 3. Readjust Trailer Gain anytime vehicle message will also turn off if it is problem with the ITBC system. If this loading, trailer loading, or road surface acknowledged or if the trailer harness is message continues over multiple ignition conditions change or if trailer wheel reconnected. cycles, have the vehicle serviced. lock-up is noticed at any time while . There is an electrical fault in the wiring to If either the CHECK TRAILER WIRING or towing. the trailer brakes. This message will SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM message Other ITBC-Related DIC Messages continue as long as there is an electrical displays while driving, the ITBC system may fault in the trailer wiring. This message not be fully functional or may not function TRAILER CONNECTED: This message will will also turn off if it is acknowledged. at all. When traffic conditions allow, briefly display when a trailer with electric carefully pull the vehicle over to the side of brakes is first connected to the vehicle. This the road and turn the ignition off. Check the message will automatically turn off in about wiring connection to the trailer and turn the Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 285 ignition back on. If either of these messages continues, either the vehicle or trailer needs Warning (Continued) service. If the trailer begins to sway, reduce A GM dealer may be able to diagnose and vehicle speed by gradually removing your repair problems with the trailer. However, foot from the accelerator. Then pull over any diagnosis and repair of the trailer is not to check the trailer and vehicle to help covered under the vehicle warranty. Contact correct possible causes, including an your trailer dealer for assistance with trailer improperly or overloaded trailer, repairs and trailer warranty information. unrestrained cargo, improper trailer hitch configuration, or improperly inflated or Trailer Sway Control (TSC) incorrect vehicle or trailer tires. See Vehicles with StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Towing Equipment 0 276 for trailer Control (ESC) have a Trailer Sway Control If TSC is enabled, the Traction Control ratings and hitch setup recommendations. (TSC) feature. Trailer sway is unintended System (TCS)/StabiliTrak/ESC warning light side-to-side motion of a trailer while towing. will flash on the instrument cluster. Reduce Aftermarket Electronic Trailer Sway If the vehicle is towing a trailer and the TSC vehicle speed by gradually removing your Control Devices detects that sway is increasing, the vehicle foot from the accelerator. If trailer sway Some trailers may come equipped with an brakes are selectively applied at each wheel, continues, StabiliTrak/ESC can reduce engine to help reduce excessive trailer sway. electronic device designed to reduce or torque to help slow the vehicle. TSC will not control trailer sway. Aftermarket equipment If equipped with the Integrated Trailer Brake function if StabiliTrak/ESC is turned off. See Control (ITBC) system, and the trailer has an manufacturers also offer similar devices that Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control connect to the wiring between the trailer electric brake system, StabiliTrak/ESC may 0 242. also apply the trailer brakes. and the vehicle. These devices may interfere with the vehicle’s trailer brake or other { Warning systems, including integrated anti-sway Trailer sway can result in a crash and in systems, if equipped. Messages related to serious injury or death, even if the trailer connections or trailer brakes could vehicle is equipped with TSC. appear on the DIC. The effects of these (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

286 Driving and Operating aftermarket devices may have on vehicle Trailer tires deteriorate over time. The trailer handling or trailer brake performance is not Warning (Continued) tire sidewall will show the week and year known. . If the trailer brakes are not operating the tire was manufactured. Many trailer tire properly at any time, or if a DIC manufacturers recommend replacing tires { Warning message indicates problems with the more than six years old. trailer connections or trailer brakes, Use of aftermarket electronic trailer sway Overloading is another leading cause of carefully pull the vehicle over to the control devices could result in reduced trailer tire blow-outs. Never load your trailer side of the road when traffic with more weight than the tires are trailer brake performance, loss of trailer conditions allow. brakes, or other malfunctions, and result designed to support. The load rating is located on the trailer tire sidewall. in a crash. You or others could be Trailer Tires seriously injured or killed. Before using Always know the maximum speed rating for one of these devices: Special Trailer (ST) tires differ from vehicle the trailer tires before driving. This may be tires. Trailer tires are designed with stiff significantly lower than the vehicle tire . Ask the device or trailer manufacturer sidewalls to help prevent sway and to if the device has been thoroughly speed rating. The speed rating may be on support heavy loads. These features can the trailer tire sidewall. If the speed rating is tested for compatibility with the make it difficult to determine if the trailer make, model, and year of your vehicle not shown, the default trailer tire speed tire pressures are low only based on a visual rating is 105 km/h (65 mph). and any optional equipment installed inspection. on your vehicle. Always check all trailer tire pressures before Trailering App . Before driving, check the trailer brakes each trip when the tires are cool. Low trailer Trailer Lights App are working properly, if equipped. tire pressure is a leading cause of trailer tire Drive the vehicle with the trailer blow-outs. If equipped, the Trailer Lights App is on the attached on a level road surface that Home Page of the infotainment display. is free of traffic at about 32-40 km/h If the vehicle is equipped with a trailer tire (20-25 mph) and fully apply the pressure monitoring system, see the trailer Touch Start to cycle the trailer lamps on and manual trailer brake apply lever. Also, tire pressure monitoring system description off to determine if they are working. The check the trailer brake lamps and and the trailering app. test follows this sequence: other lamps are functioning correctly. 1. The running lights turn on first and (Continued) remain on throughout the sequence. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 287 2. The brake lights turn on for about If equipped this feature allows profiles for dismiss the pop- up. Shifting the vehicle two seconds. connected trailers to be created to view from P (Park) will select Guest Trailer as the 3. The left turn signal light flashes three status, to store and track trailer usage active Trailer Profile and will dismiss the times. information, and to set up towing assistance pop-up. features. 4. The right turn signal light flashes three Create a Trailer Profile times. The Trailering App Preview will appear when 1. Touch Create Profile on the trailer 5. The reverse lights turn on for about the Trailering App is opened for the first detection pop-up or touch + Add Trailer two seconds. time from the Home Page. Touch GET Profile in the Trailering App. STARTED in the Trailering App to go into 6. Steps 2–5 repeat for approximately the app. 2. Create a name for the trailer. one minute and 45 seconds, or until the 3. Select the trailer type. test deactivates. When a trailer is electrically connected and a trailer profile has not been created, there 4. Select Save Profile. Touch Stop to stop the test. The test will will be an option to create a profile, use a A pop-up will indicate the setup is complete. automatically end after one minute and guest profile, or select Accessory/No trailer. Touch DONE to complete the process or 45 seconds. After the pop-up is displayed three times, touch TRAILER FEATURE SETUP to set up the The sequence also deactivates when any of Don’t Remind Me will display and touching Tow/Haul Mode reminder, Trailer Tire the following occur: that will turn off the trailer detection Pressure Monitoring System, if equipped, . The ignition is turned off. pop-up. To turn the Trailer Detection Alert maintenance reminders, or towing on, select ON in the Settings tab. . The transmission is shifted out of P (Park). assistance, if equipped. . The brake pedal is pressed. When a trailer is electrically connected and Import a Trailer Profile after a Trailer Profile has been created, the . The turn signal is activated. trailer detection pop-up will appear with a A trailer profile saved to an OnStar account . The hazard warning lights are activated. list of all of the custom Trailer Profiles made can be imported to the vehicle. Trailering App on the vehicle. To load an existing Trailer 1. Touch + Add Trailer Profile in the Profile, select one of the Trailer Profiles Trailering App If equipped, the Trailering App is on the listed, or load the Guest Trailer Profile by 2. Touch Import Profile on the pop-up. Home Page of the infotainment display. selecting GUEST TRAILER. Touching 3. Select a trailer profile from the list. Accessory/No trailer will select Accessory/No trailer as the active Trailer Profile and will 4. Touch IMPORT. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

288 Driving and Operating A pop-up will indicate the import was After selecting Start from the Learn Sensors Tool Method: A TTPMS activation tool can successful. Touch OK to return to the trailer screen, use the Tool Method or the Manual be purchased separately to learn the sensor list and select the trailer profile. The Tow/ Method (described below) to learn each tire locations. Haul Mode reminder, Brake Gain Setting and sensor, during which the current tire number Manual Method: Without the tool, the air Trailer Tire Pressure sensor learning, will be highlighted. pressure can be increased or decreased in if equipped, do not import. Each sensor has a minimum of two minutes each tire for 10 seconds. Do not exceed the Trailer Feature Setup to learn, shown by a timer. After a sensor is maximum inflation pressure found on the learned, a checkmark appears next to the tire sidewalls. Make sure to re-adjust tire Tow/Haul Mode Reminder tire, the vehicle horn will sound, the pressure to the recommended level when To turn the Tow/Haul Mode Reminder vehicle’s brake lamps will flash, and all the process is complete. setting on, touch Yes. To turn it off, working trailer lamps will flash. It then Sensor Learning Steps touch No. moves to the next sensor. To complete the sensor-to-vehicle learn Trailer Tire Pressure Setup To cancel the process touch Stop. process: If the Trailer Tire Pressure Monitoring The recommended tire pressure must be 1. Touch Start on the Learn Sensors screen. System (TTPMS) is detected, touch the Tire entered for the trailer tires. This allows the The horn chirps twice and the Learning Pressure Monitoring icon to set up tire vehicle to alert when the tire pressure is Active screen appears on the pressure monitoring. Touch Yes to set up high or low. infotainment display. the sensors or touch No to return to the TTPMS must learn the location of the 2. Start with the driver side front previous screen. installed tire sensors to show correct air trailer tire. The trailer tire pressure sensors can transmit pressure and temperature for each tire. To 3. Activate the tool near the valve stem or up to 7 m (23 feet) from the hitch receiver of set up, use one of the following options or adjust the air pressure of this tire until the vehicle. see a tire or trailer dealer for service. The the horn chirps and all working vehicle learning process must be repeated when the and trailer lights flash. A trailer must be electrically connected to trailer tires are rotated or replaced. See the vehicle before starting the “Editing a Trailer Profile” later in this section The process stops without saving the sensor-to-vehicle learn process. for tire pressure sensor relearn information. sensor locations if this step takes more than two minutes. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 289 4. Move to the next tire and repeat Step 3 . Trailer Length: 300 cm (118.1 in) – 970 cm Rear Trailer Guidance Setup (if equipped) for each sensor. The horn chirps twice (381.8 in). Measure from center of coupler A rear trailer camera must be mounted on when all sensors are completed. to furthest rear point on the trailer. the trailer and electrically connected to the 5. Return to the vehicle to complete the . Trailer Width: 120 cm (47.2 in) – 260 cm vehicle before transparent trailer feature can setup. (102.3 in). Measure from left edge to be used. See Assistance Systems for Parking right edge. or Backing 0 249. Maintenance Reminders . Trailer Height: 1 cm (0.39 in) – 450 cm To set up maintenance reminders, touch the (177.1 in). Measure from ground to tallest Trailer dimensions must be in range to Trailer Maintenance icon. Select Yes to set point. enable this feature. up the maintenance reminders for the . Hitching Point Length: 180 cm (70.8 in) – . Trailer Length: 300 cm (118.1 in) – 970 cm Trailer Profile. Follow the on-screen prompts. 970 cm (381.8 in). Measure from center of (381.8 in). Measure from center of coupler The maximum number of reminders is 50. coupler to middle of tires. to furthest rear point on the trailer. Select No to return to the previous screen. . Trailer Tongue Length: 50 cm (19.6 in) – 1. If trailer dimensions are out of range, this feature will be unavailable. Towing Assistance 220 cm (86.6 in). Measure from center of coupler to trailer front wall. 2. Ensure rear trailer camera is connected. To set up towing assistance features, . Vehicle Hitch Height: 10 cm (3.9 in) – 3. Follow instructions to drive forward to if equipped, touch the Towing 100 cm (39.3 in). Measure from ground to complete calibration. Assistance icon. top of coupler. Jack-Knife Alert Setup (if equipped) Touch Yes to begin set up or touch No to . Vehicle Hitch Length: 10 cm (3.9 in) – return to the previous screen. 100 cm (39.3 in). Measure from hitch Follow instructions to drive forward to 1. Select the number of axles on the trailer. receiver to center of ball. complete calibration. 2. Enter trailer dimensions as prompted. 1. If trailer dimensions are out of range, Trailer Length Indicator Setup (if 3. Follow the on-screen instructions to this feature will be unavailable. equipped) complete setup for available features. 2. Ensure rear trailer camera is connected. Follow instructions to drive forward to Transparent Trailer Setup (if equipped) 3. Follow instructions to drive forward to complete calibration. complete calibration. To complete setup for transparent trailer: Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

290 Driving and Operating Trailer Side Blind Zone Alert Setup (if Vehicle Connections equipped) Trailer dimensions must be in range to enable this feature. . Trailer Length: 300 cm (118.1 in) – 1200 cm (472.4 in). Measure from center of coupler to furthest rear point on the trailer. If trailer dimensions are out of range, this feature will be unavailable. Status View The Status view shows: . Vehicle 1. Transmission Fluid Temperature 1. Light Test Start Button . Connections 2. Average Fuel Economy with Trailer 2. Trailer Electrical Diagnostics . Tires Profile Connections: OK . Maintenance Transmission Temperature If a trailer connection is detected, the view . Cameras View the temperature of the transmission will display OK. Upon entry, the most recent items will be fluid by looking at the graphic. The graphic Trailer Connections Status shown. Select MORE to view all options. will indicate a dangerous level if the temperature is at 130 °C–150 °C (270 °F– When a trailer is connected, the Trailering 300 °F). App System detects the trailer connection using the Park and Stop/Turn Signal lighting Average Fuel Economy circuits and alerts the driver by requesting a Touch to view the average fuel economy of trailer profile setup through the Trailering the vehicle while the Trailer Profile is active. App System on the infotainment screen. The Trailer Detection Alert setting must be enabled for the alert to display when a Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 291 trailer is connected. When a trailer is Connection Trailer Lighting Faults Detected Light Test connected and the ignition is off, the The Trailering App System monitors for Touch Start Light Test to cycle the trailer Trailering App System will periodically pulse electrical faults on the trailer lights. lights on and off to determine if they are the lighting circuits of the trailer to verify it A message about the lighting issue will working. The test follows this sequence: is still connected. The trailer lights may appear on the DIC. The infotainment display periodically flash as a result of this trailer 1. The running lights turn on first and will also show the lighting issue in the remain on throughout the sequence. connection detection. These flashes may be Connection Status view. Repair your trailer more visible in dark ambient light lights if needed. A trailer lighting issue is 2. The brake lights turn on for about environments. The flashing or flickering not covered by your GM warranty. two seconds. lights are a normal condition and the 3. The left turn signal light flashes three Trailering App System has built-in Diagnose View times. protections to prevent the battery from Touch Diagnose to see more information 4. The right turn signal light flashes three draining. When Theft Alert is also enabled about the connection problem. the frequency and pattern of this flashing times. will change. This view will display the names of the 5. The reverse lights turn on for about trailer connector pins, a graphic of the trailer two seconds. Connection Problem connector, and a graphic of the back of the 6. Steps 2–5 repeat for approximately If any of the trailer connections are lost, a trailer. one minute and 45 seconds, or until the message about the connection issue will Any connector pin that failed will be amber test deactivates. appear on the Driver Information Center color, and the location of the corresponding (DIC). The infotainment display will also Touch Stop to stop the test. The test will connection will be highlighted on the automatically end after one minute and show the connection issue in the Connection graphic of the back of the trailer. Status view. 45 seconds. The Running Lights connection may not If a trailer connection is not detected, the The sequence also deactivates when any of detect partial outages. Activate the light test the following occur: Trailering App will not display the to check all trailer lamps. See “Light Test” Connection Status screen. following. . The ignition is turned off. . The transmission is shifted out of P (Park). . The brake pedal is pressed. . The turn signal is activated. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

292 Driving and Operating . The hazard warning lights are activated. Maintenance . Touch Remind Me Later to delay the reminder. Tires . Touch X next to Upcoming Alerts (90%) to dismiss the alert. It will not appear again. . Touch X next to Maintenance Due (100%) to delay the alert to the next ignition cycle. Always follow all of the maintenance instructions that came with your trailer. Cameras

1. List of Maintenance Reminders 1. Trailer Tire Pressure/Temperature 2. Add a New Maintenance Reminder Tire Pressure and Temperature The Maintenance Status view displays reminders. Touch a reminder to edit. If the TTPMS sensor-to-vehicle learn process was completed, the status view will display Touch + New Maintenance Reminder to go the current tire pressure and temperature of to the Select New Reminder view. the trailer tires related to the active Trailer The progress bar turns yellow when the Profile. If a tire’s pressure is low or high, the maintenance item reaches 90% complete. color of the pressure value will be amber. The progress bar turns red when the If a sensor malfunctions, the values are maintenance item reaches 100% complete. dashed lines. If the screen displays “Service Guest Trailer Status View Tire Pressure Monitoring System”, the Maintenance Notifications Touch the Guest Trailer Profile for the status vehicle needs to be taken to a dealer for . Touch Service Complete to reset the views. service. maintenance reminder. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 293 The Guest Trailer Profile Status view shows: Custom Checklist Items All personalization features are based on the settings for each driver in vehicle . Vehicle For each of the Trailer Profile checklists, personalization. The list of Trailer Profiles is . Connections there is an option to create custom items to based on vehicle personalization settings. . Cameras, if equipped view in the checklist. The custom item will appear at the bottom of the checklist. Guest Trailer The Trailer Status view displays mileage information. Touch to edit, and follow the Guest Trailer and No Trailer Connected If the Guest Trailer Profile is the active on-screen prompts. Mileage and fuel Trailer Profile, trailer detection, connections economy will reset after the trailer If Guest Trailer Profile is active or if no status, theft, and the Tow/Haul reminder disconnects. trailer is connected, the checklist will show alerts can be sent. The system will not track all of the checklists associated with Custom total mileage or fuel economy, but the Accessory/No Trailer Status View Trailer Profiles in addition to default system will track trip mileage and fuel checklists. If the Accessory/No Trailer profile is active, economy if the Guest Trailer Profile is active. trailer status information is not available. Trailers View The Trailer Tire Pressure Monitoring System or maintenance reminders cannot be set up Checklist View Touch the Trailers tab to view, activate, for a Guest Trailer Profile. The Guest Trailer create, edit, or delete Trailer Profiles. This view shows the recommended steps to Profile cannot be edited. take before towing a trailer. If a trailer is connected, touch the Trailer Touch p to learn more about the Guest Profile name to activate a Trailer Profile. Touch the box next to each item if that step Trailer option. has been completed. There can be up to five Custom Trailer Accessory/No Trailer Profiles on the vehicle. Touch p to access a detailed view of If the Accessory/No Trailer Profile is active, each step. Within each detailed view, touch The Custom Trailer Profiles and Guest Trailer alerts will not be sent and the system will Next and Previous to navigate between are in order of the most frequently used. not track mileage or fuel economy. The steps. The Accessory/No Trailer profile is shown Trailer Tire Pressure Monitoring System or below the Custom Trailer Profiles and Guest maintenance reminders cannot be set up for Touch Clear All to clear the completed Trailer Profile. statuses from all items in the current the Accessory/No Trailer Profile. The checklist. Accessory/No Trailer profile cannot be edited. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

294 Driving and Operating No Trailer Connected Editing a Trailer Profile Tire Pressure Setup When there is no trailer connected, Trailer Trailer Profile View Touch to set up the Trailer Tire Pressure Profiles cannot be activated but most Monitoring System (TTPMS) for the Trailer Touch to edit any of the following options options can be edited. Profile. See “Trailer Tire Pressure Setup” in the Trailer Profile view: Trailer Brake Gain Memory previously in this section for details on the . Trailer Name setup. Also, touch Tire Pressure Setup if the The system can memorize the brake gain . Towing Assistance Setup, if equipped trailer tires were rotated or if the tire setting of a Trailer Profile or a Guest Trailer . Tire Pressure Setup, if equipped pressure sensors in the tires were replaced Profile. When a Trailer Profile or Guest . Trailer Maintenance for this Trailer Profile. The vehicle will need Trailer Profile is selected, and a brake gain to relearn the tire sensors and their . Edit Mileage setting is set for that Trailer Profile, a quick locations. notice will appear to indicate that the . Reset Average Fuel Economy If TTPMS had been set up previously, the system has recalled that profile’s brake gain Touch Save to save the new value to the setting. Select Number of Sensors screen will appear Trailer Profile. Touching Back will still save after touching Tire Pressure Setup. If the If a Trailer Profile is already active and the the previously entered information. number of sensors has changed, select the brake gain setting had been set for that Trailer Name number and touch Next. Trailer Profile, the quick notice will trigger whenever the ignition is turned on. Touch to edit the Trailer Profile’s name. Use If a new number of sensors is selected, the at least one character and no spaces. Relearn Sensors pop-up will appear. Touch If there was an error in setting the brake Touch Save. Cancel to go back or touch Relearn to gain for a Trailer Profile, there will be a overwrite the current sensors and begin the Towing Assistance Setup notification. This pop-up will not appear if relearning process. See “Trailer Tire Pressure the Guest Trailer Profile is active or if there A trailer should be connected to complete Setup” previously in this section. is no trailer connected. this portion of profile setup. If number of sensors has not changed, touch Trailer brake gain should be set for a specific Touch to set up towing assistance features Next and the Learn sensors screen will trailering condition and must be adjusted for the Trailer Profile. See "Towing appear. anytime vehicle loading, trailer loading, Assistance" for details on the setup. or road surface conditions change. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 295 On the Learn Sensors screen. Touch Relearn Edit Reminder Effect on Maintenance Reminders to overwrite the current sensors and begin Touch to edit the mileage or time settings If the mileage is reset or changed, and the relearning process. See “Trailer Tire for the reminder. Touch Save to save the mileage has already accumulated, any Pressure Setup” previously in this section. new settings to the Trailer Profile. maintenance reminders that have been set On the Learn Sensors screen, touch Next to Delete Reminder up will be adjusted accordingly. go to the Edit Recommended Tire Pressure Reset Average Fuel Economy screen. Touch to delete the maintenance reminder. On the pop-up, touch Delete to delete the Touch to reset the average fuel economy for On the Edit Recommended Tire Pressure reminder or touch Cancel to return to the the Trailer Profile. Touch Reset to change, screen, touch a number on the keypad to previous view and nothing will change. or touch Cancel to go back to the change the New Maintenance Reminder previous view. Recommended Tire Pressure for the trailer’s Delete/Remove Trailer tires. This will change the number at which Touch + New Maintenance Reminder to set the vehicle displays alerts related to trailer up a new reminder. Suggested reminders Touch to remove the Trailer Profile and all tire pressure. Touch Done to return to the that were previously set will have of its settings. Trailer Profile view. checkmarks next to them. Suggested On the pop-up, touch Remove to remove the reminders that have not been set will have Trailer Maintenance Trailer Profile from the vehicle. Touch Cancel empty boxes next to them. The maximum to dismiss the pop-up and return to the Touch to view a list of maintenance number of reminders is 50. previous view. reminders for the Trailer Profile. Edit Mileage Remove will be displayed if there is a Touch a reminder to view, reset, delete, Touch to edit the Trailer Profile’s mileage. connected OnStar plan active with the or edit it. Touch Reset to reset trailer mileage to zero, vehicle. Removing a trailer profile will Reset Reminder or enter a new value and touch Save. remove the profile from the vehicle but the Touching back will return to the Trailer profile will still be associated with the user Touch Maintenance Complete in the Profile view. account. However, if there is not a reminder view to reset the reminder. On the connected OnStar plan then the remove pop-up, touch Reset to reset the time and button will read DELETE and the profile will mileage values for the reminder. Touch be deleted permanently. Cancel to return to the previous view and nothing will change. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

296 Driving and Operating Settings View turned on or off. Touch a profile to view if the setting is on for the active Trailer more information or adjust the setting for Profile, the vehicle has an OnStar or Within the Trailering App, touch the Settings that profile. connected service plan and the smartphone tab to modify the following settings: number has been added to the account for . Trailer Detection Alert The setting will be on by default for each profile. All Maintenance Alerts for that active this notification. . Maintenance Alerts Trailer Profile will be received. If the setting is turned off for a given Trailer . Theft Alert Turn a setting off to not receive any of the Profile, the smartphone will not receive this . Tow/Haul Mode Reminder Maintenance Alerts when that Trailer Profile security notification even if the Trailer . Trailer Length Indicator is active. Profile is active. Trailer Detection Alert Theft Alert Tow/Haul Mode Reminder The Trailer Detection Alert setting will be on A theft alert can be set if a trailer is This is a reminder to turn on the Tow/Haul by default. Turn it off to disable the Trailer Mode when towing a trailer. See Tow/Haul connected and the alert is enabled. When 0 Detection pop-up from displaying when a the trailer is disconnected and the vehicle is Mode 235. trailer is connected. The Guest Trailer Profile off, an alarm will sound. Touch Tow/Haul Mode Reminder in Settings will become the active Trailer Profile, unless Touch Theft Alert in Settings to view the to view the Tow/Haul Mode Reminder another Trailer Profile is selected manually settings page. These alerts are based on the through the Trailering App. If this setting is Theft Alert settings page. These alerts are based on the Trailer Profile, so the settings Trailer Profile, so the settings for each disabled while a Custom Trailer Profile is Trailer Profile must be turned on or off. active, that Trailer Profile will remain the for each Trailer Profile must be turned on or off. Touch a profile to view more Touch a profile to view more information or active profile until the trailer is to adjust the setting for that profile. disconnected. information or adjust the setting for that profile. This setting will default to OFF for each Maintenance Alerts This setting will be off by default for each Trailer Profile, including the Guest Trailer Touch Maintenance Alerts to view the Trailer Profile, including the Guest Trailer Profile. Maintenance Alerts settings page. These Profile. alerts are based on the Trailer Profile, so the settings for each Trailer Profile must be A smartphone will receive a notification that the trailer related to the selected Trailer Profile is disconnected from the vehicle, Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 297 If Tow/Haul Mode is off and this setting is Conversions and Add-Ons The vehicle has an airbag system. Before on for a Trailer Profile, each time the attempting to add anything electrical to the ignition is turned on a reminder will appear Add-On Electrical Equipment vehicle, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped to turn on Tow/Haul Mode when the Trailer Vehicle 0 66 and Profile is active. Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped { Warning 0 If Tow/Haul Mode is on and this setting is Vehicle 66. The Data Link Connector (DLC) is used for on for a Trailer Profile, the reminder will not For information on wiring auxiliary switches, appear when the Trailer Profile is active. vehicle service and Emission Inspection/ see www.gmupfitter.com or contact your Maintenance testing. See Malfunction dealer. Trailer Length Indicator Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 111. Touch Trailer Length Indicator to view the A device connected to the DLC — such as Adding a Snow Plow or Similar Trailer Length Indicator settings page. If this an aftermarket fleet or driver-behavior Equipment setting is ON a guideline is displayed in the tracking device — may interfere with side mirror camera view to indicate the rear vehicle systems. This could affect vehicle Caution operation and cause a crash. Such devices of the attached trailer. If this setting is OFF Do not exceed 72 km/h (45 mph) with a may also access information stored in the the guideline will not be displayed. snow plow mounted to the vehicle. The vehicle’s systems. This setting will default to OFF if the trailer vehicle could overheat and be damaged. length indicator feature is not set up. See "Towing Assistance" for details on the setup. Caution Before installing a snow plow on the vehicle, follow these guidelines: Some electrical equipment can damage the vehicle or cause components to not Caution work and would not be covered by the If the vehicle does not have the snow vehicle warranty. Always check with your plow prep package, RPO VYU, adding a dealer before adding electrical equipment. plow can damage the vehicle, and the repairs would not be covered by the Add-on equipment can drain the vehicle's vehicle warranty. Unless the vehicle was 12-volt battery, even if the vehicle is not operating. built to carry a snow plow, do not add (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

298 Driving and Operating

Caution (Continued) coolant to overheat. Move or angle the any other cargo. This is the amount of snow plow blade to allow increased weight that can be added to the front axle one to the vehicle. If the vehicle has RPO airflow to the radiator. before reaching the Front GAWR. VYU, then the payload the vehicle can . To increase the airflow, move the snow To calculate the amount of weight any front carry will be reduced when a snow plow plow blade position. accessory, such as a snow plow, is adding to is installed. The vehicle can be damaged . If driving more than 24 km/h (15 mi), the front axle, use this formula: if either the front or rear axle ratings or angle the plow blade position. the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) . Make sure the weight on the front and are exceeded. rear axles does not exceed the axle rating for each. The plow the vehicle can carry depends on many things, such as: . Follow the snowplow manufacturer’s recommendations for any rear ballast that . The options the vehicle came with, and may be required. Rear ballast may be the weight of those options. required to ensure a proper front and rear . The weight and number of passengers to weight distribution ratio even though the be carried. actual weight at the front axle may be . The weight of items added to the vehicle, less than the front axel rating. like a tool box or truck cap. . The snowplow manufacturer or installer . The total weight of any additional cargo can assist in determining the amount of to be carried. rear ballast required to ensure that the (W x (A + W.B.)) /W.B.= Weight the accessory is adding to the front axle. To safely carry a snow plow on the vehicle: vehicle with the attached snowplow does not exceed the GVW rating, the front and Where: . With a snow plow attached, the engine rear axle ratings, or the front and rear IW = Weight of added accessory coolant temperature gauge may show a weight distribution ratio. higher temperature than while driving IA = Distance that the accessory is in Front axle reserve capacity is the difference without one. The snow plow could block front of the front axle the airflow to the radiator. This could be between the Front Gross Axle Weight more noticeable as vehicle speed Rating (GAWR) and the front axle weight of IW.B. = Vehicle Wheelbase increases. At speeds above 72 km/h the vehicle with full fuel, passengers, and (45 mph), this may cause the engine Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Driving and Operating 299 For example, adding a 318 kg (700 lb) snow Pickup Conversion to Chassis Cab plow actually adds more than 318 kg (700 lb) { Warning to the front axle. Using the formula, if the On some vehicles that have certain front We are aware that some vehicle owners might consider having the pickup box snow plow is 122 cm (4 ft) in front of the mounted equipment, such as a snow removed and a commercial or recreational front axle and the wheelbase is 305 cm plow, it may be possible to load the front (10 ft), then: body installed. Owners should be aware axle to the front Gross Axle Weight that, as manufactured, there are differences IW = 318 kg (700 lb) Rating (GAWR) but not have enough between a chassis cab and a pickup with the IA = 122 cm (4 ft) weight on the rear axle to have proper box removed which could affect vehicle braking performance. If the brakes cannot safety. The components necessary to adapt IW.B. = 305 cm (10 ft) work properly, the vehice could crash. a pickup to permit its safe use with a (W x (A + W.B.)/W.B. = (318 x (122 + 305))/305 Always follow the snow plow specialized body should be installed by the = 445 kg (980 lb) manufacturer or installer's body builder. This means if the front axle reserve capacity recommendation for rear ballast to is more than 445 kg (980 lb), the snow plow ensure a proper front and rear weight could be added without exceeding the distribution ratio. Maintaining a proper front GAWR. front and rear weight distribution ratio is necessary to provide proper braking Heavier equipment can be added on the performance. front of the vehicle if less cargo or fewer passengers are carried, or by positioning See your dealer for additional advice and cargo toward the rear. This reduces the load information about using a snow plow on the on the front. However, the front GAWR, rear vehicle. Also, see Vehicle Load Limits 0 217. GAWR, and Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) must never be exceeded. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

300 Vehicle Care Front Axle ...... 320 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ...... 329 Vehicle Care Rear Axle ...... 320 Engine Compartment Fuse Block ...... 329 Noise Control System ...... 320 Instrument Panel Fuse Block (Left) . . . . . 332 General Information Starter Switch Check ...... 321 Instrument Panel Fuse Block (Right) . . . 334 General Information ...... 301 Automatic Transmission Shift Lock California Proposition 65 Warning . . . . . 301 Control Function Check ...... 322 Wheels and Tires California Perchlorate Materials Ignition Transmission Lock Check ...... 322 Tires ...... 336 Requirements ...... 301 Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism All-Season Tires ...... 337 Accessories and Modifications ...... 302 Check ...... 322 Winter Tires ...... 337 All-Terrain Tires ...... 337 Vehicle Checks Wiper Blade Replacement ...... 322 Glass Replacement ...... 323 Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 338 Doing Your Own Service Work ...... 302 Tire Designations ...... 339 Hood ...... 302 Windshield Replacement ...... 323 Gas Strut(s) ...... 323 Tire Terminology and Definitions ...... 339 Engine Compartment Overview ...... 304 Tire Pressure ...... 341 Engine Oil ...... 305 Headlamp Aiming Tire Pressure Monitor System ...... 342 Engine Oil Life System ...... 307 Front Headlamp Aiming ...... 324 Tire Pressure Monitor Operation ...... 343 Automatic Transmission Fluid ...... 308 Tire Inspection ...... 348 Engine Air Filter Life System ...... 308 Bulb Replacement Tire Rotation ...... 348 Engine Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 309 Bulb Replacement ...... 324 When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 350 Cooling System ...... 310 Halogen Bulbs ...... 325 Buying New Tires ...... 351 Engine Overheating ...... 312 LED Lighting ...... 325 Different Size Tires and Wheels ...... 352 Overheated Engine Protection Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, Uniform Tire Quality Grading ...... 352 Operating Mode ...... 314 Sidemarker, and Parking Lamps ...... 325 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 354 Engine Fan ...... 314 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Stoplamps, and Wheel Replacement ...... 354 Power Steering Fluid ...... 314 Back-Up Lamps ...... 326 Tire Chains ...... 354 Washer Fluid ...... 315 Center High-Mounted Stoplamp If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 355 Brakes ...... 316 (CHMSL) and Cargo Lamp ...... 327 Tire Changing ...... 356 Brake Pad Life System ...... 316 License Plate Lamp ...... 328 Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 366 Brake Fluid ...... 317 Battery - North America ...... 318 Electrical System Jump Starting Four-Wheel Drive ...... 320 Electrical System Overload ...... 328 Jump Starting - North America ...... 367 Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 301 Towing the Vehicle General Information Warning (Continued) Towing the Vehicle ...... 369 Recreational Vehicle Towing ...... 370 For service and parts needs, visit your cancer and birth defects or other dealer. You will receive genuine GM parts reproductive harm. Engine exhaust, many Appearance Care and GM-trained and supported service parts and systems, many fluids, and Exterior Care ...... 373 people. some component wear by-products Interior Care ...... 378 Floor Mats ...... 381 Genuine GM parts have one of these marks: contain and/or emit these chemicals. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ passenger-vehicle.

See Battery - North America 0 318 and Jump Starting - North America 0 367 and the back cover. California Perchlorate Materials Requirements Certain types of automotive applications, such as airbag initiators, seat belt pretensioners, and lithium batteries California Proposition 65 Warning contained in electronic keys, may contain perchlorate materials. Perchlorate Material – { Warning special handling may apply. See Most motor vehicles, including this one, www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ perchlorate. as well as many of its service parts and fluids, contain and/or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

302 Vehicle Care Accessories and Modifications Also, see Adding Equipment to the If equipped with remote vehicle start, open Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 66. the hood before performing any service Adding non-dealer accessories or making work to prevent remote starting the vehicle modifications to the vehicle can affect accidentally. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 20. vehicle performance and safety, including Vehicle Checks such things as airbags, braking, stability, Keep a record with all parts receipts and list ride and handling, emissions systems, Doing Your Own Service Work the mileage and the date of any service aerodynamics, durability, and electronic work performed. See Maintenance Records 0 systems like antilock brakes, traction control, { Warning 396. and stability control. These accessories or It can be dangerous to work on your Caution modifications could even cause malfunction vehicle if you do not have the proper or damage not covered by the vehicle knowledge, service manual, tools, Even small amounts of contamination can warranty. or parts. Always follow owner’s manual cause damage to vehicle systems. Do not Damage to suspension components caused procedures and consult the service allow contaminants to contact the fluids, by modifying vehicle height outside of manual for your vehicle before doing any reservoir caps, or dipsticks. factory settings will not be covered by the service work. vehicle warranty. Hood Damage to vehicle components resulting If doing some of your own service work, use from modifications or the installation or use the proper service manual. It tells you much { Warning of non-GM certified parts, including control more about how to service the vehicle than Turn the vehicle off before opening the this manual can. To order the proper service module or software modifications, is not hood. If the engine is running with the covered under the terms of the vehicle manual, see Publication Ordering Information 0 408. hood open, you or others could be warranty and may affect remaining injured. warranty coverage for affected parts. This vehicle has an airbag system. Before GM Accessories are designed to complement attempting to do your own service work, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle and function with other systems on the 0 vehicle. See your dealer to accessorize the 66. vehicle using genuine GM Accessories installed by a dealer technician. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 303 2. Go to the front of the vehicle and locate { Warning the secondary release lever under the { Warning Components under the hood can get hot front center of the hood. Push the Do not drive the vehicle if the hood is from running the engine. To help avoid secondary hood release lever to the right not latched completely. The hood could the risk of burning unprotected skin, to release. open fully, block your vision, and cause a never touch these components until they 3. After you have partially lifted the hood, crash. You or others could be injured. have cooled, and always use a glove or the gas strut system will automatically Always close the hood completely before towel to avoid direct skin contact. lift the hood and hold it in the fully driving. open position. Clear any snow from the hood before To close the hood: The Driver Information Center (DIC) will opening. display a message if the hood is not fully 1. Before closing the hood, be sure all filler To open the hood: closed, and the vehicle is moving. Stop and caps are on properly, and all tools are turn off the vehicle, check the hood for 1. Pull the hood release lever with the removed. obstructions, and close the hood again. i symbol. It is on the lower left side 2. Pull the hood down until the strut Check to see if the message still appears on of the instrument panel. system is no longer holding up the hood. the DIC. 3. Allow the hood to fall. Check to make sure the hood is latched completely. Repeat this process with additional force if necessary. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

304 Vehicle Care Engine Compartment Overview Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 305 1. Remote Negative (–) Location. See Jump Engine Oil Starting - North America 0 367. { Warning For diesel engine vehicles, see “Engine Oil” The engine oil dipstick handle may be 2. Positive (+) Terminal (Under Cover). See in the Duramax diesel supplement. Jump Starting - North America 0 367. hot; it could burn you. Use a towel or 3. Battery - North America 0 318. To ensure proper engine performance and glove to touch the dipstick handle. long life, careful attention must be paid to 0 4. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 309. engine oil. Following these simple, but If a low oil Driver Information Center (DIC) 5. Engine Oil Dipstick. See “Checking Engine important steps will help protect your message displays, check the oil level. Oil” under Engine Oil 0 305. investment: Follow these guidelines: . Use engine oil approved to the proper 6. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View). See . To get an accurate reading, park the 0 specification and of the proper viscosity Cooling System 310. vehicle on level ground. Check the engine grade. See “Selecting the Right Engine 7. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir. See oil level after the engine has been off for Oil” in this section. Power Steering Fluid 0 314. at least two hours. Checking the engine 8. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When to Add . Check the engine oil level regularly and oil level on steep grades or too soon after Engine Oil” under Engine Oil 0 305. maintain the proper oil level. See engine shutoff can result in incorrect “Checking Engine Oil” and “When to Add readings. Accuracy improves when 9. Auxiliary Battery. Battery - North Engine Oil” in this section. America 0 318. checking a cold engine prior to starting. . Change the engine oil at the appropriate Remove the dipstick and check the level. 10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brake Fluid 0 time. See Engine Oil Life System 307. . If unable to wait two hours, the engine 0 317. . Always dispose of engine oil properly. See must be off for at least 15 minutes if the 11. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 329. “What to Do with Used Oil” in this engine is warm, or at least 30 minutes if 12. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap. section. the engine is not warm. Pull out the 0 dipstick, wipe it with a clean paper towel See Cooling System 310. Checking Engine Oil 13. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See or cloth, then push it back in all the way. “Adding Washer Fluid” under Washer Check the engine oil level regularly, every Remove it again, keeping the tip down, Fluid 0 315. 650 km (400 mi), especially prior to a long and check the level. trip. The engine oil dipstick handle is a loop. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the See Engine Compartment Overview 0 304 Duramax diesel supplement. for the location. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

306 Vehicle Care

When to Add Engine Oil Caution (Continued) damaged. Drain the excess oil or limit driving of the vehicle, and seek a service professional to remove the excess oil.

See Engine Compartment Overview 0 304 for the location of the engine oil fill cap. Caution If the oil is below the cross-hatched area at Add enough oil to put the level somewhere Failure to use the recommended engine the tip of the dipstick and the engine has in the proper operating range. Push the oil or equivalent can result in engine been off for at least 15 minutes, add 1 L dipstick all the way back in when through. damage not covered by the vehicle (1 qt) of the recommended oil and then warranty. recheck the level. See “Selecting the Right Selecting the Right Engine Oil Engine Oil” later in this section for an Selecting the right engine oil depends on Viscosity Grade explanation of what kind of oil to use. For both the proper oil specification and engine oil crankcase capacity, see Capacities viscosity grade. See Recommended Fluids Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade engine oil. and Specifications 0 398. and Lubricants 0 393. Cold Temperature Operation: In an area of extreme cold, where the temperature falls Caution Specification below −29 °C (−20 °F), use SAE 0W-30 oil. An oil of this viscosity grade will provide easier Do not add too much oil. Oil levels above Use full synthetic engine oils that meet the dexos1 specification. Engine oils that have cold starting for the engine at extremely or below the acceptable operating range low temperatures. shown on the dipstick are harmful to the been approved by GM as meeting the engine. If the oil level is above the dexos1 specification are marked with the When selecting an oil of the appropriate dexos1 approved logo. operating range (i.e., the engine has so viscosity grade, it is recommended to select much oil that the oil level gets above the an oil of the correct specification. See “Specification” earlier in this section. cross-hatched area that shows the proper operating range), the engine could be (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 307 Engine Oil Additives/Engine Oil Flushes Engine Oil Life System will perform this work and reset the system. It is also important to check the oil regularly Do not add anything to the oil. The When to Change Engine Oil over the course of an oil drain interval and recommended oils meeting the dexos1 keep it at the proper level. specification are all that is needed for good This vehicle has a computer system that performance and engine protection. indicates when to change the engine oil and If the system is ever reset accidentally, the filter. This is based on a combination of oil must be changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) Engine oil system flushes are not factors which include engine revolutions, since the last oil change. Remember to reset recommended and could cause engine engine temperature, and miles driven. Based the oil life system whenever the oil is damage not covered by the vehicle on driving conditions, the mileage at which changed. warranty. an oil change is indicated can vary How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System What to Do with Used Oil considerably. For the oil life system to work properly, the system must be reset every Reset the system whenever the engine oil is Used engine oil contains certain elements time the oil is changed. changed so that the system can calculate that can be unhealthy for your skin and the next engine oil change. Always reset the could even cause cancer. Do not let used oil On some vehicles, when the system has engine oil life to 100% after every oil stay on your skin for very long. Clean your calculated that oil life has been diminished, change. It will not reset itself. To reset the skin and nails with soap and water, or a a CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message comes engine oil life system: good hand cleaner. Wash or properly on to indicate that an oil change is dispose of clothing or rags containing used necessary. Change the oil as soon as 1. Display the oil life percentage on the engine oil. See the manufacturer's warnings possible within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 about the use and disposal of oil products. It is possible that, if driving under the best (Base Level) 119 or conditions, the oil life system might indicate Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel Used oil can be a threat to the environment. that an oil change is not necessary for up to and Uplevel) 0 120. If you change your own oil, be sure to drain a year. The engine oil and filter must be all the oil from the filter before disposal. 2. Press the thumbwheel on the steering changed at least once a year and, at this wheel, or the trip odometer reset stem if Never dispose of oil by putting it in the time, the system must be reset. For vehicles trash or pouring it on the ground, into the vehicle does not have DIC controls, without the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON for several seconds. When the sewers, or into streams or bodies of water. message, an oil change is needed when the Recycle it by taking it to a place that confirmation message displays, select REMAINING OIL LIFE percentage is near 0%. YES. The oil life will change to 100%. collects used oil. Your dealer has trained service people who Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

308 Vehicle Care The oil life system can also be reset as in these vehicles. Because this procedure is When to Change the Engine Air Filter follows: difficult, this should be done at the dealer. When the Driver Information Center (DIC) Contact the dealer for additional information 1. Display the oil life percentage on the displays a message to replace the engine air or the procedure can be found in the service DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC) filter at the next oil change, follow this (Base Level) 0 119 or manual. See Publication Ordering 0 timing. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel Information 408. and Uplevel) 0 120. When the DIC displays a message to replace Caution the engine air filter soon, replace the engine 2. Fully press the accelerator pedal slowly air filter at the earliest convenience. three times within five seconds. Use of the incorrect automatic transmission fluid may damage the The system must be reset after the engine 3. If the display changes to 100%, the vehicle, and the damage may not be air filter is changed. system is reset. covered by the vehicle warranty. Always If the DIC displays a message to check the If the vehicle has a CHANGE ENGINE OIL use the correct automatic transmission engine air filter system, see your dealer. SOON message and it comes back on when fluid. See Recommended Fluids and the vehicle is started and/or the oil Lubricants 0 393. How to Reset the Engine Air Filter Life life percentage is near 0%, the engine oil System life system has not been reset. Repeat the Change the fluid and filter at the scheduled To reset: procedure. maintenance intervals listed in Maintenance Schedule 0 384. Be sure to use the 1. Place the vehicle in P (Park). Automatic Transmission Fluid transmission fluid listed in Recommended 2. Display the Air Filter Life on the DIC. See 0 When to Check and Change Automatic Fluids and Lubricants 393. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base 0 Transmission Fluid Level) 119 or Engine Air Filter Life System Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel It is usually not necessary to check the If equipped, this feature provides the engine and Uplevel) 0 120. transmission fluid level. The only reason for air filter’s remaining life and best timing for 3. Press T on the steering wheel, or press fluid loss is a transmission leak or a change. The timing to change an engine overheated transmission. This vehicle is not the trip odometer reset stem if the air filter depends on driving and vehicle does not have DIC controls, to equipped with a transmission fluid level environmental conditions. dipstick. There is a special procedure for move to the Reset/Disable display area. checking and changing the transmission fluid Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 309 Select Reset then press the thumbwheel To inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/ or press the reset stem for several filter: { Warning seconds. If part replacement is necessary, the part 4. Press the thumbwheel or the reset stem must be replaced with one of the same to confirm the reset. part number or with an equivalent part. Use of a replacement part without the Engine Air Cleaner/Filter same fit, form, and function may result The engine air cleaner/filter is on the driver in personal injury or damage to the side of the engine compartment. See Engine vehicle. Compartment Overview 0 304. 5. Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/ When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner/ filter. Filter 6. Reverse Steps 2–4 to reinstall the filter If the vehicle is not equipped with the cover housing. engine air filter life system, see 1. Locate the air cleaner/filter assembly. 7. If equipped, reset the engine air filter life Maintenance Schedule 0 384 for intervals on See Engine Compartment Overview system after replacing the engine air inspecting and replacing the engine air 0 304. filter. see Engine Air Filter Life System cleaner filter. 0 2. Remove the eight screws on top of the 308. How to Inspect/Replace the Engine Air cover of the housing, then lift the cover. { Warning Cleaner/Filter 3. Remove the engine air cleaner/filter from Operating the engine with the air Do not start the engine or have the engine the housing. Take care to dislodge as cleaner/filter off can cause you or others running with the engine air cleaner/filter little dirt as possible. housing open. Before removing the engine 4. Clean the engine air cleaner/filter sealing to be burned. Use caution when working air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine surfaces and the housing. on the engine. Do not start the engine or air cleaner/filter housing and nearby drive the vehicle with the air cleaner/ components are free of dirt and debris. Do filter off, as flames may be present if the not clean the engine air cleaner/filter or engine backfires. components with water or compressed air. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

310 Vehicle Care

Caution Engine Coolant If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt can The cooling system in the vehicle is filled easily get into the engine, which could with DEX-COOL engine coolant. This coolant damage it. Always have the air cleaner/ is designed to remain in the vehicle for 5 years or 240 000 km (150,000 mi), filter in place when driving. whichever occurs first. Cooling System The following explains the cooling system and how to check and add coolant when it If the vehicle has the Duramax diesel is low. If there is a problem with engine engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. overheating, see Engine Overheating 0 312. The cooling system allows the engine to What to Use maintain the correct working temperature. 1. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View) { Warning { Warning 2. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap Plain water, or other liquids such as An underhood electric fan can start up alcohol, can boil before the proper even when the engine is not running and { Warning coolant mixture will. With plain water or can cause injury. Keep hands, clothing, Do not touch heater, radiator, a/c pipes the wrong mixture, the engine could get and tools away from any underhood or hoses, or other engine parts. They can too hot but there would not be an electric fan. be very hot and can burn you. Do not run the engine if there is a leak; all overheat warning. The engine could catch coolant could leak out. That could cause fire and you or others could be burned. an engine fire and can burn you. Fix any Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable leak before driving the vehicle. water and DEX-COOL coolant. This mixture: . Gives freezing protection down to −37 °C (−34 °F), outside temperature. . Gives boiling protection up to 129 °C (265 °F), engine temperature. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 311 . Protects against rust and corrosion. The vehicle must be on a level surface when How to Add Coolant to the Coolant . Will not damage aluminum parts. checking the coolant level. Surge Tank . Helps keep the proper engine If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see temperature. “Cooling System” in the Duramax diesel supplement for the proper coolant fill Caution procedure. Do not use anything other than a mix of DEX-COOL coolant that meets GM { Warning Standard GMW3420 and clean, drinkable Spilling coolant on hot engine parts can water. Anything else can cause damage burn you. Coolant contains ethylene to the engine cooling system and the glycol and it will burn if the engine parts vehicle, which would not be covered by are hot enough. the vehicle warranty.

Never dispose of engine coolant by putting Check to see if coolant is visible in the it in the trash, or by pouring it on the { Warning coolant surge tank. If the coolant inside the ground, or into sewers, streams, or bodies of Plain water, or other liquids such as coolant surge tank is boiling, wait until it water. Have the coolant changed by an cools down. The coolant level should be at alcohol, can boil before the proper authorized service center, familiar with legal or above the indicated mark. If it is not, coolant mixture will. With plain water or requirements regarding used coolant there may be a leak in the cooling system. the wrong mixture, the engine could get disposal. This will help protect the too hot but there would not be an environment and your health. If coolant is visible but the coolant level is overheat warning. The engine could catch not at or above the indicated mark, see the fire and you or others could be burned. Checking Coolant following sections on how to add coolant to The coolant surge tank is in the engine the coolant surge tank following. compartment on the driver side of the vehicle. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 304. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

312 Vehicle Care

1. Remove the coolant surge tank pressure Caution { Warning cap when the cooling system, including Steam and scalding liquids from a hot the coolant surge tank pressure cap and If the pressure cap is not tightly installed, cooling system are under pressure. upper radiator hose, is no longer hot. coolant loss and engine damage may Turning the pressure cap, even a little, Turn the pressure cap slowly occur. Be sure the cap is properly and can cause them to come out at high counterclockwise about one full turn. If a tightly secured. speed and you could be burned. Never hiss is heard, wait for that to stop. turn the cap when the cooling system, A hiss means there is still some Engine Overheating pressure left. including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait If the vehicle has the Duramax diesel for the cooling system and pressure cap 2. Keep turning the pressure cap slowly, engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. to cool. and remove it. 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with the Caution proper mixture to the full cold mark. Caution Do not run the engine if there is a leak 4. With the coolant surge tank pressure cap in the engine cooling system. This can Failure to follow the specific coolant fill off, start the engine and let it run until cause a loss of all coolant and can procedure could cause the engine to the engine coolant temperature gauge damage the system and vehicle. Have overheat and could cause system indicates approximately 90 °C (195 °F). any leaks fixed right away. damage. If coolant is not visible in the By this time, the coolant level inside the surge tank, contact your dealer. coolant surge tank may be lower. If the The vehicle has several indicators to warn of level is lower, add more of the proper engine overheating. If no coolant is visible in the surge tank, add mixture to the coolant surge tank until coolant. There is a coolant temperature gauge in the the level reaches the indicated mark. vehicle's instrument cluster. See Engine 5. Replace the pressure cap tightly. Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 108. 6. Verify coolant level after the engine is In addition, there are ENGINE OVERHEATED shut off and the coolant is cold. STOP ENGINE, ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE If necessary, repeat coolant fill procedure ENGINE, and ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED Steps 1–6. messages in the Driver Information Center (DIC). Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 313 If the decision is made not to lift the hood If Steam is Coming from the Engine . Tows a trailer; see Trailer Towing 0 272. when this warning appears, get service help Compartment If the ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE or right away. See Roadside Assistance Program the ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE 0 404. { Warning message appears with no sign of steam, try If the decision is made to lift the hood, Steam and scalding liquids from a hot this for a minute or so: make sure the vehicle is parked on a level cooling system are under pressure. 1. Turn the air conditioning off. surface. Turning the pressure cap, even a little, 2. Turn the heater on to the highest Check to see if the engine cooling fans are can cause them to come out at high temperature and to the highest fan running. If the engine is overheating, the speed and you could be burned. Never speed. Open the windows as necessary. fans should be running. If they are not, do turn the cap when the cooling system, 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off the not continue to run the engine and have the including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait road, shift to P (Park) or N (Neutral) and vehicle serviced. for the cooling system and pressure cap let the engine idle. If the engine or transmission detects an to cool. If the temperature overheat gauge is no impending hot fluid condition, then the longer in the overheat zone or an overheat transmission may force upshifts to limit If No Steam is Coming from the Engine warning no longer displays, the vehicle can temperatures. Downshifts may also be Compartment be driven. Continue to drive the vehicle prevented in this instance. Normal operation The ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE or slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe may continue unless the display indicates the ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE vehicle distance from the vehicle in front. there is a hot condition and engine should message, along with a low coolant If the warning does not come back on, be idled. condition, can indicate a serious problem. continue to drive normally and have the cooling system checked for proper fill and If there is an engine overheat warning, but function. no steam is seen or heard, the problem may not be too serious. Sometimes the engine If the warning continues, pull over, stop, and can get a little too hot when the vehicle: park the vehicle right away. . Climbs a long hill on a hot day. If there is still no sign of steam and the . Stops after high-speed driving. vehicle is equipped with an engine driven . Idles for long periods in traffic. cooling fan, push down the accelerator until the engine speed is about twice as fast as Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

314 Vehicle Care normal idle speed for at least five minutes may continue unless the display indicates so an increase in fan noise may be heard. while the vehicle is parked. If the warning is there is a hot condition and engine should This is normal and should not be mistaken still there, turn off the engine and get be idled. as the transmission slipping or making extra everyone out of the vehicle until it shifts. It is merely the cooling system cools down. Caution functioning properly. The fan will slow down If there is no sign of steam, idle the engine After driving in the overheated engine when additional cooling is not required and for five minutes while parked. If the warning protection operating mode, the engine oil the clutch partially disengages. is still displayed, turn off the engine until it will be severely degraded. Any repairs This fan noise may be heard when starting cools down. performed before the engine is cool may the engine. It will go away as the fan clutch cause engine damage. Allow the engine partially disengages. Overheated Engine Protection to cool before attempting any repair. Operating Mode Repair the cause of coolant loss, change Power Steering Fluid the oil, and reset the oil life system. See If an overheated engine condition exists and 0 the ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED message Engine Oil 305. displays, an overheat protection mode which alternates firing groups of cylinders helps to Engine Fan prevent engine damage. In this mode, a loss If the vehicle has the Duramax diesel in power and engine performance will be engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. noticed. This operating mode allows the The power steering fluid reservoir is in the The vehicle has a clutched engine cooling vehicle to be driven to a safe place in an engine compartment on the driver side of fan. When the clutch is engaged, the fan emergency. Driving extended distances and/ the vehicle. See Engine Compartment spins faster to provide more air to cool the or towing a trailer in the overheat Overview 0 304 for reservoir location. protection mode should be avoided. engine. In most everyday driving conditions, the fan is spinning slower and the clutch is When to Check Power Steering Fluid If the engine or transmission detects an not fully engaged. This improves fuel impending hot fluid condition, then the economy and reduces fan noise. Under It is not necessary to regularly check power transmission may force upshifts to limit heavy vehicle loading, trailer towing, and/or steering fluid unless there is a leak temperatures. Downshifts may also be high outside temperatures, the fan speed suspected in the system or an unusual noise prevented in this instance. Normal operation increases as the clutch more fully engages, Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 315 is heard. A fluid loss in this system could To prevent contamination of brake fluid, Adding Washer Fluid indicate a problem. Have the system never check or fill the power steering The vehicle has a low washer fluid message inspected and repaired. reservoir with the brake master cylinder on the DIC that comes on when the washer cover off. Wait for the power steering system to cool, fluid is low. The message is displayed for with the engine off, before checking the What to Use 15 seconds at the start of each ignition cycle. fluid. When the WASHER FLUID LOW ADD FLUID Caution message displays, washer fluid will need to How to Check Power Steering Fluid Use of the incorrect fluid may damage be added to the windshield washer fluid To check the power steering fluid: the vehicle and the damages may not be reservoir. 1. Set the ignition off and let the engine covered by the vehicle warranty. Always compartment cool down. use the correct fluid listed in 2. Wipe the cap and the top of the Recommended Fluids and Lubricants reservoir clean. 0 393. 3. Unscrew the cap and wipe the dipstick with a clean rag. To determine what kind of fluid to use, see 0 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 393. Open the cap with the washer symbol on it. 4. Replace the cap and completely Always use the proper fluid. Failure to use tighten it. Add washer fluid until the tank is full. See the proper fluid can cause leaks and damage Engine Compartment Overview 0 304 for 5. Remove the cap again and look at the hoses and seals. reservoir location. fluid level on the dipstick. The level should be between the ADD and Washer Fluid Caution FULL marks. If necessary, add only enough What to Use . Do not use washer fluid that contains fluid to bring the level up to the hashed any type of water repellent coating. area between the ADD and FULL marks, do When windshield washer fluid needs to be This can cause the wiper blades to not overfill. added, be sure to read the manufacturer's chatter or skip. instructions before use. Use a fluid that has (Continued) sufficient protection against freezing in an area where the temperature may fall below freezing. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

316 Vehicle Care Brake Pedal Travel Caution (Continued) { Warning See your dealer if the brake pedal does not . Do not use engine coolant (antifreeze) The brake wear warning sound means in the windshield washer. It can return to normal height, or if there is a that soon the brakes will not work well. damage the windshield washer system rapid increase in pedal travel. This could be That could lead to a crash. When the and paint. a sign that brake service may be required. brake wear warning sound is heard, have . Do not mix water with ready-to-use the vehicle serviced. Replacing Brake System Parts washer fluid. Water can cause the solution to freeze and damage the Always replace brake system parts with new, approved replacement parts. If this is washer fluid tank and other parts of Caution the washer system. not done, the brakes may not work Continuing to drive with worn-out brake properly. The braking performance can . When using concentrated washer fluid, linings could result in costly brake change in many ways if the wrong brake follow the manufacturer instructions repairs. parts are installed or if parts are improperly for adding water. installed. . Fill the washer fluid tank only Some driving conditions or climates can three-quarters full when it is very cold. cause a brake squeal when the brakes are Brake Pad Life System first applied, clearing up following several This allows for fluid expansion if When to Change Brake Pads freezing occurs, which could damage applications. This does not mean something the tank if it is completely full. is wrong with the brakes. This vehicle has a system that estimates the Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary remaining life of the front and rear brake Brakes to help prevent brake pulsation. When tires pads. Brake pad life is displayed in the are rotated, inspect brake linings for wear Driver Information Center (DIC), along with Disc brake linings have built-in wear and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper a percentage for each axle. The system must indicators that make a high-pitched warning sequence to torque specifications. See be reset every time the brake pads are sound when the brake linings are worn and Capacities and Specifications 0 398. changed. new linings are needed. The sound can come and go or can be heard all the time when Brake pads should be replaced as complete When the system has determined that the the vehicle is moving, except when applying axle sets. brake pads need to be replaced, a message the brake pedal firmly. will display, which may include mileage remaining. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 317 Brake pads should always be replaced as How to Disable the Brake Pad Life Brake Fluid complete axle sets. System How to Reset the Brake Pad Life System The brake pad life system can be turned off. This may be necessary if aftermarket brake The system will automatically detect when pads without wear sensors are installed. significantly worn brake pads are replaced. When the system is turned off, the front When the ignition is turned on after new and rear brake pad life percentages will not pads and wear sensors are installed, a display. However, the built-in wear message will display. Follow the prompts to indicators that make a high-pitched warning The brake master cylinder reservoir is filled reset the system. sound when the brake pads are worn can with GM approved DOT 3 brake fluid as The brake pad life system can also be indicated on the reservoir cap. See Engine still determine when the pads should be 0 manually reset: replaced. See Brakes 0 316. Compartment Overview 304 for the location of the reservoir. 1. Display Brake Pad Life on the DIC. See To turn off the brake pad life system: Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Checking Brake Fluid 1. Display Brake Pad Life on the DIC. See Level) 0 119 or Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base With the vehicle in P (Park) on a level Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel Level) 0 119 or surface, the brake fluid level should be and Uplevel) 0 120. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel between the minimum and maximum marks 2. Press the thumbwheel or the trip and Uplevel) 0 120. on the brake fluid reservoir. odometer reset stem if the vehicle does 2. Select DISABLE. There are only two reasons why the brake not have DIC buttons. Select front or rear fluid level in the reservoir may go down: pads as appropriate. To turn the brake pad life system back on, . Normal brake lining wear. When new 3. Select YES on the confirmation message, follow the above steps but select ENABLE in Step 2. linings are installed, the fluid level goes or press the trip odometer reset stem on back up. a base level DIC. Repeat for pads on the other axle if they were also replaced. . A fluid leak in the brake hydraulic system. Have the brake hydraulic system fixed. With a leak, the brakes will not work well. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

318 Vehicle Care Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap What to Add { Warning and the area around the cap before Use only GM approved DOT 3 brake fluid removing it. from a clean, sealed container. See WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and Do not top off the brake fluid. Adding fluid Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 393. related accessories contain lead and lead does not correct a leak. If fluid is added compounds, chemicals known to the when the linings are worn, there will be too { Warning State of California to cause cancer and much fluid when new brake linings are birth defects or other reproductive harm. The wrong or contaminated brake fluid installed. Add or remove fluid, as necessary, Batteries also contain other chemicals could result in damage to the brake only when work is done on the brake known to the State of California to cause system. This could result in the loss of hydraulic system. cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING. braking leading to a possible injury. For more information go to Always use the proper GM approved { Warning www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ brake fluid. If too much brake fluid is added, it can passenger-vehicle. spill on the engine and burn, if the 0 engine is hot enough. You or others could Caution See California Proposition 65 Warning 301 and the back cover. be burned, and the vehicle could be If brake fluid is spilled on the vehicle's damaged. Add brake fluid only when painted surfaces, the paint finish can be Vehicle Storage work is done on the brake hydraulic damaged. Immediately wash off any system. painted surface. { Warning When the brake fluid falls to a low level, Batteries have acid that can burn you and the brake warning light comes on. See Brake Battery - North America gas that can explode. You can be badly System Warning Light 0 113. The original equipment battery is hurt if you are not careful. See Jump maintenance free. Do not remove the cap Starting - North America 0 367 for tips on Brake fluid absorbs water over time which working around a battery without degrades the effectiveness of the brake fluid. and do not add fluid. getting hurt. Replace brake fluid at the specified intervals Refer to the replacement number shown on to prevent increased stopping distance. See the original battery label when a new Maintenance Schedule 0 384. battery is needed. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 304 for battery location. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 319 Infrequent Usage: Remove the black, 1. Make sure the lamps, features, and Negative Battery Cable Reconnection negative (−) cable from the battery to keep accessories are turned off. the battery from running down. 2. Turn the ignition off and remove the Caution Extended Storage: Remove the black, key, if equipped. When reconnecting the battery: negative (−) cable from the battery or use a . Use the original nut from the vehicle battery trickle charger. to secure the negative battery cable. Negative Battery Cable Disconnection Do not use a different nut. If you need a replacement nut, see your dealer. { Warning . Tighten the nut with a hand tool. Do Before disconnecting the negative battery not use an impact wrench or power cable, turn off all features, turn the tools to tighten the nut. ignition off, and remove the key, if equipped, from the vehicle. If this is The vehicle could be damaged if these not done, you or others could be injured, guidelines are not followed. and the vehicle could be damaged. 1. Loosen the negative battery cable nut (1). Caution Caution 2. Remove the negative battery cable Do not use paints, lubricants, or corrosion If the battery is disconnected with the clamp (2) from the negative battery post. inhibitors on the nut that secures the ignition on or the vehicle in Retained 3. Cover the negative battery cable clamp, negative battery cable to the vehicle. This Accessory Power (RAP), the OnStar and negative battery post with a could damage the vehicle. back-up battery will be permanently non-conductive material to prevent any 1. Install the negative battery cable clamp discharged and will need to be replaced. contact with the negative battery cable. to the negative battery post. 2. Tighten the negative battery cable nut. 3. Turn the ignition on. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

320 Vehicle Care Four-Wheel Drive enough lubricant to raise the level to the Rear Axle bottom of the fill plug (1) hole. Use care not Transfer Case to overtighten the plug. When to Check Lubricant When to Check Lubricant When to Change Lubricant It is not necessary to regularly check the rear axle fluid unless a leak is suspected or 0 0 Refer to Maintenance Schedule 384 to Refer to Maintenance Schedule 384 to an unusual noise is heard. A fluid loss could determine when to check the lubricant. determine how often to change the indicate a problem. Have it inspected and lubricant. repaired. This service can be complex. See What to Use your dealer. Refer to Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Do not directly power wash the transfer 0 393 to determine what kind of lubricant case and/or front/rear axle output seals. to use. High pressure water can overcome the seals and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated Front Axle fluid will decrease the life of the transfer case and/or drive axles and should be When to Check Lubricant replaced. It is not necessary to regularly check the front axle fluid unless a leak is suspected or Noise Control System an unusual noise is heard. A fluid loss could indicate a problem. Have it inspected and NOISE EMISSIONS WARRANTY 1. Fill Plug repaired. This service can be complex. See General Motors LLC, warrants to the first 2. Drain Plug your dealer. person who purchases this vehicle for To get an accurate reading, the vehicle Do not directly power wash the transfer purposes other than resale and to each should be on a level surface. case and/or front/rear axle output seals. subsequent purchaser that this vehicle as High pressure water can overcome the seals manufactured by General Motors LLC, was If the level is below the bottom of the fill and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated designed, built and equipped to conform at plug (1) hole, located on the transfer case, fluid will decrease the life of the transfer the time it left General Motors LLC’s control some lubricant will need to be added. Add case and/or drive axles and should be with all applicable U.S. EPA Noise Control replaced. Regulations. This warranty covers this vehicle as designed, built and equipped by Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 321 General Motors LLC, and is not limited to Insulation: Starter Switch Check any particular part, component or system of Removal of the noise shields or any the vehicle manufactured by General Motors undercab insulation. { Warning LLC. Defects in design, assembly or in any part, component or system of the vehicle as Engine: When you are doing this inspection, the manufactured by General Motors LLC, which, Removal or rendering engine speed vehicle could move suddenly. If the at the time it left General Motors LLC’s governor, if so equipped, inoperative so as vehicle moves, you or others could be control, caused noise emissions to exceed to allow engine speed to exceed injured. Federal standards, are covered by this manufacturer specifications. warranty for the life of the vehicle. 1. Before starting this check, be sure there Modification of the engine control system or is enough room around the vehicle. TAMPERING WITH NOISE CONTROL calibration. 2. Apply both the parking brake and the SYSTEM PROHIBITED Fan and Drive: regular brake. Federal law prohibits the following acts or . Removal of fan clutch or rendering clutch Do not use the accelerator pedal, and be the causing thereof: inoperative. ready to turn off the engine immediately 1. The removal or rendering inoperative by . Removal of the fan shroud. if it starts. any person, other than for purposes of Air Intake: 3. Try to start the engine in each gear. The maintenance, repair, or replacement, of . Removal of air cleaner silencer. vehicle should start only in P (Park) or any device or element of design N (Neutral). If the vehicle starts in any incorporated into any new vehicle for . Reversing air cleaner cover. other position, contact your dealer for the purpose of noise control prior to its Exhaust: service. sale or delivery to the ultimate purchaser . Removal of muffler, catalytic converter, or while it is in use; or and/or resonator. 2. the use of the vehicle after such device . Removal of exhaust pipes and exhaust or element of design has been removed pipe clamps. or rendered inoperative by any person. Among those acts presumed to constitute tampering are the acts listed below. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

322 Vehicle Care Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Ignition Transmission Lock Check . To check the parking brake's holding ability: With the engine running and the Control Function Check If equipped with Key Access ignition, while transmission in N (Neutral), slowly remove parked, and with the parking brake set, try foot pressure from the regular brake { Warning to turn the ignition off in each shift lever pedal. Do this until the vehicle is held by When you are doing this inspection, the position. The ignition should turn to off only the parking brake only. when the shift lever is in P (Park). vehicle could move suddenly. If the . To check the P (Park) mechanism's holding vehicle moves, you or others could be The ignition key should come out only when ability: With the engine running, shift to injured. the ignition is off. Contact your dealer if P (Park). Then release the parking brake service is required. followed by the regular brake. 1. Before starting this check, be sure there Contact your dealer if service is required. is enough room around the vehicle. Park Brake and P (Park) It should be parked on a level surface. Mechanism Check Wiper Blade Replacement 2. Apply the parking brake. Be ready to Windshield wiper blades should be replaced apply the regular brake immediately if { Warning periodically. See Maintenance Schedule the vehicle begins to move. When you are doing this check, the 0 384. 3. With the engine off, turn the ignition on, vehicle could begin to move. You or Replacement blades come in different types but do not start the engine. Without others could be injured and property and are removed in different ways. For applying the regular brake, try to move could be damaged. Make sure there is proper type and length, see Maintenance the shift lever out of P (Park) with room in front of the vehicle in case it Replacement Parts 0 394. normal effort. If the shift lever moves begins to roll. Be ready to apply the out of P (Park), contact your dealer for regular brake at once should the vehicle Caution service. begin to move. Allowing the wiper arm to touch the windshield when no wiper blade is Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle installed could damage the windshield. facing downhill. Keeping your foot on the Any damage that occurs would not be regular brake, set the parking brake. (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 323

Caution (Continued) 3. With the latch open, pull the wiper blade not, these systems may not work properly, down toward the windshield far enough they may display messages, or they may covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not to release it from the J-hooked end of not work at all. See your dealer for proper allow the wiper arm to touch the the wiper arm. windshield replacement. windshield. 4. Remove the wiper blade. Gas Strut(s) Front Wiper Blade Replacement 5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper blade replacement. This vehicle is equipped with gas strut(s) to To replace the wiper blade: provide assistance in lifting and holding 1. Pull the wiper assembly away from the Glass Replacement open the hood/trunk/liftgate system in full open position. windshield. If the windshield or front side glass must be replaced, see your dealer to determine the { correct replacement glass. Warning If the gas struts that hold open the hood, Windshield Replacement trunk, and/or liftgate fail, you or others HUD System could be seriously injured. Take the vehicle to your dealer for service If equipped, the windshield is part of the immediately. Visually inspect the gas HUD system. If the windshield must be struts for signs of wear, cracks, or other replaced, get one that is designed for HUD damage periodically. Check to make sure or the HUD image may look out of focus. the hood/trunk/liftgate is held open with Driver Assistance Systems enough force. If struts are failing to hold the hood/trunk/liftgate, do not operate. If the windshield needs to be replaced and Have the vehicle serviced. 2. Lift up on the latch in the middle of the the vehicle is equipped with a front camera wiper blade where the wiper arm sensor for the Driver Assistance Systems, a attaches. GM replacement windshield is recommended. The replacement windshield must be installed according to GM specifications for proper alignment. If it is Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

324 Vehicle Care

Caution Headlamp Aiming Do not apply tape or hang any objects Front Headlamp Aiming from gas struts. Also do not push down or pull on gas struts. This may cause Headlamp aim has been preset and should damage to the vehicle. need no further adjustment. If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, the 0 See Maintenance Schedule 384. headlamp aim may be affected. If adjustment to the headlamps is necessary, see your dealer. Bulb Replacement Trunk For the proper type of replacement bulbs, or any bulb changing procedure not listed in this section, contact your dealer. Caution Do not replace incandescent bulbs with aftermarket LED replacement bulbs. This Hood can cause damage to the vehicle electrical system.

Liftgate Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 325 Halogen Bulbs Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, Midlevel Headlamp Assembly Sidemarker, and Parking Lamps { Warning Base Level Headlamp Assembly Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb. You or others could be injured. Be sure to read and follow the instructions on the bulb package. LED Lighting This vehicle has several LED lamps. For replacement of any LED lighting assembly, contact your dealer. 1. Turn Signal Lamps Headlamp Replacement 1. Sidemarker lamp Base Level 2. Low-Beam Headlamp 1. Open the hood. 3. High-Beam Headlamp 2. Remove the headlamp bulb cover. 4. Turn Signal/Park Lamps 3. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to remove it from the headlamp assembly. 4. Unplug the electrical connector from the bulb by releasing the clip on the connector. 5. Replace the bulb and reverse Steps 1–4 to reinstall. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

326 Vehicle Care Midlevel and Uplevel Taillamps, Turn Signal, Stoplamps, Uplevel Taillamp Assembly See your dealer for headlamp replacement. and Back-Up Lamps Uplevel Base Level Taillamp Assembly See your dealer for turn signal replacement. Turn Signal Lamp Replacement 1. Open the hood. 2. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to remove it from the headlamp assembly and pull it straight out. 3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out of the bulb socket. 4. Replace the bulb and reverse Steps 1–3 1500 shown 2500/3500 similar to reinstall. 1. Back-Up Lamp

1. Stoplamp/Taillamp/Turn Signal Lamp It is recommended to replace the grommets when replacing a bulb. See your dealer. 2. Back-Up Lamp 3. Side Marker Lamp To replace one of these bulbs: 1. Open the tailgate. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 327 Center High-Mounted Stoplamp (CHMSL) and Cargo Lamp This procedure is for the regular cab only. For crew cab and double cab see your dealer.

2. Remove the two rear lamp assembly 4. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise. screws. 5. Pull the bulb straight out from the 3. Pull the rear lamp assembly outward and socket. rearward away from the box side to 6. Replace the bulb and reverse Steps 1–5 remove it from the vehicle. to reinstall.

1. Cargo Lamp Bulbs 2. Center High-Mounted Stoplamp (CHMSL) Bulb Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

328 Vehicle Care To replace one of these bulbs: Choose some feature of the vehicle that is not needed to use and replace it as soon as possible. Headlamp Wiring An electrical overload may cause the lamps to go on and off, or in some cases to remain off. Have the headlamp wiring checked right away if the lamps go on and off or remain off. Windshield Wipers 3. Replace the bulb and reverse Step 2 to If the wiper motor overheats due to heavy reinstall. snow or ice, the windshield wipers will stop 1. Remove the two screws and lift off the until the motor cools and will then restart. lamp assembly. Electrical System Although the circuit is protected from 2. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise electrical overload, overload due to heavy and pull it straight out. Electrical System Overload snow or ice may cause wiper linkage 3. Pull the bulb straight out from the damage. Always clear ice and heavy snow The vehicle has fuses to protect against an socket. from the windshield before using the electrical system overload. Fuses also protect windshield wipers. power devices in the vehicle. License Plate Lamp If the overload is caused by an electrical To replace the bulb: Replace a bad fuse with a new one of the problem and not snow or ice, be sure to get identical size and rating. 1. Reach behind the rear bumper and locate it fixed. the bulb. If there is a problem on the road and a fuse needs to be replaced, there are some spare 2. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise fuses and a fuse puller in the left and pull the bulb straight out of the instrument panel fuse block. The socket. same amperage fuse can also be borrowed. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 329

Fuses and Circuit Breakers Warning (Continued) The wiring circuits in the vehicle are in a fire. You or others could be injured protected from short circuits by a or killed, and the vehicle could be combination of fuses and circuit breakers. damaged. This greatly reduces the chance of damage caused by electrical problems. See Accessories and Modifications 0 302 and General Information 0 301. { Danger To check a fuse, look at the silver-colored Fuses and circuit breakers are marked band inside the fuse. If the band is broken with their ampere rating. Do not exceed or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure to the specified amperage rating when replace a bad fuse with a new one of the replacing fuses and circuit breakers. Use identical size and rating. Lift the cover to access the fuse block. of an oversized fuse or circuit breaker can Fuses of the same amperage can be result in a vehicle fire. You and others temporarily borrowed from another fuse Caution could be seriously injured or killed. location, if a fuse goes out. Replace the fuse Spilling liquid on any electrical as soon as possible. component on the vehicle may damage it. Always keep the covers on any Engine Compartment Fuse Block electrical component. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. A fuse puller is available in the left instrument panel end cap. The engine compartment fuse block is in the engine compartment on the driver side of The vehicle may not be equipped with all of { Warning vehicle. the fuses, relays, and features shown. Installation or use of fuses that do not meet GM’s original fuse specifications is dangerous. The fuses could fail, and result (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

330 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage 6 – 7 – 8 Fog lamp 9 – 10 – 11 Police upfitter 12 – 13 Washer front 14 Washer rear 15 – 16 – 17 IECL 1 19 DC/AC inverter 20 IECR 2 (LD) / EBCM2 (HD) 21 – 22 IECL 2 Fuses Usage Fuses Usage 24 EBCM 1 1 High-beam left 3 Headlamp left 25 – 2 High-beam right 4 Headlamp right 26 – Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 331

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage 27 Horn 48 – 65 Auxiliary underhood 28 – 49 Transmission control electrical center 29 – module 66 Cooling fan motor left 30 – 50 A/C clutch 67 Active fuel management 2 31 – 51 Transfer case control module 68 – 32 Rear window defogger 52 Front wiper 69 Starter Pinion (LD) / 33 Heated mirror 53 Center high-mounted Starter Motor (HD Gas) 34 Parking lamp left stop lamp 71 Cooling fan 37 – 54 Trailer reverse lamp 72 Cooling fan right/lower 38 – 55 Trailer back-up lamp 73 Trailer stop/turn 39 – 56 SADS lamp left 40 Misc ignition 57 TTPM/SBZA 74 Trailer Interface Module 1 41 Trailer parking lamp 58 Starter motor (LD & 75 DEFC 42 Park lamp right HD DSL) 76 Electric RNG BDS 44 – 60 Active fuel management 1 78 Engine control module 45 – 61 VES 79 Auxiliary battery 46 Engine control module ignition 62 Integrated chassis 80 Cabin cooling pump control module/CVS 47 Transmission control 81 Trailer stop/turn lamp module ignition 63 Trailer battery right Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

332 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Relays Usage Instrument Panel Fuse Block (Left) 82 Trailer Interface 5 Headlamp Module 2 18 DC/AC inverter 83 FTZM 23 Rear window defogger 84 Trailer brake 35 Parking lamp 85 ENG 36 Run/Crank 86 Engine control module 43 – 87 Injector B even 59 A/C clutch 88 O2 B sensor 64 Starter Motor (LD & 89 O2 A sensor HD DSL) 90 Injector A odd 70 Starter Pinion (LD) / The left instrument panel fuse block access 91 Engine control module Starter Motor (HD Gas) door is on the driver side edge of the throttle control 77 Powertrain instrument panel. 92 Cool fan clutch/ The vehicle may not be equipped with all of Aeroshutter the fuses, relays, and features shown. Pull off the cover to access the fuse block. A fuse puller is available in the left instrument panel end cap. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 333

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage F3 – F24 – F4 – F25 – F5 Spare/MFEG F26 – F6 Heated and ventilated F27 – seats left/right F8 – Circuit Usage Breakers F9 Passive entry passive start/ Spare CB1 – F10 – Relays Usage F11 – K1 Rear sliding window open F12 Passenger power seat K2 Rear sliding window close F13 Export power take off/ Special equipment option 1 K3 MFEG major 1 F14 – K4 MFEG minor 1 F15 – K5 MFEG minor 2 F16 AMP K6 MFEG major 2 F17 – K7 – F18 – K8 – The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown. F20 Endgate Fuses Usage F22 Rear sliding window F1 Rear heated seats left/right F23 – Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

334 Vehicle Care Instrument Panel Fuse Block To access the back of the fuse block: (Right)

1. Push the tab at the top of fuse block down. The right instrument panel fuse block access 2. Pull the top of the fuse block outward. door is on the passenger side edge of the instrument panel. 3. Reverse Steps 1–2 to reinstall. Pull off the cover to access the front of the fuse block. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 335

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage F1 Right doors F23 MISC R/C F2 Left doors F24 Instrument panel cluster F3 Universal garage door ignition/Overhead opener F25 Heating, ventilation, and F4 – air conditioning ignition/ Heating, ventilation, and F5 – air conditioning auxiliary F6 Front blower F26 USB ports/Special F8 Lumbar switch equipment option retained accessory power F10 Body control module 6/ Body control module 7 F27 Accessory power outlet/ retained accessory power F11 Seat/Column lock module F28 Accessory power outlet/ F12 Body control module 3/ Battery Body control module 5 F30 Sensing and diagnostic F14 Mirrors/Windows module module/Parking brake F17 Steering wheel controls F31 Body control module 4 F18 Video processing module/ F32 Special equipment option/ Obstacle detection Data link connection Back F19 DLIS F33 Body control module 8 F20 Ventilated seats F34 Cargo lamp The vehicle may not be equipped with all of F21 NOT R/C F40 CGM the fuses, relays, and features shown. F22 Heated steering wheel F41 Infotainment 1 Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

336 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Circuit Usage warranty and where to get service. For Breakers additional information refer to the tire F42 TCP manufacturer. F43 – 1 Accessory power outlet 2 F44 Active vibration 2 Accessory power outlet 1/ { Warning Cigarette Lighter management . Poorly maintained and improperly F45 Body control module 2 3 Accessory power outlet 3 used tires are dangerous. F46 Heating, ventilation, and 4 Accessory power outlet 4 . Overloading the tires can cause air conditioning/Battery 1 overheating as a result of too Relays Usage F47 Instrument panel cluster/ much flexing. There could be a Battery K1 Run/Crank blowout and a serious crash. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 217. F48 Transmission control K2 Retained accessory power/ module Accessory 1 . Underinflated tires pose the same F49 Body control module 1 K4 Retained accessory power/ danger as overloaded tires. The Accessory 2 resulting crash could cause serious F50 – K5 – injury. Check all tires frequently to F51 Battery 1 maintain the recommended F52 Battery 2 pressure. Tire pressure should be Wheels and Tires checked when the tires are cold. F53 – . Overinflated tires are more likely F54 Sunroof Tires to be cut, punctured, or broken by F55 Driver power seat Every new GM vehicle has high-quality tires made by a leading tire a sudden impact — such as when F56 DC DC TRANS 1 manufacturer. See the warranty manual hitting a pothole. Keep tires at the F57 DC DC TRANS 2 for information regarding the tire recommended pressure. (Continued) F58 Infotainment 2 Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 337 equipment all-season tires can be identified . Use tires of the same brand and tread Warning (Continued) by the last two characters of this TPC code, type on all four wheel positions. . Worn or old tires can cause a which will be “MS.” . Use only radial ply tires of the same size, crash. If the tread is badly worn, Consider installing winter tires on the load range, and speed rating as the replace them. vehicle if frequent driving on snow or original equipment tires. . Replace any tires that have been ice-covered roads is expected. All-season tires Winter tires with the same speed rating as damaged by impacts with provide adequate performance for most the original equipment tires may not be winter driving conditions, but they may not potholes, curbs, etc. available for H, V, W, Y, and ZR speed rated offer the same level of traction or tires. If winter tires with a lower speed . Improperly repaired tires can cause performance as winter tires on snow or rating are chosen, never exceed the tire's a crash. Only the dealer or an ice-covered roads. See Winter Tires 0 337. maximum speed capability. authorized tire service center Winter Tires should repair, replace, dismount, All-Terrain Tires and mount the tires. This vehicle was not originally equipped This vehicle may have all-terrain or with winter tires. Winter tires are designed mud-terrain tires. These tires provide good . Do not spin the tires in excess of for increased traction on snow and performance on most road surfaces, weather 56 km/h (35 mph) on slippery ice-covered roads. Consider installing winter conditions, and for off-road driving. See surfaces such as snow, mud, ice, tires on the vehicle if frequent driving on ice Off-Road Driving 0 211. etc. Excessive spinning may cause or snow covered roads is expected. See your The tread pattern on these tires may wear the tires to explode. dealer for details regarding winter tire availability and proper tire selection. Also, more unevenly than other tires. Consider see Buying New Tires 0 351. rotating the tires more frequently than at All-Season Tires 12 000 km (7,500 mi) intervals if irregular This vehicle may come with all-season tires. With winter tires, there may be decreased wear is noted when the tires are inspected. 0 These tires are designed to provide good dry road traction, increased road noise, and See Tire Inspection 348. overall performance on most road surfaces shorter tread life. After changing to winter and weather conditions. Original equipment tires, be alert for changes in vehicle tires designed to GM's specific tire handling and braking. performance criteria have a TPC specification If using winter tires: code molded onto the sidewall. Original Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

338 Vehicle Care Tire Sidewall Labeling (2) TPC Spec (Tire Performance Criteria third week of the year 2020 would have Specification) : Original equipment tires a 4-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is Useful information about a tire is designed to GM's specific tire the first full week (Sunday through molded into the sidewall. The example performance criteria have a TPC Saturday) of each year. shows a typical light truck tire sidewall. specification code molded onto the (5) Tire Identification Number (TIN) : sidewall. GM's TPC specifications meet The letters and numbers following the or exceed all federal safety guidelines. DOT code are the Tire Identification (3) Dual Tire Maximum Load : Number (TIN). The TIN shows the Maximum load that can be carried and manufacturer and plant code, tire size, the maximum pressure needed to and date the tire was manufactured. support that load when used in a dual The TIN is molded onto both sides of configuration. For information on the tire, although only one side may recommended tire pressure see Tire have the date of manufacture. Pressure 0 341 and 0 (6) Tire Ply Material : The type of cord Vehicle Load Limits 217. and number of plies in the sidewall and Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire (4) DOT (Department of under the tread. Transportation) : The Department of (7) Single Tire Maximum Load : (1) Tire Size : The tire size code is a Transportation (DOT) code indicates that Maximum load that can be carried and combination of letters and numbers the tire is in compliance with the U.S. the maximum pressure needed to used to define a particular tire's width, Department of Transportation Motor support that load when used as a height, aspect ratio, construction type, Vehicle Safety Standards. single. For information on and service description. See the “Tire DOT Tire Date of Manufacture : The last recommended tire pressure see Tire Size” illustration later in this section for four digits of the TIN indicate the tire Pressure 0 341 and more detail. manufactured date. The first two digits Vehicle Load Limits 0 217. represent the week (01-52) and the last two digits, the year. For example, the Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 339 Tire Designations 3 of the light truck (LT-Metric) tire Tire Terminology and Definitions illustration, it would mean that the Tire Size tire's sidewall is 75 percent as high as it Air Pressure : The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on each The examples show a typical light truck is wide. square inch of the tire. Air pressure is tire size. (4) Construction Code : A letter code is expressed in kPa (kilopascal) or psi used to indicate the type of ply (pounds per square inch). construction in the tire. The letter R means radial ply construction; the Accessory Weight : The combined letter D means diagonal or bias ply weight of optional accessories. Some construction. examples of optional accessories are automatic transmission, power Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of the windows, power seats, and air wheel in inches. conditioning. (1) Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : The (6) Load Range : Load Range. United States version of a metric tire Aspect Ratio : The relationship of a sizing system. The letters LT as the first (7) Service Description : The service tire's height to its width. two characters in the tire size mean a description indicates the load index and Belt : A rubber coated layer of cords light truck tire engineered to standards speed rating of a tire. If two numbers between the plies and the tread. Cords set by the U.S. Tire and Rim are given as in the example, 120/116, may be made from steel or other Association. then this represents the load index for reinforcing materials. single versus dual wheel usage (single/ (2) Tire Width : The 3-digit number dual). The speed rating is the maximum Bead : The tire bead contains steel indicates the tire section width in speed a tire is certified to carry a load. wires wrapped by steel cords that hold millimeters from sidewall to sidewall. the tire onto the rim. (3) Aspect Ratio : A 2-digit number that Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in which indicates the tire height-to-width the plies are laid at alternate angles measurements. For example, if the tire less than 90 degrees to the centerline size aspect ratio is 75, as shown in item of the tread. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

340 Vehicle Care Cold Tire Pressure : The amount of air GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight Rating Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight : The pressure in a tire, measured in kPa for the rear axle. See Vehicle Load sum of curb weight, accessory weight, (kilopascal) or psi (pounds per square Limits 0 217. vehicle capacity weight, and production inch) before a tire has built up heat options weight. 0 Intended Outboard Sidewall : The side from driving. See Tire Pressure 341. of an asymmetrical tire that must Normal Occupant Weight : The number Curb Weight : The weight of a motor always face outward when mounted on of occupants a vehicle is designed to vehicle with standard and optional a vehicle. seat multiplied by 68 kg (150 lb). See 0 equipment including the maximum Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric unit for air Vehicle Load Limits 217. capacity of fuel, oil, and coolant, but pressure. Occupant Distribution : Designated without passengers and cargo. Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A tire used seating positions. DOT Markings : A code molded into the on light duty trucks and some Outward Facing Sidewall : The side of sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire multipurpose passenger vehicles. an asymmetrical tire that has a is in compliance with the U.S. Load Index : An assigned number particular side that faces outward when Department of Transportation (DOT) mounted on a vehicle. The side of the Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. The ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire. tire that contains a whitewall, bears DOT code includes the Tire Identification white lettering, or bears manufacturer, Number (TIN), an alphanumeric Maximum Inflation Pressure : The brand, and/or model name molding designator which can also identify the maximum air pressure to which a cold that is higher or deeper than the same tire manufacturer, production plant, tire can be inflated. The maximum air moldings on the other sidewall of brand, and date of production. pressure is molded onto the sidewall. the tire. GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight Rating. Maximum Load Rating : The load rating 0 Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A tire used See Vehicle Load Limits 217. for a tire at the maximum permissible on passenger cars and some light duty GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight Rating inflation pressure for that tire. trucks and multipurpose vehicles. for the front axle. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 217. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 341 Recommended Inflation Pressure : Treadwear Indicators : Narrow bands, equipment tire size and recommended Vehicle manufacturer's recommended sometimes called wear bars, that show inflation pressure. See “Tire and Loading tire inflation pressure as shown on the across the tread of a tire when only Information Label” under Vehicle Load tire placard. See Tire Pressure 0 341 and 1.6 mm (1/16 in) of tread remains. See Limits 0 217. Vehicle Load Limits 0 217. When It Is Time for New Tires 0 350. Tire Pressure Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Grading which the ply cords that extend to the Standards) : A tire information system Tires need the correct amount of air beads are laid at 90 degrees to the that provides consumers with ratings pressure to operate effectively. centerline of the tread. for a tire's traction, temperature, and { Warning Rim : A metal support for a tire and treadwear. Ratings are determined by Neither tire underinflation nor upon which the tire beads are seated. tire manufacturers using government testing procedures. The ratings are overinflation is good. Underinflated Sidewall : The portion of a tire between molded into the sidewall of the tire. tires, or tires that do not have the tread and the bead. See Uniform Tire Quality Grading 0 352. enough air, can result in: Speed Rating : An alphanumeric code Vehicle Capacity Weight : The number . Tire overloading and overheating, assigned to a tire indicating the of designated seating positions which could lead to a blowout. maximum speed at which a tire can multiplied by 68 kg (150 lb) plus the . Premature or irregular wear. operate. rated cargo load. See Vehicle Load . Poor handling. Traction : The friction between the tire Limits 0 217. . Reduced fuel economy. and the road surface. The amount of Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire : grip provided. Load on an individual tire due to curb Overinflated tires, or tires that have too much air, can result in: Tread : The portion of a tire that comes weight, accessory weight, occupant into contact with the road. weight, and cargo weight. . Unusual wear. Vehicle Placard : A label permanently . Poor handling. attached to a vehicle showing the (Continued) vehicle capacity weight and the original Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

342 Vehicle Care Do not forget the spare tire, if the Re-check the tire pressure with the tire Warning (Continued) vehicle has one. See Full-Size Spare Tire gauge. . Rough ride. 0 366 for additional information. Put the valve caps back on the valve . Needless damage from road How to Check stems to keep out dirt and moisture. hazards. Use only valve caps designed for the Use a good quality pocket-type gauge vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors could be to check tire pressure. Proper tire The Tire and Loading Information label damaged and would not be covered by inflation cannot be determined by on the vehicle indicates the original the vehicle warranty. equipment tires and the correct cold looking at the tire. Check the tire tire inflation pressures. The inflation pressure when the tires are Tire Pressure Monitor System recommended pressure is the minimum cold, meaning the vehicle has not been The Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) air pressure needed to support the driven for at least three hours or no uses radio and sensor technology to check vehicle's maximum load carrying more than 1.6 km (1 mi). tire pressure levels. The TPMS sensors capacity. Remove the valve cap from the tire monitor the air pressure in your tires and For additional information regarding valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver how much weight the vehicle can carry, onto the valve to get a pressure located in the vehicle. and an example of the Tire and Loading measurement. If the cold tire inflation Each tire, including the spare (if provided), Information label, see Vehicle Load pressure matches the recommended should be checked monthly when cold and Limits 0 217. How the vehicle is loaded pressure on the Tire and Loading inflated to the inflation pressure affects vehicle handling and ride Information label, no further adjustment recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation comfort. Never load the vehicle with is necessary. If the inflation pressure is pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a more weight than it was designed to low, add air until the recommended different size than the size indicated on the carry. pressure is reached. If the inflation vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure pressure is high, press on the metal When to Check label, you should determine the proper tire stem in the center of the tire valve to inflation pressure for those tires.) Check the pressure of the tires once a release air. month or more. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 343 As an added safety feature, your vehicle has sequence will continue upon subsequent the air pressure in the tires and transmit the been equipped with a tire pressure vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction tire pressure readings to a receiver located monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a exists. in the vehicle. low tire pressure telltale when one or more When the malfunction indicator is of your tires is significantly under-inflated. illuminated, the system may not be able to Accordingly, when the low tire pressure detect or signal low tire pressure as telltale illuminates, you should stop and intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for check your tires as soon as possible, and a variety of reasons, including the inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving installation of replacement or alternate tires on a significantly under-inflated tire causes or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the When a low tire pressure condition is the tire to overheat and can lead to tire TPMS from functioning properly. Always detected, the TPMS illuminates the low tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel check the TPMS malfunction telltale after pressure warning light located on the efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect replacing one or more tires or wheels on instrument cluster. If the warning light the vehicle's handling and stopping ability. your vehicle to ensure that the replacement comes on, stop as soon as possible and Please note that the TPMS is not a or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly. inflate the tires to the recommended substitute for proper tire maintenance, and pressure shown on the Tire and Loading it is the driver's responsibility to maintain See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 343. Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation See Radio Frequency Statement 0 409. 217. has not reached the level to trigger A message to check the pressure in a illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure Tire Pressure Monitor Operation specific tire displays in the Driver telltale. This vehicle may have a Tire Pressure Information Center (DIC). The low tire Your vehicle has also been equipped with a Monitor System (TPMS). The TPMS is pressure warning light and the DIC warning TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when designed to warn the driver when a low tire message come on at each ignition cycle the system is not operating properly. The pressure condition exists. TPMS sensors are until the tires are inflated to the correct TPMS malfunction indicator is combined mounted onto each tire and wheel inflation pressure. If the vehicle has DIC with the low tire pressure telltale. When the assembly, excluding the spare tire and buttons, tire pressure levels can be system detects a malfunction, the telltale wheel assembly. The TPMS sensors monitor viewed. For additional information and will flash for approximately one minute and details about the DIC operation and then remain continuously illuminated. This Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

344 Vehicle Care . The TPMS sensor matching process was displays, see Driver Information Center (DIC) Caution (Continued) (Base Level) 0 119 or not done or not completed successfully Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel and damage caused by using an incorrect tire after rotating the tires. The malfunction Uplevel) 0 120. sealant is not covered by the vehicle light and the DIC message should go off after successfully completing the sensor The low tire pressure warning light may warranty. Always use only the GM matching process. See "TPMS Sensor come on in cool weather when the vehicle is approved tire sealant available through Matching Process" later in this section. first started, and then turn off as the vehicle your dealer or included in the vehicle. is driven. This could be an early indicator . One or more TPMS sensors are missing or that the air pressure is getting low and TPMS Malfunction Light and Message damaged. The malfunction light and the needs to be inflated to the proper pressure. The TPMS will not function properly if one DIC message should go off when the TPMS sensors are installed and the sensor A Tire and Loading Information label shows or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or inoperable. When the system detects a matching process is performed the size of the original equipment tires and successfully. See your dealer for service. the correct inflation pressure for the tires malfunction, the low tire pressure warning . Replacement tires or wheels do not match when they are cold. See Vehicle Load Limits light flashes for about one minute and then the original equipment tires or wheels. 0 217, for an example of the Tire and stays on for the remainder of the ignition Tires and wheels other than those Loading Information label and its location. cycle. A DIC warning message also displays. recommended could prevent the TPMS Also see Tire Pressure 0 341. The malfunction light and DIC warning message come on at each ignition cycle from functioning properly. See Buying The TPMS can warn about a low tire until the problem is corrected. Some of the New Tires 0 351. pressure condition but it does not replace conditions that can cause these to come . Operating electronic devices or being near normal tire maintenance. See Tire Inspection on are: facilities using radio wave frequencies 0 348, Tire Rotation 0 348 and . One of the road tires has been replaced similar to the TPMS could cause the TPMS Tires 0 336. with the spare tire. The spare tire does sensors to malfunction. Caution not have a TPMS sensor. The malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning properly, it light and the DIC message should go off cannot detect or signal a low tire pressure Tire sealant materials are not all the after the road tire is replaced and the condition. See your dealer for service if the same. A non-approved tire sealant could sensor matching process is performed TPMS malfunction light and DIC message damage the TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor successfully. See "TPMS Sensor Matching come on and stay on. (Continued) Process" later in this section. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 345 Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped) . There is a malfunction in the TPMS. Warning (Continued) This feature provides visual and audible . There is a malfunction in the horn or turn alerts outside the vehicle to help when pressure listed on the tire sidewall. See signal lamps. 0 inflating an underinflated tire to the Tire Sidewall Labeling 338 and . The identification code of the TPMS 0 recommended cold tire pressure. Vehicle Load Limits 217. sensor is not registered to the system. . The battery of the TPMS sensor is low. When the low tire pressure warning light If the tire is overinflated by more than comes on: 35 kPa (5 psi), the horn will sound multiple If the tire fill alert does not operate due to 1. Park the vehicle in a safe, level place. times and the turn signal lamp will continue TPMS interference, move the vehicle about 1 m (3 ft) back or forward and try again. 2. Set the parking brake firmly. to flash for several seconds after filling stops. To release and correct the pressure, If the tire fill alert feature is not working, 3. Place the vehicle in P (Park). while the turn signal lamp is still flashing, use a tire pressure gauge. 4. Add air to the tire that is underinflated. briefly press the center of the valve stem. TPMS Sensor Matching Process The turn signal lamp will flash. When the recommended pressure is reached, When the recommended pressure is the horn sounds once. Each TPMS sensor has a unique reached, the horn sounds once and the identification code. The identification code If the turn signal lamp does not flash within needs to be matched to a new tire/wheel turn signal lamp will stop flashing and 15 seconds after starting to inflate the tire, briefly turn solid. position after rotating the vehicle’s tires or the tire fill alert has not been activated or is replacing one or more of the TPMS sensors. Repeat these steps for all underinflated tires not working. Also, the TPMS sensor matching process that have illuminated the low tire pressure If the hazard warning flashers are on, the should be performed after replacing a spare warning light. tire fill alert visual feedback will not work tire with a road tire containing the TPMS properly. sensor. The malfunction light and the DIC { Warning The TPMS will not activate the tire fill alert message should go off at the next ignition Overinflating a tire could cause the tire properly under the following conditions: cycle. The sensors are matched to the tire/ wheel positions, using a TPMS relearn tool, to rupture and you or others could be . There is interference from an external injured. Do not exceed the maximum in the following order: driver side front tire, device or transmitter. passenger side front tire, passenger side rear (Continued) . The air pressure from the inflation device tire, and driver side rear. See your dealer for is not sufficient to inflate the tire. service or to purchase a relearn tool. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

346 Vehicle Care A TPMS relearn tool can also be purchased. 5. If the vehicle has an uplevel DIC, press 10. Proceed to the driver side rear tire, and See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor Activation and hold the thumbwheel located in the repeat the procedure in Step 7. The horn Tool at www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or center of the DIC controls on the right sounds two times to indicate the sensor call 1-800-GM TOOLS (1-800-468-6657). side of the steering wheel. identification code has been matched to There are two minutes to match the first If the vehicle has a base level DIC, press the driver side rear tire, and the TPMS tire/wheel position, and five minutes overall and hold the trip odometer reset stem sensor matching process is no longer to match all four tire/wheel positions. If it for about five seconds. A message asking active. The TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE takes longer, the matching process stops if the process should begin should message on the DIC display screen and must be restarted. appear. Select yes and press the trip goes off. odometer reset stem to confirm the 11. Turn the vehicle off. The TPMS sensor matching process is: selection. 12. Set all four tires to the recommended air 1. Set the parking brake. The horn sounds twice to signal the pressure level as indicated on the Tire 2. Turn the ignition on without starting the receiver is in relearn mode and the TIRE and Loading Information label. vehicle. LEARNING ACTIVE message displays on Trailer Tire Pressure Monitoring 3. Uplevel DIC Only: Make sure the Tire the DIC screen. Operation Pressure info page option is turned on. 6. Start with the driver side front tire. The info pages on the DIC can be turned 7. Place the relearn tool against the tire If equipped, the Trailer Tire Pressure on and off through the Options menu. sidewall, near the valve stem. Then press Monitoring System (TTPMS) is designed to See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base monitor the pressure of the trailer tires and 0 the button to activate the TPMS sensor. Level) 119 or A horn chirp confirms that the sensor warn the driver when a low pressure Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel condition exists. TTPMS sensors for four tires 0 identification code has been matched to and Uplevel) 120. this tire and wheel position. are provided. The system can accommodate 4. If the vehicle has an uplevel DIC, use the a trailer with up to six tires if additional 8. Proceed to the passenger side front tire, sensors are purchased from the dealer. Also, DIC controls on the right side of the and repeat the procedure in Step 7. steering wheel to scroll to the Tire the system can be paired with up to five Pressure screen under the DIC info page. 9. Proceed to the passenger side rear tire, individual trailers. and repeat the procedure in Step 7. If the vehicle has a base level DIC, use Prior to use, the vehicle must learn the the trip odometer reset stem to scroll to sensors by following the learning process. the Tire Pressure screen. See Trailering App 0 286. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 347 The system is compatible with trailer tires TTPMS Malfunction Message that have placard pressure values from 103 - The TTPMS will not function properly if one 689 kpa (15 - 100 psi). The hole in the wheel or more of the trailer tire sensors are for the tire stem must be 11.43 mm missing or inoperable. If the system detects (0.453 in) in diameter. Use of the pressure a malfunction, a DIC message indicates that sensors on a wheel with a different stem the system requires service. Some of the hole size could result in loss of air from conditions that can cause the service the tire. message to occur are: If a low trailer tire pressure condition is . One of the trailer tires has been replaced detected, the TTPMS displays a warning with the spare tire which does not have a message on the DIC. If the warning message learned TTPMS sensor. The DIC message is displayed, stop as soon as possible and should turn off after the pressure sensor Contact your trailer service center or tire inflate the tires to the recommended is installed in the tire, and the learning service center to have the pressure sensors pressure shown on the tire placard on the process is performed successfully. See installed inside the trailer tires. The trailer. "TTPMS Sensor Learning Process" under technician should insert the sensor stem In addition, the TTPMS monitors the Trailering App 0 286. through the hole in the trailer wheel. When temperature of the trailer tires. If the . The TTPMS sensor learning process was the sensor is correctly positioned, the nut on system detects a high temperature on one not done or not completed successfully. the sensor stem should be tightened to or more of the trailer tires, a warning The DIC message should go off after 8 Y (6 lb ft). When mounting the trailer message will be displayed on the DIC. If this successfully completing the sensor tire onto the trailer wheel be careful not to warning message is displayed, stop as soon learning process. See "TTPMS Sensor damage the sensor. as possible, and inspect the overheated Learning Process" under Trailering App 0 The Trailering App can be used to view the trailer tire. Common causes for high trailer 286. tire pressures after the recommended trailer tire temperature are underinflation, . One or more TTPMS sensors are missing tire pressures have been entered. Refer to overloading, or tire damage. or damaged. The DIC message should go the trailer tire placard on the trailer or the off when the TTPMS sensors are installed trailer tire sidewall for the recommended and the sensor learning process is tire pressure. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

348 Vehicle Care performed successfully. See "TTPMS . There is cord or fabric showing If the full-size spare tire is part of the Sensor Learning Process" under Trailering through the tire's rubber. tire rotation, make sure the tire rotated App 0 286. . The tread or sidewall is cracked, cut, into the spare position is stored . Operating electronic devices or being near or snagged deep enough to show securely. Push, pull, and then try to facilities using radio wave frequencies cord or fabric. rotate or turn the tire. If it moves, use similar to the TTPMS could cause . The tire has a bump, bulge, or split. the wheel wrench/hoist shaft to tighten interference to the TTPMS which could the cable. See Tire Changing 0 356. cause loss of signal reception from the . The tire has a puncture, cut, or other sensor. damage that cannot be repaired well . If the system does not receive the signal because of the size or location of the from an individual sensor, an error damage. message may not occur until the vehicle has been driver for a period of time. Tire Rotation If the TTPMS is not functioning properly, it Tires should be rotated every 12 000 km cannot detect or signal a low tire condition. (7,500 mi). See Maintenance Schedule See your dealer for service if the DIC 0 384. message comes on and stays on when the trailer tire pressures have been checked and Tires are rotated to achieve a more determined to be correct. uniform wear for all tires. The first rotation is the most important. Tire Inspection Use this rotation pattern when rotating Anytime unusual wear is noticed, rotate We recommend that the tires, including the tires as soon as possible, check for the tires if the vehicle has single rear wheels. the spare tire, if the vehicle has one, be proper tire inflation pressure, and check inspected for signs of wear or damage for damaged tires or wheels. If the at least once a month. unusual wear continues after the Replace the tire if: rotation, check the wheel alignment. . The indicators at three or more See When It Is Time for New Tires places around the tire can be seen. 0 350 and Wheel Replacement 0 354. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 349 Dual Tire Rotation When the vehicle is new, or whenever a wheel, wheel bolt, or wheel nut is replaced or serviced, check the wheel nut torque after 160, 1 600, and 10 000 km (100, 1,000, and 6,000 mi) of driving. For proper torque and wheel nut tightening information, see “Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire” under Tire Changing 0 356 and “Wheel Nut Torque” under Capacities and Specifications 0 398 and Use this rotation pattern when rotating Use this rotation pattern when rotating “Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the tires if the vehicle has dual rear the tires if the vehicle has polished the Spare Tire” under Tire Changing wheels (except polished forged forged aluminum dual rear wheels. The 0 356. aluminum wheels). spare wheel can be used in any position The outer tire on a dual wheel setup Vehicles with polished forged aluminum in the event of a flat tire, and can be generally wears faster than the inner dual wheels have three unique wheels; rotated with the rear inner wheels. tire. Tires last longer and wear more a front, a rear outer and a rear inner. After the flat tire is repaired, if the evenly if they are rotated. See Tire These wheels cannot be rotated to spare is not on one of the inner rear Inspection 0 348 and another position, however, they can be positions, it must be replaced by the Tire Rotation 0 348. Also see rotated from left to right to the same correct wheel in the front or rear outer Maintenance Schedule 0 384. position. positions. When installing dual wheels, check that the vent holes in the inner and outer wheels on each side are lined up. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

350 Vehicle Care Adjust the front and rear tires to the Warning (Continued) recommended inflation pressure on the Tire and Loading Information label after or paper towel can be used; however, the tires have been rotated. See Tire use a scraper or wire brush later to Pressure 0 341 and remove all rust or dirt. Vehicle Load Limits 0 217. Lightly coat the inner diameter of the Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor System. wheel hub opening with wheel bearing See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 grease after a wheel change or tire 343. rotation to prevent corrosion or rust Check that all wheel nuts are properly build-up. tightened. See “Wheel Nut Torque” under Capacities and Specifications { Warning Treadwear indicators are one way to tell 0 398, and “Removing the Flat Tire and when it is time for new tires. Treadwear Do not apply grease to the wheel indicators appear when the tires have only Installing the Spare Tire” under Tire mounting surface, wheel conical 0 1.6 mm (1/16 in) or less of tread remaining. Changing 356. seats, or the wheel nuts or bolts. See Tire Inspection 0 348 and Grease applied to these areas could Tire Rotation 0 348 for additional { Warning cause a wheel to become loose or information. Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the come off, resulting in a crash. The rubber in tires ages over time. This also parts to which it is fastened, can applies to the spare tire, if the vehicle has cause wheel nuts to become loose When It Is Time for New Tires one, even if it is never used. Multiple factors including temperatures, loading conditions, over time. The wheel could come off Factors, such as maintenance, temperatures, and inflation pressure maintenance affect and cause a crash. When changing a driving speeds, vehicle loading, and road how fast aging takes place. GM recommends wheel, remove any rust or dirt from conditions affect the wear rate of the tires. places where the wheel attaches to that tires, including the spare if equipped, be replaced after six years, regardless of the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth tread wear. To identify the age of a tire, use (Continued) the tire manufacture date, which is the last Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 351 four digits of the DOT Tire Identification Buying New Tires GM recommends replacing worn tires in Number (TIN) molded into one side of the complete sets of four (six for dual rear tire sidewall. The last four digits of the TIN GM has developed and matched specific wheels). Uniform tread depth on all indicate the tire manufactured date. The tires for the vehicle. The original tires will help to maintain the first two digits represent the week and the equipment tires installed were designed performance of the vehicle. Braking and last two digits, the year. For example, the to meet General Motors Tire handling performance may be adversely third week of the year 2020 would have a Performance Criteria Specification (TPC 4-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is the affected if all the tires are not replaced Spec) system rating. When replacement at the same time. If proper rotation and first full week (Sunday through Saturday) of tires are needed, GM strongly each year. maintenance have been done, all four recommends buying tires with the same tires (six for dual rear wheels) should Vehicle Storage TPC Spec rating. wear out at about the same time. Tires age when stored normally mounted on GM's exclusive TPC Spec system However, if it is necessary to replace a parked vehicle. Park a vehicle that will be considers over a dozen critical only one axle set of worn tires, place stored for at least a month in a cool, dry, specifications that impact the overall the new tires on the rear axle (two for clean area away from direct sunlight to slow performance of the vehicle, including single rear wheels, four for dual rear aging. This area should be free of grease, 0 gasoline, or other substances that can brake system performance, ride and wheels). See Tire Rotation 348. deteriorate rubber. handling, traction control, and tire pressure monitoring performance. GM's { Warning Parking for an extended period can cause TPC Spec number is molded onto the flat spots on the tires that may result in Tires could explode during improper vibrations while driving. When storing a tire's sidewall near the tire size. If the service. Attempting to mount or vehicle for at least a month, remove the tires have an all-season tread design, dismount a tire could cause injury or tires or raise the vehicle to reduce the the TPC Spec number will be followed death. Only your dealer or authorized weight from the tires. by MS for mud and snow. See Tire tire service center should mount or 0 Sidewall Labeling 338 for additional dismount the tires. information. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

352 Vehicle Care If the vehicle tires must be replaced { Warning with a tire that does not have a TPC { Warning Mixing tires of different sizes (other Spec number, make sure they are the If different sized wheels are used, there than those originally installed on the same size, load range, speed rating, and may not be an acceptable level of vehicle), brands, tread patterns, construction (radial) as the original performance and safety if tires not or types may cause loss of vehicle tires. recommended for those wheels are control, resulting in a crash or other selected. This increases the chance of a The Tire and Loading Information label vehicle damage. Use the correct size, crash and serious injury. Only use GM indicates the original equipment tires brand, and type of tire on all wheels. specific wheel and tire systems developed on the vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits for the vehicle, and have them properly 0 217. installed by a GM certified technician. { Warning Different Size Tires and Wheels See Buying New Tires 0 351 and Using bias-ply tires on the vehicle 0 If wheels or tires are installed that are a Accessories and Modifications 302. may cause the wheel rim flanges to different size than the original equipment develop cracks after many miles of wheels and tires, vehicle performance, Uniform Tire Quality Grading driving. A tire and/or wheel could fail including its braking, ride and handling The following information relates to the suddenly and cause a crash. Use only characteristics, stability, and resistance to system developed by the United States radial-ply tires with the wheels on rollover may be affected. If the vehicle has National Highway Traffic Safety the vehicle. electronic systems such as antilock brakes, Administration (NHTSA), which grades rollover airbags, traction control, electronic stability control, or All-Wheel Drive, the tires by treadwear, traction, and Winter tires with the same speed rating temperature performance. This applies as the original equipment tires may not performance of these systems can also be affected. only to vehicles sold in the United be available for H, V, W, Y and ZR States. The grades are molded on the speed rated tires. Never exceed the sidewalls of most passenger car tires. winter tires’ maximum speed capability The Uniform Tire Quality Grading when using winter tires with a lower (UTQG) system does not apply to deep speed rating. tread, winter tires, compact spare tires, Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 353 tires with nominal rim diameters of times as well on the government course Temperature 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), or to some as a tire graded 100. The relative The temperature grades are A (the limited-production tires. performance of tires depends upon the highest), B, and C, representing the While the tires available on General actual conditions of their use, however, tire's resistance to the generation of Motors passenger cars and light trucks and may depart significantly from the heat and its ability to dissipate heat may vary with respect to these grades, norm due to variations in driving habits, when tested under controlled conditions they must also conform to federal service practices and differences in road on a specified indoor laboratory test safety requirements and additional characteristics and climate. wheel. Sustained high temperature can General Motors Tire Performance Traction cause the material of the tire to Criteria (TPC) standards. degenerate and reduce tire life, and The traction grades, from highest to excessive temperature can lead to Quality grades can be found where lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those sudden tire failure. The grade C applicable on the tire sidewall between grades represent the tire's ability to corresponds to a level of performance tread shoulder and maximum section stop on wet pavement as measured which all passenger car tires must meet width. For example: under controlled conditions on specified under the Federal Motor Safety government test surfaces of asphalt and Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A Standard No. 109. Grades B and A concrete. A tire marked C may have represent higher levels of performance All Passenger Car Tires Must Conform to poor traction performance. Warning: on the laboratory test wheel than the Federal Safety Requirements In Addition The traction grade assigned to this tire minimum required by law. Warning: To These Grades. is based on straight-ahead braking The temperature grade for this tire is traction tests, and does not include Treadwear established for a tire that is properly acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, The treadwear grade is a comparative inflated and not overloaded. Excessive or peak traction characteristics. rating based on the wear rate of the speed, underinflation, or excessive tire when tested under controlled loading, either separately or in conditions on a specified government combination, can cause heat buildup test course. For example, a tire graded and possible tire failure. 150 would wear one and one-half (1½) Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

354 Vehicle Care Wheel Alignment and Tire Your dealer will know the kind of wheel that Used Replacement Wheels Balance is needed. Each new wheel should have the same { Warning The tires and wheels were aligned and load-carrying capacity, diameter, width, Replacing a wheel with a used one is balanced at the factory to provide the offset, and be mounted the same way as dangerous. How it has been used or how longest tire life and best overall the one it replaces. performance. Adjustments to wheel far it has been driven may be unknown. alignment and tire balancing are not Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel nuts, It could fail suddenly and cause a crash. necessary on a regular basis. Consider an or Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) When replacing wheels, use a new GM alignment check if there is unusual tire wear sensors with new GM original equipment original equipment wheel. or the vehicle is significantly pulling to one parts. side or the other. Some slight pull to the Tire Chains left or right, depending on the crown of the { Warning road and/or other road surface variations Using the wrong replacement wheels, { Warning such as troughs or ruts, is normal. If the wheel bolts, or wheel nuts can be If the vehicle has LT275/65R20 size tires, vehicle is vibrating when driving on a dangerous. It could affect the braking and smooth road, the tires and wheels may do not use tire chains. There is not handling of the vehicle. Tires can lose air, need to be rebalanced. See your dealer for enough clearance. Tire chains used on a and cause loss of control, causing a crash. proper diagnosis. vehicle without the proper amount of Always use the correct wheel, wheel clearance can cause damage to the Wheel Replacement bolts, and wheel nuts for replacement. brakes, suspension, or other vehicle parts. Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked, The area damaged by the tire chains or badly rusted or corroded. If wheel nuts Caution could cause loss of control and a crash. keep coming loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, Use another type of traction device only The wrong wheel can also cause and wheel nuts should be replaced. If the if its manufacturer recommends it for the problems with bearing life, brake cooling, wheel leaks air, replace it. Some aluminum vehicle's tire size combination and road wheels can be repaired. See your dealer if speedometer or odometer calibration, conditions. Follow that manufacturer's any of these conditions exist. headlamp aim, bumper height, vehicle instructions. To avoid vehicle damage, ground clearance, and tire or tire chain drive slow and readjust or remove the clearance to the body and chassis. (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 355

Warning (Continued) If a Tire Goes Flat Warning (Continued) traction device if it is contacting the It is unusual for a tire to blowout while may cause a blowout and a serious crash. driving, especially if the tires are maintained vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. Never attempt to re-inflate a tire that has properly. If air goes out of a tire, it is much If traction devices are used, install them been driven on while severely more likely to leak out slowly. But if there on the rear tires. ever is a blowout, here are a few tips about underinflated or flat. Have your dealer or what to expect and what to do: an authorized tire service center repair or replace the flat tire as soon as possible. Caution If a front tire fails, the flat tire creates a Use tire chains only where legal and only drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side. when necessary. Use chains that are the Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and { Warning proper size for the tires. If the vehicle has grip the steering wheel firmly. Steer to maintain lane position, and then gently Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to LT235/80R17 size tires, install the chains brake to a stop, well off the road, do maintenance or repairs is dangerous on the tires of the rear axle only. If the if possible. without the appropriate safety equipment vehicle has LT245/75R17, LT265/70R17, and training. If a jack is provided with A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts or LT275/70R18 size tires, install the the vehicle, it is designed only for chains on the tires of the front and rear much like a skid and may require the same correction as used in a skid. Stop pressing changing a flat tire. If it is used for axle. Tighten them as tightly as possible anything else, you or others could be with the ends securely fastened. Drive the accelerator pedal and steer to straighten the vehicle. It may be very bumpy and badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips slowly and follow the chain noisy. Gently brake to a stop, well off the off the jack. If a jack is provided with the manufacturer's instructions. If the chains road, if possible. vehicle, only use it for changing a contact the vehicle, stop and retighten flat tire. them. If the contact continues, slow { Warning down until it stops. Driving too fast or If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and spinning the wheels with chains on will Driving on a flat tire will cause wheel damage by driving slowly to a level damage the vehicle. permanent damage to the tire. place, well off the road, if possible. Turn on Re-inflating a tire after it has been driven the hazard warning flashers. See Hazard on while severely underinflated or flat Warning Flashers 0 137. (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

356 Vehicle Care When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), use the Tire Changing { Warning following example as a guide to assist in the Changing a tire can be dangerous. The placement of the wheel blocks (1), Removing the Spare Tire and Tools vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over if equipped. or fall causing injury or death. Find a level place to change the tire. To help prevent the vehicle from moving: 1. Set the parking brake firmly. 2. Shift the vehicle to P (Park). 3. For vehicles with four-wheel drive with an N (Neutral) transfer case position, be sure the transfer case is in a drive gear — not in N (Neutral). 1. Wheel Block (If Equipped) 4. Turn off the engine and do not 2. Flat Tire restart while the vehicle is raised. The following information explains how to 1. Jack 5. Do not allow passengers to remain use the jack and change a tire. 2. Jack Knob in the vehicle. 3. Tool Kit 6. Place wheel blocks, if equipped, on 4. Wing Nut Retaining Tool Kit both sides of the tire at the opposite 5. Wheel Blocks corner of the tire being changed. 6. Wing Nut Retaining Wheel Blocks The equipment is under the second row seats, if equipped, or behind the front row seats on regular cab models. 1. Turn the knob on the jack counterclockwise to lower the jack head to release the jack from its holder. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 357 2. Turn the wing nut counterclockwise to 7. Wheel Wrench remove the wheel blocks and the wheel 8. Spare Tire Lock (If Equipped) block retainer. 9. Hoist Shaft Access Hole 3. Turn the wing nut used to retain the 10. Hoist End of Extension Tool storage bag and tools counterclockwise 1. Open the spare tire lock cover on the to remove it. bumper and use the ignition key to Use the jack handle extensions and the remove the spare tire lock (8). To remove wheel wrench to remove the the spare tire lock, insert the ignition underbody-mounted spare tire. key, turn, and pull straight out.

Spare Tire Cable (If Equipped) 3. If the vehicle is equipped with a spare tire cable disconnect the cable from the attachment on the frame by unclipping it from the frame attachment bracket.

2. Assemble the wheel wrench (7) and the two jack handle extensions (6), as shown.

1. Spare Tire (Valve Stem Pointed Down) 2. Tire/Wheel Retainer 3. Hoist Cable 4. Hoist Assembly 5. Hoist Shaft 6. Jack Handle Extensions Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

358 Vehicle Care 4. Insert the hoist end (open end) (10) of 9. If equipped with a spare tire cable the extension through the hole (9) in the remove the cable from the spare tire by rear bumper. passing the clip through the looped end Do not use the chiseled end of the wheel of the cable. wrench. Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Be sure the hoist end of the Spare Tire extension (10) connects to the hoist shaft. The ribbed square end of the Use the following pictures and instructions extension is used to lower the spare tire. to remove the flat tire and raise the vehicle. Tilt the retainer and pull it through the 5. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise center of the wheel along with the cable to lower the spare tire to the ground. and spring. Continue to turn the wheel wrench until the spare tire can be pulled out from 8. Put the spare tire near the flat tire. under the vehicle. 6. Pull the spare tire out from under the vehicle.

1. Jack 2. Wheel Blocks 3. Jack Handle 4. Jack Handle Extensions 7. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle with 5. Wheel Wrench some slack in the cable to access the tire/wheel retainer. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 359 The tools you will be using include the jack (1), the wheel blocks (2), the jack handle (3), the jack handle extensions (4), and the wheel wrench (5). 1. Do a safety check before proceeding. See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 355.

If the wheel has a smooth center cap, concealing access to the wheel nuts, place the chisel end of the wheel wrench in the slot on the wheel, and gently pry 3. Use the wheel wrench and turn it it out. counterclockwise to loosen the wheel If the wheel’s center cap does not nuts. Do not remove the wheel nuts yet. conceal the wheel nuts, the center cap may remain during wheel removal. If the { Warning removed wheel is to be stowed in the hoist, the cap needs to be detached from To avoid personal injury and vehicle 2. If the vehicle has wheel nut caps, loosen the wheel. Access the wheel from the damage, disable the power assist steps them by turning the wheel wrench back side, and use a jack handle before using a jack or placing an object counterclockwise. extension to push out the center cap. under the vehicle. See Power Assist Steps 0 If the vehicle has a center cap with 26. wheel nut caps, the wheel nut caps are designed to stay with the center cap after they are loosened. Remove the entire center cap. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

360 Vehicle Care

{ Warning Getting under a vehicle when it is lifted on a jack is dangerous. If the vehicle slips off the jack, you could be badly injured or killed. Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack.

{ Warning Raising the vehicle with the jack improperly positioned can damage the Front Position Rear Position vehicle and even make the vehicle fall. To 4. If the flat tire is on the front of the 5. If the flat tire is on the rear of the help avoid personal injury and vehicle vehicle, position the jack under the vehicle, position the jack under the rear damage, be sure to fit the jack lift head bracket attached to the vehicle's frame, axle between the spring anchor and the into the proper location before raising behind the flat tire, as shown. shock absorber bracket. the vehicle. If a snow plow has been added to the front of the vehicle, lower the snow plow fully before raising the vehicle. { Warning Make sure that the jack head is The jack has a feature to limit its travel positioned so that the rear axle is resting to prevent overextension. When the securely between the grooves that are height limit is reached, an increase in on the jack head. resistance if felt when attempting to raise the jack farther. Raising the jack past the height limit can damage the jack pin and cause the jack to lock into an (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 361 8. Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel Warning (Continued) { Warning bolts, mounting surfaces, and spare overextended position or not lower fully. Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the wheel. Do not attempt to force the jack higher parts to which it is fastened, can 9. Install the spare tire. once the height limit is reached. cause wheel nuts to become loose over time. The wheel could come off { Warning 6. Turn the wheel wrench clockwise to raise and cause a crash. When changing a the vehicle. Raise the vehicle far enough Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts off the ground so there is enough room wheel, remove any rust or dirt from because the nuts might come loose. The for the spare tire to fit under the places where the wheel attaches to vehicle's wheel could fall off, causing a wheel well. the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth crash. or paper towel can be used; however, use a scraper or wire brush later to 10. Put the wheel nuts back on with the remove all rust or dirt. rounded end of the nuts toward the wheel. 11. Tighten each wheel nut by hand. Then use the wheel wrench to tighten the nuts until the wheel is held against the hub. 12. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to lower the vehicle. Lower the jack completely.

{ Warning 7. Remove all the wheel nuts and take off If wheel studs are damaged, they can the flat tire. break. If all the studs on a wheel broke, the wheel could come off and cause a crash. If any stud is damaged because of (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

362 Vehicle Care 13. Tighten the nuts firmly in a crisscross Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) sequence, as shown, by turning the a loose-running wheel, it could be that all accessory locking wheel nuts. See wheel wrench clockwise. of the studs are damaged. To be sure, Capacities and Specifications 0 398 for For vehicles with dual wheels, have a replace all studs on the wheel. If the stud original equipment wheel nut torque technician check the wheel nut tightness of holes in a wheel have become larger, the specifications. all wheels with a torque wrench after the wheel could collapse in operation. Replace first 160, 1 600 and 10 000 km (100, 1,000 any wheel if its stud holes have become and 6,000 mi). Repeat this service whenever larger or distorted in any way. Inspect Caution you have a tire removed or serviced. See hubs and hub‐piloted wheels for damage. Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead Capacities and Specifications 0 398. Because of loose running wheels, piloting to brake pulsation and rotor damage. To When reinstalling the regular wheel and tire, pad damage may occur and require avoid expensive brake repairs, evenly also reinstall either the center cap, replacement of the entire hub, for proper tighten the wheel nuts in the proper or bolt-on hub cap, depending on what the centering of the wheels. When replacing sequence and to the proper torque vehicle is equipped with. For center caps, studs, hubs, wheel nuts or wheels, be specification. See Capacities and place the cap on the wheel and tap it into sure to use GM original equipment parts. Specifications 0 398 for the wheel nut place until it seats flush with the wheel. The torque specification. cap only goes on one way. Be sure to line up the tab on the center cap with the { Warning indentation on the wheel. For bolt-on hub caps, align the plastic nut caps with the Wheel nuts that are improperly or wheel nuts and then tighten by hand. Then incorrectly tightened can cause the use the wheel wrench to tighten. wheels to become loose or come off. The wheel nuts should be tightened with a torque wrench to the proper torque specification after replacing. Follow the torque specification supplied by the aftermarket manufacturer when using (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 363

Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools Caution { Warning The tire hoist can be damaged if there is no tension on the cable when using it. To Storing a jack, a tire, or other equipment have the necessary tension, the spare or in the passenger compartment of the road tire and wheel assembly must be vehicle could cause injury. In a sudden installed on the tire hoist to use it. stop or collision, loose equipment could strike someone. Store all these in the proper place. { Warning An improperly stored spare tire could { Warning come loose and cause a crash. To avoid personal injury or property damage, 1. Spare Tire (Valve Stem Pointed Down) Failure to follow these tire storage always store the spare tire when the 2. Tire/Wheel Retainer instructions carefully could result in vehicle is parked on a level surface. personal injury or property damage if the 3. Hoist Cable hoist cable fails or if the tire comes loose. Store the tire under the rear of the vehicle 4. Hoist Assembly Make sure the tire is stored securely in the spare tire carrier. 5. Hoist Shaft before driving. 6. Jack Handle Extensions 7. Wheel Wrench 8. Spare Tire Lock (If Equipped) Caution 9. Hoist Shaft Access Hole Storing an aluminum wheel with a flat 10. Hoist End of Extension Tool tire under your vehicle for an extended period of time or with the valve stem pointing up can damage the wheel. Always stow the wheel with the valve stem pointing down and have the wheel/ tire repaired as soon as possible. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

364 Vehicle Care

cable through the looped end. The excess Caution cable wire should be on the valve stem side of the spare tire. Use of an air wrench or other power 2. Put the tire on the ground at the rear of tools with the hoist mechanism is not the vehicle with the valve stem pointed recommended and could damage the down, and to the rear. system. Use only the tools supplied with the hoist mechanism. 3. Pull the cable and spring through the center of the wheel. Tilt the wheel retainer plate down and through the center wheel. Make sure the retainer is fully seated across the underside of the wheel. 11. Spare Tire Cable (If Equipped)

5. Insert the hoist end (10) through the hole (9) in the rear bumper and onto the hoist shaft. Do not use the chiseled end of the wheel wrench. 4. Attach the wheel wrench (7) and 6. Raise the tire part way upward. Make extensions (6) together, as shown. sure the retainer is seated in the wheel opening. 1. If equipped with a spare tire cable, reinstall the cable to the spare wheel by looping the cable around a wheel vent window then pass the clip end of the Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 365 If equipped with a spare tire cable, reattach the clip to the frame attachment bracket. Note that there may be slack in the cable. Repeat this tightness check procedure when checking the spare tire pressure according to the scheduled maintenance information or any time the spare tire is handled due to service of other components.

7. If equipped with a spare tire cable, orient 9. Make sure the tire is stored securely. the cable by rotating the spare tire so Push, pull, and then try to turn the tire. that the cable is by the frame If the tire moves, use the wheel wrench attachment location. to tighten the cable. 8. Raise the tire fully against the underside of the vehicle by turning the wheel wrench clockwise until you hear two clicks or feel it skip twice. You cannot overtighten the cable.

Correctly Stored Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

366 Vehicle Care

Full-Size Spare Tire Caution If this vehicle came with a full-size spare If the vehicle has four-wheel drive and a tire, it was fully inflated when new, different size spare tire is installed, do however, it can lose air over time. not drive in four-wheel drive until the flat Check the inflation pressure regularly. See tire is repaired and/or replaced. The Tire Pressure 0 341 and 0 vehicle could be damaged and the repairs Vehicle Load Limits 217 for information would not be covered by the warranty. regarding proper tire inflation and loading Never use four-wheel drive when a the vehicle. For instructions on how to different size spare tire is installed on the remove, install, or store a spare tire, see Tire Changing 0 356. vehicle. Incorrectly Stored After installing the spare tire on the vehicle, The vehicle may have a different size spare stop as soon as possible and check that the tire than the road tires originally installed 10. Reinstall the spare tire lock, if the vehicle spare is correctly inflated. The spare tire is on the vehicle. This spare tire was developed has one. made to perform well at speeds up to for use on this vehicle, so it is all right to 112 km/h (70 MPH) at the recommended drive on it. If the vehicle has four-wheel inflation pressure, so you can finish drive and a different size spare tire is your trip. installed, drive only in two-wheel drive. Have the damaged or flat road tire repaired If the vehicle has a spare tire that does not or replaced and installed back onto the match the vehicle’s original road tires and vehicle as soon as possible so the spare tire wheels, in size and type, do not include the will be available in case it is needed again. spare in the tire rotation. Do not mix tires and wheels of difference sizes, because they will not fit. Keep the Return the jack and tools to their original spare tire and its wheel together. location in the vehicle. See “Removing the Spare Tire and Tools.” Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 367

Jump Starting { Warning Jump Starting - North America Batteries can hurt you. They can be dangerous because: For more information about the vehicle battery, see Battery - North America 0 318. . They contain acid that can burn you. If the vehicle's battery (or batteries) has run . They contain gas that can explode or down, you may want to use another vehicle ignite. and some jumper cables to start your . They contain enough electricity to vehicle. Be sure to use the following steps burn you. to do it safely. If you do not follow these steps exactly, some or all of these things can hurt you. { Warning 1. Good Battery Positive Terminal WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and Caution 2. Good Battery Negative Terminal related accessories contain lead and lead 3. Discharged Battery Remote Positive compounds, chemicals known to the Ignoring these steps could result in costly Terminal State of California to cause cancer and damage to the vehicle that would not be 4. Discharged Battery Remote Negative birth defects or other reproductive harm. covered by the vehicle warranty. Trying Terminal Batteries also contain other chemicals to start the vehicle by pushing or pulling known to the State of California to cause it will not work, and it could damage the The jump start positive post (1) and negative post (2) are on the battery of the vehicle cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING. vehicle. providing the jump start. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ The jump start positive post (3) and the passenger-vehicle. negative grounding point (4) for the discharged battery are on the passenger side See California Proposition 65 Warning 0 301 of the vehicle. and the back cover. The positive jump start connection for the discharged battery is under a cover. Slide the cover to expose the terminal. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

368 Vehicle Care 1. Check the other vehicle. It must have a able to start your vehicle, and the bad 5. Open the hood on the other vehicle and 12-volt battery with a negative ground grounding could damage the electrical locate the positive (+) and negative (−) system. systems. terminal locations on that vehicle. To avoid the possibility of the vehicles The positive (+) terminal is under a red Caution rolling, set the parking brake firmly on plastic cover at the positive battery post. If the other vehicle does not have a both vehicles involved in the jump start To uncover the positive (+) terminal, 12-volt system with a negative ground, procedure. Put the automatic open the red plastic cover. both vehicles can be damaged. Only use transmission in P (Park) before setting For more information on the location of a vehicle that has a 12-volt system with a the parking brake. If you have a the remote positive (+) and remote negative ground for jump starting. four-wheel-drive vehicle, be sure the negative (−) terminals, see Engine transfer case is in a drive gear, not in Compartment Overview 0 304. 2. If you have a vehicle with a diesel N (Neutral). engine with two batteries, you should { Warning know before you begin that, especially in Caution cold weather, you may not be able to If any accessories are left on or plugged An electric fan can start up even when get enough power from a single battery in during the jump starting procedure, the engine is not running and can injure in another vehicle to start your diesel they could be damaged. The repairs you. Keep hands, clothing, and tools engine. If your vehicle has more than would not be covered by the vehicle away from any underhood electric fan. one battery, using the battery that is warranty. Whenever possible, turn off or closer to the starter will reduce electrical unplug all accessories on either vehicle resistance. This is located on the { Warning when jump starting. passenger side, in the rear of the engine Using a match near a battery can cause compartment. 4. Turn the ignition off on both vehicles. battery gas to explode. People have been 3. Get the vehicles close enough so the Unplug unnecessary accessories plugged hurt doing this, and some have been jumper cables can reach, but be sure the into the accessory power outlets. Turn blinded. Use a flashlight if you need vehicles are not touching each other. off the radio and all the lamps that are more light. If they are, it could cause an unwanted not needed. This will avoid sparks and (Continued) ground connection. You would not be help save both batteries. And it could save the radio! Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 369 Do not connect positive (+) to negative 12. Try to start the vehicle that had the Warning (Continued) (−) or you will get a short that would dead battery. If it will not start after a Battery fluid contains acid that can burn damage the battery and maybe other few tries, it probably needs service. you. Do not get it on you. If you parts too. And do not connect the accidentally get it in your eyes or on negative (−) cable to the negative (−) Caution your skin, flush the place with water and terminal on the dead battery because If the jumper cables are connected or get medical help immediately. this can cause sparks. removed in the wrong order, electrical 7. Connect one end of the red positive (+) shorting may occur and damage the cable to the remote positive (+) terminal vehicle. The repairs would not be covered { Warning of the vehicle with the discharged by the vehicle warranty. Always connect battery. Fans or other moving engine parts can and remove the jumper cables in the injure you badly. Keep your hands away 8. Do not let the other end touch metal. correct order, making sure that the cables from moving parts once the engine is Connect it to the positive (+) terminal of do not touch each other or other metal. running. the good battery. Use a remote positive (+) terminal if the vehicle Jumper Cable Removal 6. Check that the jumper cables do not has one. Reverse the sequence exactly when have loose or missing insulation. If they 9. Connect one end of the black negative removing the jumper cables. do, you could get a shock. The vehicles (−) cable to the negative (−) terminal of After starting the disabled vehicle and could be damaged too. the good battery. Use a remote negative (−) terminal if the vehicle has one. removing the jumper cables, allow it to idle Before you connect the cables, here are for several minutes. some basic things you should know. Do not let the other end touch anything Positive (+) will go to positive (+) or to a until the next step. Towing the Vehicle remote positive (+) terminal if the 10. Connect the other end of the negative vehicle has one. Negative (−) will go to a (−) cable to the remote negative (−) Caution heavy, unpainted metal engine part or to terminal to the discharged battery. a remote negative (−) terminal if the Incorrectly towing a disabled vehicle may 11. Start the vehicle with the good battery vehicle has one. cause damage. The damage would not be and run the engine for a while. covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

370 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued) Front Attachment Points ground. Dolly towing is towing the vehicle with two wheels on the ground and two lash or hook to suspension components. wheels on a dolly. Use the proper straps around the tires to Here are some important things to consider secure the vehicle. Do not drag a locked before recreational vehicle towing: wheel/tire. Use tire skates or dollies under any locked wheel/tire while . Before towing the vehicle, become familiar with the local laws that apply to loading the vehicle. Do not use a sling recreational vehicle towing. These laws type lift to tow the vehicle. This could may vary by region. damage the vehicle. . The towing capacity of the towing vehicle. Read the tow vehicle Caution manufacturer's recommendations. Improper use of the tow eye can damage . How far the vehicle can be towed. Some the vehicle. If equipped, use the tow eye The vehicle is equipped with specific vehicles have restrictions on how far and how long the vehicle can be towed. to load a disabled vehicle onto a flatbed attachment points to be used to pull the tow truck from a flat road surface, or to vehicle onto a flatbed car carrier from a flat . Whether the vehicle has the proper move the vehicle a short distance. Use road surface. Do not use these attachment towing equipment. See your dealer or trailering professional for additional caution and low speeds. The transmission points to pull the vehicle from snow, mud advice and equipment recommendations. must be in (N) Neutral when moving the or sand. vehicle. . Whether the vehicle is ready to be towed. Recreational Vehicle Towing Just as preparing the vehicle for a long GM recommends a flatbed tow truck to Recreational vehicle towing means towing trip, make sure the vehicle is prepared to transport a disabled vehicle. Use ramps to the vehicle behind another vehicle, such as a be towed. help reduce approach angles, if necessary. motor home. The two most common types Follow the tow vehicle manufacturer’s A towed vehicle should have its drive wheels of recreational vehicle towing are dinghy instructions. See your dealer or trailering off the ground. Contact Roadside Assistance and dolly towing. Dinghy towing is towing professional for additional advice and or a professional towing service if the the vehicle with all four wheels on the equipment recommendations. disabled vehicle must be towed. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 371

Caution Caution Only dinghy tow four-wheel-drive vehicles with a two-speed transfer case that have an Use of a shield mounted in front of the If a vehicle with two-wheel drive or a N (Neutral) and a 4 n (Four-Wheel Drive vehicle grille could restrict airflow and single-speed transfer case is towed with Low) setting. cause damage to the transmission. The all four wheels on the ground, the repairs would not be covered by the drivetrain components could be damaged. { Warning vehicle warranty. If using a shield, only The repairs would not be covered by the use one that attaches to the towing vehicle warranty. Shifting a four-wheel-drive vehicle's vehicle. transfer case into N (Neutral) can allow Two-wheel-drive vehicles and vehicles with a the vehicle to move even if the Dinghy Towing (Two-Wheel-Drive single-speed transfer case should not be transmission is in P (Park). You or others Vehicles and Vehicles with a towed with all four wheels on the ground. could be injured. Set the parking brake Single-Speed Transfer Case) and use wheel blocks before shifting the Dinghy Towing (Vehicles with a transfer case to N (Neutral). Two-Speed Transfer Case) To dinghy tow: 1. Position the vehicle being towed behind the tow vehicle, facing forward and on a level surface. 2. Securely attach the vehicle being towed to the tow vehicle. 3. Apply the parking brake and start the engine. 4. Shift the transfer case to N (Neutral). See “Shifting into N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel Drive 0 236. 5. With the engine running, release the parking brake and verify that the transfer case is in N (Neutral) by shifting Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

372 Vehicle Care the transmission to D (Drive) and then to 9. Shift the transmission to P (Park). and hold ENGINE START/STOP for R (Reverse). There should be no five seconds until the green light comes movement while shifting the Caution on in the button. See Ignition Positions transmission. If the steering column is locked, vehicle (Keyless Access) 0 226 or 0 6. Shift the transmission to D (Drive). damage may occur. Ignition Positions (Key Access) 224. 7. If equipped with an ignition key, turn 4. Set the parking brake. See Electric 0 the ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY. 10. Move the steering wheel to make sure Parking Brake 240. If equipped with Keyless Access, turn the the steering column is unlocked. 5. Disconnect from the tow vehicle. engine off. Disregard the Shift to P (Park) 11. If the vehicle has an ignition key, keep it 6. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). DIC message. See Ignition Positions in the towed vehicle in ACC/ACCESSORY (Keyless Access) 0 226 or to prevent the steering column from 7. Shift the transfer case to 2 m (Two-Wheel Ignition Positions (Key Access) 0 224. locking. If the vehicle is equipped with Drive High). When the shift to 2 m Keyless Access, keep the RKE transmitter (Two-Wheel Drive High) is complete, the { Warning outside of the vehicle and manually lock light in the instrument cluster will stop the doors. Access the vehicle by using flashing and stay lit. See To avoid death, serious injury, the key in the door lock. See Door Locks Four-Wheel-Drive Light 0 114. or property damage, before dinghy 0 21. towing the vehicle, always disconnect and 8. Start the engine. Check that the vehicle secure the negative battery cable and Disconnecting the Towed Vehicle is in 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) by cover the negative battery post and cable Before disconnecting from the tow vehicle: starting the engine and shifting the transmission to D (Drive) and then to with a non-conductive material. If the 1. Park on a level surface. Secure the battery is left connected or the battery R (Reverse). There should be movement vehicle with wheel blocks. of the vehicle while shifting. cable contacts the post, the Electric 2. Re-connect the negative (–) battery. See 9. Shift the transmission to P (Park) and Parking Brake may activate during Battery - North America 0 318. towing, which could cause a crash. turn off the ignition. 3. Turn on the ignition with the engine off. 10. Release the parking brake and remove 8. Disconnect the negative (–) battery For vehicles with a key, turn the ignition the wheel blocks. to ON/RUN with the engine off. If the cable. See “Negative Battery Cable 11. Reset any lost presets. Disconnection” in Battery - North vehicle is equipped with Keyless Access, America 0 318. with your foot off the brake pedal, press Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 373 The outside temperature display will Appearance Care default to 0 °C (32 °F) but will reset with normal usage. Exterior Care Dolly Towing Locks Locks are lubricated at the factory. Use a de-icing agent only when absolutely necessary, and have the locks greased after using. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 393. Washing the Vehicle Caution To preserve the vehicle's finish, wash it often and out of direct sunlight. Do not tow this vehicle with two wheels on the ground, or vehicle damage could { Warning occur. This damage would not be covered Do not power wash any part of the by the vehicle warranty. vehicle’s interior, including the vinyl floor Dolly towing this vehicle is not allowed with covering. This could damage safety and either the front or the rear tires on the other systems in the vehicle, which ground for two-wheel drive or four-wheel would not be covered by the vehicle drive, regardless of transfer case. warranty. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

374 Vehicle Care

Caution Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued) Do not use petroleum-based, acidic, This could cause damage that would not not recommended, due to lack of or abrasive cleaning agents as they can be covered by the vehicle warranty. clearance for the undercarriage and/or damage the vehicle's paint, metal, wide rear tires and wheels. or plastic parts. If damage occurs, it Solvents or aggressive cleaners may harm would not be covered by the vehicle underhood components. The usages of these warranty. Approved cleaning products can chemicals should be avoided. Caution be obtained from your dealer. Follow all Recommend water only. Automatic car washes can cause damage to the vehicle, wheels, ground effects, manufacturer directions regarding correct A pressure washer may be used, but care and convertible top (if equipped). product usage, necessary safety must be utilized. The following criteria must precautions, and appropriate disposal of be followed: Do not use automatic car washes due to any vehicle care product. . Water pressure must be kept below lack of clearance for the undercarriage, 14 000 KPa (2,000 PSI). wide rear tires, and wheels. Caution . Water temperature must be below 80 °C (180 °F). If using an automatic car wash, follow with Avoid using high-pressure washes closer the car wash instructions. The windshield than 30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the . Spray nozzle with a 40 degree wide angle wiper and rear window wiper, if equipped, vehicle. Use of power washers exceeding spray pattern or wider must be used. must be turned off. Remove any accessories 8 274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result in . Nozzle must be kept at least 30 cm (1 ft) that may be damaged or interfere with the damage or removal of paint and decals. away from all surfaces. car wash equipment. Automatic Car Wash See Power Assist Steps 0 26 for cleaning Cleaning Underhood Components information. Caution Caution Rinse the vehicle well, before washing and Some automatic car washes can cause Do not power wash any component after, to remove all cleaning agents damage to the vehicle, wheels and completely. If they are allowed to dry on under the hood that has this e ground effects. Automatic car washes are the surface, they could stain. symbol. (Continued) (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 375 . Use only approved cleaning solutions for Dry the finish with a soft, clean chamois or Caution an all-cotton towel to avoid surface aluminum, chrome or stainless steel. scratches and water spotting. Machine compounding or aggressive Some cleaners are highly acidic or contain polishing on a basecoat/clearcoat paint alkaline substances and can damage the Finish Care finish may damage it. Use only moldings. Application of aftermarket clearcoat sealant/ non-abrasive waxes and polishes that are . Always dilute a concentrated cleaner wax materials is not recommended. made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish according to the manufacturer’s If painted surfaces are damaged, see your on the vehicle. instructions. dealer to have the damage assessed and . Do not use cleaners that are not intended repaired. Foreign materials such as calcium To keep the paint finish looking new, keep for automotive use. chloride and other salts, ice melting agents, the vehicle garaged or covered whenever . Use a nonabrasive wax on the vehicle possible. road oil and tar, tree sap, bird droppings, after washing to protect and extend the chemicals from industrial chimneys, etc., can Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Moldings molding finish. damage the vehicle's finish if they remain on painted surfaces. Wash the vehicle as Caution Spray-In Bedliner Care soon as possible. If necessary, use Failure to clean and protect the bright A spray-in bedliner is a permanent coating non-abrasive cleaners that are marked safe that bonds to the truck bed and cannot be for painted surfaces to remove foreign metal moldings can result in a hazy white finish or pitting. This damage removed. Promptly rinse the bedliner surface matter. following a chemical spill to avoid would not be covered by the vehicle permanent damage. Occasional hand waxing or mild polishing warranty. should be done to remove residue from the Spray-in bedliners can fade from oxidation, paint finish. See your dealer for approved The bright metal moldings on the vehicle road dirt, heavy-duty hauling, and hard cleaning products. are aluminum, chrome or stainless steel. To water stains. Clean it periodically by Do not apply waxes or polishes to uncoated prevent damage always follow these washing off the loose dirt and using a mild plastic, vinyl, rubber, decals, simulated cleaning instructions: detergent. To restore the original wood, or flat paint as damage can occur. . Be sure the molding is cool to the touch appearance, apply the bedliner conditioner before applying any cleaning solution. available through your dealer. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

376 Vehicle Care . Ice scrapers or other hard items. Caution Shutter System . Aftermarket appearance caps or covers Using silicone-based products may while the lamps are illuminated, due to damage the bedliner, reduce the excessive heat generated. slip-resistant texture, and attract dirt. Caution Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, Failure to clean lamps properly can cause Emblems, Decals and Stripes damage to the lamp cover that would Use only lukewarm or cold water, a soft not be covered by the vehicle warranty. cloth, and a car washing soap to clean exterior lamps, lenses, emblems, decals and stripes. Follow instructions under "Washing Caution the Vehicle" previously in this section. Using wax on low gloss black finish stripes can increase the gloss level and Lamp covers are made of plastic, and some The vehicle may have a shutter system have a UV protective coating. Do not clean create a non-uniform finish. Clean low gloss stripes with soap and water only. designed to help improve fuel economy. or wipe them while they are dry. Keep the shutter system clear of debris, Do not use any of the following on lamp Air Intakes snow and ice. If the check engine light is covers: activated, please check to see if the shutter . Abrasive or caustic agents. Clear debris from the air intakes, between system is clear of debris, snow or ice. the hood and windshield, when washing the . Washer fluids and other cleaning agents vehicle. Windshield and Wiper Blades in higher concentrations than suggested by the manufacturer. Clean the outside of the windshield with glass cleaner. . Solvents, alcohols, fuels, or other harsh cleaners. Clean rubber blades using a lint-free cloth or paper towel soaked with windshield washer fluid or a mild detergent. Wash the windshield thoroughly when cleaning the Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 377

blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and a buildup Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued) of vehicle wash/wax treatments may cause wiper streaking. tire dressing, always wipe off any or brushes. Use only GM approved overspray from all painted surfaces on cleaners. Do not drive the vehicle through Replace the wiper blades if they are worn or damaged. Damage can be caused by the vehicle. an automatic car wash that uses silicon extreme dusty conditions, sand, salt, heat, carbide tire/wheel cleaning brushes. sun, snow, and ice. Wheels and Wheel Trim Damage could occur and the repairs Use a soft, clean cloth with mild soap and would not be covered by the vehicle Weatherstrips water to clean the wheels. After rinsing warranty. Apply weatherstrip lubricant on thoroughly with clean water, dry with a weatherstrips to make them last longer, seal soft, clean towel. A wax may then be Brake System better, and not stick or squeak. Lubricate applied. Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for weatherstrips once a year. Hot, dry climates proper hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, may require more frequent application. Black Caution chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake pads for wear marks from rubber material on painted Chrome wheels and chrome wheel trim and rotors for surface condition. Inspect surfaces can be removed by rubbing with a may be damaged if the vehicle is not drum brake linings/shoes for wear or cracks. clean cloth. See Recommended Fluids and washed after driving on roads that have Inspect all other brake parts. Lubricants 0 393. been sprayed with magnesium chloride or Steering, Suspension, and Chassis calcium chloride. These are used on roads Tires Components for conditions such as dust and ice. Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to clean Always wash the chrome with soap and Visually inspect steering, suspension, and the tires. water after exposure. chassis components for damaged, loose, or missing parts or signs of wear at least Caution once a year. Using petroleum-based tire dressing Caution Inspect power steering for proper products on the vehicle may damage the To avoid surface damage on wheels and attachment, connections, binding, cracks, paint finish and/or tires. When applying a wheel trim, do not use strong soaps, chafing, etc. (Continued) chemicals, abrasive polishes, cleaners, (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

378 Vehicle Care Visually check constant velocity joint boots Underbody Maintenance Finish Damage and axle seals for leaks. At least twice a year, spring and fall, use Quickly repair minor chips and scratches 2500/3500 Series vehicles, at least every plain water to flush any corrosive materials with touch-up materials available from your engine oil change lubricate the upper and from the underbody. Take care to dealer to avoid corrosion. Larger areas of lower control arm ball joints. thoroughly clean any areas where mud and finish damage can be corrected in your 2500/3500 Series vehicles equipped with other debris can collect. If equipped with dealer's body and paint shop. power assist steps, extend them and then steering linkage, at least every engine oil Chemical Paint Spotting change lubricate the tie rod ball joints, idler use a high pressure wash to clean all joints arm pivot shaft bearings, idler arm socket, and gaps. Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack and pitman arm socket. Do not directly power wash the transfer painted vehicle surfaces causing blotchy, case and/or front/rear axle output seals. ring-shaped discolorations, and small, Caution High pressure water can overcome the seals irregular dark spots etched into the paint Lubrication of applicable suspension and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated surface. Refer to “Finish Care” previously in this section. points should not be done unless the fluid will decrease the life of the transfer temperature is −12 °C (10 °F) or higher, case and/or axles and should be replaced. Interior Care or damage could result. Sheet Metal Damage To prevent dirt particle abrasions, regularly Body Component Lubrication If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet clean the vehicle's interior. Immediately metal repair or replacement, make sure the remove any soils. Newspapers or dark Lubricate all key lock cylinders, hood hinges, body repair shop applies anti-corrosion garments can transfer color to the vehicle’s liftgate hinges, and the steel fuel door hinge material to parts repaired or replaced to interior. unless the components are plastic. Applying restore corrosion protection. silicone grease on weatherstrips with a clean Use a soft bristle brush to remove dust from cloth will make them last longer, seal better, Original manufacturer replacement parts will knobs and crevices on the instrument and not stick or squeak. provide the corrosion protection while cluster. Using a mild soap solution, maintaining the vehicle warranty. immediately remove hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect repellent from all interior surfaces or permanent damage may result. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 379 Use cleaners specifically designed for the . Do not heavily saturate the upholstery Coated Moldings surfaces being cleaned to prevent when cleaning. Coated moldings should be cleaned. permanent damage. Apply cleaners directly . Do not use solvents or cleaners containing to the cleaning cloth. Do not spray cleaners solvents. . When lightly soiled, wipe with a sponge on any switches or controls. Remove or soft, lint-free cloth dampened with cleaners quickly. Interior Glass water. . When heavily soiled, use warm soapy Before using cleaners, read and follow all To clean, use a terry cloth fabric dampened water. safety instructions on the label. While with water. Wipe droplets left behind with a cleaning the interior, open the doors and clean dry cloth. If necessary, use a Fabric/Carpet/Suede windows to get proper ventilation. commercial glass cleaner after cleaning with plain water. Start by vacuuming the surface using a soft To prevent damage, do not clean the brush attachment. If a rotating vacuum interior using the following cleaners or Caution brush attachment is being used, only use it techniques: To prevent scratching, never use abrasive on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, gently . Never use a razor or any other sharp remove as much of the soil as possible: cleaners on automotive glass. Abrasive object to remove soil from any interior cleaners or aggressive cleaning may . Gently blot liquids with a paper towel. surface. damage the rear window defogger. Continue blotting until no more soil can . Never use a brush with stiff bristles. be removed. . Never rub any surface aggressively or Cleaning the windshield with water during . For solid soils, remove as much as with too much pressure. the first three to six months of ownership possible prior to vacuuming. . Do not use laundry detergents or will reduce tendency to fog. To clean: dishwashing soaps with degreasers. For 1. Saturate a clean, lint-free colorfast cloth liquid cleaners, use approximately Speaker Covers with water. Microfiber cloth is 20 drops per 3.8 L (1 gal) of water. Vacuum around a speaker cover gently, so recommended to prevent lint transfer to A concentrated soap solution will create that the speaker will not be damaged. Clean the fabric or carpet. streaks and attract dirt. Do not use spots with water and mild soap. solutions that contain strong or 2. Remove excess moisture by gently caustic soap. wringing until water does not drip from the cleaning cloth. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

380 Vehicle Care

3. Start on the outside edge of the soil and or solvents. Periodically hand wash the Caution (Continued) gently rub toward the center. Fold the microfiber cloth separately, using mild soap. cleaning cloth to a clean area frequently Do not use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse steam, or spot removers. Do not use to prevent forcing the soil in to the thoroughly and air dry before next use. cleaners that contain silicone or fabric. wax-based products. Cleaners containing 4. Continue gently rubbing the soiled area Caution these solvents can permanently change until there is no longer any color Do not attach a device with a suction cup the appearance and feel of leather or soft transfer from the soil to the cleaning to the display. This may cause damage trim, and are not recommended. cloth. and would not be covered by the vehicle Do not use cleaners that increase gloss, 5. If the soil is not completely removed, warranty. especially on the instrument panel. Reflected use a mild soap solution followed only glare can decrease visibility through the by plain water. Instrument Panel, Leather, Vinyl, Other windshield under certain conditions. If the soil is not completely removed, it may Plastic Surfaces, Low Gloss Paint Surfaces be necessary to use a commercial upholstery and Natural Open Pore Wood Surfaces Caution cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small hidden Use a soft microfiber cloth dampened with Use of air fresheners may cause area for colorfastness before using a water to remove dust and loose dirt. For a permanent damage to plastics and commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter. more thorough cleaning, use a soft painted surfaces. If an air freshener If ring formation occurs, clean the entire microfiber cloth dampened with a mild soap comes in contact with any plastic or fabric or carpet. solution. painted surface in the vehicle, blot After cleaning use a paper towel to blot Caution immediately and clean with a soft cloth excess moisture. dampened with a mild soap solution. Soaking or saturating leather, especially Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle Damage caused by air fresheners would perforated leather, as well as other not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Information and Radio Displays interior surfaces, may cause permanent Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss surfaces damage. Wipe excess moisture from or vehicle displays. First, use a soft bristle these surfaces after cleaning and allow brush to remove dirt that can scratch the them to dry naturally. Never use heat, surface. Then gently clean by rubbing with a (Continued) microfiber cloth. Never use window cleaners Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Vehicle Care 381 Care of Seat Belts Use the following guidelines for proper floor Removing and Replacing the Floor Mats/ mat/liner usage: Keep belts clean and dry. Liners . The original equipment floor mats/liners Pull up on the rear of the driver side floor { Warning were designed for your vehicle. If the mat/liner to unlock each retainer and floor mats/liners need replacing, it is remove. Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing. recommended that GM certified floor It may severely weaken the webbing. In mats/liners be purchased. Non-GM floor a crash, they might not be able to mats/liners may not fit properly and may provide adequate protection. Clean and interfere with the pedals. Always check rinse seat belt webbing only with mild that the floor mat, liner, or liner insert soap and lukewarm water. Allow the does not interfere with the pedals. webbing to dry. . Do not use a floor mat/liner if the vehicle is not equipped with a floor mat retainer Floor Mats on the driver side floor. . Use the floor mat/liner insert with the { Warning correct side up. Do not turn it over. If a floor mat, a liner, or a liner insert is . Do not place anything on top of the the wrong size or is not properly driver side floor mat/liner. installed, it can interfere with the pedals. . Use only a single floor mat/liner on the Reinstall by lining up the floor mat/liner Interference with the pedals can cause driver side. retainer openings over the carpet retainers and snapping into position. unintended acceleration and/or increased . Do not place one floor mat/liner on top stopping distance, which can cause a of another. Make sure the floor mat/liner is properly crash and injury. Make sure the floor secured in place. mat, liner, or liner insert does not Verify the floor mat/liner does not interfere interfere with the pedals. with the pedals. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

382 Vehicle Care Removing and Replacing the Floor Liner Cleaning Rubber Floor Mats (All-Weather Inserts Mats and Floor Liners) Pull up on the edge of the driver side floor liner insert to unlock each button clip and { Warning remove. Do not use cleaners that contain silicone, wax-based products, or cleaners that increase gloss on rubber floor mats/liners. These cleaners can permanently change the appearance and feel of the rubber and can make the floor mats/liners slippery. Your foot could slip while operating the vehicle, and you could lose control, resulting in a crash. You or others could be injured.

Use a soft cloth and/or a brush dampened with water to remove dust and loose dirt. For more thorough cleaning, use a mild Reinstall by lining up the floor liner insert soap solution. button clips over the liner retainers and snapping into position. Make sure the floor liner insert is properly secure in place using all button clips. Verify the floor liner insert does not interfere with the pedals. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Service and Maintenance 383 General Information maintenance such as oil changes and tire Service and Maintenance rotations and additional maintenance items This maintenance section applies to vehicles like tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper blades. General Information with a gasoline engine. For diesel engine General Information ...... 383 vehicles, see "Maintenance Schedule" in the Caution Maintenance Schedule Duramax diesel supplement. Damage caused by improper maintenance Maintenance Schedule ...... 384 Your vehicle is an important investment. can lead to costly repairs and may not be This section describes the required covered by the vehicle warranty. Special Application Services maintenance for the vehicle. Follow this Maintenance intervals, checks, Special Application Services ...... 390 schedule to help protect against major inspections, recommended fluids, and Additional Maintenance and Care repair expenses resulting from neglect or lubricants are important to keep the Additional Maintenance and Care . . . . . 390 inadequate maintenance. It may also help to vehicle in good working condition. maintain the value of the vehicle if it is Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and sold. It is the responsibility of the owner to Do not have chemical flushes that are not Parts have all required maintenance performed. approved by GM performed on the Recommended Fluids and vehicle. The use of flushes, solvents, Your dealer has trained technicians who can cleaners, or lubricants that are not Lubricants ...... 393 perform required maintenance using genuine approved by GM could damage the Maintenance Replacement Parts ...... 394 replacement parts. They have up-to-date tools and equipment for fast and accurate vehicle, requiring expensive repairs that Maintenance Records are not covered by the vehicle warranty. Maintenance Records ...... 396 diagnostics. Many dealers have extended evening and Saturday hours, courtesy transportation, and online scheduling to The Tire Rotation and Required Services are assist with service needs. the responsibility of the vehicle owner. It is recommended to have your dealer perform Your dealer recognizes the importance of these services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. providing competitively priced maintenance Proper vehicle maintenance helps to keep and repair services. With trained technicians, the vehicle in good working condition, the dealer is the place for routine improves fuel economy, and reduces vehicle emissions. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

384 Service and Maintenance Because of the way people use vehicles, Refer to the information in the Maintenance Engine Oil Change maintenance needs vary. There may need to Schedule Additional Required Services - When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON be more frequent checks and services. The Severe chart. message displays, have the engine oil and Additional Required Services - Normal are for filter changed within the next 1 000 km/ vehicles that: { Warning 600 mi. If driven under the best conditions, . Carry passengers and cargo within Performing maintenance work can be the engine oil life system may not indicate recommended limits on the Tire and dangerous and can cause serious injury. the need for vehicle service for up to a year. Loading Information label. See Vehicle Perform maintenance work only if the The engine oil and filter must be changed at Load Limits 0 217. required information, proper tools, and least once a year and the oil life system . Are driven on reasonable road surfaces equipment are available. If they are not, must be reset. Your trained dealer technician within legal driving limits. see your dealer to have a trained can perform this work. If the engine oil life . Use the recommended fuel. See technician do the work. See Doing Your system is reset accidentally, service the 0 Recommended Fuel 263. Own Service Work 0 302. vehicle within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the last service. Reset the oil life system when Refer to the information in the Maintenance the oil is changed. See Engine Oil Life Schedule Additional Required Services - Maintenance Schedule System 0 307. Normal chart. The Additional Required Services - Severe are Owner Checks and Services Engine Air Filter Change for vehicles that are: Check the engine oil level. See Engine Oil When the REPLACE AT NEXT OIL CHANGE . Mainly driven in heavy city traffic in hot 0 305. message displays, the engine air filter weather Once a Month should be replaced at the next engine oil change. When the REPLACE ENGINE AIR . Mainly driven in hilly or mountainous . Check the tire inflation pressures, FILTER SOON message displays, the engine terrain including the spare. See Tire Pressure air filter should be replaced at the earliest . Frequently towing a trailer 0 341. convenience. Reset the engine air filter life . Used for high speed or competitive . Inspect the tires for wear. See Tire system after the engine air filter is replaced. 0 driving Inspection 348. See Engine Air Filter Life System 0 308. . Used for taxi, police, or delivery service . Check the windshield washer fluid level. See Washer Fluid 0 315. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Service and Maintenance 385 Passenger Compartment Air Filter Air Conditioning Desiccant (Replace Every . Check engine coolant level. See Cooling System 0 310. The passenger compartment air filter Seven Years) . Check windshield washer fluid level. See removes dust, pollen, and other airborne The air conditioning system requires Washer Fluid 0 315. irritants from outside air that is pulled into maintenance every seven years. This service the vehicle. The filter should be replaced as requires replacement of the desiccant to . Check tire inflation pressures, including 0 part of routine scheduled maintenance. help the longevity and efficient operation of the spare. See Tire Pressure 341. Inspect the passenger compartment air filter the air conditioning system. This service can . Inspect tire wear. See Tire Inspection every 36 000 km/22,500 miles or two years, be complex. See your dealer. 0 348. whichever comes first. Replace if necessary. . Visually check for fluid leaks. More frequent replacement may be needed Tire Rotation and Required Services Every 12 000 km/7,500 mi . Inspect brake system. See Exterior Care if the vehicle is driven in areas with heavy 0 373. traffic, areas with poor air quality, or areas Rotate the tires, if recommended for the with high dust levels. Replacement may also . Visually inspect steering, suspension, and vehicle, and perform the following services. chassis components for damage, including be needed if there is a reduction in air flow, See Tire Rotation 0 348. excessive window fogging, or odors. cracks or tears in the rubber boots, loose . Check engine oil level and oil or missing parts, or signs of wear at least Power Take Off (PTO) and Extended life percentage. If needed, change engine once a year. See Exterior Care 0 373. Idle Use oil and filter, and reset oil life system. If equipped with grease fittings, lubricate See Engine Oil 0 305 and the suspension and steering components When the vehicle is used with the PTO Engine Oil Life System 0 307. every oil change. equipment or used in a way that requires . If equipped with the engine air filter life extended idle time, one hour of use shall be . Inspect power steering for proper system, check the air filter deemed the same as 53 km (33 mi). attachment, connections, binding, leaks, life percentage. If necessary, replace the See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base cracks, chafing, etc. engine air filter and reset the engine air Level) 0 119 or . Visually inspect drive shafts for excessive filter life system. See Engine Air Filter Life Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel and wear, lubricant leaks or damage including: System 0 308. If the vehicle is not Uplevel) 0 120 for hourmeter, if equipped. tube dents, cracks, constant velocity joint equipped with the engine air filter life or universal joint looseness, cracked or system, inspect the engine air cleaner missing boots, loose or missing boot 0 filter. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 309. clamps, center bearing excessive looseness, missing or loose fasteners. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

386 Service and Maintenance . Check restraint system components. See . Check accelerator pedal for damage, high Safety System Check 0 56. effort, or binding. Replace if needed. . Visually inspect fuel system for damage . Visually inspect gas strut for signs of or leaks. wear, cracks, or other damage. Check the . Visually inspect exhaust system and hold open ability of the strut. If the hold nearby heat shields for loose or damaged open is low, service the gas strut. See Gas parts. Strut(s) 0 323. . Lubricate body components. See Exterior . Inspect sunroof track and seal, Care 0 373. if equipped. See Sunroof 0 40. . Check starter switch. See Starter Switch . Verify spare tire key lock operation and Check 0 321. lubricate as needed. See Tire Changing 0 356. . Check automatic transmission shift lock control function. See Automatic . Visually inspect the spare tire to ensure Transmission Shift Lock Control Function that it is tightly stowed under the vehicle. Check 0 322. Push, pull, and try to turn the tire. If the spare tire moves, tighten as necessary. . Check ignition transmission lock. See 0 Ignition Transmission Lock Check 0 322. See Tire Changing 356. . Check parking brake and automatic transmission park mechanism. See Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check 0 322. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Service and Maintenance 387 Additional Required Services

Maintenance Schedule Additional 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 168 000 km/105,000 mi Required Services - Normal 240 000 km/150,000 mi Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter, if needed. @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ Check engine air filter life percentage and status. Change engine air filter, if needed. (1) Replace passenger compartment air filter. (2) @ @ @ @ @ @ Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @ Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots. @ Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with 4WD. (4) @ @ @ Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @ Replace brake fluid. (7) Replace windshield wiper blades. (8) @@@@@@@@@@ Replace hood gas struts and tailgate dampener. (9) @ @ Replace air conditioning desiccant. (10) Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

388 Service and Maintenance Footnotes — Maintenance Schedule (4) Do not directly power wash the transfer Additional Required Services - Normal case and/or front/rear axle output seals. (1) Or every four years, whichever comes High pressure water can overcome the seals first. If driving in dusty conditions, inspect and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated the filter at each oil change or more often fluid will decrease the life of the transfer as needed. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter case and/or drive axles and should be 0 309. replaced. (5) Or every five years, whichever comes (2) Or every two years, whichever comes 0 first. More frequent replacement may be first. See Cooling System 310. needed if the vehicle is driven in areas with (6) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. heavy traffic, poor air quality, areas with Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, high dust levels or are sensitive to or damage; replace, if needed. environmental allergens. Filter replacement (7) Replace brake fluid every five years. See may also be needed if you notice reduced Brake Fluid 0 317. airflow, windows fogging up, or odors. Your local GM Service location can help you (8) Or every 12 months, whichever comes determine when it is the right time to first. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 322. replace your filter. (9) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. (3) Visually check all fuel and vapor lines See Gas Strut(s) 0 323. and hoses for proper attachment, (10) Replace air conditioning desiccant every connection, routing, and condition. seven years. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Service and Maintenance 389

Maintenance Schedule Additional 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 168 000 km/105,000 mi Required Services - Severe 240 000 km/150,000 mi Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter, if needed. @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ Check engine air filter life percentage and status. Change engine air filter, if needed. (1) Replace passenger compartment air filter. (2) @ @ @ @ @ @ Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @ Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots. @ Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @ Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with 4WD. (4) @ @ @ @ @ @ Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @ Replace brake fluid. (7) Replace windshield wiper blades. (8) @@@@@@@@@@ Replace hood gas struts and tailgate dampener. (9) @ @ Replace air conditioning desiccant. (10) Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

390 Service and Maintenance Footnotes — Maintenance Schedule (5) Or every five years, whichever comes Additional Maintenance Additional Required Services - Severe first. See Cooling System 0 310. (1) Or every four years, whichever comes (6) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. and Care first. If driving in dusty conditions, inspect Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, Your vehicle is an important investment and the filter at each oil change or more often or damage; replace, if needed. caring for it properly may help to avoid as needed. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter future costly repairs. To maintain vehicle 0 (7) Replace brake fluid every five years. See 309. Brake Fluid 0 317. performance, additional maintenance services may be required. (2) Or every two years, whichever comes (8) Or every 12 months, whichever comes first. More frequent replacement may be first. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 322. It is recommended that your dealer perform needed if the vehicle is driven in areas with these services — their trained dealer heavy traffic, poor air quality, areas with (9) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. technicians know your vehicle best. Your high dust levels or are sensitive to See Gas Strut(s) 0 323. dealer can also perform a thorough environmental allergens. Filter replacement (10) Replace air conditioning desiccant every assessment with a multi-point inspection to may also be needed if you notice reduced seven years. recommend when your vehicle may need airflow, windows fogging up, or odors. Your attention. local GM Service location can help you The following list is intended to explain the determine when it is the right time to Special Application Services services and conditions to look for that may replace your filter. . Vehicles with Dual Wheels: Check dual indicate services are required. wheel nut torque at 160, 1 600, and (3) Visually check all fuel and vapor lines 10 000 km (100, 1,000, and 6,000 mi) of Battery and hoses for proper attachment, driving. Repeat this service whenever a connection, routing, and condition. The 12-volt battery supplies power to start tire/wheel is serviced or removed. the engine and operate any additional (4) Do not directly power wash the transfer . Severe Commercial Use Vehicles Only: electrical accessories. case and/or front/rear axle output seals. Lubricate chassis components every oil . To avoid break-down or failure to start High pressure water can overcome the seals change. and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated the vehicle, maintain a battery with full . Have underbody flushing service fluid will decrease the life of the transfer cranking power. performed. See “Underbody Maintenance” case and/or drive axles and should be in Exterior Care 0 373. replaced. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Service and Maintenance 391 . Trained dealer technicians have the Fluids . With a multi-point inspection, your dealer diagnostic equipment to test the battery can check the lamps and note any Proper fluid levels and approved fluids and ensure that the connections and concerns. protect the vehicle’s systems and cables are corrosion-free. components. See Recommended Fluids and Shocks and Struts 0 Belts Lubricants 393 for GM approved fluids. Shocks and struts help aid in control for a . Belts may need replacing if they squeak . Engine oil and windshield washer fluid smoother ride. or show signs of cracking or splitting. levels should be checked at every fuel fill. . Signs of wear may include steering wheel . Trained dealer technicians have access to . Instrument cluster lights may come on to vibration, bounce/sway while braking, tools and equipment to inspect the belts indicate that fluids may be low and need longer stopping distance, or uneven and recommend adjustment or to be filled. tire wear. replacement when necessary. Hoses . As part of the multi-point inspection, Brakes trained dealer technicians can visually Hoses transport fluids and should be inspect the shocks and struts for signs of Brakes stop the vehicle and are crucial to regularly inspected to ensure that there are leaking, blown seals, or damage, and can safe driving. no cracks or leaks. With a multi-point advise when service is needed. . Signs of brake wear may include chirping, inspection, your dealer can inspect the hoses grinding, or squealing noises, or difficulty and advise if replacement is needed. Tires stopping. Lamps Tires need to be properly inflated, rotated, . Trained dealer technicians have access to and balanced. Maintaining the tires can save Properly working headlamps, taillamps, and tools and equipment to inspect the brakes money and fuel, and can reduce the risk of brake lamps are important to see and be and recommend quality parts engineered tire failure. seen on the road. for the vehicle. . Signs that the tires need to be replaced . Signs that the headlamps need attention include three or more visible treadwear include dimming, failure to light, cracking, indicators; cord or fabric showing through or damage. The brake lamps need to be the rubber; cracks or cuts in the tread or checked periodically to ensure that they sidewall; or a bulge or split in the tire. light when braking. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

392 Service and Maintenance . Trained dealer technicians can inspect and Wheel Alignment . Trained dealer technicians can inspect the recommend the right tires. Your dealer windshield and recommend proper Wheel alignment is critical for ensuring that can also provide tire/wheel balancing replacement if needed. the tires deliver optimal wear and services to ensure smooth vehicle performance. Wiper Blades operation at all speeds. Your dealer sells and services name brand tires. . Signs that the alignment may need to be Wiper blades need to be cleaned and kept in adjusted include pulling, improper vehicle good condition to provide a clear view. Vehicle Care handling, or unusual tire wear. . Signs of wear include streaking, skipping To help keep the vehicle looking like new, . Your dealer has the required equipment across the windshield, and worn or split vehicle care products are available from your to ensure proper wheel alignment. rubber. dealer. For information on how to clean and Windshield . Trained dealer technicians can check the protect the vehicle’s interior and exterior, wiper blades and replace them when 0 For safety, appearance, and the best see Interior Care 378 and needed. Exterior Care 0 373. viewing, keep the windshield clean and clear. . Signs of damage include scratches, cracks, and chips. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Service and Maintenance 393 Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants This maintenance section applies to vehicles with a gasoline engine. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in the Duramax diesel supplement. Fluids and lubricants identified below by name or specification, including fluids or lubricants not listed here, can be obtained from your dealer. Usage Fluid/Lubricant Automatic Transmission (6-Speed DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Transmission) Automatic Transmission (10-Speed DEXRON ULV Automatic Transmission Fluid. Transmission) Chassis Lubrication Chassis lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL coolant. See Cooling System 0 310. Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 305. Front and Rear Axle Driveshaft Splines See your dealer. Front Axle (Four-Wheel Drive) and Rear Axle See your dealer. Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid. See Brake Fluid 0 317. Hydraulic Power Steering System GM Power Steering Fluid. See your dealer. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

394 Service and Maintenance

Usage Fluid/Lubricant Key Lock Cylinders, Hood Hinges, Body Door Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube. See your dealer. Hinge Pins, Tailgate Hinge and Linkage, Fuel Door Hinge, Tailgate Handle Pivot Points, Hinges, Latch Bolt, and Linkage Transfer Case (Four-Wheel Drive) DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection requirements.

Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 84121219 A3244C IWith high capacity air cleaner 84121217 A3246C IWithout high capacity air cleaner Oil Filter 12690385 PF63E Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13508023 CF185 Spark Plugs 12622441 41-114 Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Service and Maintenance 395

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Wiper Blades 84578275 — IDriver Side – 55 cm (21.7 in) 84578275 — IPassenger Side – 55 cm (21.7 in) Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

396 Service and Maintenance Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts. Date Odometer Reading Serviced By Services Performed Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Technical Data 397 Technical Data Vehicle Identification Service Parts Identification There may be a large barcode on the Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification certification label on the center pillar that Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) . . . 397 Number (VIN) you can scan for the following information: Service Parts Identification ...... 397 . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Vehicle Data . Model designation Capacities and Specifications ...... 398 . Paint information Engine Drive Belt Routing ...... 400 . Production options If there is not a large barcode on this label, then you will find this same information This legal identifier is in the front corner of on a label inside of the glove box. the instrument panel, on the driver side of the vehicle. It can be seen through the windshield from outside. The Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) also appears on the Vehicle Certification label and certificates of title and registration. Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code. This code identifies the vehicle's engine, specifications, and replacement parts. See “Engine Specifications” under Capacities and Specifications 0 398 for the vehicle's engine code. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

398 Technical Data Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 393. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. Capacities Application Metric English Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the hood. See your dealer for more information. Engine Cooling System* 14.6 L 15.4 qt Engine Oil with Filter 7.6 L 8.0 qt Fuel Tank 136.3 L 36.0 gal I2500 Series and 3500 Series Standard Box (Except Double Cab Diesel) 111.3 L 29.4 gal I2500 Series and 3500 Series Standard Box (Double Cab Diesel) 136.3 L 36.0 gal I2500 Series and 3500 Series Long Box (Except Regular Cab Diesel) 106.0 L 28.0 gal I2500 Series and 3500 Series Long Box (Regular Cab Diesel) Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Technical Data 399

Capacities Application Metric English 89.0 L 23.5 gal I3500 Series Chassis Cab – Front Tank 151.4 L 40.0 gal I3500 Series Chassis Cab – Rear Tank Transfer Case Fluid 2.3 L 2.4 qt Hydraulic Power Steering Fluid 2.0 L 2.1 qt Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling. *Engine cooling system capacity values are based on the entire cooling system and its components.

Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Spark Plug Gap 6.6L V8 (L8T) 7 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–0.043 in) Spark plug gaps are preset by the manufacturer. Re-gapping the spark plug is not recommended and can damage the spark plug. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

400 Technical Data Engine Drive Belt Routing If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement.

6.6L Engine (Dual Generator)

6.6L Engine (Single Generator) Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Customer Information 401 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy Customer Information Customer Information Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy . . . 410 Cybersecurity ...... 410 Customer Satisfaction Procedure Customer Information Event Data Recorders ...... 411 Customer Satisfaction Procedure ...... 401 OnStar ...... 411 Your satisfaction and goodwill are important Customer Assistance Offices ...... 403 Infotainment System ...... 411 to your dealer and to Chevrolet. Normally, Customer Assistance for Text Telephone any concerns with the sales transaction or (TTY) Users ...... 403 the operation of the vehicle will be resolved Online Owner Center ...... 403 by your dealer's sales or service GM Mobility Reimbursement departments. Sometimes, however, despite Program ...... 404 the best intentions of all concerned, Roadside Assistance Program ...... 404 misunderstandings can occur. If your concern Scheduling Service Appointments . . . . . 405 has not been resolved to your satisfaction, Courtesy Transportation Program . . . . . 406 the following steps should be taken: Collision Damage Repair ...... 407 Publication Ordering Information . . . . . 408 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern with a Radio Frequency Statement ...... 409 member of dealership management. Normally, concerns can be quickly resolved Reporting Safety Defects at that level. If the matter has already been Reporting Safety Defects to the United reviewed with the sales, service, or parts States Government ...... 409 manager, contact the owner of your Reporting Safety Defects to the dealership or the general manager. Canadian Government ...... 409 STEP TWO : If after contacting a member Reporting Safety Defects to General of dealership management, it appears your Motors ...... 410 concern cannot be resolved by your dealership without further help, in the U.S., call the Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center at 1-800-222-1020. In Canada, call General Motors of Canada Customer Care Centre at 1-800-263-3777 (English), or 1-800-263-7854 (French). Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

402 Customer Information We encourage you to call the toll-free disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the STEP THREE — Canadian Owners : In the number in order to give your inquiry interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited event that you do not feel your concerns prompt attention. Have the following Warranty. Although you may be required to have been addressed after following the information available to give the Customer resort to this informal dispute resolution procedure outlined in Steps One and Two, Assistance representative: program prior to filing a court action, use of General Motors of Canada Company wants . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). This is the program is free of charge and your case you to be aware of its participation in a available from the vehicle registration or will generally be heard within 40 days. no-charge Mediation/Arbitration Program. title, or the plate at the top left of the If you do not agree with the decision given General Motors of Canada Company has instrument panel and visible through the in your case, you may reject it and proceed committed to binding arbitration of owner windshield. with any other venue for relief available disputes involving factory-related vehicle to you. service claims. The program provides for the . Dealership name and location. review of the facts involved by an impartial . Vehicle delivery date and present mileage. You may contact the BBB Auto Line Program using the toll-free telephone number or third party arbiter, and may include an When contacting Chevrolet, remember that write them at the following address: informal hearing before the arbiter. The your concern will likely be resolved at a program is designed so that the entire dealer's facility. That is why we suggest BBB Auto Line Program dispute settlement process, from the time following Step One first. BBB National Programs, Inc. you file your complaint to the final decision, 3033 Wilson Boulevard should be completed in about 70 days. We STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : Both General Suite 600 believe our impartial program offers Motors and your dealer are committed to Arlington, VA 22201 advantages over courts in most jurisdictions making sure you are completely satisfied because it is informal, quick, and free of with your new vehicle. However, if you Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 charge. continue to remain unsatisfied after http://www.bbb.org/council/ following the procedure outlined in programs-services/ For further information concerning eligibility Steps One and Two, you can file with the dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto Line This program is available in all 50 states and Plan (CAMVAP), call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, Program to enforce your rights. the District of Columbia. Eligibility is limited or call the General Motors Customer Care Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), The BBB Auto Line Program is an by vehicle age, mileage, and other factors. 1-800-263-7854 (French), or write to: out-of-court program administered by BBB General Motors reserves the right to change National Programs, Inc. to settle automotive eligibility limitations and/or discontinue its participation in this program. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Customer Information 403 The Mediation/Arbitration Program Canada Online Owner Center c/o Customer Care Centre General Motors of Canada Company General Motors of Canada Company The Chevrolet Owner Center (U.S.) Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: Mail Code: CA1-163-005 CA1-163-005 my.chevrolet.com 1908 Colonel Sam Drive 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Learn more about your vehicle features, Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 shop for and manage your connected Your inquiry should be accompanied by the www.gm.ca services and OnStar plans, and access Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). 1-800-263-3777 (English) diagnostic information specific to your vehicle. Customer Assistance Offices 1-800-263-7854 (French) 1-800-263-3830 (For Text Telephone devices Membership Benefits Chevrolet encourages customers to call the (TTYs)) E toll-free number for assistance. However, if a Roadside Assistance: 1-800-268-6800 : Download owner’s manuals and view customer wishes to write or e-mail vehicle-specific how-to videos. Overseas Chevrolet, the letter should be addressed to: G : View maintenance schedules, alerts, and United States and Puerto Rico Please contact the local General Motors Vehicle Diagnostic Information. Schedule Business Unit. service appointments. Chevrolet Motor Division Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center Customer Assistance for Text I : View service records from your P.O. Box 33170 Telephone (TTY) Users dealership and add your own. Detroit, MI 48232-5170 D : Select a preferred dealer and view www.Chevrolet.com To assist customers who are deaf, hard of hearing, or speech-impaired and who use locations, maps, phone numbers, and hours. 1-800-222-1020 Text Telephones (TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY 1-800-833-2438 (For Text Telephone Devices r : Track your vehicle’s warranty equipment available at its Customer information. (TTYs)) Assistance Center. Any TTY user in the U.S. Roadside Assistance: 1-800-243-8872 can communicate with Chevrolet by dialing: J : View active recalls by Vehicle From U.S. Virgin Islands: 1-800-833-2438. TTY users in Canada can dial Identification Number (VIN). See Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) 0 397. 1-800-496-9994 1-800-263-3830. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

404 Customer Information H : Manage your profile and payment adaptive equipment required for the vehicle, . Location of the vehicle information. View your GM Rewards Card such as hand controls or a wheelchair/ . Model, year, color, and license plate earnings and My Chevrolet Rewards points. scooter lift for the vehicle. number of the vehicle F : Chat with online help representatives. To learn about the GM Mobility program, . Odometer reading, Vehicle Identification see www.gmmobility.com or call the GM Number (VIN), and delivery date of the Visit my.chevrolet.com and create an Mobility Assistance Center at 1-800-323-9935. vehicle account today. Text Telephone (TTY) users, call . Description of the problem 1-800-833-9935. Chevrolet Owner Centre (Canada) Coverage mychevrolet.ca General Motors of Canada also has a Mobility program. See www.gm.ca, or call Services are provided for the duration of the Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre at 1-800-GM-DRIVE (800-463-7483) for details. vehicle’s powertrain warranty. mychevrolet.ca (English) or my.chevrolet.ca TTY users call 1-800-263-3830. (French) to access similar benefits to the In the U.S., anyone driving the vehicle is U.S. site. covered. In Canada, a person driving the Roadside Assistance Program vehicle without permission from the owner GM Mobility Reimbursement For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call is not covered. Program 1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone (TTY): Roadside Assistance is not a part of the New 1-888-889-2438.) Vehicle Limited Warranty. General Motors For Canadian-purchased vehicles, call North America and Chevrolet reserve the 1-800-268-6800. right to make any changes or discontinue the Roadside Assistance program at any Service is available 24 hours a day, 365 days time without notification. a year. General Motors North America and Chevrolet Calling for Assistance reserve the right to limit services or This program is available to qualified When calling Roadside Assistance, have the payment to an owner or driver if they applicants for cost reimbursement, up to following information ready: decide the claims are made too often, or the certain limits, of eligible aftermarket same type of claim is made many times. . Your name, home address, and home telephone number . Telephone number of your location Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Customer Information 405 Services Provided be reimbursed within the Powertrain . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle registration is . Emergency Fuel Delivery: Delivery of warranty period. Items considered are required. enough fuel for the vehicle to get to the reasonable and customary hotel, meals, . Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance: nearest service station. rental car, or a vehicle being delivered Must be over 150 km from where your back to the customer, up to 500 miles. . Lock-Out Service: Service to unlock the trip was started to qualify. vehicle if you are locked out. A remote Services Not Included in Roadside Pre-authorization, original detailed receipts, and a copy of the repair orders unlock may be available if you have Assistance OnStar. For security reasons, the driver are required. Once authorization has been . Impound towing caused by violation of must present identification before this received, the Roadside Assistance advisor any laws service is given. will help to make arrangements and . Legal fines explain how to receive payment. . Emergency Tow from a Public Road or Highway: Tow to the nearest Chevrolet . Mounting, dismounting, or changing of . Alternative Service: If assistance cannot dealer for warranty service, or if the snow tires, chains, or other traction be provided right away, the Roadside vehicle was in a crash and cannot be devices Assistance advisor may give permission to get local emergency road service. You will driven. Assistance is not given when the Service is not provided if a vehicle is in an receive payment, up to $100, after vehicle is stuck in the sand, mud, area that is not accessible to the service sending the original receipt to Roadside or snow. vehicle or is not a regularly traveled or Assistance. Mechanical failures may be maintained public road, which includes ice . Flat Tire Change: Service to change a flat covered, however any cost for parts and and winter roads. Off-road use is not tire with the spare tire. The spare tire, labor for repairs not covered by the covered. if equipped, must be in good condition warranty are the owner responsibility. and properly inflated. It is the owner's Services Specific to Canadian-Purchased responsibility for the repair or Scheduling Service Appointments replacement of the tire if it is not covered Vehicles by the warranty. . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement is up to When the vehicle requires warranty service, contact your dealer and request an . Battery Jump Start: Service to jump start 7 liters. If available, diesel fuel delivery appointment. By scheduling a service a dead battery. may be restricted. Propane and other fuels are not provided through this appointment and advising the service . Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance: service. consultant of your transportation needs, If your trip is interrupted due to a your dealer can help minimize your warranty event, incidental expenses may inconvenience. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

406 Customer Information If the vehicle cannot be scheduled into the Owner Assistance Information” furnished Courtesy Rental Vehicle service department immediately, keep with each new vehicle provides detailed For an overnight warranty repair, the dealer driving it until it can be scheduled for warranty coverage information. may provide an available courtesy rental service, unless, of course, the problem is Transportation Options vehicle or provide for reimbursement of a safety related. If it is, please call your rental vehicle. Reimbursement is limited and dealership, let them know this, and ask for Warranty service can generally be must be supported by original receipts as instructions. completed while you wait. However, if you well as a signed and completed rental If your dealer requests you to bring the are unable to do so, your dealer may offer agreement and meet state/provincial, local, vehicle for service, you are urged to do so the following transportation options: and rental vehicle provider requirements. as early in the work day as possible to Shuttle Service Requirements vary and may include allow for same-day repair. minimum age requirements, insurance This includes one-way or round-trip shuttle coverage, credit card, etc. Additional fees Courtesy Transportation Program service within reasonable time and distance such as fuel, rental vehicle insurance, taxes, parameters of your dealer's area. To enhance your ownership experience, we levies, usage fees, excessive mileage, and our participating dealers are proud to Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement or rental usage beyond the completion of offer Courtesy Transportation, a customer If overnight warranty repairs are needed, the repair are also your responsibility. support program for vehicles with the and public transportation is used, the It may not be possible to provide a like Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty Coverage expense must be supported by original vehicle as a courtesy rental. period in Canada), extended powertrain, receipts and within the maximum amount and/or hybrid-specific warranties in both the allowed by GM. If U.S. customers arrange Additional Program Information U.S. and Canada. their own transportation, limited All program options, such as shuttle service, Several Courtesy Transportation options are reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses may not be available at every dealer. available to assist in reducing inconvenience may be available. Claim amounts should Contact your dealer for specific availability. when warranty repairs are required. reflect actual costs and be supported by original receipts. See your dealer for General Motors reserves the right to Courtesy Transportation is not a part of the information. unilaterally modify, change, or discontinue New Vehicle Limited Warranty. A separate Courtesy Transportation at any time and to manual entitled “Limited Warranty and resolve all questions of claim eligibility pursuant to the terms and conditions described herein at its sole discretion. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Customer Information 407 Collision Damage Repair appearance and safety performance; Insuring the Vehicle however, the history of these parts is not Protect your investment in the GM vehicle If the vehicle is involved in a collision and it known. Such parts are not covered by the with comprehensive and collision insurance is damaged, have the damage repaired by a GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any coverage. There are significant differences in qualified technician using the proper related failures are not covered by that the quality of coverage afforded by various equipment and quality replacement parts. warranty. Poorly performed collision repairs diminish insurance policy terms. Many insurance the vehicle resale value, and safety Aftermarket collision parts are also available. policies provide reduced protection to the performance can be compromised in These are made by companies other than GM vehicle by limiting compensation for subsequent collisions. GM and may not have been tested for the damage repairs through the use of vehicle. As a result, these parts may fit aftermarket collision parts. Some insurance Collision Parts poorly, exhibit premature durability/ companies will not specify aftermarket Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts corrosion problems, and may not perform collision parts. When purchasing insurance, made with the same materials and properly in subsequent collisions. we recommend that you ensure that the construction methods as the parts with Aftermarket parts are not covered by the vehicle will be repaired with GM original which the vehicle was originally built. GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any equipment collision parts. If such insurance Genuine GM Collision parts are the best vehicle failure related to such parts is not coverage is not available from your current choice to ensure that the vehicle's designed covered by that warranty. insurance carrier, consider switching to another insurance carrier. appearance, durability, and safety are Repair Facility preserved. The use of Genuine GM parts can If the vehicle is leased, the leasing company help maintain the GM New Vehicle Limited GM also recommends that you choose a may require you to have insurance that Warranty. collision repair facility that meets your ensures repairs with Genuine GM Original needs before you ever need collision repairs. Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) parts or Recycled original equipment parts may also Your dealer may have a collision repair be used for repair. These parts are typically Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts. center with GM-trained technicians and Read the lease carefully, as you may be removed from vehicles that were total losses state-of-the-art equipment, or be able to in prior crashes. In most cases, the parts charged at the end of the lease for poor recommend a collision repair center that has quality repairs. being recycled are from undamaged sections GM-trained technicians and comparable of the vehicle. A recycled original equipment equipment. GM part may be an acceptable choice to maintain the vehicle's originally designed Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

408 Customer Information If a Crash Occurs Choose a reputable repair facility that uses vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts, quality replacement parts. See “Collision even if your insurance coverage does not If there has been an injury, call emergency Parts” earlier in this section. pay the full cost. services for help. Do not leave the scene of a crash until all matters have been taken If the airbag has inflated, see What Will You If another party's insurance company is care of. Move the vehicle only if its position See after an Airbag Inflates? 0 61. paying for the repairs, you are not obligated puts you in danger, or you are instructed to to accept a repair valuation based on that move it by a police officer. Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair insurance company's collision policy repair Process limits, as you have no contractual limits Give only the necessary information to with that company. In such cases, you can police and other parties involved in the In the event that the vehicle requires have control of the repair and parts choices crash. damage repairs, GM recommends that you take an active role in its repair. If you have as long as the cost stays within reasonable For emergency towing see Roadside a pre-determined repair facility of choice, limits. Assistance Program 0 404. take the vehicle there, or have it towed Publication Ordering Information Gather the following information: there. Specify to the facility that any . Driver name, address, and telephone required replacement collision parts be Service Manuals number original equipment parts, either new Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM Service manuals have the diagnosis and . Driver license number parts. Remember, recycled parts will not be repair information on the engine, . Owner name, address, and telephone covered by the GM vehicle warranty. transmission, axle, suspension, brakes, number electrical system, steering system, body, etc. Insurance pays the bill for the repair, but . Vehicle license plate number you must live with the repair. Depending on Customer Literature . Vehicle make, model, and model year your policy limits, your insurance company Owner’s manuals are written specifically for . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) may initially value the repair using owners and are intended to provide basic aftermarket parts. Discuss this with the . Insurance company and policy number operational information about the vehicle. repair professional, and insist on Genuine . General description of the damage to the The owner’s manual includes the GM parts. Remember, if the vehicle is other vehicle Maintenance Schedule for all models. leased, you may be obligated to have the Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Customer Information 409 Customer literature publications available for Science and Economic Development (ISED) If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it purchase include owner’s manuals, warranty Canada's license-exempt RSS(s) / RSP-100 / may open an investigation, and if it manuals, and portfolios. Portfolios include an ICES-GEN. finds that a safety defect exists in a owner’s manual, warranty manual, Operation is subject to the following two group of vehicles, it may order a recall if applicable, and zip lock bag or pouch. conditions: and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA Current and Past Models 1. The device may not cause harmful cannot become involved in individual Service manuals and customer literature are interference. problems between you, your dealer, available for many current and past model 2. The device must accept any interference or General Motors. year GM vehicles. received, including interference that may To contact NHTSA, you may call the cause undesired operation of the device. To order, call 1-800-551-4123 Monday–Friday, Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 8:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m. eastern time Changes or modifications to any of these 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go systems by other than an authorized service For credit card orders only (VISA, to http://www.safercar.gov; or facility could void authorization to use this write to: MasterCard, or Discover), see Helm, Inc. at: equipment. www.helminc.com. Administrator, NHTSA To order by mail, write to: Reporting Safety Defects 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. Helm, Incorporated Washington, D.C. 20590 Attention: Customer Service Reporting Safety Defects to the You can also obtain other information 47911 Halyard Drive United States Government about motor vehicle safety from Plymouth, MI 48170 If you believe that your vehicle has a http://www.safercar.gov. Make checks payable in U.S. funds. defect which could cause a crash or Reporting Safety Defects to the Radio Frequency Statement could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Canadian Government This vehicle uses license-exempt transmitters Highway Traffic Safety Administration / receivers / systems that operate on a If you live in Canada, and you believe radio frequency that complies with Part 15/ (NHTSA) in addition to notifying General that the vehicle has a safety defect, Part 18 of the Federal Communications Motors. notify Transport Canada immediately, Commission (FCC) rules and with Innovation, Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

410 Customer Information and notify General Motors of Canada General Motors of Canada Company or average speed. These modules may retain Company. Call Transport Canada at Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: personal preferences, such as radio presets, 1-800-333-0510; go to: CA1-163-005 seat positions, and temperature settings. 1908 Colonel Sam Drive www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English) Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Cybersecurity www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French) In Mexico, call 800-466-0811 or GM collects information about the use of or write to: 800-508-0000. your vehicle including operational and safety related information. We collect this In other Central America and Caribbean Transport Canada information to provide, evaluate, improve, Countries, call 52-555-901-2369. Motor Vehicle Safety Directorate and troubleshoot our products and services Defect Investigations and Recalls and to develop new products and services. Division Vehicle Data Recording and The protection of vehicle electronics systems 80 Noel Street Privacy and customer data from unauthorized Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 outside electronic access or control is The vehicle has a number of computers that important to GM. GM maintains appropriate Reporting Safety Defects to record information about the vehicle’s security standards, practices, guidelines and performance and how it is driven or used. controls aimed at defending the vehicle and General Motors For example, the vehicle uses computer the vehicle service ecosystem against In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport modules to monitor and control engine and unauthorized electronic access, detecting Canada) in a situation like this, notify transmission performance, to monitor the possible malicious activity in related General Motors. conditions for airbag deployment and networks, and responding to suspected deploy them in a crash, and, if equipped, to cybersecurity incidents in a timely, In the U.S., call 1-800-222-1020, or write: provide antilock braking to help the driver coordinated and effective manner. Security Chevrolet Motor Division control the vehicle. These modules may incidents could impact your safety or Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center store data to help the dealer technician compromise your private data. To minimize P.O. Box 33170 service the vehicle or to help GM improve security risks, please do not connect your Detroit, MI 48232-5170 safety or features. Some modules may also vehicle electronic systems to unauthorized In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 (English) or store data about how the vehicle is devices or connect your vehicle to any 1-800-263-7854 (French), or write: operated, such as rate of fuel consumption unknown or untrusted networks (such as Bluetooth, WIFI or similar technology). In Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Customer Information 411 the event you suspect any security incident Note others for research purposes, where a need impacting your data or the safe operation of EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only is shown and the data is not tied to a your vehicle, please stop operating your if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no specific vehicle or vehicle owner. vehicle and contact your dealer. data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data OnStar Event Data Recorders (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) If the vehicle is equipped with OnStar and This vehicle is equipped with an event data are recorded. However, other parties, such has an active service plan, additional data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR as law enforcement, could combine the EDR may be collected and transmitted through is to record, in certain crash or near data with the type of personally identifying the OnStar system. This includes information crash-like situations, such as an air bag data routinely acquired during a crash about the vehicle’s operation; collisions deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data investigation. involving the vehicle; the use of the vehicle that will assist in understanding how a To read data recorded by an EDR, special and its features, including infotainment; and vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is equipment is required, and access to the the location and approximate GPS speed of designed to record data related to vehicle vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle. Refer to the OnStar Terms and dynamics and safety systems for a short the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such Conditions and Privacy Statement on the period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. as law enforcement, that have the special OnStar website. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record equipment, can read the information if they See OnStar Additional Information 0 413. such data as: have access to the vehicle or the EDR. . How various systems in your vehicle were GM will not access these data or share it Infotainment System operating; with others except: with the consent of the If the vehicle is equipped with a navigation . Whether or not the driver and passenger vehicle owner or, if the vehicle is leased, system as part of the infotainment system, safety belts were buckled/fastened; with the consent of the lessee; in response use of the system may result in the storage . How far (if at all) the driver was to an official request by police or similar of destinations, addresses, telephone depressing the accelerator and/or brake government office; as part of GM's defense numbers, and other trip information. See the pedal; and, of litigation through the discovery process; infotainment section for information on . How fast the vehicle was traveling. or, as required by law. Data that GM collects stored data and for deletion instructions. or receives may also be used for GM These data can help provide a better research needs or may be made available to understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

412 OnStar OnStar Overview The OnStar system status light is next to OnStar the OnStar buttons. If the status light is: OnStar Overview . Solid Green: System is ready. OnStar Overview ...... 412 . Flashing Green: On a call. . Red: Indicates a problem. OnStar Services Q Emergency ...... 413 . Off: System is off. Press twice to Security ...... 413 speak with an OnStar Advisor. Q OnStar Additional Information = Voice Command Button Press or call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an Advisor. OnStar Additional Information ...... 413 Q Blue OnStar Button Functionality of the Voice Command button > Red Emergency Button may vary by vehicle and region. This vehicle may be equipped with a Press = to: comprehensive, in-vehicle system that can . Open the OnStar app on the infotainment connect to an OnStar Advisor for Emergency, display. See OnStar System 0 157 for Security, Navigation, Connections, and information on how to use the Diagnostics Services. OnStar services may OnStar app. require a paid service plan and data plan. OnStar requires the vehicle battery and Or electrical system, cellular service, and GPS . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation voice satellite signals to be available and commands. operating. OnStar acts as a link to existing . Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi hotspot emergency service providers. OnStar may name or SSID and password, if equipped. collect information about you and your Q vehicle, including location information. See Press to connect to an Advisor to: OnStar User Terms, Privacy Statement, and . Verify account information or update Software Terms for more details including contact information. system limitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.) . Get driving directions. or www.onstar.ca (Canada). Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

OnStar 413 . Receive a Diagnostic check of the vehicle's With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially trained Theft Alarm Notification key operating systems. Advisors are available 24 hours a day, 7 days If equipped, if the doors are locked and the a week, to provide a central point of . Receive Roadside Assistance. vehicle alarm sounds, a notification by text, contact, assistance, and information during a . Manage Wi-Fi Settings, if equipped. e-mail, or phone call will be sent. If the crisis. Press > to get a priority connection to an vehicle is stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work With Roadside Assistance, Advisors can OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to: with authorities to recover the vehicle. locate a nearby service provider to help with . Get help for an emergency. a flat tire, a battery jump, or an empty OnStar Additional . Be a Good Samaritan or respond to an gas tank. AMBER Alert. Information . Get assistance in severe weather or other Security In-Vehicle Audio Messages crisis situations and find evacuation If equipped, OnStar provides these services: routes. . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance, OnStar Audio messages may play important Advisors can use GPS to pinpoint the information at the following times: OnStar Services vehicle and help authorities quickly . Prior to vehicle purchase. Press Q to recover it. set up an account. Emergency . With Remote Ignition Block, if equipped, . After change in ownership and at Emergency Services require an active safety OnStar can block the engine from being 90 days. and security plan. With Automatic Crash restarted. Transferring Service Response, built-in sensors can automatically . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown, alert a specially trained OnStar Advisor who if equipped, OnStar can work with law Press Q to request account transfer is immediately connected in to the vehicle enforcement to gradually slow the eligibility information. The Advisor can to help. vehicle down. cancel or change account information. Press > for a priority connection to an Selling/Transferring the Vehicle OnStar Advisor who can contact emergency service providers, direct them to your exact Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) location, and relay important information. immediately to terminate your OnStar or connected services if the vehicle is disposed of, sold, transferred, or if the lease ends. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

414 OnStar Reactivation for Subsequent Owners technology compatible with OnStar or . Provide directions to the closest hospital connected services. Service involving location or pharmacy in urgent situations. Press Q and follow the prompts to speak to information about the vehicle cannot work an Advisor as soon as possible. The Advisor unless GPS signals are available, TTY Users will update vehicle records and explain unobstructed, and compatible with the OnStar has the ability to communicate to OnStar or connected service options. OnStar hardware. OnStar or connected deaf, hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired How OnStar Service Works services may not work if the OnStar customers while in the vehicle. The available equipment is not properly installed or it has dealer-installed TTY system can provide Automatic Crash Response, Emergency not been properly maintained. If equipment in-vehicle access to all OnStar services, Services, Crisis Assist, Stolen Vehicle or software is added, connected, except Virtual Advisor and OnStar Assistance, Remote Services, and Roadside or modified, OnStar or connected services Turn-by-Turn Navigation. Assistance are available on most vehicles. may not work. Other problems beyond the If equipped, TTY mode can be turned on or Not all OnStar services are available control of OnStar — such as hills, tall off by touching Settings, then Apps, and everywhere or on all vehicles. For more buildings, tunnels, weather, electrical system then Phone. When TTY mode is on, phone information, a full description of OnStar design and architecture of the vehicle, calls can be made or received with OnStar services, system limitations, and OnStar User damage to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless using the infotainment display. Terms, Privacy Statement, and Software phone network congestion or jamming — Terms: may prevent service. OnStar Personal Identification . Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827). See Radio Frequency Statement 0 409. Number (PIN) . See www.onstar.com (U.S.). Services for People with Disabilities A PIN is needed to access some OnStar . See www.onstar.ca (Canada). services. The PIN will need to be changed . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080. Advisors provide services to help with the first time when speaking with an . Press Q to speak with an Advisor. physical disabilities and medical conditions. Advisor. To change the OnStar PIN, contact an OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or calling OnStar or connected services cannot work Press Q to help: 1-888-4ONSTAR. unless the vehicle is in a place where OnStar . Locate a gas station with an attendant to has an agreement with a wireless service pump gas. Warranty provider for service in that area. The . Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., that meets OnStar equipment may be warranted as part wireless service provider must also have accessibility needs. coverage, network capacity, reception, and of the vehicle warranty. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

OnStar 415 Languages A temporary loss of GPS can cause loss of Add-on Electrical Equipment the ability to send a Turn-by-Turn The vehicle can be programmed to respond The OnStar system is integrated into the Navigation route. The Advisor may give a electrical architecture of the vehicle. Do not in multiple languages. Press Q and ask for verbal route or may ask for a call back after add any electrical equipment. See Add-On an Advisor. Advisors are available in English, the vehicle is driven into an open area. Spanish, and French. Available languages Electrical Equipment 0 297. Added electrical may vary by country. Cellular and GPS Antennas equipment may interfere with the operation of the OnStar system and cause it to not Potential Issues Cellular reception is required for OnStar to operate. send remote signals to the vehicle. Do not OnStar cannot perform Remote Door Unlock place items over or near the antenna to Vehicle Software Updates or Stolen Vehicle Assistance after the vehicle prevent blocking cellular and GPS signal OnStar or GM may remotely deliver has been off continuously for 10 days reception. without an ignition cycle. If the vehicle has software updates or changes to the vehicle not been started for 10 days, OnStar can Unable to Connect to OnStar Message without further notice or consent. These updates or changes may enhance or contact Roadside Assistance or a locksmith If there is limited cellular coverage or the to help gain access to the vehicle. maintain safety, security, or the operation cellular network has reached maximum of the vehicle or the vehicle systems. Global Positioning System (GPS) capacity, this message may come on. Press Software updates or changes may affect or . Obstruction of the GPS can occur in a Q to try the call again or try again after erase data or settings that are stored in the large city with tall buildings; in parking driving a few miles into another vehicle, such as saved navigation garages; around airports; in tunnels and cellular area. destinations or pre-set radio stations. underpasses; or in an area with very Vehicle and Power Issues Neither OnStar nor GM is responsible for dense trees. If GPS signals are not any affected or erased data or settings. available, the OnStar system should still OnStar services require a vehicle electrical These updates or changes may also collect operate to call OnStar. However, OnStar system, wireless service, and GPS satellite personal information. Such collection is could have difficulty identifying the exact technologies to be available and operating described in the OnStar privacy statement or location. for features to function properly. These separately disclosed at the time of . In emergency situations, OnStar can use systems may not operate if the battery is installation. These updates or changes may the last stored GPS location to send to discharged or disconnected. also cause a system to automatically emergency responders. communicate with GM servers to collect information about vehicle system status, Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

416 OnStar identify whether updates or changes are for a period of three years after our last available, or deliver updates or changes. An shipment of this product. This offer is valid active OnStar agreement constitutes consent to anyone in receipt of this information. to these software updates or changes and *Provided through LG Electronics Inc., who is agreement that either OnStar or GM may solely responsible for provisions of related remotely deliver them to the vehicle. OSS compliance. Privacy The complete OnStar Privacy Statement may be found at www.onstar.com (U.S.), or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We recommend that you review it. If you have any questions, call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) or press Q to speak with an Advisor. Users of wireless communications are cautioned that the privacy of any information sent via wireless cellular communications cannot be assured. Third parties may unlawfully intercept or access transmissions and private communications without consent. OnStar - Software Acknowledgements To obtain the source code under GPL, LGPL, MPL, and other open source licenses, that is contained in this product, please visit http://opensource.lge.com. In addition to the source code, all referred license terms, warranty disclaimers, and copyright notices are available for download. This offer is valid Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Connected Services 417 Connected Services 2. Say “Cancel route.” System responds: Connected Services “Do you want to cancel directions?” Connected Services Navigation 3. Say “Yes.” System responds: “OK, request completed, thank you, goodbye.” Navigation ...... 417 Navigation requires a specific OnStar or Connections ...... 418 connected service plan. Route Preview Diagnostics ...... 419 Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn directions 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar or have them sent to the vehicle’s ready,” then a tone. navigation screen, if equipped. 2. Say “Route preview.” System responds with the next three maneuvers. Turn-by-Turn Navigation Repeat 1. Press Q to connect to an Advisor. 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar 2. Request directions to be downloaded ready,” then a tone. to the vehicle. 2. Say “Repeat.” System responds with the 3. Follow the voice-guided commands. last direction given, then responds with Using Voice Commands During a “OnStar ready,” then a tone. Planned Route Get My Destination Functionality of the Voice Command button, 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar if equipped, may vary by vehicle and region. ready,” then a tone. For some vehicles, press = to open the 2. Say “Get my destination.” System OnStar app on the infotainment display. For responds with the address and distance other vehicles press = as follows. to the destination, then responds with Cancel Route “OnStar ready,” then a tone. 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar Send Destination to Vehicle ready,” then a tone. Directions can be sent to the vehicle’s navigation screen, if equipped. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

418 Connected Services Press Q, then ask the Advisor to download Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped) After initial set-up, your vehicle’s Wi-Fi directions to the vehicle’s navigation system, The vehicle may have a built-in Wi-Fi hotspot will connect automatically to your if equipped. After the call ends, the hotspot that provides access to the Internet mobile devices. Manage data usage by navigation screen will provide prompts to and web content at 4G LTE speed. Up to turning Wi-Fi on or off on your mobile begin driving directions. Routes that are seven mobile devices can be connected. device, using the myChevrolet mobile app, sent to the navigation screen can only be A data plan is required. Use the in-vehicle or by contacting an OnStar Advisor. On canceled through the navigation system. controls only when it is safe to do so. some vehicles, Wi-Fi can also be managed from the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca 1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot information, (Canada). press = to open the OnStar app on the MyChevrolet Mobile App (If Available) infotainment display, then select Wi-Fi Download the myChevrolet mobile app to Connections Hotspot. On some vehicles, touch Wi-Fi compatible Apple and Android smartphones. The following services help with staying or Wi-Fi Settings on the screen. Chevrolet users can access the following connected. 2. The Wi-Fi settings will display the Wi-Fi services from a smartphone: For coverage maps, see www.onstar.com hotspot name (SSID), password, and on . Remotely start/stop the vehicle, (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada). some vehicles, the connection type (no if factory-equipped. Internet connection, 3G, 4G, 4G LTE), and . Lock/unlock doors, if equipped with Ensuring Security signal quality (poor, good, excellent). The automatic locks. . Change the default passwords for the LTE icon shows connection to Wi-Fi. It is . Activate the horn and lamps. Wi-Fi hotspot and myChevrolet mobile possible that the icon may not illuminate . Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil life, application. Make these passwords even though the vehicle has an active or tire pressure, if factory-equipped with different from each other and use a connection. the Tire Pressure Monitor System. combination of letters and numbers to 3. To change the SSID or password, press increase the security. . Send destinations to the vehicle. Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR to connect . Change the default name of the SSID . Locate the vehicle on a map (U.S. with an Advisor. On some vehicles, the (Service Set Identifier). This is your market only). SSID and password can be changed in network’s name that is visible to other the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot on/off, wireless devices. Choose a unique name manage settings, and monitor data and avoid family names or vehicle consumption, if equipped. descriptions. . Locate a dealer and schedule service. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Connected Services 419 . Request Roadside Assistance. Diagnostics . Set a parking reminder with pin drop, take a photo, make a note, and set a By monitoring and reporting on the vehicle's timer. key systems, OnStar Advanced Diagnostics, if equipped, provides a way to keep up on . Connect with Chevrolet on social media. maintenance. Capabilities vary by model. Features are subject to change. For See www.onstar.com for details and system myChevrolet mobile app information and limitations. Features are subject to change. compatibility, see my.chevrolet.com. For updates on feature capabilities, see An active OnStar or connected service plan my.chevrolet.com. Message and data rates may be required. A compatible device, may apply. factory-installed remote start, and power locks are required. Data rates apply. See www.onstar.com for details and system limitations. Remote Services Contact an OnStar Advisor to unlock the doors or sound the horn and flash the lamps. Marketplace OnStar Advisors can provide offers from restaurants and retailers on your route, help locate hotels, or book a room. These services vary by market. Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

420 Index A Airbags Index Accessories and Modifications ...... 302 Adding Equipment to the Vehicle ...... 66 Accessory Power ...... 229 Passenger Status Indicator ...... 110 Add-On Electrical Equipment ...... 297 Readiness Light ...... 110 Adding a Snow Plow or Similar Servicing Airbag-Equipped Vehicles ...... 66 Equipment ...... 297 System Check ...... 57 Additional Information Alarm OnStar ...... 413 Vehicle Security ...... 27 Additional Maintenance and Care ...... 390 Alert Adjustments Lane Change ...... 261 Lumbar, Front Seats ...... 45 Side Blind Zone (SBZA) ...... 260 Agreements All-Season Tires ...... 337 Trademarks and License ...... 190 All-Terrain Tires ...... 337 Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine ...... 309 AM-FM Radio ...... 150 Air Conditioning ...... 199, 201 Antenna Air Filter Fixed Mast ...... 153 Life System ...... 308 Multi-band ...... 153 Air Filter, Passenger Compartment ...... 204 Antilock Brake System (ABS) ...... 240 Air Vents ...... 204 Warning Light ...... 114 Airbag System Appearance Care Check ...... 67 Exterior ...... 373 How Does an Airbag Restrain? ...... 61 Interior ...... 378 Passenger Sensing System ...... 62 Apple CarPlay and Android Auto ...... 180 What Makes an Airbag Inflate? ...... 61 Assistance Program, Roadside ...... 404 What Will You See after an Airbag Assistance Systems for Driving ...... 257 Inflates? ...... 61 Assistance Systems for Parking and When Should an Airbag Inflate? ...... 60 Backing ...... 249 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 59 Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Index 421 Audio Bluetooth C Bluetooth ...... 157 Overview ...... 175, 176 Calibration ...... 98 Automatic Bluetooth Audio ...... 157 California Dimming Mirrors ...... 33 Brake Perchlorate Materials Requirements . . . 301 Door Locks ...... 22 Parking, Electric ...... 240 California Proposition Emergency Braking (AEB) ...... 259 System Warning Light ...... 113 65 Warning ...... 301, 318, 367, Headlamp System ...... 136 Brake Pad Life System ...... 316 Back Cover Transmission ...... 232 Brakes ...... 316 Camera Transmission Fluid ...... 308 Antilock ...... 240 Truck Bed ...... 37 Automatic Transmission Assist ...... 241 Canadian Vehicle Owners ...... 1 Manual Mode ...... 235 Fluid ...... 317 Capacities and Specifications ...... 398 Shift Lock Control Function Check ...... 322 Pad Life System ...... 316 Carbon Monoxide Auxiliary Braking ...... 208 Engine Exhaust ...... 232 Roof Mounted Lamp ...... 139 Automatic Emergency (AEB) ...... 259 Tailgate ...... 23 Auxiliary Jack ...... 156 Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 223 Winter Driving ...... 215 Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices ...... 153 Bulb Replacement Cargo Axle, Front ...... 320 Center High-Mounted Stoplamp Tie-Downs ...... 93 Axle, Rear ...... 320 (CHMSL) and Cargo Lamp ...... 327 Caution, Danger, and Warning ...... 2 B Halogen Bulbs ...... 325 Center Console Storage ...... 92 Headlamp Aiming ...... 324 Battery Center High-Mounted Stoplamp Headlamps ...... 324 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver ...... 142 (CHMSL) and Cargo Lamp ...... 327 Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, Load Management ...... 141 Center Seat ...... 44 Sidemarker, and Parking Lamps ...... 325 Power Protection ...... 142 Chains, Tire ...... 354 License Plate Lamps ...... 328 Battery - North America ...... 318, 367 Charging Taillamps, Turn Signal, Stoplamps, Blade Replacement, Wiper ...... 322 Wireless ...... 99 and Back-up Lamps ...... 326 Blind Spot Mirrors ...... 33 Charging System Light ...... 111 Buying New Tires ...... 351 Check Engine Light (Malfunction Indicator) . . . . 111 Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

422 Index Check (cont'd) Connections D Ignition Transmission Lock ...... 322 Connected Services ...... 418 Damage Repair, Collision ...... 407 Child Restraints Control Danger, Warning, and Caution ...... 2 Infants and Young Children ...... 69 Hill Descent ...... 244 Data Collection Lower Anchors and Tethers for Traction and Electronic Stability ...... 242 Infotainment System ...... 411 Children ...... 74 Control Light OnStar ...... 411 Older Children ...... 68 Hill Descent ...... 114 Data Recorders, Event ...... 411 Securing ...... 84, 87 Control of a Vehicle ...... 208 Database Coverage Explanations ...... 170 Systems ...... 71 Controls Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 136 Circuit Breakers ...... 329 Steering Wheel ...... 146 Defensive Driving ...... 208 Cleaning Convex Mirrors ...... 30 Delayed Locking ...... 22 Exterior Care ...... 373 Coolant Destination ...... 162 Interior Care ...... 378 Engine Temperature Gauge ...... 108 Diagnostics Climate Control Systems ...... 199 Engine Temperature Warning Light . . . . . 116 Connected Services ...... 419 Air Conditioning ...... 199 Cooling ...... 199, 201 Differential, Limited-Slip ...... 245 Dual Automatic ...... 201 Cooling System ...... 310 Distracted Driving ...... 207 Heating ...... 199 Courtesy Transportation Program ...... 406 Dome Lamps ...... 140 Clock ...... 98 Coverage Explanations ...... 170 Door Cluster, Instrument ...... 102 Cruise Control ...... 246 Ajar Light ...... 119 Collision Damage Repair ...... 407 Light ...... 119 Delayed Locking ...... 22 Compartments Cupholders ...... 91 Locks ...... 21 Storage ...... 91 Customer Assistance ...... 403 Power Locks ...... 22 Compass ...... 98 Offices ...... 403 Drive Belt Routing, Engine ...... 400 Connected Services Text Telephone (TTY) Users ...... 403 Driver Connections ...... 418 Customer Information Teen ...... 187 Diagnostics ...... 419 Publications Ordering Information . . . . . 408 Driver Assistance Systems ...... 247 Navigation ...... 417 Customer Satisfaction Procedure ...... 401 Driver Information Center (DIC) ...... 119, 120 Cybersecurity ...... 410 Driver Mode Control ...... 244 Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Index 423 Driver Mode Control Light ...... 117 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Off Exit Lighting ...... 141 Driving Light ...... 116 Extended Parking ...... 231 Assistance Systems ...... 257 Emergency Extender, Seat Belt ...... 56 Better Fuel Economy ...... 207 OnStar ...... 413 Exterior Cargo Lamps ...... 139 Characteristics and Towing Tips ...... 268 Engine Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 134 Defensive ...... 208 Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 309 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder ...... 136 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 215 Check Light (Malfunction Indicator) . . . . . 111 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver ...... 142 If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 216 Compartment Overview ...... 304 F Impaired ...... 208 Coolant Temperature Gauge ...... 108 Fan Loss of Control ...... 210 Coolant Temperature Warning Light . . . . 116 Engine ...... 314 Off-Road ...... 211 Cooling System ...... 310 Filter, Off-Road Recovery ...... 210 Drive Belt Routing ...... 400 Engine Air Cleaner ...... 309 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 217 Exhaust ...... 232 Fixed Mast Antenna ...... 153 Wet Roads ...... 214 Fan ...... 314 Flash-to-Pass ...... 136 Winter ...... 215 Heater ...... 228 Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 137 Dual Automatic Climate Control Oil Life System ...... 307 Flat Tire ...... 355 System ...... 201 Oil Pressure Gauge ...... 107 Changing ...... 356 Oil Pressure Light ...... 117 E FlexFuel Overheated Protection E85 or FlexFuel ...... 264 E85 ...... 264 Operating Mode ...... 314 Electric Parking Brake ...... 240 Floor Console Storage ...... 93 Overheating ...... 312 Electric Parking Brake Light ...... 113 Floor Mats ...... 381 Power Messages ...... 126 Electrical Equipment, Add-On ...... 297 Fluid Running While Parked ...... 232 Electrical System Automatic Transmission ...... 308 Starting ...... 227 Engine Compartment Fuse Block ...... 329 Brakes ...... 317 Engine Air Filter Life System ...... 308 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ...... 329 Four-Wheel Drive Transfer Case ...... 236 Entry Lighting ...... 141 Instrument Panel Fuse Block ...... 332, 334 Power Steering ...... 314 Equipment, Towing ...... 276 Overload ...... 328 Washer ...... 315 Event Data Recorders ...... 411 Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

424 Index Fog Lamps ...... 138 Fuses (cont'd) H Folding Mirrors ...... 32 Instrument Panel Fuse Block ...... 332, 334 Halogen Bulbs ...... 325 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System . . . . 257 G Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 137 Four-Wheel Drive ...... 236, 320 Garage Door Opener ...... 131 HD Radio Technology ...... 151 Four-Wheel-Drive Light ...... 114 Programming ...... 131 Head Restraints ...... 42 Frequency Statement Gas Strut(s) ...... 323 Head-up Display ...... 123 Radio ...... 409 Gauges Headlamps Front Axle ...... 320 Engine Coolant Temperature ...... 108 Aiming ...... 324 Front Fog Lamp Engine Oil Pressure ...... 107 Automatic ...... 136 Light ...... 118 Fuel ...... 106 Bulb Replacement ...... 324 Front Seats Odometer ...... 106 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 136 Adjustment ...... 43 Speedometer ...... 106 Flash-to-Pass ...... 136 Heated and Ventilated ...... 49 Tachometer ...... 106 Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, Fuel Trip Odometer ...... 106 Sidemarker, and Parking Lamps ...... 325 Additives ...... 264 Voltmeter ...... 109 High-Beam On Light ...... 118 Economy, Driving for Better ...... 207 Warning Lights and Indicators ...... 102 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 136 Filling a Portable Fuel Container ...... 267 General Information Lamps On Reminder ...... 118 Filling the Tank ...... 265, 266 Service and Maintenance ...... 383 Heated Foreign Countries ...... 264 Towing ...... 268 Rear Seats ...... 51 Gauge ...... 106 Vehicle Care ...... 301 Steering Wheel ...... 96 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 118 Glass Replacement ...... 323 Heated and Ventilated Front Seats ...... 49 Prohibited Fuels ...... 264 Global Positioning System (GPS) ...... 168 Heated Mirrors ...... 33 Recommended ...... 263 Glove Box ...... 91 Heater Top Tier ...... 263 GM Mobility Reimbursement Engine ...... 228 Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 366 Program ...... 404 Heating ...... 199, 201 Fuses Guidance High-Beam On Light ...... 118 Engine Compartment Fuse Block ...... 329 Problems with the Route ...... 169 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 215 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ...... 329 Hill Descent Control (HDC) ...... 244 Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Index 425 Hill Descent Control Light ...... 114 K LED Lighting ...... 325 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 242 Keyless Entry Lighting Hood ...... 302 Remote (RKE) System ...... 10, 13 Entry ...... 141 Horn ...... 97 Keys ...... 7, 9 Exit ...... 141 How to Wear Seat Belts Properly ...... 52 Illumination Control ...... 140 L HVAC ...... 199, 201 LED ...... 325 Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 338 Task ...... 139 I Lamps Lights If the System Needs Service ...... 170 Auxiliary Roof Mounted Lamp ...... 139 Airbag Readiness ...... 110 Ignition Positions ...... 224, 226 Daytime Running (DRL) ...... 136 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Ignition Transmission Lock Check ...... 322 Dome ...... 140 Warning ...... 114 Immobilizer ...... 29 Exterior Cargo ...... 139 Brake System Warning ...... 113 Indicator Exterior Controls ...... 134 Charging System ...... 111 Vehicle Ahead ...... 115 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder ...... 136 Check Engine (Malfunction Infants and Young Children, Restraints . . . . 69 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver ...... 142 Indicator) ...... 111 Information License Plate ...... 328 Cruise Control ...... 119 Publication Ordering ...... 408 Malfunction Indicator (Check Door Ajar ...... 119 Infotainment System ...... 411 Engine) ...... 111 Driver Mode Control ...... 117 Instrument Cluster ...... 102 On Reminder ...... 118 Electric Parking Brake ...... 113 Instrument Panel Overview ...... 4 Reading ...... 141 Electronic Stability Control Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 34 Lane Change Alert (LCA) ...... 261 (ESC), Off ...... 116 Introduction ...... 1, 143 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) ...... 262 Engine Coolant Temperature Lane Departure Warning Light ...... 115 J Warning ...... 116 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 54 Jack Engine Oil Pressure ...... 117 LATCH System Auxiliary ...... 156 Flash-to-Pass ...... 136 Replacing Parts after a Crash ...... 84 Jump Starting - North America ...... 367 Four-Wheel-Drive ...... 114 LATCH, Lower Anchors and Tethers for Front Fog Lamp ...... 118 Children ...... 74 High-Beam On ...... 118 Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

426 Index Lights (cont'd) M Mirrors (cont'd) High/Low Beam Changer ...... 136 Maintenance Convex ...... 30 Hill Descent Control ...... 114 Records ...... 396 Folding ...... 32 Lane Departure Warning ...... 115 Maintenance and Care Heated ...... 33 Low Fuel Warning ...... 118 Additional ...... 390 Manual ...... 30 Seat Belt Reminders ...... 109 Maintenance Schedule ...... 384 Manual Rearview ...... 34 Security ...... 118 Recommended Fluids and Power ...... 32 Service Electric Parking Brake ...... 113 Lubricants ...... 393 Tilt in Reverse ...... 34 Tire Pressure ...... 117 Transfer Case ...... 236 Trailer Tow ...... 30 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 114 Malfunction Indicator Lamp ...... 111 Mirrors, Interior Rearview ...... 34 Traction Off ...... 115 Manual Mirrors ...... 30 Mode ...... 244 Limited-Slip Differential ...... 245 Manual Mode ...... 235 Driver Control ...... 244 Lock Manual Windows ...... 38 Monitor System, Tire Pressure ...... 342 Steering Column ...... 28 Map Data Updates ...... 170 Multi-band Antenna ...... 153 Locking Rear Axle ...... 245 Maps ...... 161 N Locks Media Navigation Automatic Door ...... 22 Avoiding Untrusted Devices ...... 153 Connected Services ...... 417 Delayed Locking ...... 22 Memory Seats ...... 46 Destination ...... 162 Door ...... 21 Messages Using the System ...... 158 Lockout Protection ...... 22 Engine Power ...... 126 Navigation Symbols ...... 161 Power Door ...... 22 Vehicle ...... 125 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 223 Safety ...... 23 Vehicle Speed ...... 126 Noise Control System ...... 320 Loss of Control ...... 210 Mirror Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 118 Rear Camera ...... 34 O Lower Anchors and Tethers for Mirrors Odometer ...... 106 Children (LATCH System) ...... 74 Automatic Dimming ...... 33 Trip ...... 106 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 45 Automatic Dimming Rearview ...... 34 Off-Road ...... 211 Front Seats ...... 45 Blind Spot ...... 33 Driving ...... 211 Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Index 427 Off-Road (cont'd) P Power Recovery ...... 210 Park Door Locks ...... 22 Oil Shifting Into ...... 230 Mirrors ...... 32 Engine ...... 305 Shifting Out of ...... 231 Outlets ...... 98 Engine Oil Life System ...... 307 Park Assist ...... 249 Protection, Battery ...... 142 Engine Oil Pressure Gauge ...... 107 Parking Retained Accessory (RAP) ...... 229 Pressure Light ...... 117 Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Seat Adjustment ...... 44 Older Children, Restraints ...... 68 Check ...... 322 Steering Fluid ...... 314 Online Owner Center ...... 403 Extended ...... 231 Windows ...... 38 OnStar ...... 411 Over Things That Burn ...... 231 Power Assist Steps ...... 26 OnStar Additional Information ...... 413 Parking or Backing Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts ...... 56 OnStar Emergency ...... 413 Assistance Systems ...... 249 Privacy OnStar Overview ...... 412 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator ...... 110 Vehicle Data Recording ...... 410 OnStar Security ...... 413 Passenger Compartment Air Filter ...... 204 Problems with Route Guidance ...... 169 OnStar System ...... 157, 168 Passenger Sensing System ...... 62 Program Operating Mode Perchlorate Materials Requirements, Courtesy Transportation ...... 406 Overheated Engine Protection ...... 314 California ...... 301 Prohibited Fuels ...... 264 Operation Personalization Proposition 65 Warning, Fog Lamps ...... 138 Vehicle ...... 126 California ...... 301, 318, 367, Outlets Phone Back Cover Power ...... 98 Apple CarPlay and Android Auto ...... 180 Publication Ordering Information ...... 408 Overheated Engine Protection Bluetooth ...... 175, 176 R Operating Mode ...... 314 Pickup Conversion to Chassis Cab ...... 299 Radio Overheating, Engine ...... 312 Port HD Radio Technology ...... 151 Overview ...... 144 USB ...... 153 Radio Data System (RDS) ...... 152 Instrument Panel ...... 4 Positioning Radio Frequency Statement ...... 409 Vehicle ...... 169 Radio Reception ...... 153 Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

428 Index Radios Remote Vehicle Start ...... 20 Running the Vehicle While Parked ...... 232 AM-FM Radio ...... 150 Replacement S Satellite ...... 152 Glass ...... 323 Safety Defects Reporting Reading Lamps ...... 141 Replacement Parts Canadian Government ...... 409 Rear Axle ...... 320 Airbags ...... 67 General Motors ...... 410 Locking ...... 245 Maintenance ...... 394 U.S. Government ...... 409 Rear Camera Mirror ...... 34 Replacing Airbag System ...... 67 Safety Locks ...... 23 Rear Seats ...... 50 Replacing LATCH System Parts after a Safety System Check ...... 56 Heated ...... 51 Crash ...... 84 Satellite Radio ...... 152 Rear Storage ...... 92 Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after Scheduling Appointments ...... 405 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) ...... 249 a Crash ...... 57 Seat Belts ...... 51 Rear Windows ...... 40 Reporting Safety Defects Care ...... 57 Rearview Mirror Canadian Government ...... 409 Extender ...... 56 Truck Bed Camera ...... 37 General Motors ...... 410 How to Wear Seat Belts Properly ...... 52 Rearview Mirrors ...... 34 U.S. Government ...... 409 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 54 Automatic Dimming ...... 34 Restraints Reminders ...... 109 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 45 Where to Put ...... 73 Replacing after a Crash ...... 57 Recognition Retained Accessory Power (RAP) ...... 229 Use During Pregnancy ...... 56 Voice ...... 170 Reverse Tilt Mirrors ...... 34 Seats Recommended Ride Control Systems Adjustment, Front ...... 43 Fuel ...... 263 Enhanced Traction System (ETS) ...... 245 Center Seat ...... 44 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . 393 Roads Head Restraints ...... 42 Records Driving, Wet ...... 214 Heated and Ventilated Front ...... 49 Maintenance ...... 396 Roadside Assistance Program ...... 404 Heated, Rear ...... 51 Recreational Vehicle Towing ...... 370 Roof Lumbar Adjustment, Front ...... 45 Reimbursement Program, GM Sunroof ...... 40 Memory ...... 46 Mobility ...... 404 Rotation, Tires ...... 348 Power Adjustment, Front ...... 44 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . . . 10, 13 Routing, Engine Drive Belt ...... 400 Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Index 429 Seats (cont'd) Shifting (cont'd) Storage Areas (cont'd) Rear ...... 50 Out of Park ...... 231 Floor Console ...... 93 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 45 Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) ...... 260 Glove Box ...... 91 Underseat Storage ...... 92 Signals, Turn and Lane-Change ...... 138 Underseat ...... 92 Securing Child Restraints ...... 84, 87 Snow Plow ...... 297 Storage Compartments ...... 91 Security Software Updates ...... 150 Struts Light ...... 118 Special Application Services ...... 390 Gas ...... 323 OnStar ...... 413 Specifications and Capacities ...... 398 Stuck Vehicle ...... 216 Vehicle ...... 27 Speedometer ...... 106 Sun Visors ...... 40 Vehicle Alarm ...... 27 Start Assist, Hill ...... 242 Sunroof ...... 40 Service ...... 205 Start Vehicle, Remote ...... 20 Symbols ...... 2 Accessories and Modifications ...... 302 Starter Switch Check ...... 321 Navigation ...... 161 Climate Control System ...... 199 Starting the Engine ...... 227 System Doing Your Own Work ...... 302 Steering ...... 209 Brake Pad Life ...... 316 Maintenance Records ...... 396 Fluid, Power ...... 314 Engine Air Filter Life ...... 308 Maintenance, General Information . . . . . 383 Heated Wheel ...... 96 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) ...... 257 Parts Identification ...... 397 Wheel Adjustment ...... 96 Global Positioning ...... 168 Scheduling Appointments ...... 405 Wheel Controls ...... 96 Infotainment ...... 411 Service Electric Parking Brake Light ...... 113 Steering Column Lock ...... 28 Noise Control ...... 320 Services Steering Wheel Controls ...... 146 OnStar ...... 168 Special Application ...... 390 Steps Systems Servicing System ...... 170 Power Assist ...... 26 Driver Assistance ...... 247 Servicing the Airbag ...... 66 Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps T Settings ...... 181 Bulb Replacement ...... 326 Tachometer ...... 106 Shift Lock Control Function Check, Storage Tailgate ...... 23 Automatic Transmission ...... 322 Rear ...... 92 Shifting Storage Areas Into Park ...... 230 Center Console ...... 92 Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

430 Index Taillamps Tires (cont'd) Transfer Case ...... 236 Bulb Replacement ...... 326 Wheel Replacement ...... 354 Transmission Task Lighting ...... 139 When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 350 Automatic ...... 232 Teen Driver ...... 187 Winter ...... 337 Fluid, Automatic ...... 308 Text Telephone (TTY) Users ...... 403 Top Tier Fuel ...... 263 Transportation Program, Courtesy ...... 406 Theft-Deterrent Systems ...... 29 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 235 Trip Odometer ...... 106 Immobilizer ...... 29 Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 114 Truck Bed Camera Rearview Mirror ...... 37 Time ...... 98 Towing Truck-Camper Loading Information ...... 222 Tires ...... 336 Driving Characteristics ...... 268 Turn and Lane-Change Signals ...... 138 All-Season ...... 337 Equipment ...... 276 Turn Signal All-Terrain ...... 337 General Information ...... 268 Bulb Replacement ...... 326 Recreational Vehicle ...... 370 Buying New Tires ...... 351 U Chains ...... 354 Trailer ...... 272 Underseat Storage ...... 92 Changing ...... 356 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) ...... 285 Uniform Tire Quality Grading ...... 352 Designations ...... 339 Vehicle ...... 369 Universal Remote System ...... 131 Different Size ...... 352 Traction Operation ...... 133 Full-Size Spare ...... 366 Limited-Slip Differential ...... 245 Programming ...... 131 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 355 Off Light ...... 115 Updates Inspection ...... 348 Traction Control/Electronic Stability Map Data ...... 170 Pressure ...... 341 Control ...... 242 Software ...... 150 Pressure Light ...... 117 Trademarks and License Agreements . . . . . 190 USB Port ...... 153 Pressure Monitor Operation ...... 343 Trailer Using the Navigation System ...... 158 Pressure Monitor System ...... 342 Sway Control (TSC) ...... 285 Using the System ...... 147 Rotation ...... 348 Tow Mirrors ...... 30 Using This Manual ...... 2 Sidewall Labeling ...... 338 Towing ...... 272 Terminology and Definitions ...... 339 Trailer Towing V Uniform Tire Quality Grading ...... 352 App ...... 286 Vehicle Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 354 Trailering App ...... 286 Alarm System ...... 27 Chevrolet Silverado 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U. S./Canada/Mexico-14632154) - 2021 - CRC - 11/20/20

Index 431 Vehicle (cont'd) Warning (cont'd) Canadian Owners ...... 1 Lane Departure (LDW) ...... 262 Control ...... 208 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Identification Number (VIN) ...... 397 Indicators ...... 102 Load Limits ...... 217 Warnings Messages ...... 125 Hazard Flashers ...... 137 Personalization ...... 126 Washer Fluid ...... 315 Remote Start ...... 20 Wheels Security ...... 27 Alignment and Tire Balance ...... 354 Speed Messages ...... 126 Different Size ...... 352 Towing ...... 369 Replacement ...... 354 Vehicle Ahead Indicator ...... 115 When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 350 Vehicle Care Where to Put the Restraint ...... 73 Tire Pressure ...... 341 Windows ...... 37 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy ...... 410 Manual ...... 38 Vehicle Positioning ...... 169 Power ...... 38 Vehicle Security Rear ...... 40 Steering Column Lock ...... 28 Windshield Ventilation, Air ...... 204 Replacement ...... 323 Visors ...... 40 Wiper/Washer ...... 97 Voice Recognition ...... 170 Winter Voltmeter Gauge ...... 109 Driving ...... 215 W Winter Tires ...... 337 Wiper Blade Replacement ...... 322 Warning Wireless Charging ...... 99 Brake System Light ...... 113 Caution and Danger ...... 2 ai162101321211_21_CHEV_Silverado_2500HD3500HD_COV_en_US_84744493C_2021MAY17.pdf 1 5/14/2021 1:26:53 PM

CMY